Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 294

PAKISTAN

COUNTRY OF ORIGIN INFORMATION (COI) REPORT


COI Service 29 September 2011

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Contents
Preface Latest News
EVENTS IN PAKISTAN FROM 21 SEPTEMBER TO 28 SEPTEMBER 2011 Useful news sources for further information
Paragraphs

Background Information
1. GEOGRAPHY ............................................................................................................ 1.01 Map ........................................................................................................................ 1.09 Telecommunications ............................................................................................ 1.10 Public holidays ..................................................................................................... 1.13 ECONOMY ................................................................................................................ 2.01 HISTORY .................................................................................................................. 3.01 RECENT DEVELOPMENTS: JANUARY TO SEPTEMBER 2011........................................... 4.01 CONSTITUTION.......................................................................................................... 5.01 POLITICAL SYSTEM ................................................................................................... 6.01 Federal legislature ................................................................................................ 6.03 Provincial governments ....................................................................................... 6.06 Pakistan Administered Kashmir (Azad Kashmir) .............................................. 6.08 Line of Control .................................................................................................... 6.14 Map ................................................................................................................ 6.18 Gilgit-Baltistan (formerly known as the Northern Areas) .................................. 6.19

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Human Rights
7. 8. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 7.01 SECURITY SITUATION ................................................................................................ 8.01 Map ........................................................................................................................ 8.15 US airstrikes ......................................................................................................... 8.16 Militant activity...................................................................................................... 8.20 Balochistan (Baluchistan) ................................................................................... 8.30 Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) ...................................................... 8.44 Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP) (formerally known as the North West Frontier Province NWFP) ........................................................................................................... 8.54 Pakistani Taliban .................................................................................................. 8.63 Sectarian violence ................................................................................................ 8.74 SECURITY FORCES .................................................................................................... 9.01 Police ..................................................................................................................... 9.02 Armed forces ........................................................................................................ 9.08 Other government forces ..................................................................................... 9.11 Intelligence agencies .......................................................................................... 9.14 Human rights violations by government forces ................................................ 9.18 Arbitrary arrest and detention ............................................................................. 9.21 Torture................................................................................................................ 9.22 Extra-judicial killings ........................................................................................... 9.29
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 Septemer 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

9.

ii

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

10. 11.

12.

13. 14. 15.

16. 17. 18.

19.

Disappearances ................................................................................................. 9.37 Avenues of complaint .......................................................................................... 9.48 MILITARY SERVICE .................................................................................................... 10.01 JUDICIARY ................................................................................................................ 11.01 Organisation ......................................................................................................... 11.01 Shariat Courts (Islamic law) ............................................................................... 11.10 Anti-Terrorism Act and courts ............................................................................. 11.15 Military courts and the Army Act ......................................................................... 11.20 Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR) ...................................................................... 11.24 Tribal justice system ........................................................................................... 11.29 Independence ....................................................................................................... 11.43 Fair trial ................................................................................................................. 11.48 Double jeopardy ................................................................................................. 11.58 Penal code ............................................................................................................ 11.60 Qisas and Diyat ordinances ............................................................................... 11.61 Blasphemy laws.................................................................................................... 11.64 Hudood Ordinances ............................................................................................. 11.67 Code of criminal procedure ................................................................................. 11.77 ARREST AND DETENTION LEGAL RIGHTS .................................................................. 12.01 First Information Reports (FIRs) ......................................................................... 12.01 Detention, bail and sentencing............................................................................ 12.10 Convictions in absentia ....................................................................................... 12.14 PRISON CONDITIONS ................................................................................................. 13.01 DEATH PENALTY ....................................................................................................... 14.01 POLITICAL AFFILIATION.............................................................................................. 15.01 Freedom of political expression.......................................................................... 15.01 Freedom of association and assembly............................................................... 15.09 Opposition groups and political activists .......................................................... 15.15 Politically motivated violence .............................................................................. 15.17 FREEDOM OF SPEECH AND MEDIA ............................................................................... 16.01 Journalists ............................................................................................................ 16.17 HUMAN RIGHTS INSTITUTIONS, ORGANISATIONS AND ACTIVISTS .................................... 17.01 CORRUPTION ............................................................................................................ 18.01 National Reconciliation Ordinance (NRO) .......................................................... 18.07 National Accountability Bureau (NAB) ............................................................... 18.11 FREEDOM OF RELIGION.............................................................................................. 19.01 Demography ......................................................................................................... 19.14 Constitution and legislation ................................................................................ 19.18 Blasphemy laws.................................................................................................... 19.23 Legal procedures for blasphemy charges .......................................................... 19.49 Hudood Ordinances ............................................................................................. 19.51 Anti-terrorist laws ................................................................................................. 19.52 Apostasy ............................................................................................................... 19.53 Interfaith marriage ................................................................................................ 19.59 Forced religious conversions ............................................................................. 19.65 FATWA .................................................................................................................. 19.70 Voting rights ......................................................................................................... 19.75 Ahmadis ................................................................................................................ 19.82 Background ........................................................................................................ 19.82 Demography....................................................................................................... 19.84 Legislation discriminating against Ahmadis ........................................................ 19.87
iii

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

20.

21.

22. 23. 24.

25.

Passports and ID cards ...................................................................................... 19.90 Khatme Nabuwaat .............................................................................................. 19.95 Violence and discrimination against Ahmadis .................................................... 19.103 Societal discrimination........................................................................................ 19.125 Christians .............................................................................................................. 19.136 Demography....................................................................................................... 19.142 Violence and discrimination against Christians .................................................. 19.144 Christian converts............................................................................................... 19.162 Hindus and Sikhs ................................................................................................. 19.163 Shia and Sunni Muslims ..................................................................................... 19.173 Demography....................................................................................................... 19.175 Sectarian violence .............................................................................................. 19.177 ETHNIC GROUPS ....................................................................................................... 20.01 Baloch ................................................................................................................... 20.03 Hazaras.................................................................................................................. 20.07 Mohajirs ................................................................................................................. 20.10 Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) .................................................................. 20.11 LESBIAN, GAY AND BISEXUAL (LGB) PERSONS ........................................................... 21.01 Legal rights ........................................................................................................... 21.01 Treatment by, and attitudes of, state authorities ............................................... 21.06 Societal treatment and attitudes ......................................................................... 21.10 TRANSGENDER PERSONS .......................................................................................... 22.01 DISABILITY ............................................................................................................... 23.01 WOMEN ................................................................................................................... 24.01 Overview ............................................................................................................... 24.01 Legal rights ........................................................................................................... 24.10 Womens Protection Act ..................................................................................... 24.14 Political rights ....................................................................................................... 24.20 Social and economic rights ................................................................................. 24.29 Family laws: marriage, divorce and inheritance ................................................. 24.35 Marriage ......................................................................................................... 24.36 Divorce ........................................................................................................... 24.51 Inheritance ..................................................................................................... 24.59 Women in the workplace .................................................................................... 24.61 Socio-economic indicators .................................................................................. 24.64 Single women ....................................................................................................... 24.67 Violence against women ...................................................................................... 24.75 Honour killings .................................................................................................... 24.95 Rape................................................................................................................... 24.109 Assistance available to women ........................................................................... 24.116 Government assistance...................................................................................... 24.119 Non-governmental organisation (NGO) assistance ............................................ 24.128 Womens health .................................................................................................... 24.134 CHILDREN ................................................................................................................ 25.01 Overview ............................................................................................................... 25.01 Basic legal information ....................................................................................... 25.06 Legal rights ........................................................................................................... 25.08 Domestic legislation ........................................................................................... 25.10 Judicial and penal rights ..................................................................................... 25.18 Violence against children .................................................................................... 25.33 Childcare and protection ..................................................................................... 25.43
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

iv

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

26.

27.

28.

29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34.

35.

Underage/forced marriage ................................................................................. 25.52 Child labour ........................................................................................................ 25.59 Childrens homes ............................................................................................... 25.66 Education .............................................................................................................. 25.70 Madrassas.......................................................................................................... 25.86 Health and welfare ................................................................................................ 25.96 TRAFFICKING ............................................................................................................ 26.01 Overview ............................................................................................................... 26.01 Trafficking to and from Pakistan ......................................................................... 26.02 Trafficking within Pakistan .................................................................................. 26.06 Prosecution ........................................................................................................... 26.07 Assistance to victims of trafficking .................................................................... 26.09 MEDICAL ISSUES ....................................................................................................... 27.01 Overview of availability of medical treatment and drugs .................................. 27.01 HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral treatment.................................................................... 27.13 Cancer treatment .................................................................................................. 27.15 Kidney dialysis ..................................................................................................... 27.21 Mental health ........................................................................................................ 27.23 HUMANITARIAN ISSUES .............................................................................................. 28.01 Floods August 2011 ............................................................................................. 28.02 Floods July/August 2010 ..................................................................................... 28.03 FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT ........................................................................................... 29.01 INTERNALLY DISPLACED PERSONS (IDPS) .................................................................. 30.01 Map ........................................................................................................................ 30.04 FOREIGN REFUGEES .................................................................................................. 31.01 Afghan refugees ................................................................................................... 31.06 CITIZENSHIP AND NATIONALITY .................................................................................. 32.01 National identity cards ......................................................................................... 32.03 FORGED AND FRAUDULENTLY OBTAINED OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS .................................... 33.01 EXIT AND RETURN ..................................................................................................... 34.01 Passports .............................................................................................................. 34.06 Exit Control List (ECL) ......................................................................................... 34.11 Treatment of failed asylum seekers .................................................................... 34.17 EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS ............................................................................................... 35.01

Annexes
Annex A Chronology of major events Annex B Political organisations Annex C Terrorist and extremist groups Annex D Prominent people Annex E Glossary of local terms for tribal customs Annex F List of abbreviations Annex G References to source material

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Preface
i This Country of Origin Information (COI) Report has been produced by the COI Service, United Kingdom Border Agency (UKBA), for use by officials involved in the asylum/human rights determination process. The Report provides general background information about the issues most commonly raised in asylum/human rights claims made in the United Kingdom. The main body of the report includes information available up to 20 September 2011. The Latest News section contains further brief information on events and reports accessed from 21 September to 28 September 2011. The report was issued on 29 September 2011. The Report is compiled wholly from material produced by a wide range of external information sources and does not contain any UKBA opinion or policy. All information in the Report is attributed, throughout the text, to the original source material, which is made available to those working in the asylum/human rights determination process. The Report aims to provide a compilation of extracts from the source material identified, focusing on the main issues raised in asylum and human rights applications. In some sections where the topics covered arise infrequently in asylum/human rights claims only web links may be provided. It is not intended to be a detailed or comprehensive survey. For a more detailed account, the relevant source documents should be examined directly. The structure and format of the Report reflects the way it is used by UKBA decision makers and appeals presenting officers, who require quick electronic access to information on specific issues and use the contents page to go directly to the subject required. Key issues are usually covered in some depth within a dedicated section, but may also be referred to briefly in several other sections. Some repetition is therefore inherent in the structure of the Report. The information included in this Report is limited to that which can be identified from source documents. While every effort is made to cover all relevant aspects of a particular topic it is not always possible to obtain the information concerned. For this reason, it is important to note that information included in the Report should not be taken to imply anything beyond what is actually stated. For example, if it is stated that a particular law has been passed, this should not be taken to imply that it has been effectively implemented unless stated. Similarly, the absence of information does not necessarily mean that, for example, a particular event or action did not occur. As noted above, the Report is a compilation of extracts produced by a number of information sources. In compiling the Report no attempt has been made to resolve discrepancies between information provided in different source documents though COI Service will bring the discrepancies together and aim to provide a range of sources, where available, to ensure that a balanced picture is presented. For example, different source documents often contain different versions of names and spellings of individuals, places and political parties, etc. Reports do not aim to bring consistency of spelling but to reflect faithfully the spellings used in the original source documents. Similarly, figures given in different source documents sometimes vary and these are simply quoted as per the original text. The term sic has been used in this document only to denote incorrect spellings or typographical errors in quoted text; its use is not intended to imply any comment on the content of the material.
6

ii

iii

iv

vi

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 vii

PAKISTAN

The Report is based substantially upon source documents issued during the previous two years. However, some older source documents may have been included because they contain relevant information not available in more recent documents. All sources contain information considered relevant at the time this Report was issued. This Report and the accompanying source material are public documents. All Reports are published on the UKBA website and the great majority of the source material for the Report is readily available in the public domain. Where the source documents identified are available in electronic form, the relevant weblink has been included, together with the date that the link was accessed. Copies of less accessible source documents, such as those provided by government offices or subscription services, are available from COI Service upon request. Reports are published regularly on the top 20 asylum intake countries. Reports on countries outside the top 20 countries may also be produced if there is a particular operational need. UKBA officials also have constant access to an information request service for specific enquiries. In producing this Report, COI Service has sought to provide an accurate, up to date, balanced and impartial compilation of extracts of the available source material. Any comments regarding this Report or suggestions for additional source material are very welcome and should be submitted to COI Service as below. Country of Origin Information Service UK Border Agency St Anne House 20-26 Wellesley Road Croydon, CR0 9XB United Kingdom Email: cois@homeoffice.gsi.gov.uk Website: http://www.ukba.homeoffice.gov.uk/policyandlaw/guidance/coi/

viii

ix

INDEPENDENT ADVISORY GROUP ON COUNTRY INFORMATION


xi The Independent Advisory Group on Country Information (IAGCI) was set up in March 2009 by the Independent Chief Inspector of the UK Border Agency to make recommendations to him about the content of the UKBAs COI material. The IAGCI welcomes feedback on UKBAs COI Reports and other COI material. Information about the IAGCIs work can be found on the Independent Chief Inspectors website at http://icinspector.independent.gov.uk/country-information-reviews/ In the course of its work the IAGCI reviews the content of selected UKBA COI documents and makes recommendations specific to those documents and of a more general nature. A list of the Reports and other documents which have been reviewed by the IAGCI or the Advisory Panel on Country Information (the independent organisation which monitored UKBAs COI material from September 2003 to October 2008) is available at http://icinspector.independent.gov.uk/country-information-reviews/ Please note: it is not the function of the IAGCI to endorse any UKBA material or procedures. Some of the material examined by the Group relates to countries designated or proposed for designation to the Non-Suspensive Appeals (NSA) list. In such cases, the Groups work should not be taken to imply any endorsement of the
7

xii

xiii

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

decision or proposal to designate a particular country for NSA, nor of the NSA process itself. The IAGCI can be contacted at: Independent Advisory Group on Country Information Independent Chief Inspector of the UK Border Agency 5th Floor, Globe House 89 Eccleston Square London, SW1V 1PN Email: chiefinspectorukba@icinspector.gsi.gov.uk Website: http://icinspector.independent.gov.uk/country-information-reviews/
Return to contents

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Latest News
EVENTS IN PAKISTAN FROM 21 SEPTEMBER TO 28 SEPTEMBER 2011
The Latest News provides a non-exhaustive selection of significant events since 21 September 2011. Further information may also be available from the list of useful sources below. The Home Office is not responsible for the content of external websites. 27 September A Christian girl was expelled from her school for blasphemy after it was claimed she wrote a blasphemous word when defining a style of poem describing the Prophet Mohammed. Agence France Press Pakistan school expels girl for blasphemy, 27 September 2011 http://www.google.com/hostednews/afp/article/ALeqM5ipNAXwJg7CVnwHVk3h15cgtKBUDQ?d ocId=CNG.6f3256cd60ce64884378c52c9f745503.b61 Date accessed 28 September 2011 25 September More than 400 people have been killed and nearly 1,200 injured from the floods caused by Augusts heavy monsoon rains affecting Sindh and Balochistan. At least 8.2 million people have been affected. Xinhua Death toll over 400 in Pakistan's recent floods, 25 September 2011 http://news.xinhuanet.com/english2010/world/2011-09/25/c_131158638.htm Date accessed 28 September 2011 22 September Malik Ishaq, head of the banned Lashkar-e-Jhangvi, was placed under house arrest after being accused of trying to incite sectarian hatred. Voice of America Pakistan Arrests Extremist Leader For Inciting Sectarian Violence, 22 September 2011 http://www.voanews.com/english/news/asia/south/Pakistan-Arrests-Extremist-Leader-ForInciting-Sectarian-Violence-130347163.html Date accessed 28 September 2011 21 September The banned sectarian group, Lashkar-e-Jhangvi, claimed responsibility for an attack on Shia pilgrims on 20 September, in Balochistan province, which killed 26. A further three people were killed when ambulances carrying the wounded were attacked. BBC News Militant Pakistan group admits carrying out bus attack, 21 September 2011 http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-14998254 Date accessed 21 September 2011 21 September An anti-terrorism court in Pakistan sentenced seven people to death for the murder of two teenage brothers who were mistakenly identified as robbers. The beating to death of the boys was caught on camera and apparently showed
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 9

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 police standing by as the attack took place. Six others involved in the incident were given life sentences and three policemen were sentenced for three years.

BBC News Death penalty for seven Pakistanis who killed teenagers, 21 September 2011 http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-14998394 Date accessed 21 September 2011

USEFUL NEWS SOURCES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION


A list of news sources with Weblinks is provided below, which may be useful if additional up to date information is required to supplement that provided in this report. The full list of sources used in this report can be found in Annex G References to source material.

AlertNet (Thomson Reuters) http://www.alertnet.org/thenews/newsdesk/index.htm?news=all British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) http://news.bbc.co.uk Cable News Network (CNN) http://edition.cnn.com/WORLD/?fbid=i0gUtrVnUAy Integrated Regional Information Networks (IRIN) http://www.irinnews.org/ Pakistan Institute for Peace Studies (PIPS) http://san-pips.com/ South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) http://www.satp.org/

Return to contents Go to sources

10

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Background Information
1.
1.01

GEOGRAPHY
The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) Country Profile for Pakistan, updated 1 April 2011, noted that the country is ... about three-and-a-half times the size of the UK. It shares borders with 4 countries: India to the east, China to the north east, Iran to the south west and Afghanistan along the western and northern boundaries. (Geography) Pakistan covers a land area of 803,940 sq. km. (499,545 sq. miles) [11b] (Pakistan today) Pakistan (official name Islamic Republic of Pakistan) is divided into four provinces Punjab, Sindh, Balochistan and Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa (KP) (formerly known as North West Frontier Province or NWFP) (US Department of State (USSD) Background Note: Pakistan, 6 October 2010) [3a] (Government) and two territories the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) and the Islamabad Capital Territory. (CIA World Factbook, Pakistan, 5 July 2011) [4a] (Government) The FATA is composed of seven tribal agencies: Bajaur, Mohmand, Khyber, Kurram, Orakzai, North Waziristan, and South Waziristan. (USSD Background Note: Pakistan, 6 October 2010) [3a] (Government) The CIA World Factbook added that ... the Pakistani-administered portion of the disputed Jammu and Kashmir region consists of two administrative entities: Azad Kashmir and Gilgit-Baltistan. [4a] (Government) Pakistans population was estimated to be 187,342,721 (male: 96,234,516; female: 91,108,205) as of July 2011. (CIA World Factbook, Pakistan, 5 July 2011) [4a] (People) Pakistans principal cities (estimated population in brackets) are the capital, Islamabad (800,000) and Rawalpindi (1,406,214), which comprises the national capital area with a combined population of 3.7 million. Other major cities include Karachi (11,624,219), Lahore (6,310,888), Faisalabad (1,977,246) and Hyderabad (1,151,274). (USSD Background Note: Pakistan, 6 October 2010) [3a] (Geography) As noted in the CIA World Factbook, 5 July 2011, the main ethnic groups of Pakistan comprised of Punjabi 44.68%, Pashtun (Pathan) 15.42%, Sindhi 14.1%, Sariaki 8.38%, Muhajirs [Mohajirs] 7.57%, Balochi 3.57%, other 6.28%. [4a] (People) According to the 1998 census, 95 per cent of Pakistans population was Muslim, the majority being Sunni with Shia minority of approximately 25 per cent. Hindus, Christians Parsis/Zoroastrians, Bahais, Sikhs, Buddhists, Ahmadis, and others, comprise of a further five per cent. (USSD July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report, 13 September 2011) [3i] (Section I) The Constitution of Pakistan of 1973 states: (1) The National language of Pakistan is Urdu, and arrangements shall be made for its being used for official and other purposes within fifteen years from the commencing day. (2) Subject to clause (1), the English language may be used for official purposes until arrangements are made for its replacement by Urdu. (3) Without prejudice to the status of the National language, a Provincial Assembly may by law prescribe measures for the leaching, promotion and use of a Provincial language in addition to the National language. [29n] (Part XII: Chapter 4, Article 251)

1.02

1.03

1.04

1.05

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

11

PAKISTAN 1.06

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The CIA World Factbook, dated 5 July 2011, stated that the main languages of Pakistan were Punjabi 48%, Sindhi 12%, Siraiki (a Punjabi variant) 10%, Pashtu 8%, Urdu (official) 8%, Balochi 3%, Hindko 2%, Brahui 1%, English (official; lingua franca of Pakistani elite and most government ministries), Burushaski, and other 8%. [4a] (People) Ethnologues Languages of the World, Sixteenth edition, published in 2009, stated: The number of individual languages listed for Pakistan is 72. Of those, all are living languages. [15] (Languages of Pakistan) Regarding languages in Pakistan, IHS Janes: Defence and Security Intelligence and Analysis Sentinel Security Risk Assessment noted in its section on Demography, updated 24 March 2011, that Of Pakistan's 20 spoken languages, Punjabi, Sindhi, Urdu, Pashto and Balochi are Indo-Aryan in origin. These vernaculars extend across the northern Indian subcontinent, manifesting themselves in a number of local dialects. Pakistan's official language, Urdu, is spoken as a native tongue by just eight per cent of the population, the majority of whom are Mohajirs... [1a] (Demography: Language) The Independent Advisory Group on Country Information (IAGCI) Evaluation of the Country of Origin Information (COI) Report on Pakistan, by Professor Shaun Gregory, of the Pakistan Security Research Unit, University of Bradford, dated 26 April 2011, stated that although eight per cent of Pakistanis have Urdu as their first language, an estimated 80 to 90 per cent use Urdu as their second functional language making it a virtual lingua franca. [126a]

1.07

1.08

MAP
1.09 Map of Pakistan, dated January 2004, extracted from United Nations Cartographic Section (click on map for full view).

[82a]

TELECOMMUNICATIONS
1.10
12

The International Organization for Migration (IOM) noted in its Returning to Pakistan Country Information fact sheet, updated 4 January 2010, that:
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The telecommunications industry is growing in Pakistan. Pakistan Telecommunication Company Limited (PTCL) is Pakistans most reliable and largest converged service carrier, providing consumers and businesses all over the country with all telecommunication services, from basic voice telephony to data, Internet, videoconferencing and carrier services. Mobile phone companies have not only increased in number but they have also expanded their operations to the remotest parts of the country, offering an excellent service to their clients. [85a] (p24) 1.11 1.12 The same source listed the mobile phone companies operating in Pakistan, which included Mobilink, Ufone, Warid Telecom, Telenor Pakistan and Zong. [9a] (p25) With regards to the internet, the IOM fact sheet stated The Internet is available in all the major cities of the country, as well as in many remote areas. The majority of people use dial-up connections. [9a] (p24)

PUBLIC HOLIDAYS
1.13 The Economist Intelligence Units Country Report for Pakistan, dated 4 July 2011, listed Pakistans public holidays. February 16th (Eid-i-Milad-un-Nabi); March 23rd (Pakistan Day); August 14th (Independence Day); August 31st (Eid al-Fitr); November 9th (Allama Iqbal Day); November 7th (Eid al-Adha); December 6th (Ashura); December 25th (birth of Quaid-i-Azam). (Ashura, Eid-i-Milad-un-Nabi, Eid al-Fitr and Eid al-Adha are dependent on the Islamic lunar calendar, and their dates may therefore vary slightly from those listed). [2c] (Basic data: Public holidays) The Government of Pakistans Ministry of Minorities website, accessed 18 May 2011, officially declared the 11 August as Minorities Day. [29q] See also Ethnic groups and Freedom of religion
Return to contents Go to sources

1.14

2.
2.01

ECONOMY
The US Department of State (USSD) Background Note: Pakistan, dated 6 October 2010, reported that: The World Bank considers Pakistan a low-income country. GDP [Gross Domestic Product] is around $166 billion at the official exchange rate... In FY [Financial Year] 2008-2009, the GDP growth rate was 3.7%, and unemployment was estimated at 14%. Year-over-year consumer price inflation averaged 13.6% in 2009. Main inflation drivers include food and utility prices, the Pakistani rupees depreciation versus the U.S. dollar, and higher international commodity prices. Low levels of spending in the social services and high population growth have contributed to persistent poverty and unequal income distribution. Pakistan's extreme poverty and underdevelopment are key concerns, especially in rural areas. The countrys economy remains vulnerable to internal and external shocks due to internal security concerns and the global financial crises. [3a]
(Economy)

2.02

The World Banks Pakistan Economic Update, dated June 2011, stated Pakistans economic outlook has significantly deteriorated since the floods of July-August 2010, which affected all provinces. The flood damage is estimated to be about US$10 billion.
13

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Real GDP growth, which was projected to be 4.5 percent this year, is now expected to slow to somewhere around 2.5-3 percent. [95a] (p1) See also Humanitarian issues 2.03 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2009 (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, that The average GDP growth of 5.2 per cent during the last decade did not translate into a more equitable distribution of wealth in the society. Recent estimates showed that nearly a quarter of the countrys population remained poor, with 62 million people living below the poverty line in the year 2009 as estimated by the official Task Force on Food Security. [27c]
(p222)

2.04

The USSD Background Note: Pakistan stated Agriculture accounts for about 21% of GDP and employs about 42% of the labor force. The most important crops are cotton, wheat, rice, sugarcane, fruits, and vegetables, which together account for more than 75% of the value of total crop output. Despite intensive farming practices, Pakistan remains a net food importer. Pakistan exports rice, fish, fruits, and vegetables and imports vegetable oil, wheat, cotton (net importer), pulses, and consumer foods. [3a]
(Agriculture and natural resources)

2.05

The HRCPs State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, noted with regards to employment that: In a country of 170 million people only 2.74 million Pakistanis were unemployed, according to figures provided to the National Assembly in May 2010 by the federal minister of labour and manpower. The minister said that these estimates had been based on past trends (p235).... The Social Policy and Development Centre (SPDC), a Karachi-based non-profit policy research group, stated in January 2010 that the overall labour force participation in Pakistan was low but the trend indicated that the gender gap in labour force was declining. It noted that although the labour force participation rate for men had declined over the previous four decades to 82 percent in 2007-2008, it had increased for women from 9 percent in 1971-72 to almost 22 percent in 2007-08.
[27e] (p232)

2.06

The same source noted A new labour policy was announced in May 2010, in which the minimum wage was raised from Rs. 6,000 to Rs. 7,000. Announcing the labour policy, the prime minister also said that the services of contract employees in government departments would be regularized. Retired registered workers were to get medical facilities and pensions were to be raised. (p231) However, the report added Nonpayment of salaries or considerable delay in payment of remuneration due to economic crisis in the country as well as failure of employers to honour the minimum wage requirement affected workers rights in 2010. [27e] (p234) See also Employment rights

2.07

As at 10 August 2011, 1 US Dollar = 85.3437 Pakistan Rupee and 1 British Pound = 139.126 Pakistan Rupee. (Oanda, accessed 10 August 2011) [96a]
Return to contents Go to sources

14

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

3.
3.01

HISTORY
The Freedom House report Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011, published 26 July 2011, stated that: Pakistan was created as a Muslim homeland during the partition of British India in 1947, and the military has directly or indirectly ruled the country for much of its independent history. As part of his effort to consolidate power, military dictator Mohammad Zia ul-Haq amended the constitution in 1985 to allow the president to dismiss elected governments. After Zias death in 1988, successive civilian presidents cited corruption and abuse of power in sacking elected governments headed by prime ministers Benazir Bhutto of the Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP) in 1990 and 1996, and Nawaz Sharif of the Pakistan Muslim League (PML) in 1993. Sharif, who returned to power in the 1997 elections, was deposed in a military coup after he attempted to fire the army chief, General Pervez Musharraf, in 1999. Musharraf appointed himself chief executive (and later president), declared a state of emergency, and suspended democratic institutions. [5a]

3.02

The US Department of State (USSD) Background Note: Pakistan, dated 6 October 2010, cited: On June 20, 2001, Musharraf named himself as president and was sworn in... In a referendum held on April 30, 2002, Musharraf's presidency was extended by 5 more years. The handover from military to civilian rule came with parliamentary elections in November 2002, and the appointment of a civilian prime minister, Mir Zafarullah Khan Jamali. Having previously promised to give up his army post and become a civilian president, General Musharraf announced in late 2004 that he would retain his military role. In August 2004, Shaukat Aziz was sworn in as prime minister, having won a parliamentary vote of confidence, 191 of 342 votes, in which the opposition abstained.
[3a] (Historical overview: Pervez Musharraf)

See also sections on Women and Freedom of religion 3.03 The Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report noted that: Tensions between Musharraf and the increasingly activist judiciary came to a head in 2007 when he suspended Iftikhar Chaudhry, the chief justice of the Supreme Court, sparking mass protests by lawyers and wider political unrest. When the court attempted to rule on the validity of Musharrafs victory in the October presidential election, he again took preemptive action and imposed martial law on November 3, suspending the constitution, replacing much of the higher judiciary, and arresting more than 6,000 civil society activists, political leaders, and lawyers. The state of emergency was lifted in mid-December and an amended version of the constitution was restored, but some restrictions on the press and freedom of assembly remained in place, as did the emasculated judiciary. Following the December 27 assassination of former prime minister Bhutto, parliamentary elections planned for early January 2008 were postponed until February, and Bhuttos widower, Asif Ali Zardari, assumed de facto leadership of the PPP [Pakistan Peoples Party]. The PPP led the February voting with 97 out of 272 directly elected seats in the National Assembly, followed by Nawaz Sharifs PML-N with 71. The ruling PML-Q was
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 15

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

routed, taking only 42 seats, and the Muttahida Majlis-i-Amal (MMA), an alliance of Islamic parties, was also severely weakened. [5a] See also section on Judiciary 3.04 Human Rights Watch (HRW) recorded on 15 April 2009 that On April 13, 2009, President Asif Ali Zardari signed an ordinance imposing Sharia law in the Swat valley and effectively empowering the Taliban and other groups, there and in surrounding areas of the Provincially Administered Tribal Areas (PATA). [7f] The PATA includes, amongst others, the districts of Chitral, Dir and Swat, and the Malakand Protected Area. (Constitution of Pakistan, Part XII, Chapter 3 Tribal areas) [29n] HRW continued: President Zardari signed the Nizam-e-Adl (system of justice) ordinance after Pakistan's parliament unanimously passed a resolution recommending the measure. The ordinance followed the peace deal signed by the government of Pakistan's North West Frontier Province (NWFP) with the Taliban to end hostilities in the area between Pakistan and the Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), the Pakistani Taliban, which have been ongoing since the summer of 2007. The provincial government, led by the ostensibly secular Awami National Party (ANP), concluded the agreement with Sufi Mohammad, leader of the Tehreek-e-Nifaz-e-Shariat-Mohammad (TNSM), a Taliban affiliate. [7f] 3.06 IHS Janes: Defence and Security Intelligence and Analysis, noted in its Sentinel Security Assessment for Pakistan, Security, date posted 9 May 2011, that: Initially, the truce [with the Taliban] brought respite from the daily killings in Swat. However, the enforcement of sharia was an erosion of the state's writ and legitimised the introduction of a Taliban interpretation of legal procedures in the region. In late April 2009, Fazlullah and his men consolidated their hold over Buner district in the NWFP by occupying the main town there, Daggar. On 10 April local Pakistani press reported the militants had advanced into Buner from their base in the adjacent Swat Valley and taken control of vast areas. They occupied the Pir Baba Sufi shrine and the houses of tribal elders and forced the police and other law enforcement personnel to retreat to their posts. These lasted only a few days before the army and paramilitary Frontier Corps launched an offensive - Operation Rah-e-Rast (right path) - against Fazlullah's men in Buner and Dir districts on 29 April, backed by warplanes and helicopter gunships... The military also targeted the main city of Mingora where militants had occupied emerald mines. [1a]
(Religious militant)

3.05

3.07

Janes continued: By late June 2009, the military indicated that their operations had been successful in driving out the militants from Swat and were drawing to a close (although the lack of access for journalists made their reports difficult to corroborate)...In late June 2009, Pakistani officials announced they were about to launch a major military offensive in South Waziristan agency, called Rah-e-Nijat (road to deliverance), targeting Baitullah Mehsud's strongholds. The army appeared at the end of the first half of 2009 to be preparing for a lengthy campaign with infantry brigades already deployed to the region.

16

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Operation Rah-e-Nijat was seen as the next phase in the wider offensive against militants in the NWFP and FATA. Baitullah's demise in August 2009 appeared to take the pressure off the Pakistani military to launch an offensive against Mehsud strongholds in South Waziristan, providing the army with an excuse to end all anti-Taliban operations in the restive tribal agency over the short to medium term... However, a further deterioration of security in the region following the appointment of Hakimullah Mehsud as the new TTP leader, along with international pressure for real action, led the Pakistani Army to launch its ground offensive in South Waziristan on 17 October... The operation was successful in clearing many fighters from the region although the number of refugees soared as a result of the intense fighting. In spring 2010, the army turned its attention to the Orakzai and Khyber regions, where many fighters were believed to have taken refuge from the earlier offensives. Pakistani forces have increased their ground and air attacks in these regions, and have engaged in numerous clashes with the Pakistani Taliban. [1a] (Religious militant) 3.08 On 9 March 2010 President Zardari signed into law the Protection Against Women in the Workplace Bill 2010. The Bill, which was passed by the National Assembly in January and the Senate in February, defines harassment as ... any unwelcome sexual advance, request for sexual favours or other verbal and written communication or physical conduct of a sexual nature or sexually demeaning attitudes, causing interference with the work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive work environment, or the attempt to punish the complainant for refusal to comply to such a request or is made condition for employment. (Dawn, 10 March 2010) [42b] The Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) reported in its Pakistan Country Report dated 11 June 2010 that: On June 3rd the president, Asif Ali Zardari, signed international conventions on civil and political rights, and a convention against torture and other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment. The first convention bans countries from imposing capital punishment on people under the age of 18; it also stipulates that the death penalty can only be imposed for the most serious crimes, and with the right to seek a pardon. It also says that people cannot be discriminated against on grounds including race, colour and religion. However, Pakistan also introduced some waivers protecting Pakistans national rights in relation to Islamic law and ideology. [2a] (The Political Scene:
Pakistan signs international civil rights conventions)

3.09

3.10

The International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) Armed Conflict Database reported in its section Human Security Developments July September 2010, that: While authorities struggled to cope with Pakistan's worst humanitarian crisis in living memory, hardline Islamic charities rushed to fill the vacuum. Unprecedented monsoon flooding in late July killed some 1,750 people, wiped out entire villages and left 10 million homeless. Among the 20 million whose lives were disrupted by flooding, 6m were left in need of food aid, according to the United Nations. An area the size of Italy was submerged for weeks by the swollen Indus River. People faced a serious threat of endemic diseases, and the damage to infrastructure was estimated to have put Pakistan back by years, if not decades. [34a] (Pakistan (FATA & K-P/NWFP))

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

17

PAKISTAN See also Humanitarian issues 3.11

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre (IDMC) reported in its Pakistan factsheet At a Glance, dated 31 December 2010, that: Human rights abuses by Taliban insurgents, counter-insurgency operations and local sectarian and tribal conflicts have displaced a total of four million people in Pashtudominated Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa (KPK) and the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) since 2008. By December 2010, according to international agencies, the number of IDPs in KPK had fallen to between 840,000 and 980,000 IDPs. Roughly half of them had been displaced during the year. The number of people internally displaced in FATA and other provinces was unknown. [84b] See also Security situation and Internally displaced persons (IDPs)

3.12

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its annual report, the State of human rights in 2010, published 14 April 2011, that: Relations between coalition partners in the central and provincial legislatures often turned sour. A major political crisis cropped up in December [2010] when the JUI-F [Jamiat Ulema-e-Islam (Fazlur Rehman)] and the MQM [Muttahida Qaumi Movement] separately decided to leave the PPP-led coalition at the Centre and sit in the opposition. Both had their own sets of grievances and they announced to walk away at a time when the federal government was under immense internal and external pressures. However, no single opposition party was in a position to oust the government through a vote of no-confidence and then form its government. Although the subsequent return of the MQM to the governments fold abated the pressure on the PPP, the MQM refused to rejoin the federal cabinet. Tensions remained simmering between the two parties throughout the year. One of the main stumbling blocks had been the law and order in Karachi, for which both parties and at times the ANP [Awami National Party] blamed on another. The accusations not only included failure to control lawand order but also direct involvement of politically affiliated suspects in violent crime. [27e] (p191) See also Political affiliation: Politically motivated violence
Return to contents Go to sources

4.
4.01

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS: JANUARY TO SEPTEMBER 2011


The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its annual report, the State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: On January 3, 2011, Punjab Governor Salman Taseer was assassinated by one of his police guards, Mumtaz Qadri, who said he had killed the governor for voicing his opinion against the blasphemy law. Taseer had visited Aasia Bibi [a Christian woman sentenced to death on blasphemy charges in June 2009 see Sections on Death Penalty and Christians] in jail and promised to convey her petition for pardon to the president. Clerics had issued an edict against Taseer a few days earlier, stating that he had become an apostate by supporting Aasia and by criticising the law. The governors assassination by a member of his own security detail highlighted both the extent to which extremists had infiltrated the law enforcement agencies and the governments inability or unwillingness to root out such elements from the agencies.

18

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Other guards had stood by for nearly one minute as Qadri fired all the bullets of his automatic weapon at the governor. Taseers murder also demonstrated the hazards involved in voicing support for blasphemy accused or even pointing out any deficiencies in the law. [27e] (p133) 4.02 The US Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) noted in its Annual Report 2011, covering events from 1 April 2010 to 31 March 2011, published May 2011: On March 2 [2011], Shahbaz Bhatti, a longtime Christian activist for religious freedom and the first-ever Christian in Pakistans federal cabinet, was assassinated outside his mothers home in Islamabad by members of Tehrik-i-Taliban, commonly known as the Pakistani Taliban. Having recently been reappointed to the federal cabinet, Bhatti was on his way to a cabinet meeting without his security detail. The timing of the attack has led to speculation that the assassins had informants within the Ministry of Interior or the Directorate of Inter-Service Intelligence. Bhatti had received multiple death threats because of his advocacy against the blasphemy law, including one from Tehrik-i-Taliban threatening to kill him if he was reappointed to the cabinet. The Pakistani governments efforts to provide Bhatti with sufficient security had been inadequate for years. However, after his reappointment, the Minister of Interior had increased his security detail and reportedly agreed to move Minister Bhatti to more secure lodgings in Islamabad. Notably, the Pakistani government had not provided an armored car, despite Minister Bhattis repeated requests. Immediately after his death, Prime Minister Gilani and Interior Minister Rehman Malik visited the hospital and vowed to apprehend the killers. Prime Minister Gilani attended the funeral, but President Zardari did not. [53b] (p113) 4.03 Following the death of Shahbaz Bhatti, his brother, Dr Paul Bhatti, was appointed as Advisor to the Prime Minister on Minority Affairs. (Pakistan Christian Post, 29 March 2011) [56a] On 2 May 2011, Osama bin Laden, founder and leader of al-Qaeda, was killed by US Navy Seals in an operation in the garrison town of Abbottabad, less than 62 kilometres from Islamabad, and close to the Pakistan Military Academy, the countrys premier established for officers, and the local Army Brigade Headquarters. (South Asia Terrorism Portal, South Asia Intelligence Review Weekly Assessments & Briefings, 3 May 2011) [61f] (Volume 9, No. 43) The Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) stated in its Pakistan Country Report dated 3 June 2011 that: Pakistan has suffered a series of terrorist attacks as part of the fallout from the US raid that killed Osama bin Laden... in early May [2011]. In Peshawar, the capital of Khyber Pakhtoonkhwa, a bystander was killed and 11 other people were injured when a bomb exploded in a car. The intended target was thought to be a convoy of vehicles from the US consulate; two US diplomats were slightly injured. In another attack in Peshawar, four people were killed and 22 injured when a suicide bomber in a lorry drove into a police station. In Hangu, also in Khyber Pakhtoonkhwa, a bomb went off close to several shops, killing at least 32 people, including a number of police officers. Local court buildings were also damaged, and at least 56 more people were injured by the bomb, which contained around 400 kg of explosives. Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP, also known as
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 19

4.04

4.05

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

the Pakistani Taliban) claimed responsibility for this attack saying that it was a small attack to avenge Osama's martyrdom. Soon you will see bigger attacks. The most significant and high-profile attack took place in Karachi, the capital of Sindh province and Pakistan's commercial capital. Public criticism of the military had risen following the US raid on Mr bin Laden's compound, both because of the army's failure to locate the al-Qaida leader and because of its failure to prevent the US raid. A brazen attack on the Mehran naval airbase in Karachi on May 22nd only added to this criticism. At least 16 people, including ten soldiers, were killed in the attack, and several aircraft at the base, among them two P3-C Orion surveillance planes that had cost US$36m each, were destroyed. Some of the attackers are believed to have escaped. Pakistan claimed that six militants attacked the base and that four escaped. Unofficial reports suggest that there were in fact ten attackers, six of whom got away. TTP claimed responsibility for this attack too, but many analysts have questioned whether such an assault could have been carried out without inside assistance. A few days after the Karachi attack, Saleem Shahzad, the local bureau chief of Asia Times Online (a Hong Kong-based news site), claimed that al-Qaida had carried out the attack following the breakdown of talks between the Pakistani navy and al-Qaida over the release of naval officials who had been arrested on suspicion of having links with the terrorist organisation. The primary motive, Mr Shahzad claimed, was to respond to a crackdown on al-Qaida affiliates within the navy (which has long been accused of being more prone to infiltration by radicalised personnel than the army). On May 29th Mr Shahzad disappeared, and on May 31st he was found dead. Speculation is rife that the Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), Pakistan's main military intelligence agency, had a hand in his death because of his investigations into links between al-Qaida and the armed forces. The ISI has described such allegations as regrettable and has denied any involvement in Mr Shahzad's death. [2b] See also Freedom of speech and media: Journalists 4.06 The EIU noted in its Pakistan Country Report dated 4 July 2011 The Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM), a political party based in Sindh province, quit the government on June 27th [2011], moving to the opposition in both the federal and provincial assemblies. The MQM had quit the government in January [2011] after a dispute about fuel-price increases, but rejoined within a week after the authorities caved in to its demands. [2c] Cable News Network (CNN) reported on 27 June 2011 that, for the second time this year, the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) had left Pakistans ruling coalition government. The report noted: MQM announced plans to remove its ministers from the federal Cabinet and sit in opposition to the ruling Pakistan Peoples Party in Parliament and provincial assemblies. The MQM announced the governor of Sindh province, who is a party member, will also submit his resignation to the president. In a speech broadcast live on Pakistani television, MQM leader Farooq Sattar said his party decided to split with the ruling party because of the governments failure to crack down on violence against its supporters in Karachi and differences over regional elections held last week in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. [75a]

4.07

20

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 4.08

PAKISTAN

However, the Economist Intelligence Unit reported on 2 September 2011 that the MQM announced it would rejoin the coalition in Sindh. The report added Since the most recent provincial assembly election in 2008, the Sindh government has consisted primarily of an alliance between the Pakistan People's Party (PPP) and the ANP, with the MQM joining and then withdrawing again on a frequent basis. Meanwhile, the PPP has been trying to persuade the MQM to rejoin the coalition government at federal level. [2g] (The political scene: Violence in Karachi escalates further) The Express Tribune reported on 6 July 2011 that the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) expressed on 5 July 2011 its ... grave concerns over deteriorating law and order in Karachi, particularly the rising trend of target killings. [92b] In its analysis of the security situation in Karachi, BBC News reported on 8 July 2011: Karachi is arguably one of South Asia's most violent cities. It is not only the largest city and port of Pakistan, but also a major industrial and commercial centre. The city is plagued by extortion rackets, land-grab mafia and armed groups fighting turf wars for their share of its resources. The level of violence this week has not been seen for years. Targeted killings and drive-by shootings are widely blamed on armed gangs linked to the city's main political parties. There were always fears that with last week's resignation from the government by the city's main political party - the MQM [Muttahida Qaumi Movement] - increased violence and instability would bring Pakistan's economic capital to a grinding halt. [35i]

4.09

4.10

4.11

The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) reported in its South Asia Intelligence Review (SAIR), dated 11 July 2011, that At least 114 persons were killed in just five days of violence, commencing July 5, 2011, in Karachi. Unidentified assailants on a shooting spree in several neighbourhoods in Pakistans commercial hub, killed 14 persons on July 5; another 25 on July 6; 36 on July 7; 35 on July 8; and 4 on July 9. [61f] (Volume 10,
No. 1)

4.12

The SAIR added The current spate of killings in Karachi principally resulted from clashes between MQM and PPPs [Pakistan Peoples Party] ally, Awami National Party (ANP), drawing a line of blood between the 45 per cent of Urdu speaking Mohajirs in the city, on whose behalf the MQM claims to act; and the ANP, representing the citys 25 per cent Pashtun population. [The remaining 30 per cent comprise Punjabis, Sindhis, Balochs, etc.] [61f] (Volume 10, No. 1) See also Security situation, Political affiliation: Politically motivated violence and Freedom of religion
Return to contents Go to sources

5.
5.01 5.02

CONSTITUTION
For its full text plus recent amendments see The Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan. [29n] Europa World Online, undated, accessed 26 July 2011, noted that The Constitution was promulgated on 10 April 1973, and amended on a number of subsequent
21

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

occasions... [6] (Constitution and Government) The Preamble upholds the principles of democracy, freedom, equality, tolerance and social justice as enunciated by Islam. The rights of religious and other minorities are guaranteed Fundamental rights are guaranteed and include equality of status (women have equal rights with men), freedom of thought, speech, worship and the press and freedom of assembly and association (The Constitution of Pakistan) [29n] 5.03 Europa World Online also noted: In April 2010 a number of far-reaching constitutional reforms (the Eighteenth Amendment Bill), ceding key presidential powers to the Prime Minister and legislature, were signed into law, following unanimous approval by the National Assembly and Senate earlier that month. The main components of the amendments, which effectively terminated the Seventeenth Amendment enacted by President Musharraf in December 2003 (including the LFO) and transformed the president into a largely titular head of state, were: the divestment of the presidential mandate to dismiss elected governments and to appoint military chiefs and the transferral of these powers to the prime minister; the appointment of judges was transferred from the president to a judicial commission headed by the Chief Justice (with nominations to be approved by a parliamentary committee); the chief election commissioner was no longer to be appointed by the president; the election of the prime minister and of provincial chief ministers was no longer to be conducted by secret ballot; the president no longer had the power unilaterally to impose emergency rule in a province; the two-term limit on the holding of the premiership was lifted (thus allowing for Nawaz Sharif potentially to stand for another term as prime minister); and the NWFP was renamed Khyber Pakhtoonkhwa (a long-standing demand of the ethnic Pashtuns who dominate that region). [6] (Country
profile: Contempory Political history; Domestic Political Affairs)

5.04

The US Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) stated in its Annual Report 2011, covering events from 1 April 2010 to 31 March 2011, published May 2011, that ... the 18th amendment specifically stipulated that the prime minister must be a Muslim and did not address the anti-Ahmadi provisions in the constitution. [53b] (p112) The Ministry of Women Development was devolved under the 18 th Amendment to the provincial governments. (The Express Tribune, 18 June 2011) [92d] See also the section on Women

5.05

5.06 5.07

The text of the Eighteenth Amendment Bill was published on the Council on Foreign Relations website, dated 19 April 2010. [90] The Freedom House report Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011, published 26 July 2011, noted At the end of the year, both houses of Parliament also passed the 19th Amendment, strengthening the role of the senior judiciary in making appointments to superior courts and thus neutralizing a potential source of conflict between the executive and judiciary. [5a]
Return to contents Go to sources

22

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

6.
6.01

POLITICAL SYSTEM
The International Crisis Group (ICG) stated in its report Reforming Pakistans Electoral System, dated 30 March 2011, that: Electoral rigging has hampered Pakistans democratic development, eroded political stability and contributed to the breakdown of the rule of law. Facing domestic pressure for democracy, successive military governments rigged national, provincial and local polls to ensure regime survival. These elections yielded unrepresentative parliaments that have rubber-stamped extensive constitutional and political reforms to centralise power with the military and to empower its civilian allies. Undemocratic rule has also suppressed other civilian institutions, including the Election Commission of Pakistan (ECP), which is responsible for holding elections to the national and four provincial assemblies, and local governments. With the next general election in 2013 if the Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP)-led government completes its full five-year term the ruling party and its parliamentary opposition, as well as the international community, should focus on ensuring a transparent, orderly political transition through free, fair and transparent elections. [20c] (Executive summary and recommendations)

6.02

The ICG report added that, despite reforms under the eighteenth amendment to the constitution, further changes were needed: To curtail opportunities for the military to manipulate the political process, the ECP must be made independent, impartial and effective. The commission remains poorly managed, inadequately resourced, under-staffed and under-trained... Highly inaccurate voters lists are responsible for disenfranchising millions. Polling procedures are often manipulated; accountability mechanisms for candidates and political parties seldom employed; and the electoral code of conduct routinely flouted... Many discriminatory laws remain in place, including easily manipulated qualification criteria requiring electoral candidates to be of good Islamic character. Moreover, an interventionist military high command appears bent on shaping the political order to its liking... In the past, both the PML-N and the PPP have instead chosen to collude with the military at times. [20c] (Executive summary and recommendations)

FEDERAL LEGISLATURE
6.03 Europa World online, undated, accessed 26 July 2011, noted that: The President is a constitutional Head of State, who is normally elected for five years by an electoral college, comprising the Federal Legislature and the four provincial assemblies. The former consists of a lower and upper house the National Assembly and Senate. There are 342 seats in the National Assembly, with 272 members directly elected (on the basis of adult suffrage), 60 seats reserved for women and 10 for nonMuslims. The term of the National Assembly is five years. The Senate comprises 104 seats; the provincial assemblies directly elect 92 members of whom four have to be non-Muslims, 16 have to be women and a further 16 technocrats (including ulema , Muslim legal scholars) and of the remaining 12 members, the Federally Administered Tribal Areas return eight members and the remaining four are elected from the Federal Capital Territory by members of the Provincial Assemblies. The term of the Senate is six years, with one-half of the membership being renewed every three years. The Prime Minister is elected by the National Assembly and he/she and the other ministers in the Cabinet are responsible to it. [6] (Country profile: Constitution and Government)
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 23

PAKISTAN 6.04

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: The federal governments decision to allocate four seats in the Senate to minorities under the 18th Amendment was hailed by religious minorities across Pakistan. Earlier there was no member of minority community in the Senate. However, there was still not a single directly elected member of a religious minority in any of the four provincial assemblies or in national parliament of Pakistan, mainly because the mainstream political parties did not field candidates from religious minority communities. Minorities and women, two groups most discriminated against in the country, were not given representation on the constitutional reform committee that came up with the draft of the 18th Amendment. [27e] (p137)

6.05

The terms of the Constitution state The President.-(1) There shall be a President of Pakistan who shall be the Head of State and shall represent the unity of the Republic. (2) A person shall not be qualified for election as President unless he is a Muslim of not less than forty-five years of age and is qualified to be elected as member of the National Assembly. [29n] The US Department of States July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF Report 2010), published 13 September 2011 noted All senior officials, including members of Parliament, must swear an oath to protect the country's Islamic identity. [3l] (Section II: Legal/Policy Framework)

PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENTS
6.06 The USSD Background Note: Pakistan, dated 6 October 2010, stated that Each of the four provinces Punjab, Sindh, Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa [formerly North West Frontier Province] and Balochistan has a chief minister and a provincial assembly. The Northern Areas [Gilgit-Baltistan], Azad Kashmir, and the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) are administered by the federal government but enjoy considerable autonomy. The cabinet, National Security Council, and governors serve at the presidents discretion. [3a] (Government and political organization) The International Crisis Group (ICG) reported on 12 August 2011, that on that date: ...Pakistani President Asif Ali Zardari signed the extension of the Political Party Order (2002) to the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), fulfilling one of his government's key pledges related to the militancy-ridden tribal belt... This move will allow political parties to operate legally in FATA for the first time... Now, as proper members of mainstream political parties, FATA's legislators will represent and be subject to party policy, and able to campaign on party platforms in the next election. Political party recruitment and activism, even in a controlled environment, will also help broaden participation beyond a relatively small tribal elite of maliks (tribal elders), and fill a political vacuum that militants, smugglers and other criminals, big and small, have exploited for decades. [20d] See also Political affiliation

6.07

PAKISTAN ADMINISTERED KASHMIR (AZAD KASHMIR)


6.08 The Freedom House Freedom in the World Kashmir (Pakistan) 2011 report, published 18 August 2011, stated

24

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

When British India was partitioned into India and Pakistan in 1947, the Hindu maharajah of Jammu and Kashmir tried to maintain his principalitys independence, but he eventually ceded it to India in return for autonomy and future self-determination. Within months, India and Pakistan went to war over the territory. Following a UNbrokered ceasefire in 1949, Pakistan refused to withdraw troops from the roughly onethird of Jammu and Kashmir that it had occupied, but unlike India, it never formally annexed its portion. The Karachi Agreement of April 1949 divided Pakistaniadministered Kashmir into two distinct entities Azad (Free) Kashmir and the Northern Areas. Pakistan retained direct administrative control over the Northern Areas, while Azad Kashmir was given a degree of nominal self-government. [5b] 6.09 The same source added: Conditions in Pakistani-administered Kashmir were stable in 2010, although political infighting in Azad Kashmir led to the resignation of the prime minister in July [2010]. Nationalist groups demands for greater autonomy remained unfulfilled, and ongoing talks between India and Pakistan yielded little substantive progress on the Kashmir dispute. The territory continued to suffer from sectarian strife and limits on freedoms of expression and association, among other human rights abuses. [5b] 6.10 IHS Janes Sentinel Security Risk Assessment for Pakistan noted, in its section on Pakistan-Administered Kashmir (AJK), dated 26 April 2011, that: AJK is still governed by the 1974 interim constitution (the constitution is designated interim by the Assembly as AJK is not yet independent) that allows for limited selfgovernment through a president, prime minister and state council, although in reality power ultimately rests with the central government in Islamabad... (Constitution) The national government exercises political control over AJK through the Azad Jammu and Kashmir Council... (Executive) [which] is a legislative body and the de facto upper house to the Azad Jammu and Kashmir Legislative Assembly. The council's main function is to act as a conduit between the federal government of Pakistan and the administration in PAK. It is chaired by the prime minister of Pakistan, and the vice-chairman is the president of AJK. [1a] (Leadership) 6.11 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated that: Azad Kashmir did not have representation in the national parliament. Azad Kashmir has an interim constitution, an elected unicameral assembly, a prime minister, and a president who is elected by the assembly. Both the president and legislators serve fiveyear terms. Of the 49 assembly seats, 41 are filled through direct elections, and eight are reserved seats (five for women and one each for representatives of overseas Kashmiris, technocrats, and religious leaders). However, the federal government exercises considerable control over the structures of government and electoral politics. Its approval is required to pass legislation, and the federal minister for Kashmir affairs exercises significant influence over daily administration and the budget. The Kashmir Council, composed of federal officials and Kashmiri assembly members and chaired by the federal prime minister, also holds some executive, legislative, and judicial powers. The military retains a guiding role on issues of politics and governance. Those who do not support Azad Kashmir's accession to the country were barred from the political process, government employment, and educational institutions. They were also subject to surveillance, harassment, and sometimes imprisonment by security services. The
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 25

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

2006 legislative elections in Azad Kashmir were marred by allegations of rigging. (Section 3) The same source noted that Azad Kashmir has a court system independent of the country's judiciary. [3g] (Section 1e) 6.12 The Associated Press of Pakistan (APP) reported on 26 June 2011 that: The Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP) has secured [a] majority in Azad Jammu and Kashmir (AJK) Legislative Assembly by securing 19 seats in elections on Sunday. According to unofficial results of 34 seats so far, Pakistan Muslim League (N) stood at second position by grabbing nine seats, Muslim Conference got third position with four seats besides two independents. [123a] The USSD Report 2009, published 11 March 2010, stated that Kashmiris displaced from Indian-held Kashmir that had entered Pakistan were entitled to the same rights as full citizens. [3b] (Section 2d)

6.13

Line of control
6.14 Under the Karachi Agreement a cease-fire line was established between Pakistan and India, supervised UN military observers (UNMOGIP United Nations Military Observer Group in India and Pakistan). In July 1972, India and Pakistan signed an agreement defining a Line of Control [LoC] in Kashmir which, with minor deviations, followed the same course as the ceasefire line established by the Karachi Agreement in 1949. India took the position that the mandate of UNMOGIP had lapsed, since it related specifically to the ceasefire line under the Karachi Agreement. Pakistan, however, did not accept this position. (UNMOGIP Background, date accessed 22 September 2010) [89] UNMOGIP also noted: Given the disagreement between the two parties over UNMOGIP's mandate and functions, the Secretary-General's position has been that UNMOGIP could be terminated only by a decision of the Security Council. In the absence of such an agreement, UNMOGIP has been maintained with the same arrangements as established following December 1971 ceasefire. The tasks of UNMOGIP have been to observe, to the extent possible, developments pertaining to the strict observance of the ceasefire of 17 December 1971 and to report thereon to the Secretary-General. The military authorities of Pakistan have continued to lodge complaints with UNMOGIP about ceasefire violations. The military authorities of India have lodged no complaints since January 1972 and have restricted the activities of the UN observers on the Indian side of the Line of Control. They have, however, continued to provide accommodation, transport and other facilities to UNMOGIP. [89] 6.16 The Freedom in the World 2010 Kashmir (India) report stated: Kashmiris are generally free to move around the state. A bus service across the LOC was launched in 2005, and trade across the line reopened in early 2008 for the first time in 60 years. [5c] Following a 2009 opinion poll, conducted on both sides of the LoC, a Chatham House paper, Kashmir: Paths to Peace, dated May 2010, stated, with regards to freedom of movement, that The LoC is an almost complete barrier to movement. 8% of the respondents claimed to have friends or family living on the other side of the LoC but only 1% of the total population had visited in the last five years. Less than 5% knew anyone who had crossed the LoC in the last five years. [86] (p20)
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

6.15

6.17

26

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 See also: Freedom of movement

PAKISTAN

Return to contents Go to sources

Map 6.18 United Nations Military Observer Group in India and Pakistan (UNMOGIP) map showing line of control as of September 2009 (click on map for full view):

(United Nations Cartographic Section) [82b]

GILGIT-BALTISTAN (FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE NORTHERN AREAS)


6.19 The Freedom House Freedom in the World Kashmir (Pakistan) 2011 report, published 18 August 2011, noted: The August 2009 Gilgit-Baltistan Empowerment and Self-Governance Order (GBESGO), which renamed the region and replaced the Northern Areas Legal Framework Order (LFO) of 1994, provided for a somewhat more powerful legislative body, the Gilgit-Baltistan Legislative Assembly (GBLA), with the authority to choose a chief minister and introduce legislation on 61 subjects. While the government argued that the GBESGO established full internal autonomy, nationalist groups noted that a governor appointed by the Pakistani president would still be the ultimate authority and could not be overruled by the new assembly. Moreover, many subjects were excluded from the assemblys purview. In November 2009 elections for the GBLA, the Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP), which was the ruling party at the federal level, won 12 of 24 directly elected seats; 10 of the remainder were divided among four other parties and four independents, and voting for two seats was postponed. Syed Mehdi Shah, head of the PPPs Gilgit-Baltistan chapter, became the regions chief minister. Doctor and social worker Shama Khalid was appointed as governor in March 2010, but her tenure was cut short in September when
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 27

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

she died of cancer; Wazir Baig, speaker of the GBLA, served as an acting replacement through years end. [5b] 6.20 The USSD Report 2010 noted that Gilgit-Baltistan (formerly known as the Northern Areas) also has a separate judicial system. The Gilgit-Baltistan Self-governance Order 2009 instituted a separate judiciary, legislature, and election commission for the region. Formerly the laws of the country were extended to the Gilgit-Baltistan at the discretion of the Ministry for Kashmir and Gilgit-Baltistan. The Gilgit-Baltistan Chief Court did not have all the powers of a high court. [3g] (Section 1e) Janes Sentinel Security Risk Assessment for Pakistan noted, in its section on PakistanAdministered Kashmir (AJK), dated 26 April 2011: The anomalous constitutional situation of Gilgit-Baltistan has led to resentment within sections of the population about the territory's lack of political identity... dissatisfaction has arisen within Gilgit-Baltistan, counter-intuitively leading to demands for separation from Pakistan despite the region's historical pro-Pakistan policy. Some political and religious figures have called for either an independent state of Kashmir including AJK and Indian-administered Kashmir, or a separate state of Balawaristan (from Boloristan, an older name for Gilgit-Baltistan)... Although still relatively benign, with few indications of any organised armed groups pursuing these demands, and although to date there has been little support for their activities, the situation is a concern for the stability of PAK in the medium term should any group attempt to organise resistance to Pakistani control. [1a] (Separatism)

6.21

Return to contents Go to sources

28

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Human Rights
7.
7.01

INTRODUCTION
The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) stated in its report, The State of Human Rights in Pakistan: 2010 (AHRC Report 2010), published February 2011, that: The situation of human rights in Pakistan is one of the most serious in the Asian region and has amongst the greatest impact on regional and international peace and security. The absence of the rule of law and the jurisdiction of the State in many parts of the country, as well as serious flaws in State institutions, has made Pakistan into a hotbed of conflict and instability. Added to this, the country has suffered from devastating floods during 2010 which has added greatly to the suffering of Pakistans population. 2010 saw some positive developments concerning human rights, but for the most part grave and widespread human rights violations continued to be perpetrated by the State, with impunity. [52e] (p198)

7.02

The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 on Pakistan (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated that: The major human rights problems included extrajudicial killings, disappearances, and torture. Although the government initiated an investigation into an Internet video showing men in military uniforms apparently committing extrajudicial killings, a failure to credibly investigate allegations, impose disciplinary or accountability measures, and consistently prosecute those responsible for abuses contributed to a culture of impunity. Poor prison conditions, instances of arbitrary detention, lengthy pretrial detentions, a weak criminal justice system, insufficient training for prosecutors and criminal investigators, a lack of judicial independence in the lower courts, and infringements on citizens' privacy remained problems. Harassment of journalists, some censorship, and self-censorship were problems. There were some restrictions on freedom of assembly. Corruption was widespread within the government and lower levels of the police forces, and the government made few attempts to combat the problem. Rape, domestic violence, sexual harassment, honor crimes, abuse, and discrimination against women remained serious problems. Religious freedom violations, as well as violence and discrimination against religious minorities continued. Child abuse and exploitive child labor were problems. Widespread human trafficking, including exploitation of bonded laborers by land owners; forced child labor; and commercial sexual exploitation of children remained problems, as did lack of respect for worker rights. [3g]

7.03

On a more positive note, the same source stated: A new law to increase protection against sexual harassment was passed, and more than 40 ministries and departments incorporated the new code of conduct into their policies, although women's rights groups sought more effective implementation. The minister for minorities took an active role in assisting victims of religiously motivated attacks on Christians and Ahmadis; the government allocated four reserved Senate seats for religious minorities, one from each province; and police freed more than 1,000 bonded laborers. [3g]

7.04

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that:
29

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Ratification by Pakistan of all core international human rights treaties was among the positive highlights of the year, although the benefits were not immediately visible to the people. Two new laws were enacted to deal with sexual harassment. The Commission of Enquiry on Missing Persons cited the intelligence agencies role in enforced disappearances and for the first time the Supreme Court issued notices to these agencies heads. In the conflict ravaged Swat region, the Taliban could no longer patrol the roads or flog citizens. The activities of non-governmental organisations grew, althoughmany of the threats they faced also increased. [27e] (p1) 7.05 However, the HRCP Report 2010 added that: ... growing militancy, extremism and intolerance increased threats to peoples rights in the country, and the states inability, and perhaps its apathy too, to deal with many challenges continued to make life more and more difficult. Although there were hints of movement towards acknowledging and addressing the concerns of the people in Balochistan, it would take a lot more to undo the damage done by the persistent indifference of the state towards its people. While all people suffered as a result of the governments inability to provide a safe environment, the most vulnerable were members of minority communities and women. Journalists and human rights defenders encountered hazards in highlighting the tribulations of ordinary citizens and many paid the price for their mission with their lives. [27e] (p1-2) 7.06 Human Rights Watch (HRW) noted in its World Report 2011 on Pakistan, published 24 January 2011, that: The security situation continued to deteriorate in 2010 with militant groups carrying out suicide bombings and targeted killings across the country. The Taliban and affiliated groups increasingly targeted civilians and public spaces, including marketplaces, hospitals, and religious processions. In Karachi targeted killings of political activists escalated. Ongoing rights concerns include the breakdown of law enforcement in the face of terror attacks; confrontations between the judiciary, lawyers' groups, and the government; continuing torture and mistreatment of criminal suspects; unresolved enforced disappearances of terrorism suspects and opponents of the former military government; abuses by the military during operations in the tribal areas and Swat; and discriminatory laws and violence against religious minorities. [7i] 7.07 The same report added: Security forces routinely violated basic rights in the course of counterterrorism operations. Suspects were frequently detained without charge or convicted without a fair trial. Credible reports emerged that a few thousand suspected members of al Qaeda, the Taliban, and other armed groups were rounded up in a country-wide crackdown that began in 2009 in Swat and the Federally Administered Tribal Areas, but few were prosecuted before the courts. The army repeatedly refused to allow lawyers, relatives, independent monitors, and humanitarian agency staff access to persons detained in the course of military operations. [7i] (Militant Attacks, Counterterrorism and Reprisals) 7.08 The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) noted in its Country Profile for Pakistan, updated 1 April 2011, that The British Government continues to be concerned about the human rights situation in Pakistan, particularly that of religious minorities. The cases
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

30

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

of individuals facing the death penalty on blasphemy charges have attracted parliamentary and public interest in the UK. Other human rights issues of concern include discrimination against the Ahmadi community, forced marriages, honour killings, child and bonded labour and the treatment of women, particularly in rural communities.
[11b] (Human rights)

7.09

The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) reported on 15 March 2011 that more than 8,000 prisoners remained on death row, some having been there for 20 years. Despite the number having risen from 5,447 in 2005 there has been no increase in the capacity of Pakistans prisons. [52c] The AHRC Report 2010 added that the Pakistan government ...has been unable to commute these death sentences because of strong resistance from powerful groups such as the higher judiciary and the military. [52e] (p198) See also Death penalty

7.10

7.11

Amnesty International noted in its Annual Report 2011, for Pakistan, published 13 May 2011, that: Torture, deaths in custody, honour killings and domestic violence persisted, despite new international commitments to safeguard rights. Members of the armed forces continued to arbitrarily arrest civilians, subjecting some to extrajudicial executions. New cases of enforced disappearance soared, particularly in Balochistan, where many victims were found dead. Old cases of enforced disappearance remained unresolved. Violence against religious minorities intensified with the government failing to prevent or punish the perpetrators. An informal moratorium on executions remained, but over 300 people were sentenced to death. [13h]

7.12

Pakistan has signed and in some cases ratified a number of international human rights instruments, including: International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination; Convention on the Rights of the Child; Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women; Convention Against Torture and Other Cruel Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment; International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. (UN Human Rights, Pakistan, accessed 7 September 2011) [79d] (Status of ratifications)
Return to contents Go to sources

8.
8.01

SECURITY SITUATION
The United States Department of State (USSD) Country Reports on Terrorism 2010, published 18 August 2011, stated for Pakistan that: In 2010, Pakistan continued to experience high levels of terrorism and Pakistan-based terrorist organizations continued to threaten internal, regional, and global security. Violence resulted from both political and sectarian conflicts throughout the country, with terrorist incidents occurring in every province. While government authorities arrested many alleged perpetrators of terrorist violence, few convictions resulted. The Pakistani

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

31

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

military continued to conduct operations in areas with known terrorist activity but was unable to expand its operations to all areas of concern. Increased sectarian violence between the Sunni and Shia communities and against religious minority communities also resulted in numerous attacks with high casualties. These attacks continued the trend of employing suicide bombers and remotely detonated explosives to perpetrate violence. Attacks using similar methods were also carried out against government and police facilities. [3d] (Chapter 2. Country Reports: South and Central Asia Overview) 8.02 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated that: During the year militant and terrorist activity continued in different areas of KP [Khyber Pakhtunkhwa formerly known as the North West Frontier Province (NWFP)] and FATA, and there were numerous suicide and bomb attacks in all four provinces and FATA. Militants and terrorist groups, including the TTP [Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan], the main Taliban militant umbrella group in the country, targeted civilians, journalists, schools, progovernment community leaders, security forces, and law enforcement agents, killing hundreds and injuring thousands with bombs, suicide attacks, and other forms of violence. Militant and terrorist groups often attacked religious minorities. A lowlevel insurgency continued in Balochistan. The government implemented measures to protect the population. The military engaged in active combat operations to clear militants or security operations to restore security in Khyber, Bajaur, Kurram, Mohmand, Orakzai, and South Waziristan agencies in FATA, and Swat and the Malakand Division in KP. The government also took actions to shut down and weaken terrorist ties around the country and prevent recruitment into militant organizations. Police arrested Karachi gang members and TTP commanders who provided logistical support to militants in the tribal areas. The government shifted 100,000 troops from the Indian frontier to spearhead a crackdown on the Taliban along the Afghanistan border. Police arrested would-be suicide bombers in major cities of the country, confiscating arms, suicide vests, and attack planning materials. The government continued to operate a center in Swat to rehabilitate and educate former child soldiers. Due to poor security, intimidation by security forces and militants, and the control the government and security forces exercised over access by nonresidents to FATA, human rights organizations and journalists continued to find it difficult to report on military abuses in the region. In August and September, there was a spate of sectarian violence around the country as government agencies, including the military, dealt with massive flooding. [3g] (Section
1g)

8.03

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: The governments ability to ensure security of life, liberty and property of the people increasingly came into question amid acts of terrorism and growing ethnic, sectarian and political violence. Statistics from across the country showed very high levels of crime, both petty and heinous. Violence by extremist militants in the Tribal Areas and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and by insurgents in Balochistan made the law and order situation particularly appalling in those areas [27e] (p74)

32

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 8.04

PAKISTAN

The Pakistan Institute for Peace Studies (PIPS) reported in its Pakistan Security Report 2010 (PIPS Report 2010), dated January 2011, that: In 2010, Pakistan witnessed an 11 percent decrease in the number of incidents of violence and terrorism compared to the previous year [overall 3,393 attacks in 2010 compared to 3,816 in 2009 (p4)]. An effective military campaign against militants in the tribal areas, increased surveillance by law enforcement agencies and killing of key terrorists in US drone strikes in FATA were among the main factors behind this decrease. But this decrease was not uniform across the country. Violent incidents increased in the provinces of Sindh and Punjab and in Gilgit Baltistan in 2010 compared to the previous year, indicating growing urban terrorism in Pakistan. [100a] (p2)

8.05

The same source added: There was a considerable decrease in the number of violent attacks in Khyber Pakhtunkhwas (KPK) settled areas. However, although the writ of the state was partially restored in FATA, the security situation remained volatile as militants dislodged from their strongholds constantly managed to relocate to other parts of FATA. Despite the progress on the security front, sustainable peace has not been achieved in KPK and FATA due to the less than impressive performance of a weak political administration, which is beset by chronic challenges of poor governance and failure to ensure effective political participation for the people. [100a] (p2)

8.06

On other statistics, the HRCP Report 2010 recorded: As many as 67 suicide attacks were reported from across the country in 2010, claiming 1,159 lives. The fatalities included 1,041 civilians and 118 personnel of law enforcement agencies and security forces. The highest number of suicide attacks, 34 took place in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, followed by 15 in FATA, nine in Punjab and four in Balochistan. As many as 2,542 people were killed and 5,062 injured in terrorist attacks by militants and insurgents across the country. [27e] (p78)

8.07

The PIPS Report 2010 cited that: A total of 2,113 militant, insurgent and sectarian-related terrorist attacks were reported from across the country in 2010, killing 2,913 people and injuring another 5,824. The worst affected region of the country was the insurgency-hit province of Balochistan where the highest number of attacks was reported (737), followed by the militancyinfested Federally Administered Tribal Areas (720). Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KPK) was the third most volatile region of the country with 459 attacks; while 111 attacks were reported in Sindh, 62 in Punjab, 13 in Gilgit Baltistan, six in Islamabad and five in Azad Kashmir. [100a] (p4)

8.08 8.09

The PIPS Report 2010 also provided a breakdown of terrorist attacks in Pakistan during 2010 by Province/area, as well as the nature of the attacks. [100a] (p4) On general law and order the HRCP Report 2010 added that As many as 12,580 people were murdered during the year under review [2010], and there were 14,431 attempted murders. According to police statistics, cases of injuries to more than 28,000 people were registered across the country. Police recovered 60,884 illegal weapons. Nearly 3,000 women were raped, according to police statistics. There were 37,088 cases of vehicle theft or snatching in 2010. [27e] (p74)
33

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN 8.10

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The HRCP Report 2010 listed the crime statistics across the provinces of Pakistan during 2010, as provided by provincial police departments, as well as killings in Karachi.
[27e] (p87-90)

8.11

Reporting on the number of casualties as a result of all violence and terrorist related attacks, the PIPS Report 2010 stated that the number of fatalities decreased from 12,623 in 2009 to 10,003 in 2010. Injuries also declined from 12,815 in 2009 to 10,283 in 2010. Suicide attacks fell 22 per cent from 87 in 2009 to 68 in 2010, almost half of which were in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KPK). [100a] (p4) The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) reported in its Pakistan Assessment 2011, accessed 24 June 2011, that, overall, terrorist violence in Pakistan caused 7,435 fatalities during 2010, dropping from 11,585 in 2009. The report claimed the numbers could be significantly higher, since access to conflict areas by the media and independent monitors was denied. According to the SATP database 1,796 civilians, 469 Security Force personnel and 5,170 terrorists were killed in 2010. [61b] IHS Janes noted in the Executive Summary, updated 17 May 2011, of its Sentinel Security Assessment for Pakistan that: Despite a series of offensives, extremist violence remains the most pressing threat to stability. Recent offensives include Operation Rah-e-Nijat (Road to Deliverance) against the Pakistani Taliban in South Waziristan, following the death of Baitullah Mehsud, and the March 2010 offensive in Orakzai tribal agency. While the army may temporarily secure the key population areas in the Mehsud-dominated parts of the agency, it is unlikely to be able either to hold these parts over the short term or to extend the writ of the state to the region over the long term. A series of incidents have highlighted the deterioration in security and the growing symbiotic relationship between Punjabi-based and tribal-based jihadist organisations: most notably the 20 September 2008 attack on the Marriott Hotel and a series of high-profile attacks throughout 2009 in Punjab's key cities. The most audacious attack to date was the 11 October 2009 storming of the Pakistani army General Headquarters in Rawalpindi. Tension along the Afghan border, primarily in the tribal areas, has greatly increased, with areas of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa also witnessing almost daily violence, especially the capital of Peshawar. [1a] (Executive
summary: Security threats)

8.12

8.13

8.14

Human Rights Watch noted in its World Report 2011 (HRW World Report 2011), published 24 January 2011, covering 2010 events, that: Suicide bombings, armed attacks, and killings by the Taliban, al Qaeda, and their affiliates targeted nearly every sector of Pakistani society, including journalists and religious minorities, resulting in hundreds of deaths. The country's largest cities bore the brunt of these attacks. Two attacks in late May against the Ahmadiyya religious community in Lahore claimed nearly 100 lives. On July 1 a suicide bombing at Data Darbar, shrine of the patron saint of Lahore, killed 40 people. In the tribal areas and the Swat valley, suicide bombings against and targeted killings of police and civilians deemed to be army informants or peace activists were commonplace. On July 15 at least five people were killed and nearly 50 wounded in a suicide bomb attack near a crowded bus stop in Mingora, the main town of the Swat valley. [7i] (Militant Attacks, Counterterrorism, and Reprisals)

34

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

MAP
8.15 Map of terrorist attacks in 2010 as reported by the Pakistan Institute of Peace Studies (PIPS) Pakistan Security Report 2010 (PIPS Report 2010), dated January 2011(click on map for full view within the report):

US AIRSTRIKES
8.16 The Long War Journal, last updated 10 August 2011, noted in its report Charting the data for US airstrikes in Pakistan, 2004 2011, that: The US ramped up the number of strikes in July 2008, and has continued to regularly hit at Taliban and Al Qaeda targets inside Pakistan. There have been 261 strikes [in] total since the program began in 2004; 251 of those strikes have taken place since January 2008. Since 2006, there have been 2,053 leaders and operatives from Taliban, Al Qaeda, and allied extremist groups killed and 138 civilians killed... Over the past six years, the strikes have focused on two regions: North and South Waziristan. Over the past two years, there has been a dramatic shift in the location of the strikes. In 2009, 42% of the strikes took place in North Waziristan and 51% in South Waziristan. In 2010, 89% of the strikes have taken place in North Waziristan and 6% in South Waziristan.
[37a]

8.17

The Bureau of Investigative Journalism recorded in its analysis, the Covert Drone War, accessed 12 August 2011 that 291 US airstrikes (239 since the Obama administration) had killed between 2,292 to 2,863 people in total, which included 385 to 775 civilians.
[124a]

8.18 8.19

The Long War Journal provided a list, last updated 7 September 2011, of Senior al Qaeda and Taliban leaders killed in US airstrikes in Pakistan, 2004 - 2011. [37b] The HRCP Report 2010 noted According to media reports, US drones launched 134 attacks in the tribal areas of Pakistan in 2010, killing at least 957 people and injuring another 383. There was no way of independently verifying claims of killing of militants in these attacks. Several media reports stated that women and children were also among those killed in the drone strikes. The highest number of attacks, 117, was reported from North Waziristan Agency, accounting for 802 deaths and injuries to over 300 persons.
[27e] (p75)

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

35

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

MILITANT ACTIVITY
8.20 Reporting on the violence in Pakistan, dated 6 September 2010, Reuters AlertNet stated: Pakistan's western border areas are racked by violence as separatists and pro-Taliban militants fight government forces to try to extend their control. Hundreds of thousands of people have been displaced by the fighting, many of them out of reach of aid agencies. The main areas affected are Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa (formerly known as North West Frontier Province) and the semi-autonomous Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) which have a strong Taliban presence, and Baluchistan where separatists are seeking greater political autonomy and control over local mineral resources. [10b] (In
detail)

8.21

The HRCP Report 2010 noted that Although the population displaced from parts of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and FATA amid military operations against extremist militants started to return home, peace in the conflict zones remained patchy at best. Despite official claims of purging areas in the countrys northwest of Taliban presence, the militants retained the capacity to launch attacks against civilians and security personnel. [27e] (p82) Janes noted in its Executive summary, updated 17 May 2011, that: Despite tribal-based and Punjab-based militant groups operating in the country with relative impunity, militancy in Pakistan is not ethnically segregated. This means that militants from the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) have often been arrested during raids on Punjab-based organisations, while Punjabi members of Lashkar-eJhangvi [LeJ] and Jaish-e-Mohammed [JeM] from urban centres in Pakistan's heartland often operate for brief stints with the TTP [Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan] in the tribal belt before returning to their home districts. Indeed since 2002 LeJ members have become increasingly embedded in Pakistani Taliban factions based in the tribal areas. Furthermore, despite the death of Baitullah Mehsud in August 2009, security has continued to deteriorate in the tribal areas as well as in other parts of the country, namely Punjab. This has less to do with the appointment of Hakimullah Mehsud as Baitullah's successor than with the reality that militancy does not depend on individual commanders but on a grassroots network whose foundations are madrassahs, mosques and training camps scattered in villages, districts and urban centres across Pakistan. [1a] (Extremist militancy)

8.22

8.23

The International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) Armed Conflict Database, reporting on military developments in 2009 in FATA and KP (NWFP), accessed 13 July 2011, stated that Pakistan launched a military offensive against the Taliban in late April 2009: Operation Rah-e-Rast began on 26 April in Swat and other districts of the then NWFP; Operation Rah-e-Nijat was launched in October in South Waziristan in FATA.
[34a]

8.24

The IISS noted Operation Rah-e-Rast in April [2009] involved more than 20,000 troops in recovering territory annexed by the Taliban at the start of the year. By the end of January [2009], militants were reported to control most of the Swat Valley. The Tehrik-eTaliban (TTP) agreed a ceasefire with the provincial government in mid-February [2009] in exchange for the imposition of sharia law in Swat, but soon broke it, moving into Buner, Shangla and the strategically important town of Mingora, Swats capital. [34a]
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

36

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 8.25

PAKISTAN

The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) reported in its Intelligence Review, Volume 9, No. 11, dated 20 September 2010, on militant attacks against North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) convoys travelling to Afghanistan via Pakistan. The report noted: In a span of just 28 days since August 23, 2010, as many 20 NATO convoys, were targeted in 14 terrorist attacks... Barring Sindh, all the other Provinces and the Federally Administered Tribal areas (FATA) witnessed attacks over this period, with Balochistan leading from the front (the Taliban and its affiliates control the principal transport routes in Pashtun-dominated North Balochistan. The attacks in Balochistan are not connected with the Baloch rebellion against Islamabad)... at least 49 attacks on NATO convoys have already occurred in 2010. [61f]

8.26

The same source added that, on 22 June 2010, the TTP ...pasted posters in the main market in Landikotal in the Khyber Agency, warning those connected with the supply or transport of goods to NATO Forces in Afghanistan to stop doing so, or face attacks on their homes. The posters declared, further, that all those protecting supplies deserved to be killed. The warning was written on the letterhead of the TTP with the name, sign and stamp of Hakeemullah Mehsud, the TTP chief. [61f] The Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) noted in its Country Report for Pakistan, dated 7 October 2009, that ... the government and the military have encouraged the creation of lashkars (village militias) to help to counter the threat posed by TTP and TTP-linked groups in FATA and neighbouring parts of the NWFP. The government and the military provide intelligence and logistical support (which may or may not include arms) to the militias; villagers provide arms of their own, ranging from guns to axes to sticks. [2f] (The
Political Scene)

8.27

8.28

The same source added that: The government claims that these militias, which are euphemistically described as village-defence committees, are hindering TTP operations, but TTP killed seven progovernment tribal elders in Janikhel, in Bannu, including a prominent tribal chief, Malik Sultan, who was actively raising an anti-TTP militia, on September 24th. Although the militias might be seen as more attuned to local issues and sensibilities than the national army, how effective they will prove to be is far from clear. The government has been criticised by some who feel that, having persuaded local groups to rise up against militants, it has failed to offer them adequate protection. It has also raised fears that the government is merely abdicating its responsibility to ensure law and order. [2f] (The
Political Scene)

8.29

During the course of 2008 through to 2011, there were numerous clashes between the authorities and militants, primarily in the FATA and Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa (KP). There were also a number of attacks and suicide bombs against targets in Pakistans principal cities. The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) provides a comprehensive timeline of events from 2002 to date, for the country generally and for individual provinces/territories. [61c] Reuters Alertnet, Pakistan violence Timeline, updated 7 September 2010, also provides a useful summary of significant events during 2008 to 2010. [10b] See also subsection: Federally Administered Tribal Areas and Pakistani Taliban
Return to contents Go to sources

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

37

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Balochistan (Baluchistan)
8.30 In its briefing on Pakistan violence, dated 7 September 2010, Reuters AlertNet stated Baluchistan lies to the southwest of FATA [Federally Administered Tribal Areas], bordering both Iran and Afghanistan, and is made up primarily of Baluch and Pashtun ethnic groups. Baluch tribal militants are fighting a decades-long insurgency for greater political autonomy and control over local mineral resources. Afghan Taliban fighters also operate in the area. [10b] (In detail: Baluchistan) The HRCP Report 2010 observed that: Violence and unrest in Balochistan continued unabated in 2010 amid the much publicised Balochistan relief measures announced by the federal government at the end of 2009 aimed at ending a sense of alienation in Balochistan and some subsequent practical measures to provide employment to the educated youth in the province. One of the most common complaints was that more than half the promises made by the federal government in the Aaghaz-e-Huqooq-e-Balochistan Package were not fulfilled despite the passage of one year. [27e] (p185) 8.32 The SATP noted in its Balochistan Assessment 2011, covering 2010 events, that despite a decrease in the deaths of Security Force personnel and militants, violence escalated in the province during 2010, with an increase in civilian fatalities: According to partial data compiled by the South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP), a total of 347 persons, including of 274 civilians, 59 Security Force (SF) personnel and 14 militants, died in 150 incidents of killing in 2010 (all data till December 31). In 2009, 277 persons, including 152 civilians, 88 SF personnel and 37 militants, died in 102 incidents of killing. Thus, while SF and militant fatalities declined by 32.95 per cent and 62.16 per cent, respectively, civilian fatalities recorded an increase of 80.26 per cent. [These numbers are likely to be underestimates, as access to media and independent observers is severely restricted in Balochistan]. [61i] 8.33 The SATP noted in its Balochistan Assessment 2010, that there were ...at least six active insurgent groups in Balochistan: the Balochistan Liberation Army (BLA), the Baloch Republican Army, the Baloch People's Liberation Front, the Popular Front for Armed Resistance, the Baloch Liberation Front (BLF) and [the Balochistan Liberation United Front] BLUF. The same source added that the BLUF was the ...most radical of the three Baloch separatist groups even though it isn't clear if these are separate or overlapping factions operating under different names. [61i] The HRCP Report 2010 observed: The federal government banned five Baloch organisations including the Baloch Liberation Army (BLA), Baloch Liberation Front (BLF), Baloch Republican Army (BRA), Lashkar-e-Balochistan (LB) and Baloch Musalla Difa Organization. Interior Minister Rheman Malik said the five organisations were involved in suicide attacks, rocket attacks and killing of innocent people. He said no organisation using the name of army or lashkar would be allowed to work in the province and the security forces would launch targetted operation[s] against them. He said the State Bank of Pakistan had been asked to freeze the accounts of these organisations. Baloch separatist organisations often did not allow civil society outfits and non-Baloch political parties to freely carry out their activities in the province. [27e] (p178)
38 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

8.31

8.34

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 See also Political affiliation Opposition groups and political activists 8.35 The HRCP Report 2010 stated:

PAKISTAN

In Balochistan, militant insurgents continued to target the security forces and nonBaloch residents of the province. Non-Baloch teachers were murdered in targeted killings. Many teachers were reported to have sought transfer to educational institutions in Pashtun-majority areas of Balochistan or resigned and migrated to other provinces. Baloch militant organisations often claimed responsibility for murder of the academic staff and tried to justify their acts as revenge for the excesses committed by the law enforcing agencies against the Baloch political activists. [27e] (p84) 8.36 The same report added: In September, HRCP expressed serious concern at the governments decision to give policing powers in Balochistan to the Frontier Corps (FC) and called the decision a retrogressive step. It said that the FC did not have a good reputation in Balochistan and demanded a reversal of the decision and political initiatives to address the situation. As many as 118 people were killed and 40 injured in 117 targeted killings in Balochistan in 2010. Those killed included at least 29 non-Baloch and 17 members of the Shia Hazara community. [27e] (p84) 8.37 The HRW World Report 2011 noted: Armed groups launched several attacks against security forces in the province. Pakistan's military publicly resisted government reconciliation efforts and attempts to locate ethnic Baloch disappeared during Gen. Pervez Musharraf's military rule, a key source of continued tension. As documented by Human Rights Watch, Pakistan forces continued to be implicated in the enforced disappearance of suspected ethnic Baloch militants. Militant groups increased attacks against non-Baloch civilians, teachers, and education facilities. At least nine education personnel were killed between January and October 2010. Many teachers, particularly ethnic Punjabis, Shia Muslims, and other targeted minorities, sought transfers out of fear for their safety. [7i] 8.38 BBC News reported on 24 November 2010 that, according to Balochistans chief minister, Sardar Aslam Raisani, Pakistan's security agencies are involved in extrajudicial killings in Balochistan. The minister claimed that Some of the abductions and killings are definitely carried out by security agencies... He also stressed that some of the deaths were the responsibility of tribesmen who have been fighting for greater political autonomy. The BBC added Human rights organisations say kidnappings and murders of political dissidents are at an all-time high in the province. [35f] The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) undertook a fact-finding mission to Balochistan from the 4-7 May 2011. Its findings, including extrajudicial killings, killings by militants, and disappearances, were published in the HRCP report Balochistan: Blinkered Slide into Chaos, published June 2011. The report included a list of missing persons, missing persons found dead, and victims of targeted and sectarian killings.
[27h]

8.39

See also Section: Security forces, Human rights violations by government forces: Extrajudicial killings and Disappearances
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 39

PAKISTAN 8.40 8.41

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The SATP website provides a comprehensive timeline of incidents in Balochistan from 2003 through to 2011 in its Balochistan Timeline, accessed 27 June 2011. [61d] Janes reported in its Executive Summary, updated 17 May 2011, that in an attempt to address the route cause of conflict, a Balochistan package (Aghaz-e-Haqooq-iBalochistan) was presented before parliament on 24 November 2009: Key issues addressed by the 39-point-package include the acknowledgement that the question of provincial autonomy needs to be revisited and the ownership of the provinces over their resources reasserted in the constitution and the determination to correct the wrongs of history, by conferring the political, economic and cultural rights of the provinces. Specific proposals comprise far-reaching constitutional, political, administrative and economic measures So far, the government's initiative has received widespread support, including from the main opposition party Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N); however, a few Baloch MPs have indicated that these proposals did not yet go far enough. [1a] (Balochi Separatism)

8.42

Addressing a press conference in Balochistan on 7 June 2010, Prime Minister Yousuf Raza Gilani stated that: ... the government had launched the Aghaz-e-Haqooq-i-Balochistan to rebuild the confidence of Baloch people in the federation. The package was supplemented by the incorporation of gas royalty, NFC Award, 18th Amendment and provincial autonomy. The prime minister said that under the package over 5,000 youths would get government jobs soon. The process of written test and interviews has been completed. He said that women would also get jobs under the package. Mr Gilani said the Balochistan package was an initiative and not a complete solution to problems of the province. He said that giving more shares to the provinces in national resources would promote harmony. (Dawn, 8 June 2010) [42a]

8.43

Pakistans The Express Tribune newspaper reported on 7 March 2011 that: The government has only been able to implement 15 of the 61 proposals contained in a much-celebrated reforms package aimed at redressing Baloch grievances regarding the affairs of their province. A 38-page progress report on the Aghaz-e-Haqooq-eBalochistan package, prepared by the Establishment Division, states that the government has not acted on most of the proposals, 16 months since the package was introduced. Officials said that the provincial and federal governments were constrained by a lack of funds, but would do their best to implement the proposals by the end of 2013. [92a]

Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA)


8.44 Amnesty International stated in its report As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, published 10 June 2010, that FATA comprises seven socalled Agencies: Khyber, Kurram, Orakzai, Mohmand, Bajaur, South Waziristan and North Waziristan. The 1998 census, the last available accurate set of data, registered close to 3.2 million people living in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas; current estimates suggest close to 3.9 residents in an area slightly smaller than Belgium at 27.22km2. [13e] (p20)

40

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 8.45

PAKISTAN

Reuters AlertNet noted in its briefing on Pakistan violence, updated 6 September 2010, that Pakistani Taliban tribal groups control large swathes of the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). They draw much of their resources from jihadi groups and their countrywide networks of mosques and religious seminaries, or madrasas... The areas of most concern include South Waziristan, North Waziristan and Bajaur. South Waziristan has numerous training camps for suicide bombers and has been described by U.S. officials as the world's most dangerous place. [10b] (In detail: Federally Administered Tribal
Areas)

8.46

Critical Threats, a project of the American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research (AEI), reported on 10 March 2011, that North Waziristan agency is considered to be the epicenter of international terrorism. In addition to serving as a haven for al Qaedas leadership, North Waziristan (nestled between eastern Afghanistan and northwest Pakistan) also provides shelter to organizations such as the Haqqani network, the Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan (IMU), Lashkar-eJhangvi (LeJ), and Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), among others. [101a] The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) noted in its FATA Assessment 2011, covering events in 2010, that: Described as the most dangerous place on the earth Pakistans tribal areas have witnessed ever increasing carnage. According to partial data compiled by the South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP), a total of 5,023 persons, including of 4,296 militants, 490 civilians and 237 SF personnel, were killed in 672 incidents of killing in 2010 (all data till December 12), as compared to 5,238 persons, including 4,252 militants, 636 civilians and 350 SFs killed in 835 incidents of killing in 2009. This indicates is a decline of 23 and 32.3 percent respectively in the number of civilians and SFs [Security Forces] killed in 2010, as compared to 2009. Militants fatalities, on the other hand, have risen marginally. The number of major incidents (involving three or more killings) has decreased from 383 in 2009 to 369 in 2010. [61h]

8.47

8.48

The Express Tribune reported on 4 July 2011 that the Pakistan army had ... launched an air and ground offensive in Kurram region on the Afghan border, its first major military operation since the May 2 killing of Osama bin Laden. The report quoted army spokesman Major General Athar Abbas as saying The operation has been launched with the aim of clearing the region of militants who have indulged in kidnapping and suicide attacks on security installations and forces there... [92c] The Pakistan Institute for Peace Studies (PIPS) noted in its weekly report, 27 June to 3 July 2011, published 18 July 2011, that: After the announcement of a military operation in central Kurram agency militants stepped up their attack on security forces across Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KPK) and the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). Whereas attacks on educational institutes and government installations were considerably low. The ongoing counter-militancy offensive Barekhna (lightening) continued in Bazai sub-district of Orakzai agency where gunship helicopter[s] targeted the suspected positions of the militants in Shinkari and Alizai areas. Meanwhile owing to continuous unrest in troubled areas of central Kurram agency namely Zaimisht, Alishzai and Souzai Pakistan army initiated a military operation. Ahead of [the] military operation in Kurram a local militants commander of Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), Fazal Saeed, has parted his way from the parent
41

8.49

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

organization after developing differences with senior leadership over the policies of attacking civilians and use of suicide attacks. [100b] 8.50 Integrated Regional Information Networks (IRIN) reported on 18 July 2011 that around 85,000 people had been displaced from Kurram Agency by the military operation. [41c] See also Internally displaced persons (IDPs) 8.51 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its annual report State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that during that year As many as 873 people were killed and 1,387 injured in 697 terrorist attacks in FATA, which included 15 suicide attacks. The militants in FATA continued to harass civilians, and targeted security forces personnel. They also attacked pro-government tribal elders, educational institutions and NATO supplies bound for Afghanistan. [27e] (p82) The AI report As If Hell Fell On Me... stated: In its military operations, Pakistan has deployed a wide array of security forces, including army soldiers, Inter-Service Intelligence agents, tribal levies called lashkars (official tribal militias) and khassadars (tribal police), the Frontier Constabulary (an armed police force operating in FATA border areas), and the Frontier Corps (a paramilitary force). The army and Frontier Corps (FC) are the two forces with the primary responsibility for maintaining law and order in FATA. [13e] (p32) See also Security forces 8.53 In its section on Security, updated 9 May 2011, Janes reported that: In spite of major military, and subsequent diplomatic, efforts at pacification, Pakistan's tribal frontier region abutting Afghanistan, the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), remains highly volatile and unrest has spread to settled areas of KP [Khyber PakhtunKhwa]. The border with Afghanistan is straddled by tribes of ancient lineage whose members cross freely for social and (mainly illegal) commercial purposes. In spite of sustained efforts on the part of Pakistan's security forces the border remains porous and the tribes continue to resist interference in their affairs. Confrontation between government forces and the region's inhabitants has alienated the tribes to an unprecedented degree, which has compelled Islamabad to undertake a strategy that continues to fluctuate between military offensives and political engagement. Successive government peace accords from 2004 onwards have done little to improve security in the region or expand the writ of the government. Moreover, the flow of militants from the FATA to Afghanistan continues unchecked and has increased significantly in recent months as manifested in the Afghan province of Nuristan where the Pakistani Taliban took control of remote districts near the Pakistan border. [1a] (Security: Terrorist/Insurgent
threat)

8.52

The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) provides a comprehensive timeline of incidents in FATA from 2002 to the present. [61c] See also sub-section Pakistani Taliban
Return to contents Go to sources

42

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa (KP) (formerly known as North West Frontier Province NWFP)


8.54 The online version of Encyclopaedia Britannica, accessed 13 July 2011, stated that Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, the northernmost province of Pakistan, is bordered by Afghanistan to the west and north, Azad Kashmir and Gilgit Baltistan to the east and northeast, Punjab province to the southeast and Balochistan to the southwest. Peshawar is the capital city. The source noted On the western boundary of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, along the Afghan border, are the federally administered tribal areas, a series of semiautonomous areas that are ethnically homogeneous with the province but not politically connected to it. The population of KP was estimated in 2006 to be 21,392,000 in an area covering 28,773 square miles (74,521 square km). [66a] The AI report As If Hell Fell On Me... stated: In March 2009, the Awami National Party government of NWFP agreed to the demands of the Malakand-based Tehrik-e-Nifaz-e-Shariat-e-Mohammadi (TNSM) to introduce Islamic law and set up Islamic courts in Malakand division, with religious courts deciding all cases after 16 February 2009. The peace agreement also required that the army dismantle all checkposts, release captured insurgents including those responsible for unlawful killings and other abuses. The National Assembly passed the Nizam-e-Adl Act [Nizam-e-Adl Regulation NAR] 2009 in April; it was signed into law by President Zardari, allegedly under pressure from the military leadership, on 13 April 2009. However, in the same month, insurgents extended their operations into neighbouring Buner district, effectively breaking the peace accord. [13e] (p37) 8.56 The US Department of States July December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF 2010), published 13 September 2011, stated that: Amid growing incidents of violence by the militants, the army launched a military operation in April 2009 resulting in the largest mass migration in the country's history since partition and clearing much of the territory claimed by the Taliban. The NAR has been inoperative since the start of military operations in April 2009. At the end of the reporting period, military operations were ongoing in the FATA and KPk Province, and the government's authority has been restored in many parts of the region. [3l] (Section II) 8.57 The HRCP Report 2010 recorded According to media reports, at least 453 terrorist attacks took place in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa in 2010, including 34 suicide bombings. These attacks claimed the lives of 813 people and injured another 1,741. Civilians suffered the most casualties in these attacks as 692 dead and 1,489 injured were civilians. [27e] (p82) The South Asia Terrorism Portal noted in its Intelligence Review Volume 9, No. 17, dated 1 November 2010 that: On June 14, 2009, the Pakistan Army made the absurd claim that its operations had rendered the Swat Valley free of militants. Between June 14, 2009, and October 31, 2010, however, according to partial data compiled by the South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP), 1,041 persons were killed in the Valley, including 907 militants, 105 civilians and 29 Security Forces (SF) personnel, in a least 159 incidents. In the wider Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP, formerly known as the North West Frontier Province) province within which Swat is located, fatalities over this period totalled at least 2,985, including 1,778
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 43

8.55

8.58

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

militants, 962 civilians and 245 SF personnel, in 2349 incidents [these may be significant under-estimates, as information flows from regions of conflict in Pakistan are erratic and unreliable] [61f] 8.59 On 18 May 2009, Amnesty International expressed concern about the unnecessary risk posed to civilians caused by The Talibans use of landmines and human shields and the Pakistan armys aerial and artillery attacks... The report added that Residents in the town of Mingora, the epicenter of the fighting, told Human Rights Watch that Taliban militants have laid landmines in the town and prevented many civilians from fleeing, using them as human shields to deter attack. Pakistani forces appeared to have taken insufficient precautionary measures in aerial and artillery attacks that have caused a high loss of civilian life. [7h] See also Section: Internally Displaced Persons 8.60 On 16 July 2010 Human Rights Watch reported on its receipt of: ...numerous credible reports of extrajudicial executions allegedly committed by soldiers operating in Swat or police acting at the behest of the military. Human Rights Watch has since February researched alleged human rights violations in Swat based on an initial list of 238 suspicious killings provided by local sources and the independent Human Rights Commission of Pakistan. Human Rights Watch has corroborated about 50 of these cases. In no case examined by Human Rights Watch was a killing falsely reported, suggesting that the total number of killings is as high as or greater than those reported. The information for each case includes names or numbers of victims, place names, and dates. To date, the Pakistani military has not held any of the perpetrators accountable for these killings. [7g] 8.61 Reuters news reported on 5 April 2010 that according to the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan, 249 extrajudicial killings took place in Swat between 30 July 2009 and 22 March 2010. Pakistans army denied any involvement in such killings. [10e] See also Section: Security forces, Human rights violations by government forces: Extrajudicial killings 8.62 The Foreign and Commonwealth Office, in its regularly updated Travel Advice on Pakistan, accessed 21 July 2011, listed suicide bombings and other major militant incidents that occurred during 2010-2011. [11a] The South Asia Terrorism Portal provides a comprehensive timeline of incidents in KP from 2003 to the present. [61k]
Return to contents Go to sources

PAKISTANI TALIBAN
8.63 Janes Sentinel Security Assessment reported in its section on non-state armed groups, updated 26 April 2011, that: The Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) was formed in December 2007 as an umbrella group that would enable the numerous pro-Taliban groups operating in Pakistan's Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) and Khyber Pukhtoonkhwa (formerly the NWFP) to co-ordinate their activities and consolidate their growing influence in the region. The constituents of the TTP already posed a significant threat throughout FATA
44 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

and in areas of Khyber Pukhtoonkhwa, regularly confronting and defeating Pakistani security forces, while their ability to deploy suicide bombers made them a threat throughout the rest of Pakistan, even in military strongholds such as the garrison city of Rawalpindi. In addition, their control of much of the Afghanistan-Pakistan border has enabled them to forge strong operational links with the Afghan Taliban. Like the Afghan Taliban, the TTP's ultimate objective is the creation of an Islamic emirate governed according to their fundamentalist Deobandi interpretation of sharia (Islamic law). However, unlike earlier Pakistani Taliban groups which focused solely on supporting the Afghan Taliban against the US-led coalition, the TTP is explicitly revolutionary, and is committed to overthrowing the Pakistani government. Following the failure of two highprofile government peace initiatives, military operations against the group have increased, particularly with the Bajaur Agency in August 2008; Swat in April/May 2009; and South Waziristan in October 2009. The TTP suffered an additional setback in August 2009 when its founder and inspirational leader, Baitullah Mehsud, was killed. However, the TTP remains a powerful force on the ground in Pakistan's tribal areas under the new leadership of Hakimullah Mehsud, and remains capable of conducting high-yield suicide bomb attacks on hard targets throughout the country. [1a] (Islamist
groups)

8.64

On the Tehrik-e-Nefaz-e-Shariat-e-Mohammadi (TNSM), Janes Sentinel Security Assessment, Security section, updated 9 May 2011, noted that: On 16 February 2009, the provincial [KP] government agreed a truce with Sufi Mohammed's TNSM. As part of the truce, the provincial government agreed to implement sharia in the former Malakand division through the enforcement of the Nizam-e-Adl Regulation 2009 order. The truce followed the April 2008 peace accord that the NWFP government signed with Sufi Mohammad, which paved the way for his release from prison that year... [1a] (Security: Religious Militant)

8.65

The TNSM rose to prominence in the mid-1990s following Swats merger with Pakistan in 1969, afterwhich its judicial system broke down due to corruption and lengthy trial procedures. Prior to the merger Swats judicial system was a mixture of tribal and Sharia laws, allowing for swift dispensation of justice. Sufi Mohammeds son-in-law, Maulana Fazlullah, heads a breakaway faction of the TNSM that is the main threat to government control in Swat and the Makaland division. Fazlullah's group, which belongs to the umbrella Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) organisation, has led an insurgency in Swat since 2007. Fazlullah's group ...has set up parallel administrative structures in some of the districts of the former Malakand division, has burnt down numerous girls' schools and killed (often by beheading) artists, teachers, government officials, policemen, paramilitary soldiers and army troops. (Janes, 9 May 2011) [1a] (Security:
Religious Militant)

8.66

Harvard Universitys Belfar Center for Science and International Affairs noted in an article dated April 2009 that: The Punjabi Taliban network is a loose conglomeration of members of banned militant groups of Punjabi origin sectarian as well as those focused on the conflict in Kashmir that have developed strong connections with Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), Afghan Taliban and other militant groups based in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) and North-West Frontier Province (NWFP) [Now Khyber Pakhtunkhwa KP]. They shuttle between FATA and the rest of Pakistan, providing logistical support to FATA- and Afghan-based militants to conduct terrorist operations deep inside Pakistan.

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

45

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Between March 2005 and March 2007 alone, for example, about 2,000 militants from southern and northern Punjab Province reportedly moved to South Waziristan and started different businesses in an effort to create logistical support networks. Given their knowledge about Punjabi cities and security structure, they have proved to be valuable partners for the TTP as it targets cities in Punjab, such as Lahore, Rawalpindi and Islamabad... The most recent use of the name began in 2007, when Maulvi Nazir, a militant leader who with some official Pakistani support challenged Uzbek foreign fighters residing in South Waziristan, was hailed by some as a leader of the Punjabi Taliban. This allegation arose because Maulvi Nazir attracted many Punjabi recruits from banned organizations to fight Uzbek foreign fighters. [116a] 8.67 The HRCP Report 2010 stated Interior Minister Rehman Malik was quoted as saying that the LJ [Lashkar-e-Jhangvi] and the SSP [Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan] were united under the banner of the Punjabi Taliban, with the southern districts of Punjab as their hub. The interior minister said 726 workers of the banned outfits were present in southern Punjab. One hundred most wanted militants belonged to this region and out of a total of 13,500 registered madrassas (seminaries) in Punjab, 7,281 were located there. [27e] (p173) The Amnesty International report As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, published 10 June 2010, stated: It is difficult to delineate exactly how the Pakistani Taleban and their allied insurgent groups in FATA and northwestern Pakistan are organized, who commands them, and where they get their support: the groups allegiances have shifted several times in recent years, and groups or parts of groups have moved from place to place, both within tribal agencies and across the border into Afghanistan. While most share an extreme religiously inspired militant ideology and a Pashtun identity, they vary widely in objectives and focus. However, many of the groups now share an operational plan, and have demonstrated that they possess effective chains of command and the ability to impose discipline on their ranks when they so desire. [13e] (p30) 8.69 The same report added: In each of the FATA Agencies (and some parts of NWFP), the Pakistani Taleban followed a pattern similar to the strategy employed by the Taleban in Afghanistan in the mid 1990s. First, they attempted to gain the sympathies of the people by offering an alternative to the weak and inequitable governance system (in the case of Pakistan, as established under the FCR [Frontier Crimes Regulation]) and combating official corruption and ordinary criminal activity. After Taleban or other insurgents initially gained effective control over an area, they used violence and public punishments to impose codes of conduct based on their own radical interpretations of Islamic law, or Sharia. The Talebans violent conduct quickly shocked many locals, even though many people in northwest Pakistan adhered to conservative religious and cultural practices. Though the region has a history of insurgency and conservative religious rule, its culture was based on old tribal norms, which differed significantly from the Talebans ideology. As discussed below, the Taleban aggressively moved to weaken the existing tribal structure by killing or intimidating tribal elders and government officials, and their
46 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

8.68

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

interpretation of Islamic law was much harsher than that espoused by most of the residents of northwest Pakistan. The Taleban forced men to maintain long beards; wear caps; not smoke, watch television, or listen to music; attend religious teachings; and pray five times a day at mosque. They used violence to force women to stay inside if not veiled, and to be accompanied by a male relative outside the home. Girls, too, were told to attend schools, if at all, wearing all-encompassing veils. Taleban forces also began to launch attacks against the government, those believed to support the government, and other political rivals. Local tribal elders told Amnesty International that militants began attacking military look-out posts (also known as pickets), bridges, schools, hospitals, electricity and mobile telephone towers, markets, and shops, civilian and military convoys, anti-Taleban tribal elders, and so-called spies. [13e] (p39) 8.70 AI also noted that: One of the hallmarks of the Talebans takeover of a territory has been the imposition of tribunals that apply their harsh interpretation of Islamic law. Over the past few years Taleban tribunals and other local systems of informal justice have been increasingly proliferating in Bajaur, Mohmand Agency, Orakzai, Khyber, and Waziristan agencies, and, at least for some time, in Swat and other areas of Malakand. Militants openly boasted of their enforcement operations: Yes, we have arrested people and beaten them. One person was fined 5,000 rupees for not sporting a beard. Another two doctors were beaten, said a member of Haji Namdars forces in Khyber Agency. Other punishments imposed and carried out range from shaving a persons head as a form of humiliation, to unlawful killings and public punishments such as lashing. [13e] (p43) See also Judiciary: Tribal Justice System 8.71 The United States Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) noted in its Annual Report 2010 (USCIRF Report 2010), published May 2010, that: By early 2009, Sunni extremists gained effective control in large portions of rural northwestern Pakistan, where they killed hundreds of Shia civilians, imposed a harsh, Taliban-style of justice, and displaced Shia, Sikh, Hindu, and other minority populations. Jizya (the traditional tax on non-Muslims under Islamic law) was imposed on Sikhs and Hindus and violence was threatened for non-compliance. Sunni extremists destroyed shrines and tombs with religious or cultural significance to other Muslims, notably the shrine of revered Pashtun poet and Sufi mystic Rahman Baba, which was bombed in March 2009. [53a] (p93) 8.72 The USCIRF Annual Report 2011, published May 2011, covering events from 1 April 2010 to 31 March 2011, stated Armed extremists, some with ties to violent extremist groups or the Pakistani Taliban, intensified their attacks, including bombings, against Barelvi Sufis, Shia Muslims, Ahmadis, and Christians. Sectarian or religiously motivated violence reached beyond Pakistans tribal northwest, targeting groups in major urban centers. Pakistani media reported in January that several violent extremist groups were joining forces to target government leaders and Shia clergy. [53b] (p112) See also subsection Sectarian violence and the section on Freedom of religion 8.73 Minority Rights Group International (MRG) noted in its report on minorities in the NWFP, dated 11 August 2009, that The Taliban have... used terror tactics to intimidate residents into supporting them. [88a] (p3) Human Rights Watch reported on 11 May 2009
47

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

that the Taliban dragged a local iman into Mingora town square where he was shot and killed after he objected to their stockpiling arms and laying landmines. [7e] MRG further noted that In addition to public executions and floggings, the Taliban have distributed videos of violent acts, such as beheadings, committed against civilians... [88a] (p3) See also subsections Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Federally Administered Tribal Areas and Militant activity for detail on clashes between Taliban and government forces. For information on militant groups see Annex C: Terrorist and extremist groups
Return to contents Go to sources

SECTARIAN VIOLENCE
8.74 Janes noted in its section on Non-State Armed Groups, updated 21 June 2010, that Pakistan's population is predominantly Sunni Muslim, but there are significant Shia minorities in some parts of the country. Periodically the Shia community has been subjected to violent attacks by the Sunni community, some of which have been reciprocated. (Sectarian Groups) The USCIRF Report 2011 cited that: Violent extremists... targeted Shia processions and mosques during the reporting period. On September 1, 2010, three bombs were detonated during a Shia religious procession in Lahore, killing 29 and wounding more than 200. The procession of about 35,000 marchers was marking the anniversary of the death of Imam Ali, the first Shia imam. Days later, on September 3, a suicide bomber attacked a Shia procession in Quetta, killing 43 people and wounding 78. Tehrik-i-Taliban claimed responsibility for both. On January 25, 2011, a suicide bomber attacked a Shia procession in Lahore. Seven people were reported dead and 25 wounded. [53b] (p113) 8.76 In its Executive Summary, updated 17 May 2011, Janes noted that: Ethnic and sectarian violence has plagued Pakistan for almost two decades. For example, in the commercial hub of Karachi, resentment of commercially successful Mohajirs (Urdu-speaking migrants from India after partition), has fuelled violent conflict with non-Mohajirs, formerly local Sindhis but now mostly immigrant Pashtuns. Activists from the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM), the Awami National Party (ANP) and the religious Jamaat-i-Islami (JI) party were among those killed in recent targeted killings. Mohajirs largely comprise the MQM party, which wields considerable influence in urban Sindh, especially Karachi. Ethnic polarisation is endemic in Karachi, with the city sharply divided between Sindhis, Balochis, Mohajirs, Pashtuns and Punjabis.... A spate of killings claimed 24 lives in mid-January 2011, forcing the PPP, which has a mostly Sindh base, to counsel restraint to its coalition partners, the Mohajir-backed MQM and Pashtun-backed Awami National Party (ANP). Tensions have historically been high between all these ethnic groups... On 28 May 2010, co-ordinated attacks on two separate Ahmadi mosques in Lahore left close to a 100 people dead, one of the deadliest sectarian attacks in recent years, highlighting how religiously polarised and conservative Pakistani society is. [1] (Communal and sectarian violence) 8.77 The HRCP Report 2010 stated, with regards to sectarian violence, that:

8.75

48

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

As many as 418 people were killed in violence against various Muslim sects in the year under review, including 211 in suicide attacks. A total of 963 people were injured in such attacks, including 628 people in suicide attacks. In sectarian attacks in 2010, the terrorists targeted religious processions and mosques of the Shia sect in Rawalpindi, Sargodha and Lahore; processions of Barelvis on Eid Miladun Nabi in Faisalabad and Sargodha; a Sunni Ittehad rally in Pakpattan; shrines and mosques in Lahore, Pakpattan, Mian Channu and Bahawalpur; target killing of activists of the Ahl-e-Hadith sect and banned Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan in Lahore and Bahawalpur, respectively. Tensions and clashes continued in Kurram Agency, in Pakistans Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), between Shia and Sunni tribes. The violence kept the main road linking the region to the rest of the country blocked throughout the year and caused problems for the local populations access to provisions as well as healthcare services. [27e] (p125) 8.78 The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP), accessed 8 September 2011, provided statistics on sectarian violence in Pakistan for 2010 (based on news reports), stating that there were 509 deaths and 1170 people injured. From January to August 2011, SATP recorded 16 sectarian incidents, 135 deaths and 248 people injured. [61a] (Sectarian
Violence in Pakistan: 1989-2011)

See also Freedom of Religion, Shia and Sunni Muslims: Sectarian violence, and Political Affiliation: Politically motivated violence
Return to contents Go to sources

9.
9.01

SECURITY FORCES
The Amnesty International report As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, published 10 June 2010, stated: In its military operations, Pakistan has deployed a wide array of security forces, including army soldiers, Inter-Service Intelligence agents, tribal levies called lashkars (official tribal militias) and khassadars (tribal police), the Frontier Constabulary (an armed police force operating in FATA border areas), and the Frontier Corps (a paramilitary force). The army and Frontier Corps (FC) are the two forces with the primary responsibility for maintaining law and order in FATA. [13e] (p32)

POLICE
9.02 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated that: Police have primary internal security responsibilities for most of the country. By law control of local police falls under the Ministry of Interior. The Rangers are a paramilitary organization under the authority of the Ministry of Interior, with branches in Sindh and Punjab. The armed forces are responsible for external security. At times during the year they also were assigned domestic security responsibilities. Law and order in FATA is administered under the Frontier Crimes Regulations (FCR) through a political agent, who reports to the president through the KP governor. In lieu of police, multiple law enforcement entities operated in FATA. These included the
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 49

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

paramilitary Frontier Scouts, which report to the Ministry of Interior in peacetime and the army in times of conflict; the Frontier Constabulary, which patrols the area between FATA and the KP; levies, which operate in FATA and report to the political agent; khassadars (hereditary tribal police), which help the political agent maintain order; and lashkars (tribal militias), which are convoked by tribal leaders and political agents to deal with temporary law and order disturbances. Police effectiveness varied greatly by district, ranging from reasonably good to ineffective. [3g] (Section 1d) 9.03 The USSD Report 2010 added There were improvements in police professionalism during the year. As in previous years, the Punjab provincial government conducted regular training and retraining in technical skills and protection of human rights for police at all levels. [3g] (Section 1d) The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) and the Commonwealth Human Rights Initiative (CHRI) noted in its joint report, Police Organisations in Pakistan (HRCP/CHRI Report 2010), published May 2010, that in 2008 there were a total of 1,392 police stations across the country (p23) with a strength of nearly 325,000 officers.
[27f] (p33)

9.04

9.05

IHS Janes noted in its section on Security and Foreign Forces, updated 21 April 2011, that, as estimated in 2010, the Pakistan police forces total strength was 350,000. The report noted: At present Pakistan has only about 350,000 police personnel for a population of 170 million and the mandated strength is rarely reached, especially in rural areas where most criminal activity occur. It is estimated that Punjab, Pakistan's most populous province, has a 180,000-strong police force of which only 40,000 are permanently stationed in police stations. Lahore, with 10 million inhabitants, has only 25,000 police and the most crime-ridden city of Karachi, with a population of more than 16 million, has around 29,000 police. The number of terrorist attacks against police has dramatically risen in recent years, from 113 in 2005 to around 2,000 in 2009. The Khyber Pakhtunkhwa police lost 353 policemen in 2009 in terrorism-related incidents. In August 2010 the head of the Frontier Constabulary was one of the most senior security officials ever to be killed by militants in the country. [1a] (Police)

9.06

The report continued: Pakistan's four provincial police forces are independent entities that take orders from federal government on issues of national security only. Large conurbations maintain separate forces that fall within the provincial chain of command. There are no police in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas of North West Frontier Province. Each force is headed by an inspector general whose deputies oversee police operations within specific provincial sectors. Inspector generals are directly accountable to the central Ministry of the Interior whereas all levels junior to that report to the provincial civil service. District superintendents are key figures in implementing the edicts of their superiors on a day-to-day basis. Pakistani police are regularly charged with quelling sectarian violence and investigating cases of religious intolerance. The police have been unable to stem the tide of targeted killings, especially of members of the minority Shia and Christian communities.

50

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The PSP [Police Service of Pakistan] is the career federal civil service body from which senior police officers are drawn. Junior officers are appointed by provincial governments. PSP cadres are assigned to serve with provincial governments or to central government bodies. Recruits are selected annually by examination, and the body's decent pay rates and prestige ensure that competition is keen. Successful candidates receive two years of training at the Police Training College in Sihala, near Islamabad, and are then assigned to duty. Postings and promotions are frequently subject to political interference. [1a] (Police) 9.07 Sify News reported on 18 November 2010 that: A large number of police officials across Pakistan have been booked for rape and human rights violations in the last three years, says an official report submitted to the interior ministry. The report submitted by the National Police Bureau to the ministry of interior said that 78 police officials in Sindh province were involved in 91 cases 61 in 2008, 22 in 2009 and eight till mid 2010. Though the year 2008 saw 61 cases of rape and human rights violations in Sindh involving 44 police officials, not a single official was sent to prison... [102a] See also subsection: Human rights violations by government forces For further information on the organisation of the Pakistan police see the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) and the Commonwealth Human Rights Initiative (CHRI) joint report, Police Organisations in Pakistan, published May 2010. [27f]
Return to contents Go to sources

ARMED FORCES
9.08 The USSD Report 2010 observed that The armed forces are responsible for external security. At times during the year, they were also assigned domestic security responsibilities. [3g] (Section 1d) The total strength of Pakistans armed forces was recorded as 590,000 (520,000 Army, 45,000 Air Force and 25,000 Navy personnel), with 500,000 reservists. (Janes: Armed Forces, 10 August 2011) [1a] (Summary) Janes noted in its section on the Army, updated 10 August 2011, that the Pakistan army The army is large, well trained, reasonably well equipped and senior leadership is of a high quality, although there is some evidence of dilution due to 'rank creep'. There is no evidence of religious extremism among senior officers, largely due to tight monitoring of promotion and selection boards by successive army chiefs, although it appears there may be some extremists in junior ranks. (Summary) The report added that Reserves are intended as individual replacements and reinforcements and training is minimal, being for a triennial three week period. Reservists, however, are drawn in the main from recent service-leavers, who remain liable for service to the age of 45 and have readily-employable skills. [1a] (Sustainment)

9.09

9.10

OTHER GOVERNMENT FORCES


9.11 Other government forces of Pakistan include the Border guards, consisting of the Frontier Corps (FC) with a total strength of 80,000, and Pakistan Rangers, total strength
51

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

30,000. The Pakistan Rangers are responsible for policing the border with India along with other internal security tasks as required. The FC is deployed along the border with Afghanistan under two commands FC (NWFP [North West Frontier Province]) and FC (Balochistan). (Janes, Security and Foreign Forces, 21 April 2011) [1a] Janes noted that: in recent years, particularly since the Pakistani Army was deployed to the tribal areas in 2003 - triggering an ongoing insurgency and a severe deterioration in the security situation - the FC (NWFP) has suffered from increased demoralisation, exacerbated by the lack of weaponry, equipment and adequate training. Indeed, the FC (NWFP) has borne the brunt of the fighting against fellow Pashtun Pakistani tribal militants and foreign Islamic militants over the past five years. There have been an increasing number of desertions from the FC, particularly following the insurgencies in South and North Waziristan agencies in the FATA between 2004 and 2006. In addition, more than 1,000 soldiers, both from the Pakistan Army and the FC, have been killed to date in the fighting in the tribal areas and in Swat district in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa [formerly NWFP].
[1a] (Border Guards)

9.12

Other forces include the National Guard with 180,000 personnel, the Maritime Security Agency, and the Coast Guard, each with 2,000 personnel. (Janes, Security and Foreign Forces, 21 April 2011) [1a] (Security forces) The Amnesty International report As If Hell Fell On Me... stated: In addition to the regular uniformed forces, tribal elders have formed tribal militias or laskhars (literally, armies). The institution of the tribal lashkar, originally a tribal irregular volunteer militia, has undergone a transformation during the past few years; it is not a permanent defence force but is an irregular force with a localized mission and hence not accustomed to being directed by a central authority for a sustained purpose. In many instances, tribes, frustrated at insurgent operations including unlawful killings, harassment, intimidation and displacement, set up lashkars for their protection. The army, relying on the superior local knowledge of tribesmen, has of late encouraged and in some cases armed such militias to fight insurgents, in the FATA region as well as in NWFP. Laskhars have fought militants in several of the FATAs seven agencies; insurgents, in return, have targeted lashkar members and unlawfully killed anti-Taleban tribal elders who have ties to the laskhars as well as relatives of lashkar members. [13e]
(p33) Return to contents Go to sources

9.13

Intelligence agencies
9.14 Janes noted in its Security and Foreign Forces section, updated 21 April 2011, that: Pakistan's three primary intelligence agencies are the Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), the Intelligence Bureau (IB) and the Military Intelligence (MI). While all three ostensibly exist to safeguard Pakistan's national security, such is the level of mistrust between them that this overarching goal is frequently lost among inter-agency tension. The MI and ISI deal primarily with military matters while IB focuses on internal affairs.

52

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

In April 2009, the federal government established the National Counter Terrorism Authority (NACTA), which has been given the responsibility of co-ordinating the work of all intelligence agencies. A former director general of the Federal Investigation Agency (FIA) and a reputed police officer, Tariq Pervez, was appointed as its head. However, Tariq Pervez stepped down in March 2011 after repeated attempts to pass the NACTA bill failed due to disagreements within the Ministry of the Interior. As of April 2011 the NACTA still required legislation to make the body fully functional. [1a] (Intelligence agencies) 9.15 The Nation reported on 26 July 2010 that: National Counter Terrorism Authority (NACTA) hit snags before formally becoming functional due to serious differences among the stakeholders on its mode of functioning. The Govt [government] announced formation of the NACTA in December 2009 and Tariq Pervaiz, who had served as Director General FIA and had vast experience of dealing with counterterrorism strategies, was made its head. However, he stepped down a few days back seeing the non-serious attitude of the Government to make NACTA fully functional. [103a] 9.16 Reporting on the size of the ISI, Reuters noted on 8 October 2010 that Its size is not publicly known but is widely believed to employ tens of thousands of agents, with informers in many spheres of public life. The same source reported that there was speculation by US defence officials that elements of the ISI were interacting improperly with the Taliban and other insurgent groups [10d] The Freedom House report Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011, published 26 July 2011, stated The militarys Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) has a particularly strong hold over all security-related decision making. However, the new Parliament has functioned more effectively than its predecessor, holding important policy debates and overturning key decisions of the former government. [5a]

9.17

HUMAN RIGHTS VIOLATIONS BY GOVERNMENT FORCES


9.18 Amnesty International noted in its report As If Hell Fell On Me... that: Taleban and allied armed groups have systematically and widely engaged in human rights abuses in FATA and neighbouring areas of northwest Pakistan. But many civilians from these areas told Amnesty International that they had no less fear of military operations, as was demonstrated in Malakand when more than two million people fled their homes at the onset of military operations in April 2009 or again in South Waziristan in October 2009, where 200,000 people fled as the army moved in. Many residents blamed the Taleban for placing military forces within civilian areas, raising the likelihood of harm to civilians during operations. But government forces are also culpable of systematic and widespread human rights violations in FATA and NWFP, both in the course of military operations and by subjecting suspected insurgents to arbitrary arrest, enforced disappearance and apparent extrajudicial execution. [13e]
(p49)

9.19

Sify News reported on 18 November 2010 that: A large number of police officials across Pakistan have been booked for rape and human rights violations in the last three years, says an official report submitted to the interior ministry. The report submitted by the National Police Bureau to the ministry of

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

53

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

interior said that 78 police officials in Sindh province were involved in 91 cases 61 in 2008, 22 in 2009 and eight till mid 2010. Though the year 2008 saw 61 cases of rape and human rights violations in Sindh involving 44 police officials, not a single official was sent to prison... [102a] 9.20 Human Rights Watch noted in its World Report 2011, published 24 January 2011, that: Since the military regained control of Swat in September 2009, Taliban-perpetrated abuses such as public floggings and hangings have mostly ended. Despite this, Human Rights Watch continued to receive credible reports of military and police abuses in the district, including summary executions, arbitrary detention, forced evictions, and house demolitions. Human Rights Watch investigated some of these allegations and documented scores of executions. Army chief Gen. Ashfaq Parvez Kayani promised to investigate a video allegedly documenting soldiers executing a group of men and boys in Swat. At this writing, however, no perpetrators have been held accountable for the killings. Abuses by Pakistani police, including cases of extrajudicial killing, also continued to be reported throughout the country in 2010. [7i] (Militant Attacks, Counterterrorism, and Reprisals)

Arbitrary arrest and detention


9.21 The USSD Report 2010 observed: There were reports that authorities filed FIRs [First Information Reports] without supporting evidence to harass or intimidate detainees or did not file them when adequate evidence was provided unless the complainant paid a bribe. There were reports that some police detained individuals arbitrarily without charge or on false charges to extort payment for their release. There were reports that some police also detained relatives of wanted individuals to compel suspects to surrender. Police routinely did not seek a magistrate's approval for investigative detention and often held detainees without charge until a court challenged the detention. Some women in detention were sexually abused. When requested, magistrates approved investigative detention without determining its cause. In cases of insufficient evidence, police and magistrates sometimes colluded to issue new FIRs, thereby extending detention beyond the 14-day period. [3g] (Section 1d) See also Arrest and detention legal rights

Torture
9.22 The USSD Report 2010 cited that: The law prohibits torture and other cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment, but there were reports that security forces, including intelligence services, tortured and abused individuals in custody. During the year the NGO SHARP [non-governmental organisation Society for Human Rights and Prisoners' Aid] reported 4,069 cases of torture by police, of which 2,690 allegedly occurred in Punjab alone. During the year a significant increase in the total number of torture and rape cases was observed, almost double the number compared with 2009. Human rights organizations reported that methods of torture included beating with batons and whips, burning with cigarettes,
54 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

whipping soles of the feet, prolonged isolation, electric shock, denial of food or sleep, hanging upside down, and forced spreading of the legs with bar fetters. Torture occasionally resulted in death or serious injury. Observers noted the underreporting of torture throughout the country. The country ratified the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) and the Convention Against Torture in 2010. Concerns have been raised over the number and breadth of its substantive reservations, as well as its reservation to the authority of the Human Rights Committee to request and receive periodic reports on the country's implementation of the ICCPR. There were accusations of security forces raping women during interrogations. The government rarely took action against those responsible. [3g] (Section 1b) 9.23 The AHRC Report 2009 stated: Pakistan does not have any specific law relating to torture, although Article 14 (2) of the Constitution expressly prohibits the use of torture for extracting evidence. Domestic jurisprudence concerning the use of torture is minimal. Victims have the burden of proof, and there are no independent investigating agencies that are empowered to inquire into complaints of torture. Furthermore, claims for compensation for an act of torture are to be settled under Shariah law, which can be counter-productive and lead to further legal and rights abuses. [52a] (p199) 9.24 The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) noted in its report The State of Human Rights in Pakistan: 2010 (AHRC Report 2010), published February 2011, that Torture in custody has become the routine part of life and is now exhibited in open places to show police power with all impunity. There is no move on making torture a crime in the law. The armed forces are running their own torture cells and the cases of torture in custody increased during the year 2010. [52e] (p199) The HRCP Report 2009 stated: The SC [Supreme Court] took suo motu notice of the appeal of the daughter of a Balochistan National Movement activist, Wahid Bakhsh, who had complained of torture in custody. On being produced in the court, Wahid Bakhsh declared that he had been kept in an Anti terrorist Force (ATF) torture cell where conditions of detention were worse than at the notorious Abu Gharaib jail in Iraq. The Chief Justice inquired whether these torture cells were run by the government and whether they existed across the country. The court was informed that the Balochistan Home Secretary had declared the ATF cell a sub-jail. At the same time, the court disposed of a suo motu notice regarding torture cells in Islamabad when the Islamabad Police told the court that there was no torture cell under Islamabad polices control. [27c] (p35) 9.26 The HRCP Report 2010 stated on so-called torture cells that: During suo motu hearing of a case of police torture on suspects outside a police station in Chiniot (Punjab) the Supreme Court directed the Punjab government to shut down private torture cells being run by police, make drastic changes in police training manuals, maintain strict discipline and hold senior police officers, including inspectors general, accountable. The court also sought from the Punjab police a comprehensive report containing affidavits from police officers that there were no private torture cells in their areas of jurisdiction. [27e] (p48)
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 55

9.25

PAKISTAN 9.27

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The AHRC Report 2009 stated The AHRC has identified 52 such detention centres which are run by the military, where people that have been arrested and disappeared are typically detained incommunicado and tortured for several months to extract confession statements. [52a (p199) The same report continued: The police are the main perpetrators of torture against ordinary citizens. The lack of police reform mechanisms has perpetuated the cycle of torture in Pakistan. Anyone who is arrested is likely to endure ill-treatment or torture. No police officer has ever been sufficiently punished for the act of torture, although in rare cases some have been suspended or transferred for committing torture in the rare cases that it has been proven. The absence of criminilisation of torture provides impunity to the police and engenders further abuse. [52a (p199) See also Avenues of complaint
Return to contents Go to sources

9.28

Extra-judicial killings
9.29 The USSD Report 2010 noted: There were several reports that the government or its agents committed arbitrary or unlawful killings. Politically motivated killings and societal violence, including killings by angry mobs, continued. There were reports of extrajudicial killings in connection with conflicts in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP, formerly known as the North West Frontier Province). Some killings of individuals accused of crimes allegedly resulted from extreme physical abuse while in official custody. During the year the nongovernmental organization (NGO) Society for Human Rights and Prisoners' Aid (SHARP) reported 72 civilian deaths after encounters with police and 168 deaths in jails, an increase from the previous year. The police stated that these deaths occurred when suspects attempted to escape, resisted arrest, or committed suicide. Human rights observers, family members, and the media reported that security forces staged many of the deaths. Lengthy trial delays and failures to discipline and consistently prosecute those responsible for abuses contributed to a culture of impunity. [3g] (Section 1a) 9.30 Human Rights Watch (HRW) reported on 13 July 2011 on the upsurge of unlawful killings of suspected militants and opposition figures in Balochistan by the military, intelligence agencies and the paramilitary Frontier Corps (FC). The report noted: Across Balochistan since January 2011, at least 150 people have been abducted and killed and their bodies abandoned acts widely referred to as kill and dump operations, in which Pakistani security forces engaged in counterinsurgency operations may be responsible. Assailants have also carried out targeted killings of opposition leaders and activists. Human Rights Watch has extensively documented enforced disappearances by Pakistan's security forces in Balochistan, including several cases in which those disappeared have been found dead... While Baloch nationalist leaders and activists have long been targeted by the Pakistani security forces, since the beginning of
56 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

2011, human rights activists and academics critical of the military have also been killed... [7k] Further information on killings in Balochistan by suspected militants can be found in the HRW report Their Future is at Stake: Attacks on Teachers and Schools in Pakistans Balochistan Province, dated 13 December 2010. [7l] 9.31 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) undertook a fact-finding mission to Balochistan from the 4-7 May 2011. Its findings, including extrajudicial killings, killings by militants, and disappearances, were published in the HRCP report Balochistan: Blinkered Slide into Chaos, published June 2011. The report included a list of missing persons, missing persons found dead, and victims of targeted and sectarian killings.
[27h]

See also Security situation: Balochistan (Baluchistan) 9.32 On 8 June 2011 an unarmed teenager was shot and killed by paramilitary forces in Karachi. The incident, caught on film and broadcast on national television, showed the teenager arguing with soldiers before they shot him in the leg leaving him to die of his injuries. On 29 June 2011 a Pakistani court charged six members of the Sindh Rangers and one civilian with murder. (BBC News, 29 June 2011) [35a] On 12 August 2011, BBC News reported that a paramilitary soldier had been sentenced to death for the for the killing of the unarmed teenager. Six other men were sentenced to life imprisonment. [35j] See also Death penalty 9.34 The USSD Report 2010 noted: During the year extrajudicial killings from 2009 came to light, including in September [2010] a video posted on the Internet of men in military uniforms executing six young men in civilian clothes. The young men were shown blindfolded and lined up with their hands tied behind their backs. On October 8, Chief of Army Staff General Kayani issued a statement ordering the establishment of a board of inquiry to determine the identities of the uniformed personnel seen in the Internet video. By the end of the year, the military had not publicly announced the conclusions of its investigation into the video, and no one had been held accountable. The video appeared to have been taken in the Swat Valley during the 2009 military counterinsurgency campaign. Days after this video surfaced on the Internet, another video emerged on the Internet showing men in military uniforms beating prisoners in a remote location. The HRCP [Human Rights Commission of Pakistan] and HRW [Human Rights Watch] reported that the army was responsible for more than 200 extrajudicial killings in the Swat region during the past year. The HRCP reported that residents described mass graves in Kukarai village and in areas between the villages of Daulai and Shah Dheri.
[3g] (Section 1a)

9.33

9.35

The HRCP Report 2010 noted that: Extra-legal killings by police which were commonly referred to as police encounters often a euphemism for staged killings continued to undermine positive efforts made

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

57

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

for law enforcement in the country. According to media reports, the number of so-called suspects killed in police encounters in 2010 stood at 338. In nearly 35 percent of the cases reported in the newspapers, it was stated that the suspects began firing on police and police returned fire, killing the suspects. These cases reported no police injuries. In cases where relatives of the victims suspected foul play, families were reported to have held protests in heavily populated areas in an attempt to press for an inquiry into the murder. At times, torture marks on suspects bodies showed that they had been in police custody prior to their death. In 25 of the total number of reported cases, investigations were ordered following protests by family members. [27e] (p76) 9.36 In its report As If Hell Fell On Me..., Amnesty International noted: Shortly after internally displaced persons started returning to Malakand in mid-July in 2009 after the army regained control of most of this area, some 251 bodies of suspected militants were reportedly found in Swat, some hanging from poles with written notes attached to their bodies warning anyone supporting the Taleban of the same fate, some with torture marks and some with limbs tied together and bullet wounds in neck or head. The exact number of such killings, as well as the exact circumstances of most individual cases, is impossible to ascertain as the access of journalists and human rights activists is restricted. The HRCP said that in addition, at least two mass graves were found, including at least one in Kukarai village in Babozai tehsil and another in an area between Dewlai and Shah Dheri in Kabal tehsil. The HRCP said that witnesses to mass burials said at least in some cases the bodies appeared to be those of Taleban militants. [13e] (p63-64)

Disappearances
9.37 The USSD Report 2010 noted: During the year politically motivated disappearances continued. There were reports of disappearances in nearly all areas of the country. Some police and security forces held prisoners incommunicado, refusing to disclose their location. Human rights organizations reported many Sindhi and Baloch nationalists were among the missing. There were reports of disappearances during the year in connection with the conflicts in FATA and KP. The Supreme Court continued its hearings on missing persons cases. In March the federal government formed a three-member judicial commission headed by a retired supreme court judge to look into the issue of disappearances. The commission's mandate included preparing a comprehensive list of missing persons, suggesting ways to trace the missing persons, and finding those responsible for their disappearance. In May the commission held several meetings and recorded statements of family members and government officials. The HRCP reported that the creation of a commission on enforced disappearances did not appear to satisfy the hopes for an early resolution of the matter for the families of those who disappeared. In some cases children also disappeared. [3g] (Section 1b) 9.38 Amnesty International noted in its report The Bitterest of Agonies End Enforced Disappearances in Pakistan, published 30 August 2011, that: Since Pakistan became a key ally in the US-led war on terror in late 2001, hundreds of people accused of links to terrorist activity have been arbitrarily detained and held in
58 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

secret facilities... Dozens of missing individuals have been transferred from US detention or have reappeared in Pakistan during the past 10 years, but the whereabouts of hundreds of others, possibly held in secret detention in Pakistan or other countries, remain unknown... The clandestine nature of the arrests and detentions makes it impossible to know exactly how many have been subjected to enforced disappearance... In 2010, the Ministry for the Interior admitted to 965 disappearance cases for which there was some record, although there are differing claims on figures made by families, human rights groups and the state, ranging from 200 to 7,000. [13i]
(p2)

9.39

The HRCP Report 2010 noted: The SC [Supreme Court] had started hearing cases of missing persons in late 2006. Although scores of persons have been traced, or released during this period, no state functionary has been held accountable for their role in such disappearances. While incidents of enforced disappearance continued to be reported from all parts of the country, the highest number was from the province of Balochistan. In January, the Balochistan Assembly called upon the federal government to take immediate steps for the recovery of the missing persons... In a disturbing new trend, bodies of missing persons in Balochistan started to be recovered from across the province. Beginning on July 5, as many as 59 bodies of missing persons were recovered during the year. Witnesses had stated that many of these individuals had been picked up by security forces personnel. [27e] (p104-105)

9.40

The same source added: When the Commission of Enquiry started its work in April [2010], 189 cases were referred to it. When it concluded its task at the end of December, it stated that in the eight months it had recovered 134 persons, while another 138 remained missing. The commission also received 203 new cases of disappearance during the eight months. In its recommendations, the commission said the intelligence agencies should be barred from arbitrarily detaining anyone and asked the government to evolve a mechanism where the agencies could share information with the police that could make the arrest and proceed under the law. The commission also recommended appropriate compensation for victims of enforced disappearance, to a maximum of Rs 2 million, depending on the duration of their disappearance among other factors. [27e] (p106-107)

9.41

The AHRC Report 2010 stated, with regards to the Commission of Enquiry, that: The Commission to probe missing persons cases has not investigated or taken as seriously the lists of 168 children and 148 women. Two lists of disappeared persons were released separately, one by Voice for Baloch Missing Persons (VBMP), an NGO [non-governmental organisation] which works to document the cases of missing persons from the area and the other by the Provincial Interior Ministry of Balochistan. The missing people have allegedly been taken by Pakistani intelligence agencies for interrogation over their alleged link to Balochistan separatists and other militant groups in the country. [52e] (p233)

9.42

Amnesty International noted in its report The Bitterest of Agonies... that, at the Commission of Enquiry There are no witness protection mechanisms in place, and relatives are often required to give information at the Commission in front of

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

59

PAKISTAN representatives of the same agencies disappearances of their loved ones. [13i] (p7) 9.43 they accuse of

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 involvement in the

Amnesty International stated on 23 February 2011: The Pakistan government must immediately provide accountability for the alarming number of killings and abductions in Balochistan attributed to government forces in recent months, Amnesty International said today. In the last four months, at least 90 Baloch activists, teachers, journalists and lawyers have disappeared or been murdered, many in kill and dump operations, according to information compiled by Amnesty International. Their bullet-ridden bodies, most bearing torture marks, have been recovered across Balochistan. [13g]

9.44

Human Rights Watch (HRW) stated in its report We can torture, kill, or keep you for years: Enforced Disappearances by Pakistan Security Forces in Balochistan, published 25 July 2011, that: The practice of enforced disappearances by state security forces has become a distinctive feature of the conflict in Balochistan. It continues unabated to the present. The exact number of new disappearances perpetrated in recent years by Pakistans security forces in the province remains unknown. Baloch nationalists claim thousands of cases. Balochistan provincial authorities on several occasions have cited the figure of about 1,000 enforced disappearances. Pakistans Interior Ministry has said that 1,102 Baloch were forcibly disappeared during General Musharrafs rule, which ended in August 2008. Many cases remain unreported as families and witnesses often prefer not to report cases to the authorities or human rights organizations because of fear of retaliation by the authorities. [7a] (p6)

9.45

The HRW report added that it had ... collected information on disappearances that repeatedly implicates Pakistans intelligence agencies and Frontier Corps, often acting in conjunction with local police. [7a] (p6) The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) undertook a fact-finding mission to Balochistan from the 4-7 May 2011. Its findings, including disappearances, extrajudicial killings and killings by militants, were published in the HRCP report Balochistan: Blinkered Slide into Chaos, published June 2011. The report included a list of missing persons, missing persons found dead, and victims of targeted and sectarian killings.
[27h]

9.46

See also subsection Extrajudicial killings and sections on Judiciary and Security situation: Balochistan (Baluchistan) 9.47 The AHRC Report 2010 also reported on disappearances in Pakistan Administered Kashmir (Azad Kashmir), allegedly at the hands of the Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI). The report stated: The intelligence agencies particularly, the Inter Services Intelligence (ISI), is accused of training and sending people inside Indian held Kashmir for the Jihad or providing information of militants working inside other parts of Kashmir. The family members of the disappeared people are also stating that when people who worked for intelligence agencies leave the Jihad and return to their normal lives they are nabbed by the ISI and
60 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

shifted to unknown places as punishment for not working in the interests of national security. [52e] (p239)

AVENUES OF COMPLAINT
9.48 The USSD Report 2010 cited that: Police and prison officials frequently used the threat of abuse to extort money from prisoners and their families. The inspectors general, district police officers, district nazims (a chief elected official of a local government or mayor equivalent), provincial interior or chief ministers, federal interior minister, prime minister, or courts can order internal investigations into abuses and order administrative sanctions. Executive branch and police officials can recommend, and the courts can order, criminal prosecution. These mechanisms were sometimes used. The court system remained the only mechanism available to investigate abuses by security forces. [3g] (Section 1d) 9.49 The same source stated: Persons may petition the courts to seek redress for various human rights violations, and courts often take such actions. Individuals may seek redress in civil courts against government officials, including on grounds of denial of human rights in civil courts. Observers reported that civil courts seldom, if ever, issued official judgments in such cases, and most cases were settled out of court. Although there were no official procedures for administrative redress, informal reparations were common. [3g] (Section
1e)

9.50

The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) noted in a statement dated 24 June 2011 that there was no means of protection for witnesses of torture by the armed forces, therefore discouraging victims of such from making complaints. AHRC added that ... in claims against torture, victims bear the burden of proof, and there are no independent investigating agencies that are empowered to inquire into a complaint against torture. [52f] The same source added The absence of proper complaint centres and no particular law to criminalise torture makes the menace of torture wide spread. The torture cases have to be reported to the police, therefore the police, being the main perpetrators of torture refuse to register the cases. This is the main reason why official data about the cases of torture is not available. [52f] Amnesty International noted in its report The Bitterest of Agonies... that, at the Commission of Enquiry (for disappearances) There are no witness protection mechanisms in place, and relatives are often required to give information at the Commission in front of representatives of the same agencies they accuse of involvement in the disappearances of their loved ones. [13i] (p7) See also subsection: Torture, and Corruption: National Accountability Bureau (NAB)
Return to contents Go to sources

9.51

9.52

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

61

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

10.
10.01

MILITARY SERVICE
Child Soldiers International (formerly The Coalition to Stop the Use of Child Soldiers) Global Report 2008 on Pakistan, covering the period between April 2004 and October 2007, reported that: The 1952 Pakistan Army Act allowed compulsory military service to be introduced in times of emergency, but this provision had not been used. Under Article 39 of the 1973 constitution, The State shall enable people from all parts of Pakistan to participate in the Armed Forces of Pakistan. The Pakistan National Service Ordinance of 1970 stated that officers and jawans (soldiers) could be recruited between the ages of 17 and 23, and had to have at least a years training before taking part in active service. [33]

10.02

The CIA World Factbook, last updated 5 July 2011, stated that soldiers could not be sent into combat until they were 18 years of age. [4a] (Military) However, the US Department of Labors 2008 Findings on the Worst Forms of Child Labor, released 10 September 2009, stated that There [are] also reports of children under the minimum voluntary recruitment age of 17 years being involved in armed conflict. [91] (p163) The US Department of States July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF Report 2010), published 13 September 2011, noted that Members of minority religious groups volunteered for military service in small numbers, and there were no official obstacles to their advancement; however, in practice non-Muslims rarely rose above the rank of colonel and were not assigned to politically sensitive positions. A chaplaincy corps provided services for Muslim soldiers, but no similar services were available for religious minorities. [3l] (Section II)
Return to contents Go to sources

10.03

11.

JUDICIARY

ORGANISATION
11.01 The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) World Factbook, updated on 5 July 2011, stated that Pakistans legal system is based on a common law system with Islamic law influence. [4a] (Government: Legal system) The US Department of State (USSD) Background Note on Pakistan, updated 6 October 2010, noted that: The judicial system comprises a Supreme Court, provincial high courts, and Federal Islamic (or Shari'a) Court. The Supreme Court is Pakistan's highest court. With the 18th Amendment now in place, the president names the most senior Supreme Court justice to be chief justice; also, the courts and Parliaments influence are increased through a new judicial commission to oversee judges appointments. Each province, as well as Islamabad, has a high court, the justices of which are appointed by the president after conferring with the chief justice of the Supreme Court and the provincial chief justice. The judiciary is proscribed from issuing any order contrary to the decisions of the president. Federal Sharia Court hears cases that primarily involve Sharia, or Islamic law. Legislation enacted in 1991 gave legal status to Sharia. Although Sharia was declared the law of the land, it did not replace the existing legal code. [3a] (Government and
Political Organization) 62 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

11.02

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 11.03

PAKISTAN

The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated: The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and the high courts does not extend to several areas that operated separate judicial systems. In FATA, under the FCR [Frontier Crimes Regulation] accused persons have no right to legal representation or bail. In specific areas noted in the Nizam-e-Adl regulation (often informally called the Sharia law) in PATA [Provincial Administered Tribal Areas], Sharia law is imposed, and judges, known as qazis, are assisted by religious scholars. Azad Kashmir has its own elected president, prime minister, legislature, and high court. The Gilgit-Baltistan Self Governance Order of 2009 instituted a separate judiciary, legislature, and election commission for the region. [3g] (Section 1e)

11.04

The Pakistani government website, accessed 8 September 2011, stated that the Supreme Court was at the apex of the judicial system and: to the exclusion of every other Court in Pakistan, has the jurisdiction to pronounce declaratory judgements in any dispute between the Federal Government or a provincial government or between any two or more provincial governmentsThe Supreme Court, if it considers that a question of public importance, with reference to the enforcement of any of the Fundamental Rights ensured by the Constitution of Pakistan is involved, it has the power to make any appropriate order for the enforcement of fundamental rightsThe Supreme Court has jurisdiction to hear and determine appeals from judgements, decrees, final orders or sentences passed by a High Court, the Federal Shariat Court and the Services Appellate Tribunals. [29c] (Supreme Court)

11.05

The same source added that the Supreme Courts decisions are binding in principle and in law for all other courts. At the district level there are also Courts of District Judges and Courts of Civil Judges both dealing with civil cases, while criminal matters are heard in Courts of Sessions and Courts of Magistrates. Court of Sessions can hear cases punishable by death and those under the Hudood Ordinances. The Government website added that An appeal against the sentence passed by a Sessions Judge lies to the High Court and against the sentence passed by a Magistrate to the Sessions Judge if the term of sentice [sic] is up to four years, otherwise to the High Court. [29c] (High
Court)

11.06

The same source added that there are also Special Courts and Tribunals to deal with specific types of cases, which included: Special Courts for Trial of Offences in Banks; Special Courts for Recovery of Bank Loans; Special courts under the Customs Act, Special Traffic Courts; Courts of Special Juges [sic] Anti-Corruption; Commercial Courts; Drug Courts; Labour Courts; Insurance Appellate Tribunal; Income Tax Appellate Tribunal and Services Tribunals. Appeals from the Special Courts lie to the High Courts, except in case of Labour Courts and Special Traffic Courts, which have separate forums of appeal. The Tribunals lie to the Supreme Court of PakistanSteps have been taken to overcome the problems of inordinate delays in dispensing justice and enormous cost involved in litigation- a legacy of the past [29c] (High Court)

11.07

On bail and delays trials the same Government website added:

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

63

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, has been amended to grant automatic concession of release on bail to the under-trial prisoners, if the continuous period of their detention exceeds one year in case of offences not punishable with death and two years in case of offences punishable with death. It also made incumbent on the criminal courts to take into consideration the period of detention spent by the accused as an under-trial prisoner while awarding sentence. No fee is payable in criminal cases and for filing any petition before the Federal Shariat Court. Court fee in civil cases up to the value of Rs [Rupees].25,000 has been abolished. [29c] (High Court) 11.08 The government source additionally noted that there is an Ombudsman overseeing the courts. The Wafaqi Mohtasib (Ombudsman): is appointed by the President of Pakistan, holds office for a period of four years. He is not eligible for any extention [sic] of tenure, or for re-appointment under any circumstances. He is assured of security of tenure and cannot be removed from office except on ground of misconduct or of physical or mental incapacity. Even these facts, at his request, can be determined by the Supreme Judicial Council. Further, his office is non-partisan and non-politicalThe chief purpose of the Wafaqi Mohtasib is to diagnose, investigate, redress and rectify any injustice done to a person through maladministration on the part of a Federal Agency or a Federal Government official. The primary objective of the office is to institutionalise a system for enforcing administrative accountability. [29c] (Wafaqi Mohtasib (Ombudsman)) 11.09 The USSD Report 2009 noted: Delays in justice in civil and criminal cases arose due to antiquated procedural rules, weak case management systems, costly litigation to keep a case moving in the system, and weak legal education. These problems undermined the right to effective remedy and the right to a fair and public hearing. There are several court systems with overlapping and sometimes competing jurisdictions: criminal; civil and personal status; terrorism; commercial; family; military; and Shariat. The Federal Shariat Court, according to Article 203 of the constitution, is an appellate court that can examine and decide whether any law is repugnant to the teachings of Islam. The passage of the Women's Protection Act does not negate the possibility of the Federal Shariat Court hearing appeals in certain cases. The Federal Shariat Court could hear appeals of cases involving parts of the Hudood Ordinance not moved to the secular law provisions, including gambling, liquor possession and drinking, and fornication in the false promise of marriage. [3b] (Section 1e) See also Constitution
Return to contents Go to sources

Shariat Courts (Islamic law)


11.10 The USSD Report 2010 noted that: Cases under the Hudood Ordinances are first appealed in the Federal Shariat Court. The Supreme Court has ruled that in cases in which a provincial high court decides in error to hear an appeal in a Hudood case, the Shariat courts lacks authority to review the provincial high court's decision. The Shariat Appellate Bench of the Supreme Court
64 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

is the final court of appeal for Shariat court cases. A 2005 ruling allows the Supreme Court to bypass the Shariat bench and assume jurisdiction in such appellate cases. The Shariat courts may overturn legislation it judges inconsistent with Islamic tenets, but such cases are appealed to the Shariat Appellate Bench of the Supreme Court and ultimately may be heard by the full bench of the Supreme Court. [3g] (Section 1e) 11.11 The same source added: There were many changes in PATA's judicial administration during the year. PATA, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, including parts of the former princely states of Swat, Dir, and Chitral, are governed under Sharia law. Due to the country's military intervention in Swat, religious extremists and militants were no longer administering parallel judicial and administrative processes in the Malakand Division (which encompasses the district of Swat.) In addition, in 2009 the country's parliament and president formally enacted the Nizam-e-Adl Regulation 2009. The interpretation and enforcement of the law was sufficiently flexible that it was criticized by the Taliban that was formerly located in Swat. Contrary to Taliban desires, judges were appointed from the existing cadre of the country's judiciary and not from among religious scholars. In combination with a new judicial policy originated by the Supreme Court, which provided strict time frames for the initiation of both criminal and civil prosecutions, as well as significant efforts by lawyers and judges to meet the new time lines, the backlog of cases in the Malakand Division was reduced dramatically, in some areas up to 90 percent. In turn this reduced the amount of time that accused individuals spent in jail without benefit of active court process. [3g] (Section 1e) 11.12 The US Department of States July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report for Pakistan (USSD IRF Report 2010), published 13 September 2011, stated that: The judicial system encompasses several different court systems with overlapping and sometimes competing jurisdictions that reflect differences in civil, criminal, and Islamic jurisprudence. The Federal Shariat Court and the Sharia bench of the Supreme Court serve as appellate courts for certain convictions in criminal court under the Hudood Ordinance, which criminalizes rape, extramarital sex, property crimes, alcohol, and gambling; judges and attorneys in these courts must be Muslim... The Federal Shariat Court applies to Muslims and non-Muslims, such as in cases relating to Hudood laws. Non-Muslims were allowed to consult the Federal Shariat Court in matters that affected them or violated their rights. [3l] (Section II) 11.13 Reporting on the Nizam-e-Adl Regulation (NAR Islamic law), the USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that The NAR has been inoperative since the start of military operations in April 2009. [3l] (Section II) In a letter dated 29 November 2010, a Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) official at the British High Commission, Islamabad noted that The Nizam-e-Adl Regulation 2009 is still in force in the Malakand Division. [11m] The UN Committee on the Rights of the Child noted in its concluding observations to reports submitted by Pakistan with regards to the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), dated 19 October 2009, that it was: ...concerned that the revocation of all laws, instruments, customs or usages in large areas of NWFP and the imposition of sharia law, as set out in the Sharia Nizam-e-Adl
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 65

11.14

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Regulation of 2009, does not provide adequate guarantee for the implementation of the Convention. It is also concerned that some existing laws and regulations remain in conflict with principles and provisions of the Convention, in particular: (a) (b) The Frontier Crimes Regulation of 1901 which remains in force in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas; and The Zina and Hadood Ordinances, despite their revision through the Prevention of Anti-Women Practices (Criminal Law Amendment) Act 2006. [79c] (paragraph
10)

See also subsections on Hudood Ordinances, Qisas and Diyat Ordinances and Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR)

Anti-Terrorism Act and courts


11.15 The USSD Report 2010 noted that: The Anti-Terrorism Act allows the government to use special streamlined courts to try persons charged with violent crimes, terrorist activities, acts or speech designed to foment religious hatred, and crimes against the state. After arrest, suspects must be brought before the antiterrorism courts within seven working days, but the courts were free to extend the period. Under normal procedures, the high court and the Supreme Court heard appeals from these courts. Human rights activists criticized the expedited parallel system, charging it was more vulnerable to political manipulation. [3g] (Section 1e) 11.16 The USSD Country Reports on Terrorism 2010, published 18 August 2011, stated: The Anti-Terrorism Bill 2010, proposed on July 28, 2010, remained before Pakistan's parliament. It proposes 25 amendments to Pakistan's original anti-terrorism legislation, the Anti-Terrorism Act of 1997, including provisions that broaden the definition of terrorism, expand the authority of law enforcement agencies investigating terrorist incidents, authorize detention of subjects for 90 days before presenting them before a court, and allow increased electronic surveillance and wiretapping. [3d] (Chapter 2. Country
Reports: South and Central Asia Overview)

11.17

The same source stated that: Antiterrorism courts had the discretion not to grant bail for some charges if the court had reasonable grounds to believe the accused was guilty. In FATA and the lessgoverned areas of the Provincially Administered Tribal Areas (PATA), security forces may, under the FCR, restrict the activities of terrorism suspects, seize their assets for up to 48 hours, and detain them for as long as one year without charges. Human rights and international organizations reported that an unknown number of individuals allegedly affiliated with terrorist organizations were held indefinitely in preventive detention and were tortured and abused. In many cases these prisoners were held incommunicado and were not allowed prompt access to a lawyer of their choice; often times [sic] family members were not allowed prompt access to detainees. [3g] (Section 1d)

11.18

The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report, published 26 July 2011, noted that Other parts of the judicial system, such as the antiterrorism courts, operate with limited due process rights. [5a]

66

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 11.19

PAKISTAN

The Pakistan Anti-Terrorism (Amendment) Ordinance, 1999, accessed via the South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) on 19 May 2011, defines an act of terrorism and the penalties prescribed. [61j]
Return to contents Go to sources

Military Courts and the Army Act


11.20 In Human Rights Watchs report, Destroying Legality: Pakistans crackdown on Lawyers and Judges, published 19 December 2007, it was observed: As part of his effort to institutionalize the militarys power even after a return to civilian rule, on November 10, 2007, Musharraf amended the 1952 Army Act to allow the military to try civilians for a wide range of offenses previously under the purview of the countrys civilian judiciary. These include offenses punishable under: the Explosive Substances Act, 1908; prejudicial conduct under the Security of Pakistan Act, 1952; the Pakistan Arms Ordinance, 1965; the Prevention of Anti-National Activities Act, 1974; the Anti-terrorism Act, 1997; several sections of the Pakistan Penal Code.

Under the amended Army Act civilians can now be tried in military courts for acts of treason, sedition and less specific offenses such as giving statements conducive to public mischief. [7b] 11.21 The same report added: trials of civilians conducted by special military courts under the amended law will not be public, investigations will be conducted by military officers, and rules of evidence and procedures prescribed by law and the constitution for civilian trials will not apply. While the Pakistan security forces have long enjoyed impunity for serious abuses, the amendments to the Army Act will exacerbate the problem. First, by subjecting civilians to trial by military courts, family members of victims of military abuses will be even less willing to come forward than ever before. Secondly, the amendment to the Army Act making it retroactive to 2003 will permit the armed forces to claim as lawful the many illegal detentions for which it has been responsible in recent years. Before Musharraf dismissed Supreme Court justices and effectively took control of the Supreme Court, it was investigating some 400 cases of disappearances. While some of these cases concerned terrorism suspects, many involved political opponents of the government. The Supreme Court under Chief Justice Chaudhry publicly stated that it had overwhelming evidence that Pakistans intelligence agencies were illegally detaining terror suspects and other opponents and repeatedly urging the authorities to free such individuals or process them through the legal system. In response to pressure from the Supreme Court, scores of those who disappeared were freed, but threatened with rearrest or worse if they spoke publicly of their ordeal. [7b] (Amendments to Laws under
Emergency Rule)

11.22

An article in Opendemocracy entitled Pakistans multi-faceted crisis, dated 12 November 2007, noted that the amendment to the Army Act:
67

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

make[s] it possible to court-martial civilians, which has been condemned across the political spectrum While officials defended this amendment by pointing out the difficulty in obtaining convictions of terrorists under the present criminal laws, critics note that (among many other things) civilians can now be brought before a military tribunal for giving statements conducive to public mischief. This provision is open to such a wide interpretation that just about any of the thousands of lawyers, political activists and human-rights volunteers currently under arrest can be tried under it. [78] 11.23 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) annual report, the State of human rights 2010, published 14 April 2011, (HRCP Report 2010), noted with regards to court martials The SC [Supreme Court] ruled (July 16) that it had no jurisdiction to hear appeals against courtmartial decisions. Two former army officers, Lt. Col Khalid Abbasi and Lt. Col. Abdul Ghafar Babar, had petitioned the court to hear their appeals against their removal from service following court-martial proceedings. The CJ told the petitioners counsel that it had already been decided that appeals of military personnel against court-martial decisions could not be heard. [27e] (p54)

Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR)


11.24 The USSD Report 2010 noted that there is a separate legal system for the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), the Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR), which: In FATA, under the FCR accused persons have no right to legal representation or bail... Under the FCR in FATA, residents may appeal judgments within the civil bureaucracy. Some observers faulted the procedures for not allowing cases to be heard on appeal by the judiciary. Human rights NGOs expressed concern about the concept of collective responsibility, as authorities used it as a pretense to detain members of fugitives' tribes, demolish their homes, confiscate or destroy their property, or lay siege to a fugitive's village pending his surrender or punishment by his own tribe in accordance with local tradition. [3g] (Section 1e) 11.25 Amnesty International noted in its report As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, published 10 June 2010, that: The FCR, which does not provide legal guarantees for human rights in FATA and indeed effectively codifies authority for a range of human rights violations, is part of a tapestry of an antiquated and draconian system of limited government with little or no recognition of or respect for human rights, the rule of law, due process, political representation, or democratic institutions. Despite numerous recent promises by Pakistans government to reform the FCR and improve the legal situation of the people of FATA and NWFP governed by this law, as of May 2010, the FCR continued to relegate millions of people in northwest Pakistan to second-class legal status. [13e] (p26) 11.26 The same source added: Though Part II of the Constitution of Pakistan of 1973 lists a range of fundamental rights, Part XII explicitly excludes most or all of the legal, judicial and parliamentary system of Pakistan from FATA; articles 247(3) of the Constitution explicitly excludes FATA from all acts of the Pakistani parliament and Supreme Court, respectively. Instead these areas are effectively placed under the direct executive control of the President of Pakistan, while the Governor of the NWFP acts as the Presidents representative. The President may make regulations with respect to the peace and good governance of
68 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

FATA and specify which laws are or are not to be extended to FATA. Adult franchise was introduced in FATA in 1996; FATA representatives were elected on a non-party basis not to any FATA parliamentary body but to the National Assembly where they cannot exercise any legislative powers with regard to FATA. Interestingly, the President of Pakistan has the authority under the Constitution (article 247(6)) to end at any time the applicability of the FCR to any agency after consultation with a tribal jirga. Under the FCR, the federal government effectively, the President of Pakistan appoints a Political Agent (PA) for each FATA agency who exercises extensive administrative, judicial and executive powers. In exercise of his judicial powers under the FCR, on vaguely-defined grounds he can order that individuals or entire communities be detained without trial for years at a time, seize their property, and impose fines, all without any requirement of ordinary criminal trial. Except in the case of procedural flaws, his decision is final: the FCR precludes appeal to any court outside FATA, as the jurisdiction of Pakistans higher judiciary is explicitly barred under Article 247(7) of the Pakistani constitution. Under Chapter III of the FCR, the PA may consult a Council of Elders (in practice a tribal jirga) to resolve disputes, including in criminal cases; such jirgas are traditionally made up of at least three maliks, all men appointed and dismissed by the PA on his subjective estimation as to whether the individual concerned adequately serves the interests of the region [13e] (p26-27) 11.27 However, the International Crisis Group (ICG) reported that on 12 August 2011 President Zardari signed the extension of the Party Political Order (2002) to the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). The ICG noted that the president also reportedly amended the Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR): ... to require that a prisoner be produced before the authorities within 24 hours of arrest, and given the right to bail, something that was previously denied to tribal populations. The president's spokesman said that FCR provisions that allow collective punishment of an entire tribe for crimes committed by a member or on their territory, would be softened indicating that perhaps women, children and elderly will be exempt from the collective punishment clause, as proposed in 2009. [20d] See also Arrest and detention legal rights 11.28 In a recent case reported in the HRCP Report 2010 The Peshawar High Court (March 11) ordered the release on bail of Moazzam Khan and Haji Wazir Khan who were being detained in two separate cases under the collective responsibility provision of the Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR). The HRCP noted: The issues framed by the court were: whether inmates of tribal area are recognized as human beings by the constitution and as such the fundamental rights guaranteed by it have been given to them; whether violation of such rights is amenable to the constitutional jurisdiction of this court, whether the tribal area has been declared as conflict zones where armed forces are acting in aid of civil administration and whether in view of the provision contained in Article 245 of the constitution the high court can step in if and when such rights are violated. The court came to the conclusion that it had a constitutional obligation to step in to ensure obedience to the constitution and the law.
[27e] (60)

See also subsection Shariat Courts (Islamic law) and Section: Security situation

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

69

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Tribal Justice System


11.29 The AHRC Report 2010 observed that: ... the federal and provincial Governments did not heed the higher judiciarys pronouncement of Jirgas and Punchayats to be illegal and parallel systems of justice and instructions to the Government to eradicate them, to punish those who participate in them, and to disallow their so-called judgements to be implemented (vide Sindh High Court and Supreme Court landmark judgements). This is still happening with total impunity all over the country, showing the Governments lack of political will and commitment, a disregard for the sanctity of the Constitutional trichotomy of powers, and the helplessness of the law enforcement agencies and legal systems in the face of continuing arrogant political feudal and tribal patriarchal dispensations. [52e] (p78) 11.30 The HRCP Report 2010 stated Despite repeated orders of the superior courts the institution of the jirga survived, especially in the tribal areas and some parts of the four provinces. The report gave some examples of jirga justice during 2010. [27e] (p61) The USSD Report 2010 cited In specific areas noted in the Nizam-e-Adl regulation (often informally called the Sharia law) in PATA [Provincially Administered Tribal Areas], Sharia law is imposed, and judges, known as qazis, are assisted by religious scholars... Informal justice systems that lack the legal protections of institutionalized justice systems continued, especially in rural areas, and often resulted in human rights violations. [3g] (Section 1e) The same report continued: Feudal landlords and other community leaders in Sindh and Punjab and tribal leaders in Pashtun and Baloch areas continued to hold local council meetings (known as panchayats or jirgas), at times in defiance of the established legal system. Such councils settled feuds and imposed tribal penalties on perceived wrongdoers, including fines, imprisonment, or even the death penalty. Women often were sentenced to violent punishments or death for honor-related crimes. In Pashtun areas such councils were held under the outlines of the FCR. Under the code a man, his family, and his tribe are obligated to take revenge for wrongs, real or perceived, to redeem their honor. Frequently disputes arose over women and land and often resulted in violence. [3g]
(Section 1e)

11.31

11.32

11.33

The Society for the Protection of the Rights of the Child report, The State of Pakistans Children 2008, published May 2009 (SPARC Report 2008), stated that: The jirga system is a constitutionally recognised parallel judiciary. It is operational in the FATA and is controlled by the Frontier Crime Regulations (FCR). The Constitution of Pakistan acknowledges these Jirgas as substitutes for the Supreme and High Courts, meaning that the judiciary or judicial systems and the laws applicable to the rest of the country are not available to them. Pakistan is a semi-feudal society, with powerful feudal lords. The supreme heads of the communities (Biradaries) make their own laws, their own system of justice (jirgas and panchayats) in which honour is perceived differently from the formal laws. In Pakistan, the Jirga system operates at the informal level in all the four provinces of Pakistan. Some of the features of its operation might differ from the Jirgas in other parts of the country but the principles and structures follow the same

70

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

pattern. Its deep impact and influence is also felt in the cities, which are, extensions and composites of the rural settings. [71c] (p36) 11.34 The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) noted in its report, The State of Human Rights in Pakistan 2008 (AHRC Report 2008), published 11 December 2008, that: In a tribal court, witnesses and hearsay are the primary form of evidence and a verdict often rests on the reputation or power of a witness. Women are automatically considered sexually corrupt and their testimonies carry little weight. During a session spectators will gather and they tend to pick a side, after which they will heckle and pressure the decision makers. Needless to say, the most popular verdict may not always be a just one; it is difficult to reconcile justice with the will of an over-excited mob. Superstition also comes into play. In certain cases defendants have been told to walk on hot coals and if they feel and show no pain, then they are innocent... [52b] (p16) 11.35 In its report, Pakistan: The tribal justice system, dated 30 July 2002, Amnesty International noted: Tribal jirgas [literally: meeting; faislo, a Sindhi term for both the meeting and the decision; panchayat, council of elders] consisting of elders of the tribe and headed by the sardar [head of a tribe] or, if the dispute is of less importance, local heads of the tribe, can either be called on an ad hoc basis or take place regularly. They deal with a range of issues, including conflicting claims to land and water, inheritance, alleged breaches of the 'honour' code and intra-tribal or inter-tribal killings. Many sardars or lower tribal leaders hold regular 'adjudication' days which are widely known and attended by people with a variety of complaints. Sardars have no formal training in 'adjudication'; sardars have told Amnesty International that they had learned how to conduct jirgas from their fathers; one sardar said, It's all in my head, there is no need to codify it ... I have my own intelligence to tell me what is just. Others have claimed that while not codified, the principles of tribal justice are well defined. [13b] (p7, The jirga or faislo
or panchayat system)

11.36

The report continued: A jirga can be initiated by a sardar who is aware of a feud and calls on the persons involved to submit to a jirga or by a complainant who approaches the sardar. On some cases the sardar alone will decide issues but major conflicts are brought before an assembly of elders. Both the complainant and the accused have to agree to appear before the jirga and to submit to their decision. Proponents of the system have described it as democratic: A democratic system prevails among the tribes. People only come to the sardar if both parties agree ... if the sardar is a respected person, people will come to him for resolution of conflicts, a sardar told Amnesty International. Proceedings begin by the complainant presenting his case and the other party then responding. Unlike in the formal judicial system in Pakistan which in some cases allows for trial in absentia, in the tribal system, the accused has to be present in person and present their case in person. In some cases, jirgas have been postponed when the accused did not present themselves... [13b] (p6, The process of jirga)

11.37

The same source noted that: During the 'trial', all the people involved usually stay at the place of 'trial' as guests of the presiding person. We give the hospitality and telephones and food ... but we don't

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

71

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

charge anything for our service', a tribal sardar told Amnesty International, acknowledging, however, that some tribal leaders are now asking for a fee. While generally 'proceedings' do not cost the 'litigants' anything, sardars taking fees are seen by many observers as an indicator of the decline of the system. A former Commissioner of Larkana division, Aslam Sindhrani, pointed out to Amnesty International that sardars draw monetary benefit from holding jirgas besides benefits to their status. [13b] (p6, The
process of jirga)

11.38

The USSD Report 2010 noted that: The traditional settling of family feuds in tribal areas, particularly those involving killing, could result in giving daughters of the accused in marriage to the bereaved. Many tribal councils instituted harsh punishments, such as the death penalty, honor killings, or watta-satta marriages (exchange of brides between clans or tribes). The Sindh minister for human rights, Nadia Gabol, called for a ban on jirgas in July [2010]. Over the past few years, there were a growing number of reports of militants running their own courts in several tribal agencies and briefly in Swat, dispensing quick justice with little due process or transparency in their deliberations. [3g] (Section 1e)

11.39

Amnesty International noted in its report As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, published 10 June 2010, that: Some of the tribunals established by the Taleban in FATA were mobile while others permanent. Cases were often adjudicated by two qazis, or judges, appointed by the Taleban who were supposed to be learned scholars in Shari a. In reality, locals questioned the knowledge of the qazis; in any case, their trial procedures and methods of punishment were lacking in any legal basis, were arbitrary, discriminatory, and unfair, and clear abuse of the internationally-recognised human rights of those brought before them. [13e] (p43)

11.40

The AHRC Report 2009 stated that More than 4000 people have died in Jirgasanctified murders over the last six years, and two thirds of them have been women. Their deaths have often occurred under the most barbaric of circumstances. Many are charged with having a relationship outside of their marriages (an often fabricated claim,) while others are suspected of planning love marriages, as opposed to the arranged marriages planned by their families. [52a] (p207) The same source added: In one recent case involving a Jirga, an 18-year old girl, trafficked to a family through marriage, was raped repeatedly by her father-in-law and other male members of the family. After she managed to escape, a Jirga was held and it was ordered that the girl be returned to her parents. However, a second Jirga ordered that she be returned to her husband and his family on the grounds that the girls parents had taken money for the marriage of the girl. With the order of the Jirga, the girl was kidnapped on October 21, 2008 and her whereabouts remain unknown. The nephew of a provincial minister was reportedly involved in conducting the Jirga, and because of his involvement, the police are unwilling to take action. The involvement of ministers in the Jirga system demonstrates that the confluence of this illegal court system with the supposedly higher, established legal system speaks to the failure of Pakistans legal system, through, and at the hands of its politicians and judges. In maintaining two legal systems, which are

11.41

72

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011
[52a] (p208)

PAKISTAN

used at whim for personal gain, the pursuit of justice is rendered entirely impossible. 11.42 On 1 September 2008, The Telegraph reported on the defence of a jirga judgement by one of Pakistans legislators. The report noted: A Pakistani politician has defended a decision to bury five women alive because they wanted to choose their own husbands. Israr Ullah Zehri, who represents Baluchistan province, told a stunned parliament that northwestern tribesman had done nothing wrong in first shooting the women and then dumping them in a ditch. These are centuries-old traditions, and I will continue to defend them, he said. Only those who indulge in immoral acts should be afraid. The women, three of whom were teenagers and whose crime was that they wished to choose who to marry, were still breathing as mud and stones were shoveled over their bodies, according to Human Rights Watch.
[104a]

The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) provided further information on the above incident. [52d] See also Section Women: Honour killings
Return to contents Go to sources

INDEPENDENCE
11.43 The USSD Report 2010 noted The law provides for an independent judiciary; in practice the judiciary was often subject to external influences, such as fear of reprisal in terrorism cases. In nonpolitical cases, the media and the public generally considered the high court and the Supreme Court credible. [3g] (Section 1e) The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its report, State of Human Rights in 2010, (HRCP Report 2010) published 14 April 2010, that: 2010 was quite a hectic year for the judiciary as relations between the government and the Supreme Court [SC] remained strained for a better part of the year. The SC firmly defended its status as the final defender of the constitution, though advocates of division of powers and the supremacy of parliament sometimes had serious reservations. The government difficulties were increased by its inability to respond to the courts findings in time or adequately. [27e] (p40) 11.45 The AHRC Report 2010 noted ...in some cases the government was hesitant to implement the decisions of the Supreme Court. However, despite being in dispute with the government at times, the judiciary asserted its independence from the executive.
[52e] (p199)

11.44

11.46

The USSD Report 2009 cited that: In March [2009] in the wake of large-scale demonstrations from the Lawyers Movement and pressure from the opposition PML-N [Pakistan Muslim League Nawaz] party, Prime Minister Gilani reinstated Iftikhar Chaudhry as Supreme Court Chief Justice. Gilani also reinstated 10 other judges to the Supreme Court and provincial High Courts. In doing so the prime minister restored all judges ousted by then president Musharraf in 2007 who had not yet reached retirement age. Chief Justice Chaudhry forced the

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

73

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

resignation of all Supreme and High Court judges who had taken oath under Musharraf's Provisional Constitutional Order in 2007. The newly restored superior judiciary is independent of executive branch influence but appears to be politicized in favor of the opposition based on its rulings in high-profile cases. [3b] (Section 1e) 11.47 The HRCP Report 2010 noted that: The SC dealt with a large number of important cases, some of which became quite sensational. These included, apart from assertion of judicial autonomy while discussing the 18th Amendment, a number of cases that fell in the category of a drive against corruption. Prominent among these cases were matters related to compliance with the SC verdict on the NRO [National Reconciliation Order], appointments and promotions in the National Accountability Bureau and the civil services, financial scams at the Bank of Punjab and the National Insurance Company Ltd (NICL), bungling in the award of contracts for gold mining in Balochisan and the LNG supplies, election of legislators on fake/forged degrees, the GEO TVs complaints against the government and PEMRA [Pakistan Electronic Media Regulation Authority], contempt cases against PCO [Provisional Constitutional Order] judges, lynching of two young men in Sialkot, involuntary disappearances, and corruption in the Haji affairs. [27e] (p41) See also Corruption and Freedom of speech and media

FAIR TRIAL
11.48 The USSD Report 2010 cited that: The civil, criminal, and family court systems provide for public trial, presumption of innocence, cross-examination by an attorney, and appeal of sentences. There are no jury trials. Defendants have the right to be present and to consult with an attorney. Defendants bear the cost of legal representation in lower courts, but a lawyer can be provided at public expense in session and appellate courts. Defendants can confront or question witnesses brought by the prosecution and present witnesses and evidence on their behalf. Defendants and attorneys have legal access to government-held evidence relevant to their cases. Due to the limited number of judges, a heavy backlog of cases, lengthy court procedures, frequent adjournment, and political pressure, cases routinely took years, and defendants had to make frequent court appearances. [3g] (Section 1e) 11.49 The same source added: There were extensive case backlogs in the lower and superior courts, as well as other problems that undermined the right to effective remedy and the right to a fair and public hearing. According to the Law and Justice Commission of Pakistan, as of May [2010] more than 1.1 million cases were pending with the country's lower courts, 150,000 cases awaited the four provincial high courts, and 17,500 cases awaited the Supreme Court. Delays in justice in civil and criminal cases arose due to antiquated procedural rules, weak case management systems, costly litigation to keep a case moving in the system, and weak legal education. [3g] (Section 1e) 11.50 The USSD Report 2010 also noted: Persons may petition the courts to seek redress for various human rights violations, and courts often take such actions. Individuals may seek redress in civil courts against
74 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

government officials, including on grounds of denial of human rights in civil courts. Observers reported that civil courts seldom, if ever, issued official judgments in such cases, and most cases were settled out of court. Although there were no official procedures for administrative redress, informal reparations were common. [3g] (Section
1e)

See also Security forces: Avenues of complaint 11.51 The HRCP Report 2010 stated: The SC devoted considerable attention to the implementation of the National Judicial Policy of 2009 and put special emphasis on Alternative Dispute Resolution and legal education at the national judicial convention. (p41) However, The frequent resort to the superior judges suo motu powers again raised doubts about its efficacy and freedom from subjective factors. The time taken up by suo motu cases while the courts were short of judges affected the rate of disposal of other matters. As a result attention was drawn to the need for reviewing the functions of superior courts and restructuring the judiciary, by creating a constitutional court for instance, and by introducing a new system of checks and balances by creating regulatory bodies independent of the executive and the judiciary both. [27e] (p42) 11.52 11.53 The HRCP Report 2010 provided statistics on the number of court cases pending and decided between 1 June 2009 and 15 March 2010. [27e] (p50) The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report noted that Lower courts remain plagued by corruption, intimidation, and a backlog of some 1.5 million cases that leads to lengthy pretrial detentions. A new National Judicial Policy that took effect in June 2009 aims to tackle all three problems, and appeared to have had some positive effects in 2010, with case backlogs dramatically reduced in certain areas. [5a] The AHRC Report 2010 noted: The disposal of cases in the country is extremely slow, giving rise to the accumulation of cases before the courts and the inability of the judicial system to deliver justice in an acceptable and timely manner. The disposal of ordinary cases takes a minimum of five to six years in Pakistans courts. If the cases go through the appeals process, they can take as long as 20 to 25 years, as each appeals court takes six to seven years to decide, and there are three to four such stages before reaching the Supreme Court.
[52e] (p217)

11.54

11.55

With regard to cases dealt with by the National Accountability Bureau (NAB), the USSD Report 2010 observed that Suspects may be detained for 15 days without charge (renewable with judicial concurrence) and, prior to being charged, may be deprived of access to counsel. During the year the NAB rarely exercised this power. All offenses under the NAB are nonbailable, and only the NAB chairman has power to decide whether to release detainees. In 2009 the government removed the NAB's authority to prosecute politicians on new charges. [3g] (Section 1d) See also Corruption

11.56

The AHRC Report 2010 stated that there was no specific law concerning to witness protection in Pakistan. The report noted Due to this and because of the overall failure of the countrys justice system, it is a practice in the country for the witnesses to be
75

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN
[52e] (p220)

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

threatened or even murdered. Murders have happened even within the court premises. 11.57 With regards to charges being made under the blasphemy laws, the US Commission on International Religious Freedom Annual Report 2011(USCIRF Report 2011), published May 2011 and covering events from 1 April 2010 to 31 March 2011, noted: Militants often pack courtrooms and publicly threaten violence if there is an acquittal. Lawyers who have refused to prosecute cases of alleged blasphemy or defend those accused, as well as judges who issue acquittals, have been harassed, threatened, and even subjected to violence. The lack of procedural safeguards empowers accusers to use the laws to abuse religious freedom, carry out vendettas, or gain an advantage over others in land or business disputes or in other matters completely unrelated to blasphemy. [53b] (p115) See also Freedom of religion: Blasphemy laws For information on the penalties for absconding from trial see the Law and Justice Commission of Pakistans Amendment in the Pakistan Penal Code 1860 to Provide Punishment for Absconding from Trial, undated, accessed 7 June 2011. [29i]
Return to contents Go to sources

Double jeopardy
11.58 Following consultation with a law firm in Pakistan, a letter dated 12 February 2008 from the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) stated that: We [the Pakistan law firm] have reviewed the provisions of law relating to double jeopardy to ascertain whether any individual who has been convicted in the U.K and has served time can be tried and sentenced for the same crime on his return to Pakistan and would advise as: Under Section 403 of the Criminal Procedure Code, 1898 (the Code) no person who has once been tried by a Court of competent jurisdiction for an offence and convicted or acquitted of such offence shall during the pendancy [sic] of the acquittal or conviction be liable to be tried again for the same offence. However, a person so acquitted or convicted may be tried for (a) any distinct offence for which a separate charge might have been made i.e. where more than one offence are committed by the same person; (b) a different offence arising out of the consequences of the act which constituted the first offence but which consequences together with the act constitute a different offence and (c) any other offence constituted by the same acts which constituted the first offence but which the court which first tried him was not competent to try. To invoke Section 403 of the Code the following conditions must be satisfied: i) The accused has already been tried for the offence charged against him, ii) the trial was held by a court of competent jurisdiction, and iii) a judgment or order of acquittal or conviction has been issued. [11g] 11.59 The same letter noted that:

76

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The rule against autrefois convict i.e. double jeopardy, has received recognition in Article 13(A) of the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan 1973 (the Constitution) which provides a constitutional guarantee to the effect that no person shall be prosecuted or punished for the same offence more than once. To ascertain whether... [a] person convicted by a court in U.K. is covered by Section 403 of the Code it needs to be determined whether the conditions set out for invoking Section 403 of the Code are met... The Code is silent on the issue of whether the term court of competent jurisdiction as used therein extends to cover a foreign court of competent jurisdiction. However, where the legislature has intended to extend cover of any statute to foreign courts it has done so by specific reference i.e. in the Control of Narcotic Substances Act, 1997 specific reference is made to a foreign court of competent jurisdiction and it is therefore safe to conclude that a court of competent jurisdiction for purposes of Section 403 of the Code has to be a court within the territorial jurisdiction of Pakistan... Likewise, the constitutional guarantee provided by Article 13 (A) of the Constitution will, in our opinion, not extend to an offence which has been tried and convicted outside Pakistan as the doctrine of dual sovereignty permits successive prosecutions by two states for the same conduct. [11g]

PENAL CODE
11.60 For full text and recent amendments see the Pakistan Penal Code (Act XLV of 1860)
[21a]

Qisas and Diyat Ordinances


11.61 The USSD International Religious Freedom Report 2004 (USSD IRF Report 2004) stated that: The Penal Code incorporates the doctrines of Qisas (a life for a life) and Diyat (money paid as compensation for murder). Qisas was invoked in tribal areas. For example, victims families reportedly have been allowed to kill murderers after conviction by a jirga (council of tribal elders). Diyat occasionally was applied as well, particularly in the NWFP, in place of judicial punishment. According to this principle, only the family of the victim, not the Government, may pardon a defendant. Christian activists alleged that when a Muslim kills a non-Muslim, the killer can redress the crime by paying Diyat to the victims family; however, a non-Muslim who kills a Muslim does not have that option and must serve a jail sentence or face the death penalty. The compensation paid to the family of a non-Muslim or a woman is also less than that offered to a man. [3h] (Section II) 11.62 The USSD Report 2010 observed, however, that although the Criminal Law (Amendment) Act 2005 had increased the penalties for karo kari and other forms of honour killings, ... human rights groups criticized the act because it allows the victim or the victim's heirs to negotiate physical or monetary restitution with the perpetrator in exchange for dropping charges, known as qisas and diyat. [3g] (Section 1e) The USSD IRF Report 2010 stated Religious minorities claimed that the amounts of monetary restitution were far higher for minority offenders and far lower for minority victims than for Muslims. [3l] (Section II)

11.63

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

77

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

See also above sub-sections Shariat Courts (Islamic law) and Tribal Justice System

Blasphemy Laws
11.64 The US Department of States July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF Report 2010) observed that Freedom of speech was subject to reasonable restrictions in the interest of the glory of Islam, as stipulated in sections 295(a), (b), and (c) of the penal code. The consequences for contravening the country's blasphemy laws were death for defiling Islam or its prophets; life imprisonment for defiling, damaging, or desecrating the Qur'an; and 10 years' imprisonment for insulting another's religious feelings. [3l] (Section II) The USCIRF Report 2011 stated that on 2 January and 2 March 2011 respectively, Two prominent Pakistani officials Punjab Governor Salman Taseer and Federal Minister for Minorities Affairs Shahbaz Bhatti were assassinated because of their opposition to Pakistans flawed blasphemy laws. The report added that, prior to their murders, Prime Minister Gilani had: ... expressed support for reviewing the blasphemy laws, saying a committee will review the laws detrimental to religious harmony to sort out how they could be improved. In November 2010, President Zardari called for the formation of a high-level committee headed by Minister Bhatti to review the blasphemy laws and propose recommendations to prevent their misuse. In November 2010, Sherry Rahman, a PPP parliamentarian, tabled a bill reforming the blasphemy laws. Rahmans amendments would have: removed the death penalty and ensured that punishments are proportionate; included the requirement of premeditation or intent; ensured that anyone making false or frivolous accusations is penalized; and amended the penal code in accordance with Article 20 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights to make any advocacy of religious hatred that constitutes incitement to discrimination or violence a punishable offence. However, her party did not support the bill and Rahman received numerous death threats. Other quarters of the political spectrum also expressed support for some reform. In December 2010, the Council of Islamic Ideology, a government-sponsored advisory board, recommended that the blasphemy law be amended to prevent its misuse against any individuals irrespective of their religion, but opposed removing the death penalty. After the murders of Governor Taseer and Minister Bhatti, Prime Minister Gilani and other PPP officials stated that reform was no longer being considered. Since the killings, the Prime Minister has repeatedly stated that the government will not permit abuse, but that it has no plans to amend the law. Sherry Rahman was successfully pressured to withdraw her legislation and is rarely seen in public. [53b] (p116) 11.66 The HRCP Report 2010 stated that On December 30 [2010], the government publicly announced that it had no intention to repeal or amend the blasphemy law. [27e] (p134) For full text and recent amendments see the Pakistan Penal Code (Act XLV of 1860) [21a] For detail on the provisions of the laws and their impact on various religious groups, and further information on the deaths of Salman Taseer and Shahbaz Bhatti, see Section: Freedom of Religion: Blasphemy Laws and Recent developments
Return to contents Go to sources 78 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

11.65

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Hudood Ordinances
11.67 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan, accessed 13 October 2008, cited a report published in 2003 by the National Commission on the Status of Women which stated that: In 1979 the following four Hudood Ordinances were enforced: 1. 2. 3. 4. 11.68 Offence of Zina [i.e. rape, abduction, adultery and fornication] (Enforcement of Hudood) Ordinance, 1979 Offence of Qazf [i.e. false accusation of zina] (Enforcement of Hadd) Ordinance, 1979 Offence Against Property [i.e. theft] (Enforcement of Hudood) Ordinance, 1979 Prohibition [i.e. of alcohol and narcotics] (Enforcement of Hadd) Order, 1979.
[27b]

The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report noted that The Sharia court enforces the 1979 Hudood Ordinances, which criminalize extramarital sex and several alcohol, gambling, and property offenses. They provide for Koranic punishments, including death by stoning for adultery, as well as jail terms and fines. In part because of strict evidentiary standards, authorities have never carried out the Koranic punishments. [5a] The USSD Report 2010 added ...although the 2006 Women's Protection Act (WPA) amended the Hudood Ordinance, women were still in prison awaiting trial under these laws; however, there was a decline with the passage of the WPA. [3g] (Section 1c) The United States Commission on International Religious Freedom cited in its Annual Report 2011 (USCIRF Report 2011), published May 2011, that: In 2006, in a positive development, the Protection of Women Act removed the crime of rape from the sphere of the Hudood Ordinances and put it under the penal code, thereby eliminating the requirement that a rape victim produce four male witnesses to prove the crime. Under the law, convictions for rape must be based on forensic and circumstantial evidence. The Act also prohibited a case of rape from being converted into a case of fornication or adultery, which had been possible under the Hudood laws. Marital rape was once again made a criminal offense, as it had been prior to the implementation of the Hudood laws in 1979. However, an offense of fornication was included in the penal code, punishable by imprisonment for up to five years. [53b] (p118)

11.69

11.70

11.71

The Offence of Zina (Enforcement Of Hudood) Ordinance, 1979, 9 Feburary 1979, states under Sections 4 and 5: 4. Zina: A man and a woman are said to commit 'Zina' if they wilfully have sexual intercourse without being married to each other. Explanation: Penetration is sufficient to constitute the sexual intercourse necessary to the offence of Zina. 5. Zina liable to hadd: (1) Zina is zina liable to hadd if-

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

79

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

(a) it is committed by a man who is an adult and is not insane with a woman to whom he is not, and does not suspect himself to be married; or (b) it is committed by a woman who is an adult and is not insane with a man to whom she is not, and does not suspect herself to be, married. (2) Whoever is guilty of Zina liable to hadd shall, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, (a) if he or she is a muhsan, be stoned to death at a public place; or (b) if he or she is not muhsan, be punished, at a public place; with whipping numbering one hundred stripes. [21b] 11.72 Definitions, as prescribed by the Hudood Ordinance, are offered in Section 2: 2. Definitions: In this Ordinance, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject of context: (a) adult means a person who has attained, being a male, the age of eighteen years or, being a female, the age of sixteen years, or has attained puberty;... (b) hadd means punishment ordained by the Holy Quran or Sunnah; (d) Muhsan means (i) a Muslim adult man who is not insane and has had sexual intercourse with a Muslim adult woman who, at the time he had sexual intercourse with her, was married to him and was not insane; or (ii) a Muslim adult woman who is not insane and has had sexual intercourse with a Muslim adult man who, at the time she had sexual intercourse with him, was married to her and was not insane;... [21b] 11.73 An LLB (Bacholer of Laws) paper, Recent developments 2009 2660028 Introduction to Islamic law, published by the University of London, undated, stated: The offence of Zina is defined as adultery if one of the parties is married at the time the intercourse occurs and fornication if they are not. The [Protection of Women (Criminal Law Amendment)] 2006 Act inserts a new offence of fornication into the penal code. The offence is punishable by imprisonment for up to five years and a fine not exceeding 10,000 Rupees. The new offence is, however, safeguarded from abuse by the creation of a new offence of false accusation of fornication. The new provision provides that anyone who brings or gives false evidence of fornication shall be punished with imprisonment up to five years and a fine of up to 10,000 Rupees. Very importantly, once a prosecution for fornication results in an acquittal, the trial judge can, in the same proceedings, try and sentence the person bringing the charge. The offence of adultery is the only offence retained by the Zina Ordinance itself. It is an offence for anyone to make a false accusation of adultery. The punishment for the offence follows the punishment of fornication in the penal code. A new definition of confessions has been added to the Ordinance. The new definition serves to prevent
80 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

women being placed in the invidious position of having been deemed to have confessed to Zina when they brought an accusation of rape before the court, which the court found unproven. [118a] (p5) 11.74 The same source noted: Finally, the 2006 Act amends the procedure governing sexual offences under both the penal code and the Zina Ordinance. Any complaint of adultery must be lodged directly in court, not made to the police. The judge hearing the case must examine on oath the complainant and at least four adult male eye-witnesses, who the court has established to be truthful. The witnesses must testify on oath to the committing of the act of penetration, i.e. the strict evidence required by the Sharia... (p5) The procedure regarding allegations of fornication follows that of allegations of adultery, but only two actual eye-witnesses are required. The complainant and the eyewitnesses must be examined in court before the judge can issue a summons for the accused to attend the court. [118a] (p6) 11.75 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its report, the State of Human Rights in 2008 (HRCP Report 2008), published 1 April 2009, that In order to award the Hadd punishment, the evidence of a non-Muslim can only be accepted if the accused is also non-Muslim. In addition, Muslims are liable for stricter penal sanctions than nonMuslims for the same crime e.g. Hadd for rape and zina. Muslims can be stoned to death, while non-Muslims receive 100 lashes. So far, though, Hadd punishment has not been carried out against anyone. [27a] (p73, Freedom of thought, conscience and religion) On the release of women imprisoned under the Hudood Ordinance, the USSD IRF Report 2009 stated that Approximately 2,500 women have been released Many were unable to return to their homes because of social ostracism. A few others remained in custody, and most were housed in government-run shelters. The women, who were arrested under the Hudood Ordinance on charges of fornication, adultery, and possession of liquor, are now having their cases heard under the Women's Protection Bill. [3c] (Section II) See also Section: Freedom of Religion: Hudood Ordinances, and Section: Women: Womens Protection Act

11.76

CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE


11.77 The Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, as amended by Act II in 1997, is available on the Punjab Polices website. The document codifies the arrest and trial process, and provides procedural guidance, among other things, on the power of the courts; arrest, escape and recapture; compelling appearance before a court; production of documents and movable property before a court; unlawful assembly; and proceedings in prosecution cases. [38]
Return to contents Go to sources

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

81

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

12.

ARREST AND DETENTION LEGAL RIGHTS

First Information Reports (FIRs)


12.01 The United States Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated that: A FIR [First Information Report] is the legal basis for any arrest. For certain crimes the police may initiate an FIR. Police ability to initiate an FIR is limited. Often a different party must file the FIR, depending on the type of crime, not whether there is reasonable proof of a crime. An FIR allows police to detain a suspect for 24 hours, after which a magistrate can order detention for an additional 14 days if police show that such detention is material to their investigation. In practice some authorities did not observe these limits on detention. There were reports that authorities filed FIRs without supporting evidence to harass or intimidate detainees or did not file them when adequate evidence was provided unless the complainant paid a bribe. There were reports that some police detained individuals arbitrarily without charge or on false charges to extort payment for their release. There were reports that some police also detained relatives of wanted individuals to compel suspects to surrender. Police routinely did not seek a magistrate's approval for investigative detention and often held detainees without charge until a court challenged the detention. Some women in detention were sexually abused. When requested, magistrates approved investigative detention without determining its cause. In cases of insufficient evidence, police and magistrates sometimes colluded to issue new FIRs, thereby extending detention beyond the 14-day period. [3g] (Section 1d) 12.02 The Citizens Police Liaison Committee (CPLC) of Pakistan noted on its website, accessed 14 March 2011, that a First Information Report (FIR): ...is a written document prepared by the police when they receive information about the commission of a cognizable offence. It is a report of information that reaches the police first in point of time and that is why it is called the First Information Report. It is generally a complaint lodged with the police by the victim of a cognizable offence or by someone on his/her behalf. Anyone can report the commission of a cognizable offence either orally or in writing to the police. Even a telephonic message can be treated as an FIR. It is a duty of police to register FIR without any delay or excuses. Non-registration of FIR is an offence and can be a ground for disciplinary action against the concerned police officer. [121a] 12.03 The CPLC went on to describe a cognizable and non-cognizable offence: Cognizable Offence: A cognizable offence is one in which the police may arrest a person without warrant. They are authorized to start investigation into a cognizable case on their own and do not require any orders from the court to do so. Non-cognizable Offence: A non-cognizable offence is an offence in which a police officer has no authority to arrest without warrant. The police cannot investigate such an offence without the courts permission. [121a] 12.04 In a Response to Information Request, dated 4 November 2010, on the subject of First Information Reports, the Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) reported that,

82

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

in correspondence with a representative of the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) on 8 October 2010, the HRCP representative stated ... while police in one area of Pakistan can become aware of an FIR against someone in another area of the country, they generally do not unless the police in the original jurisdiction call attention to a particular FIR as, for example, in a case that is particularly serious, politicized, or subject to public attention or that requires police to more actively search for a suspect.
[12q]

12.05

On the same subject, the IRB recorded that in correspondence with a Lahore-based lawyer on 6 October 2010, the lawyer stated: [T]here is no national system to track FIRs, and there is no systematic coordination between various police organisations at inter-provincial level or inter-organisation level. Police officers in one district will not be able to know about the FIRs registered elsewhere unless a circular is issued intimating them of offence and suspects. So, unless police is really after the accused, and get orders to search and seize in other districts or provinces the accused may remain at large. [12q]

12.06

The IRB noted that in connection with terrorist-related cases, the same lawyer added: [I]n many terrorism cases (suicide bomb attacks etc.) news of the incident spreads like fire in the jungle. Concerned police often releases sketches of the suspects. Further, in many terrorism cases if [a] FIR is registered against certain recognisable/named person(s) that information should travel beyond the originating district but the police are not efficient, or well resourced. So there can be many lapses even in serious cases. [T]errorism cases are treated more seriously, so to say. And I believe information on terrorism suspects is circulated in other districts of the same province or other provinces more often and quickly. But this does not necessarily mean this is done diligently and efficiently in every case. [12q] See also Judiciary: Anti-terrorism Act and courts

12.07

The IRB continued, with regard to the acquisition of a passport when a FIR had been issued, that: The HRCP Representative explained that, since the registration of FIRs by police is a provincial responsibility and passports are issued by the national government, even a person that was the accused in multiple FIRs would not be barred from obtaining a passport unless the central government had specifically ordered that a passport not be issued to him or her... The Lawyer likewise stated that, if the accused remains at large, an FIR should not be an obstacle to acquiring a passport since [s]omeone accused of a bailable offence can get a protective bail before arrest and, if the case against them is not strong, can seek bail from High Court... [12q]

12.08

On the subject of exit control in Pakistan, the IRB noted in a Response to Information Request dated 19 November 2007 that, following correspondence with a Karachi-based lawyer on 31 October 2007 ... Pakistani citizens who have an FIR [sic] registered against them can still leave Pakistan, and he added that the lodging of [a] FIR by itself does not automatically stop a person from leaving Pakistan. Many FIRs are baseless, bogus and lodged to harass ... opponents but ultimately found frivolous and dismissed.
[12l]

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

83

PAKISTAN See also Exit and return: Passports and Exit Control List (ECL) 12.09

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The International Crisis Group (ICG) reported that on 12 August 2011 President Zardari signed the extension of the Party Political Order (2002) to the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). The ICG noted that the president also reportedly amended the Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR): ... to require that a prisoner be produced before the authorities within 24 hours of arrest, and given the right to bail, something that was previously denied to tribal populations. The president's spokesman said that FCR provisions that allow collective punishment of an entire tribe for crimes committed by a member or on their territory, would be softened -- indicating that perhaps women, children and elderly will be exempt from the collective punishment clause, as proposed in 2009. [20d] See also Judiciary: Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR)

Detention, bail and sentencing


12.10 The USSD Report 2010 noted: Courts appointed attorneys for indigents only in capital cases. Individuals frequently had to pay bribes to visit a prisoner. Foreign diplomats could meet with prisoners when they appeared in court and could usually meet with citizens of their countries in prison visits. The district coordination officer may recommend preventive detention for as long as 90 days to the provincial home department and, with the approval of the Home Department, can extend it for an additional 90 days. The law stipulates that detainees must be brought to trial within 30 days of their arrest. Under both the Hudood Ordinance and standard criminal codes, there are bailable and nonbailable offenses. The Hudood Ordinance was a law enacted in 1979 by the then military ruler Zia-ul-Haq to implement Islamic Sharia law by enforcing punishments mentioned in the Qur'an and Sunnah for zina (extramarital sex), qazf (false accusation of zina), offense against property (theft), and prohibition (the drinking of alcohol). Bail pending trial is required for bailable offenses and permitted at a court's discretion for nonbailable offenses with sentences of less than 10 years. Judges sometimes denied bail at the request of police or the community or upon payment of bribes. In some cases trials did not start until six months after the FIR, and in some cases individuals remained in pretrial detention for periods longer than the maximum sentence for the crime with which they were charged. In detention facilities, individuals frequently had to pay bribes to visit a prisoner. SHARP [Society for Human Rights and Prisoners' Aid] estimated that approximately 55 percent of the prison population was awaiting trial. This situation remained unchanged due to lack of change in the judicial system. The high number of inmates awaiting trial remained a large burden on the country's jails. In some cases detainees were informed promptly of charges brought against them. [3g]
(Section 1d)

12.11

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its report, State of Human Rights 2009 (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, that:

84

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The Supreme Court (CJ [Chief Justice] and five judges) ruled that the prison term of a convict who was allowed the benefit of section 382-B CrPC [Criminal Code of Procedure 382B - Period of detention to be considered while awarding sentence of imprisonment] should be counted from his day of arrest and not from the date of conviction. The court observed that the pre-sentence period a convict spent in prison should not go unaccounted for. It ruled that refusal to allow remission of pre-sentence custody period to a convict, whom the court had granted the benefit of section 382-B CrPC, was tantamount to deprivation of his liberty within the contemplation of the constitution. [27c] (p41) 12.12 The HRCP Report 2010 noted with regards to pre-trial detainees that: Despite the prisons bursting at the seams with detainees, an overwhelming number of the prisoners were jailed not as a result of court decisions but pending or during trial. During a visit to a prison in August [2010], chief justice of the Lahore High Court stated that 50 percent of the detainees in prisons were innocent of the offences they were accused of. An overwhelming majority of the countrys prison population consisted of undertrial prisoners. Of the 12,980 detainees in jails across Sindh, 10,306 were under trial, while 33,809 of the 51,902 detainees in the prisons of Punjab were under trial.
[27e] (p93)

12.13

The USSD Report 2010 noted: Special rules apply to cases brought to court by the National Accountability Bureau (NAB), which under the 2009 NAB Ordinance established courts for corruption cases. Suspects may be detained for 15 days without charge (renewable with judicial concurrence) and, prior to being charged, may be deprived of access to counsel. During the year the NAB rarely exercised this power. All offenses under the NAB are nonbailable, and only the NAB chairman has power to decide whether to release detainees. In 2009 the government removed the NAB's authority to prosecute politicians on new charges... Antiterrorism courts do not grant bail for some charges if the court has reasonable grounds to believe the accused was guilty. In FATA and the less-governed areas of the Provincially Administered Tribal Areas (PATA), security forces may, under the FCR [Frontier Crimes Regulation], restrict the activities of terrorism suspects, seize their assets for up to 48 hours, and detain them for as long as one year without charges. [3g]
(Section 1d)

Convictions in absentia
12.14 The Daily Times noted in an article dated 8 June 2010 that The government contended that convictions in absentia had no place in the Pakistani law, adding that it had been a settled principle of the countrys laws since the inception of the state. Conviction in absentia is contrary to Article 10-A of the constitution, which provides that a person shall be entitled to a fair trial and due process... [55f] One Pakistan News reported on 21 January 2010, that, in a judgement by a 17-member court, ... conviction in absentia was declared void, which was unconstitutional and illegal, adding that it was also against the National Accountability Ordinance (NAO), which provides remedy to such a convict to file appeal. [122a]

12.15

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

85

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

See also Sections: Security forces: Police: Arbitrary Arrest and Detention; Judiciary: Anti-Terrorist Act and Courts; Independence and Fair Trial; Religious Freedom: Legal procedure for blasphemy charges; and Exit Control List
Return to contents Go to sources

13.
13.01

PRISON CONDITIONS
The Foreign Prisoner Support Service, accessed 27 May 2011, noted in its profile of Prisons and Prisoners in Pakistan Prisons, undated, that Prisons are not salubrious places. The common criminal from a poor background is assigned to Class C confinement, with virtually no amenities. Abuse is common. Prisoners of higher social status are assigned to Class B prisons, where conditions are better, and they can procure better food and some amenities from their own pocket. Class A prisons are for prominent offenders. Conjugal visits are not the rule but are allowed in some cases. [105] See paragraph 13.13 for further information on prisoners conjugal rights. The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated that: Prison conditions were often extremely poor and failed to meet international standards. Overcrowding was common, except for the cells of wealthy or influential prisoners. Prisons and detention centers were largely managed by the provincial governments. Human rights groups that surveyed prison conditions found sexual abuse, torture, and prolonged detention prevalent. Prisons in could not be classified as correctional institutions, because the conditions in many of the prisons are so inhumane that criminals often leave more hardened than before their arrest. [3g] (Section 1c)

13.02

13.03

Human Rights and Democracy, The 2010 Foreign and Commonwealth Office Report, published 31 March 2011, stated: At the end of 2010 the prison system was operating at 194% capacity, with more than two-thirds of all detainees in pre-trial detention, detained for months or years before facing trial. Most detainees endured harsh, basic conditions and limited recourse to legal aid. In 2010 efforts were made by the government of Pakistan to segregate vulnerable prisoners by reducing the number of juveniles in detention and placing women in female-only detention centres. However, a lack of reliable data makes it difficult to assess the extent to which these efforts have been successful.The president has also led efforts to improve the conditions for those convicted or awaiting trial for capital offences. The current government claimed to have released all political prisoners which numbered in their hundreds during the Musharraf era but there is limited objective evidence available to support such statements. There is no effective national policy towards managing the increasing numbers of detainees. [11r] (Section VII:
Human Rights in Countries of Concern: Pakistan, Prison and detention issues)

13.04

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: The harsh conditions of detention in Pakistani prisons remained unchanged during the year under review. Overcrowding, poor healthcare facilities, corruption, torture and a failure to consider alternatives to custodial detention remained the biggest challenges... Overcrowding added to the problems of both prisoners and jail staff. According to

86

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

statistics provided by prison authorities from the four provinces at the end of 2010, there were 91 jails and juvenile detention centers in Pakistan with an authorised capacity to hold 42,617 prisoners. However, the actual number of people detained in these prisons was 75,586 as on December 31. (p92-93) The report added In almost all prisons across the country, medical care for detainees remained lacking, often on account of insufficient allocation of funds. No systematic mechanism was in place for screening of detainees for communicable diseases or for vaccination. [27e] (p94) 13.05 The HRCP Report 2010 provided a breakdown of the numbers of prisons in each province, their sanctioned capacity, and the actual number of detainees: Balochistan Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa Punjab Sindh Total
[27e] (p93)

Prisons 12 22 32 25 91

Capacity 2,658 7,982 21,527 10,450 42,617

Prisoners 2,565 8,139 51,902 2,934 75,586

13.06 13.07

The same source also provided a breakdown of the number of detainees in individual prisons across the provinces. [27e] (p109-112) The HRCP Report 2010 observed Detainees in several prisons lodged protests over abysmal conditions of detention and the slow pace of their trials, often by observing hunger strikes and holding demonstrations. At time prison guards and police used force to end rioting in prisons. Hunger strikes, protests and riots by detainees were reported from prisons in Khairpur, Hyderabad, Sanghar, Sukkur, Lakki Marwat, Peshawar, Dera Ghazi Khan, Lahore and Faisalabad. [27e] (p94) The USSD Report 2010 noted that: The International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) reported great difficulties in accessing detention sites, in particular those holding security-related detainees. In midyear the ICRC suspended prison visits in Punjab, as access to detainees was no longer conducive to ICRC working modalities. Despite ongoing dialogue with the government, ICRC visits were not authorized in any detention sites in the provinces most affected by violence, namely KP [Khyber Pakhtunkwa], FATA [Federally Administered Tribal Areas], and Balochistan. The governments of Sindh, Gilgit-Baltistan, and Pakistan-administered Kashmir permitted the ICRC to conduct independent monitoring in civil prisons. ICRC delegates made confidential reports on their findings and offered recommendations to authorities and, where relevant, initiated water-sanitation improvement projects. [3g]
(Section 1c)

13.08

13.09

The US Department of State July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF Report 2010), published 13 September 2011, cited that, at times, religious minorities were reportedly abused by law enforcement personnel whilst in their custody. Furthermore: Police reportedly tortured and mistreated those in custody on religious charges and were accused of at least one extrajudicial killing in a blasphemy case. For example, on September 16, 2009, a young Christian man, Robert Fanish, who had been accused of blasphemy, died while in police custody. The case prompted widespread media

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

87

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

attention, and several human rights groups asserted that he had been killed extrajudicially. Christian and Ahmadiyya communities claimed their members were more likely to be abused. Non-Muslim prisoners generally were accorded poorer facilities than Muslim inmates. [3l] (Section II: Abuses of Religious Freedom) 13.10 The HRCP Report 2010 recorded that In 2010, as many as 72 prisoners died in prisons across the country, many in clashes with fellow prisoners, while some were killed by prison guards following riots. At least 38 prisoners died of various diseases in prisons. As many as 157 detainees were injured in prisons during the year, both in clashes with fellow prisoners and during prisons authorities measures to control rioting prisoners. As many as 27 cases of torture in prison were reported by the media during the year, although in at least some of the cases the detainees were tortured by fellow prisoners. [27e] (p97) 13.11 Regarding religious freedom in prison, the HRCP Report 2009, published February 2010, stated that: During the visits, the HRCP teams found that Muslim prisoners were generally facilitated with regard to their religious practices. It was learned that there are 25 mosques at Karachi Central Prison. Though non-Muslim prisoners were generally allowed worship in accordance with their religious beliefs there was no specific place of worship for them at any of the prisons visited. Jails authorities had no provision or instructions to cater to dietary needs of religious minorities. However, the HRCP reported that some prison staff catered to prisoners needs out of goodwill. [27c] (p92) 13.12 The same report noted that In January [2009], Adiala jail became the first prison in the country to have a church on its premises. The jail authorities had provided land for the church and the local Christian community provided the Rs [Rupees] 1.2 million needed for constructing the building for around 250 Christian prisoners in the jail. [27c] (p99) See also Section: Christians 13.13 On conjugal rights in prison, the HRCP Report 2010 noted: In May [2010], the Sindh Home Department issued a notification allowing any prisoner serving a prison term of that exceeded five years to keep his or her spouse with them for one night every three months. Special rooms were to be constructed for this purpose. Prisoners were required to submit a copy of their marriage certificate at the time of conviction. Those convicted on charges of terrorism and anti-state activities were not entitled to such visits. Under-trial prisoners were also not included. Promises made for similar initiatives by other provincial governments did not materialise. [27e]
(p97)

13.14

With regards to female prisoners, the HRCP Report 2010 recorded at least 931 women detainees in prisons across the country. (p208) The report noted: Female detainees faced almost all the problems suffered by male prisoners, and often their problems were extenuated on account of their gender. Minor children of female prisoners were often kept with them in prisons because they had no other relatives able or willing to care for them.

88

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Of the 121 women prisoners in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, 42 were convicted and 79 under trial. Out of 671 female prisoners in Punjab, 427 were under trial and 244 convicted. Twenty of the convicted female prisoners were death penalty convicts. In Sindh, out of 118 women prisoners, 90 were under trial. [27e] (p96) 13.15 The Freedom House report Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011, published 26 July 2011, stated Feudal landlords, tribal groups, and some militant groups operate private jails where detainees are regularly maltreated.Progress on creating an official human rights body empowered to investigate cases and redress grievances has been slow, and while a number of cases are investigated and some prosecutions do occur, impunity for human rights abuses remains the norm. [5a] For information on prison conditions for children see: Children, subsection Judicial and penal rights
Return to contents Go to sources

14.
14.01

DEATH PENALTY
Pakistan retains the death penalty for ordinary crimes (Amnesty International, Death Penalty: Abolitionist and Retentionist Countries, accessed 18 November 2010) [13c], including murder, blasphemy, arms trading, drug trafficking, armed robbery, stripping a woman of her clothes in public, extra-marital sex and rape. (Human Rights Watch, Enforcing the International Prohibition on the Juvenile Death Penalty, 30 May 2008) [7d] (p16) The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2009, Pakistan, (USSD Report 2009), published 11 March 2010, added The penal code calls for the death sentence or life imprisonment for anyone who blasphemes the Prophet Muhammad. [3b] (Section 2c) The Foreign and Commonwealth Office Human Rights Annual Report 2008 (FCO Annual Report 2008), published 26 March 2009, stated that The majority of condemned prisoners are those convicted under trials that do not comply with minimum standards. Pakistan sanctions the death penalty for 27 offences, most of which go beyond the scope of the expression used in the ICCPR [International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights] as most serious crimes. [11e] (p154) The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that Although no death penalty convict was executed in the country in 2010 amid an informal moratorium, the government did not take any concrete measures to fulfil its promises of abolishing the death penalty. The continued award of death sentence increased the number of death row prisoners in the country. [27e] (p92) The USSD Report 2009 stated In August [2009] President Zardari issued a decree making Internet crimes punishable by execution or life imprisonment if they caused the death of a person; the decree raised the total number of capital offenses to 28. [3b]
(Section 1c)

14.02

14.03

14.04

On 12 August 2011, BBC News reported that a paramilitary soldier convicted of killing an unarmed teenager in Karachi, in June 2011, was sentenced to death. Six other people were sentenced to life imprisonment for their involvement in the killing. [35j] See also Security forces: Extrajudicial killings

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

89

PAKISTAN 14.05

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The USSD Report 2010 observed On October 11, the HRCP criticized the torture and humiliation of several death row prisoners at the Singh District prison. Three prisoners allegedly were stripped naked and were not allowed to urinate for hours, despite being forced to drink several liters of water. The HRCP brought this incident to the attention of the Punjab prison chief but never received a response. [3g] (Section 1c) The HRCP Report 2010 stated that According to data at HRCP, from newspapers, 356 persons were sentenced to death in 232 cases during 2010. Seven of them were women. (p68) The report also added that A Larkana Addl Sessions Judge sentenced a Supervising Police Officer (SPO) of Ghotki to death and two other police functionaries to imprisonment for three years. They were convicted of the charge of breaking into the house of a villager and killing one man and wounding two other persons. The police had described the incident as an encounter. (p69) By the end of 2010 there were around 8,000 prisoners on death row. [27e] (p100) Reporting on the more than 8,000 prisoners facing the death sentence, the Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) reported on 15 March 2011 that some have been on death row for 20 years. Despite the number having risen from 5,447 in 2005 there has been no increase in the capacity of Pakistans prisons. [52c] The Asian Human Rights Commission report, The State of Human Rights in Pakistan: 2010 (AHRC Report 2010), published February 2010, added that the Pakistan government ...has been unable to commute these death sentences because of strong resistance from powerful groups such as the higher judiciary and the military. [52e] (p198) Amnesty International (AI) noted in its annual Report 2010, published 28 May 2010, that: Promises made in 2008 to commute all death sentences to life imprisonment remained unfulfilled. In September [2009], President Zardari called on provincial governments to submit recommendations on commuting the death penalty to prison terms of 24 to 30 years. On 31 August, the Supreme Court suspended an order passed by the Lahore High Court in April under which death sentences would not be imposed on women and juveniles in narcotics cases. [13d] (p253, Death penalty)

14.06

14.07

14.08

14.09

14.10

However, the USSD Report 2010 stated: In 2009 the Muslim colleagues of a Christian woman, Aasia Bibi, accused her of blasphemy after a dispute at work. Police arrested Bibi, and she was denied bail under the blasphemy laws. In November [2010] Bibi was sentenced to death for her crime, becoming the first woman sentenced to death for blasphemy. The verdict in the case touched off a massive debate within the country about the blasphemy laws, with religious extremists calling for her execution and more moderate voices calling for her pardon or an appeal to the guilty verdict. At year's end Bibi was awaiting her appeal to the Lahore High Court. [3g] (Section 1e) See also Freedom of Religion: Christians and Freedom of speech and media

14.11

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its report, State of Human Rights in 2009 (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, that:

90

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

On April 21, the Shariat Appellate Bench of the Supreme Court rejected an appeal against the Federal Shariat Court [FSC] judgement that had held that death was the only punishment for blasphemy. The appeal had been filed 18 years earlier. The Shariat Appellate bench of the Supreme Court upheld the FSC verdict to the effect that in Hudood cases the President/Governor had no authority to commute or cancel sentences and dismissed Federations 18-year old appal [sic]. [27c] (p46)
Return to contents Go to sources

15.

POLITICAL AFFILIATION

FREEDOM OF POLITICAL EXPRESSION


15.01 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, noted that: The law provides the majority of citizens with the right to change their government peacefully, and the country held national and provincial elections in 2008 that brought opposition parties to power. Gilgit-Baltistan, Azad Kashmir, and FATA had different political systems, and of these only FATA had representation in the national parliament. Under the 18th amendment to the constitution, adopted in April, the president's power to dissolve parliament was relinquished and shifted to the prime minister. Residents of Gilgit-Baltistan did not have representation in the national parliament. In September 2009 President Zardari signed the Gilgit-Baltistan Empowerment and SelfGovernance Order, under which the portions of the country known as the Northern Areas were afforded attributes of a province and renamed Gilgit-Baltistan (although still without parliamentary representation). Residents of FATA were represented in the national parliament but did not have a voice in federal decision-making over the tribal areas, an authority that belongs to the president. Tribal residents did not have the right to change their local government, since unelected civil bureaucrats nominally ran the tribal agencies. The elected councils in FATA, set up in 2007 to provide local representation within the tribal areas, have not been given an active role in governing the tribal areas. The Political Parties Act does not apply to FATA, and no political party can legally campaign or operate an office there. In March Prime Minister Gilani announced the government's intention to extend the act to FATA after peace is restored there; by year's end he had not signed the necessary order. Some political parties asserted that this prohibition on political party activity was void because religious-based parties openly campaigned in FATA, despite the law. Azad Kashmir did not have representation in the national parliament. Azad Kashmir has an interim constitution, an elected unicameral assembly, a prime minister, and a president who is elected by the assembly. Both the president and legislators serve fiveyear terms. Of the 49 assembly seats, 41 are filled through direct elections, and eight are reserved seats (five for women and one each for representatives of overseas Kashmiris, technocrats, and religious leaders). However, the federal government exercises considerable control over the structures of government and electoral politics. Its approval is required to pass legislation, and the federal minister for Kashmir affairs exercises significant influence over daily administration and the budget. The Kashmir Council, composed of federal officials and Kashmiri assembly members and chaired by
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 91

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

the federal prime minister, also holds some executive, legislative, and judicial powers. The military retains a guiding role on issues of politics and governance. Those who do not support Azad Kashmir's accession to the country were barred from the political process, government employment, and educational institutions. They were also subject to surveillance, harassment, and sometimes imprisonment by security services. The 2006 legislative elections in Azad Kashmir were marred by allegations of rigging. [3g]
(Section 3)

15.02

The HRCP Report 2010 observed that the people of the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA): ... remained at the mercy of extremist mercenaries and warlords posing as warriors of Islam. The people of the region have been denied the opportunity for political activities, the establishment of a democratic dispensation and of the local bodies system. On August 14, 2009, President Asif Zardari had announced a reform package for FATA. Some important components of the package were: extension of the Political Parties Order to FATA; curtailment of the powers of political agents; exclusion of women and children from the Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR) provision for collective responsibility; and creation of an appellate tribunal to hear appeals against decisions under the FCR. Until the end of 2010, the government did not implement those measures apparently because of resistance from some elements in FATA and the military establishment. This was despite the fact that a large number of political parties had agreed to the urgent need for implementing political and legal reforms in the tribal areas. [27e] (p178) See also Judiciary: Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR)

15.03

The USSD Report 2010 added, with with regards to the 2008 elections, that: In 2008 the country held national parliamentary elections that brought former opposition parties into a coalition government led by the PPP [Pakistan Peoples Party] under the leadership of Prime Minister Syed Yousuf Gilani. The elections were postponed multiple times, the last time due to the assassination of PPP leader Benazir Bhutto in 2007. In the 2008 indirect presidential election, Asif Ali Zardari, the widower of Bhutto, became president, succeeding Pervez Musharraf, who had resigned. The broad coalition government was dissolved in 2009, leaving the PPP to govern with a smaller majority in league with several partners. For the 2008 elections, the Election Commission of Pakistan (ECP) reportedly accredited approximately 25,000 domestic observers, the majority of whom were from the Free and Fair Election Network (FAFEN). The EU and Democracy International also observed. In 2008, for the first time in the country's history, the ECP released the certified results of the elections broken down by polling station, a step toward greater transparency. The government permitted all existing political parties to contest the elections; although several boycotted, the largest parties participated. [3g] (Section 3)

15.04

IHS Janes Sentinel Security Assessment noted in its section on Internal Affairs for Pakistan, updated 24 March 2011, that More than 120 political parties applied to the Election Commission of Pakistan (ECP) for allocation of election symbols in the

92

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

elections of 2008 and 61 parties actually fielded candidates. However, only 10 parties succeeded in winning seats in the National Assembly. [1a] (Political parties) 15.05 The US Department of States July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF Report 2010), published 13 September 2011, stated that: The government did not restrict the formation of political parties based on a particular religious group, religious belief, or interpretation of religious doctrine. The government monitored the activities of various Islamist parties and affiliated clergy due to prior links to terrorist and extremist organizations. There were reserved seats for religious minority members in both the national and provincial assemblies. The seats were allocated to the political parties on a proportional basis determined by their overall representation in the assembly. The national assembly has 13 members of minority religious groups, 10 of whom hold reserved seats for minorities and three of whom hold reserved seats for women. As part of the 18th Amendment, the senate has four reserved seats for religious minorities, one from each province. Reserved seats for minorities also existed in the provincial assemblies: three in KPk, eight in Punjab, nine in Sindh, and three in Balochistan. Minorities were represented in the local government system with a minimum of one seat per zila, tehsil, and union council, as stipulated under the provincial Local Government Ordinances. During the year Balochistan Province passed the Local Government Act that implements a policy of religious minority representation based on population, with a minimum of two seats. [3l] (Section II: Legal/Policy Framework) 15.06 The HRCP Report 2010 noted that: At the end of 2010, in the 342-member National Assembly, the PPP [Pakistan Peoples Party] had 127 members, the PML-N 90 [Pakistan Muslim League Nawaz], MQM 25 [Muttahida Qaumi Movement], ANP 13 [Awami National Party], JUI-F eight [Jamiat-eUlema Islam Maulana Fazal ur-Rehman], the PML-Q 50 [Pakistan Muslim League Quaid-e-Azam], although half of them had defected to from [sic] a Like-Minded Group. Nineteen members were not affiliated with any party. At the end of 2010, the PPP Parliamentarian was the largest party in the 100-member Senate, the upper house of parliament, with 27 members, while the PML-Q was the second largest group with 22 members. The PML-N had seven members, JUI-F 13, MQM and ANP six each, BNPAwami and Jamaat-e-Islami three each, National Party two and Jamhoori Watan Party, PPP-Shaheed Bhutto, PPP-Sherpao, and PKMAP had one member each. [27e] (p191) 15.07 The USSD Report 2010 cited: Security services and feudal landlords intimidated voters and political parties throughout the country, according to FAFEN [Free and Fair Election Network]. In particular, observers noted that some police pressured candidates and political party workers by threatening to register cases against them. Police often reportedly did not allow rallies for opposition parties and pressured individuals to vote for certain parties. FAFEN documented cases in which intelligence services pressured candidates to withdraw. [3g] (Section 3) 15.08 On elections in Gilgil Baltistan, the USSD Report 2010 noted: The first elections in Gilgit Baltistan were held in November 2009 for a 24-member legislative assembly, with the PPP winning the majority of the votes. Syed Mehdi Shah of the PPP was chosen as the first-ever chief minister, replacing direct rule by the
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 93

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

federal government. According to a preelection analysis by FAFEN, government interference, weak administration, procedural irregularities, and erroneous voter lists affected the election results. Although the election was largely peaceful, two persons were killed and at least 40 were injured in several incidents of violence. On March 23, Shama Khalid took the oath as governor of Gilgit-Baltistan, becoming the country's second-ever female governor of a province; however, she died from cancer on September 15. [3g] (Section 3) See Political system and Freedom of speech and media
Return to contents Go to sources

FREEDOM OF ASSOCIATION AND ASSEMBLY


15.09 15.10 The USSD Report 2010 noted that The law provides for freedom of assembly and freedom of association, subject to restrictions imposed by law. [3b] (Section 2b) On the right to assemble, the same source observed that: Although the constitution provides for this right, in practice the government placed selective restrictions on the right to assemble. By law district authorities can prevent gatherings of more than four persons without police authorization. Under the criminal procedure code, the government can place a ban on all kinds of rallies and processions, except funeral processions, based on security considerations. There were reports that police beat demonstrators and shelled them with tear gas. For example, on May 27 [2010], police charged teachers protesting in front of the Governors House in Karachi, Sindh, resulting in injury to approximately 30 persons and dozens of arrests. Ahmadis also were prohibited from holding conferences or gatherings. [3g] (Section 2b) 15.11 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: Use of force by the police and attacks by militants impinged on the citizens right to freedom of assembly during the year under review. Police clashes with protesting citizens, often over extended electricity outages, became the order of the day during 2010. During the year, HRCP recorded 72 incidents of the use of force against the protesters in which 34 people lost their lives when police opened fire at the protesters and around 300 people suffered injuries on account of tear-gas shelling and baton charge by the police. At least 67 policemen sustained injuries in clashes with the protesters. The extremists attacks on religious congregations and political meetings, especially in the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province, constituted a major threat to the freedom of assembly. As many as 23 people lost their lives in what the police called a suicide blast, targeting a meeting by the religious political party Jamaat-e-Islami in Peshawar on April 19. At least 27 people suffered injuries. Violence and apprehension of violence by the militants in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa made it almost impossible for civil society and political parties to carry out their public activities and hold public meetings in the province. Elsewhere in the country also, religious gatherings by Shia and Barelvi sects were held under strict security arrangements, including monitoring by helicopters, because of the
94 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

threat posed by the sectarian militants. Many such gatherings were actually targeted by militants. [27e] (p153-154) 15.12 15.13 The HRCP Report 2010 provided a number of examples of curbs on peoples rights to assembly during 2010. [27e] (p156-168) On freedom of association, the USSD Report 2010 noted The constitution provides for the right of association subject to restrictions imposed by law. According to the Ministry of Social Welfare and Special Education, there were more than 100,000 NGOs [nongovernmental organisations] working in the country; however, due to the fragmented legal and regulatory framework, the exact number of NGOs was not known. [3g] (Section
2b)

15.14

The HRCP Report 2010 stated: The main threat to the freedom of association in 2010 came from non-state actors largely from the militants up in arms against moderate and democratic elements and at times in the form of political violence. The authorities failed to stamp out the activities of the banned extremist organisations and the violence perpetrated by them. The groups and organisations that did not subscribe to the militants version of religion remained under attack, mainly in Balochistan, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). Moreover, the state failed to create an enabling environment for the weak, the poor and the vulnerable sections of society, including workers and students, to form collective bodies for the protection and attainment of their legitimate interests. [27e] (p172)

OPPOSITION GROUPS AND POLITICAL ACTIVISTS


15.15 The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report, published 26 July 2011, observed that: The 2008 parliamentary elections were not completely free and fair. A European Union observer mission noted the abuse of state resources and media, inaccuracies in the voter rolls, and rigging of the vote tallies in some areas. Opposition party workers faced police harassment, and more than 100 people were killed in political violence during the campaign period. However, private media and civil society groups played a significant watchdog role, and despite the irregularities, the balloting led to an orderly rotation of power that reflected the will of the people. [5a] 15.16 The HRCP Report 2010 observed: The federal government banned five Baloch organisations including the Baloch Liberation Army (BLA), Baloch Liberation Front (BLF), Baloch Republican Army (BRA), Lashkar-e-Balochistan (LB) and Baloch Musalla Difa Organization. Interior Minister Rheman Malik said the five organisations were involved in suicide attacks, rocket attacks and killing of innocent people. He said no organisation using the name of army or lashkar would be allowed to work in the province and the security forces would launch targetted operation[s] against them. He said the State Bank of Pakistan had been asked to freeze the accounts of these organisations. Baloch separatist organisations often did not allow civil society outfits and non-Baloch political parties to freely carry out their activities in the province. [27e] (p178) See also Security Situation and Annex B: Political organisations
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 95

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Politically motivated violence


15.17 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: Political violence in Karachi took a heavy toll on human lives. The killing of 237 political activists in the city in 2010 demonstrated the risks activists faced on account of their affiliation with political parties. Threats from extremist militants to political leaders and activists also remained great in FATA and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KPK). In the year under review, at least 20 political leaders and activists of various political parties were assassinated in target killings and bomb blasts in FATA and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. Leaders of the Awami National Party (ANP), the partys activists and their relatives faced threats because of the partys support for the anti-Taliban military action. [27e]
(p172)

15.18

Specifically on Karachi, the HRCP Report 2010 noted: Violence, both political and otherwise, also remained a regular feature of Karachi, which saw more than 750 people killed in target killings. Around 200 of the victims belonged to different political parties active in the city. The violence included tit-for-tat killings believed to have been carried out by militant wings of political parties in apparent turf wars. The governments policy of appeasement did not allow it to crack down on the perpetrators of violence and bring them to justice. Throughout the year violence including targeted killings kept breaking out in the city with little warning amid the complete inability of the state to identify or apprehend the perpetrators. [27e] (p186)

15.19

Cable News Network (CNN) reported on 27 June 2011 that, for the second time this year, the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) had left Pakistans ruling coalition government. The report noted: MQM announced plans to remove its ministers from the federal Cabinet and sit in opposition to the ruling Pakistan Peoples Party in Parliament and provincial assemblies. The MQM announced the governor of Sindh province, who is a party member, will also submit his resignation to the president. In a speech broadcast live on Pakistani television, MQM leader Farooq Sattar said his party decided to split with the ruling party because of the governments failure to crack down on violence against its supporters in Karachi and differences over regional elections held last week in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. [75a]

15.20

The Express Tribune reported on 6 July 2011 that the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) expressed on 5 July 2011 its ... grave concerns over deteriorating law and order in Karachi, particularly the rising trend of target killings. [92b] In its analysis of the security situation in Karachi, BBC News reported on 8 July 2011: Karachi is arguably one of South Asia's most violent cities. It is not only the largest city and port of Pakistan, but also a major industrial and commercial centre. The city is plagued by extortion rackets, land-grab mafia and armed groups fighting turf wars for their share of its resources. The level of violence this week has not been seen for years. Targeted killings and drive-by shootings are widely blamed on armed gangs linked to the city's main political parties.

15.21

96

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

There were always fears that with last week's resignation from the government by the city's main political party - the MQM [Muttahida Qaumi Movement] - increased violence and instability would bring Pakistan's economic capital to a grinding halt. [35i] 15.22 The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) reported in its South Asia Intelligence Review (SAIR), dated 11 July 2011, that At least 114 persons were killed in just five days of violence, commencing July 5, 2011, in Karachi. Unidentified assailants on a shooting spree in several neighbourhoods in Pakistans commercial hub, killed 14 persons on July 5; another 25 on July 6; 36 on July 7; 35 on July 8; and 4 on July 9. [61f] (Volume 10,
No. 1)

15.23

The SAIR added: The current spate of killings in Karachi principally resulted from clashes between MQM and PPPs [Pakistan Peoples Party] ally, Awami National Party (ANP), drawing a line of blood between the 45 per cent of Urdu speaking Mohajirs in the city, on whose behalf the MQM claims to act; and the ANP, representing the citys 25 per cent Pashtun population. [The remaining 30 per cent comprise Punjabis, Sindhis, Balochs, etc.] [61f] (Volume 10, No. 1) The Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) stated, in its November 2010 Country Report on Pakistan, that: The violence stems from political considerations, as well as Karachis fragile ethnic balance. In recent years perhaps as many as 3.5m Pashtuns have moved to the city, either for the economic opportunities available in Pakistans commercial hub or to escape conflict in other areas of the country (such as the north-west, where the military has been engaged in counter-terrorism operations). The catastrophic flooding of August-September [2010] is likely to have encouraged further migration into Karachi, further upsetting the ethnic mix. [2d] (The Political Scene)

15.24

15.25

The EIU added that: The Pashtuns are mostly represented by the moderate Awami National Party (ANP). The Muttahida Quami Movement (MQM), a political party representing the Urduspeaking descendants of refugees who left India at independence in 1947, governs the city. The MQM has long been accused of encouraging violence against Pashtuns to consolidate its grip on power in the city. Despite the increasingly strained relations between the ANP and the MQM as a result of the killings in Karachi, both parties are important allies of the Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP) in the Sindh provincial government and the federal parliament. [2d] (Political Scene)

15.26

The USSD Report 2010 also cited that: On some university campuses in Karachi, armed groups of students, most commonly associated with the All Pakistan Mutahidda Students Organization (affiliated with the MQM) and the Islami Jamiat Talaba (affiliated with Jamaat-e-Islam,), clashed with and intimidated other students, instructors, and administrators over issues such as language, syllabus content, examination policies, grades, doctrines, and dress. These groups frequently influenced the hiring of staff, admissions to universities, and sometimes the use of institutional funds. They generally achieved such influence through a combination of protest rallies, control of campus media, and threats of mass violence. In response university authorities prohibited political activity on many campuses, but the ban had limited effect. [3g] (Section 2a)

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

97

PAKISTAN See also Ethnic groups Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM)

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Return to contents Go to sources

16.
16.01

FREEDOM OF SPEECH AND MEDIA


Freedom Houses Freedom of the Press report Map of Press Freedom Pakistan 2010, published 1 October 2010, noted Media freedom in Pakistan remained constrained by official attempts to restrict critical reporting and by the high level of violence against journalists. The constitution and other legislation, such as the Official Secrets Act, authorize the government to curb freedom of speech on subjects including the constitution itself, the armed forces, the judiciary, and religion. Harsh blasphemy laws have occasionally been used to suppress the media. [5e] The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, noted: The law provides for freedom of speech and of the press, and the government respected these rights in practice. Citizens generally were free to criticize the government publicly or privately without reprisal; however, they were restricted when criticizing the military. The government impeded criticism by monitoring political activity and controlling the media, and security forces at times harassed journalists. There were instances of the government shutting down private television channels and blocking certain media outlets from broadcasting. Journalists and their families were arrested, beaten, kidnapped, and intimidated by militants and criminal elements, leading many to practice self-censorship. [3g] (Section 2a)

16.02

16.03

Freedom House ranked Pakistan 134 out of 196 countries in its Freedom of the Press 2010 Table of Global Press Freedom Rankings, published 30 September 2010, covering 2009 events. (Tables and Charts) Freedom House rated Pakistans press freedom status as Not free and stated that media freedom ... remained constrained by official attempts to restrict critical reporting and by the high level of violence against journalists. (Map of Press Freedom Pakistan 2010) [5d] Reporters Without Borders ranked Pakistan 151 out of 178 countries in its Press Freedom Index 2010, stating that the low ranking was attributed to Islamist extremism. Suicide bombings and abductions make working as a journalist an increasingly dangerous occupation in this area of South Asia. [23a] The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: Violence against journalists and threats and intimidation of media workers and organizations continued in the country in the year under review. These threats and violence came from both state and non-state actors and were not confined to the countrys conflict-hit areas... In addition to threats and attacks by state functionaries, journalists were also threatened and targeted by non-state actors, including insurgents, militants and lawyers. Extremist militants, mainly the Taliban in conflict-areas, threatened local reporters of the print and electronic media organisations to secure favourable coverage. [27e] (p139-140)

16.04

16.05

98

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 16.06

PAKISTAN

The USSD July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF Report 2010), published 13 September 2011, observed, in particular with regard to religion and the blasphemy laws, that: Freedom of speech was subject to reasonable restrictions in the interest of the glory of Islam, as stipulated in sections 295(a), (b), and (c) of the penal code. The consequences for contravening the country's blasphemy laws were death for defiling Islam or its prophets; life imprisonment for defiling, damaging, or desecrating the Qur'an; and 10 years' imprisonment for insulting another's religious feelings. Some individuals brought charges under these laws to settle personal scores or to intimidate vulnerable Muslims, sectarian opponents, and religious minorities. Under the AntiTerrorism Act (ATA), any action, including speech, intended to incite religious hatred was punishable by up to seven years' imprisonment. In cases in which a minority group claimed its religious feelings were insulted, the blasphemy laws were rarely enforced, and cases were rarely brought to the legal system. A 2005 law required that a senior police official investigate any blasphemy charge before a complaint was filed. This law was not uniformly enforced. [3l] (Section II: Legal Policy/Framework)

16.07

The USSD Report 2010 added that The government continued to restrict and censor some published material. Foreign books needed to pass government censors before being reprinted, but there were no reports of book bans during the year. Books and magazines could be imported freely but were subject to censorship for objectionable sexual or religious content. Obscene literature, a category the government defined broadly, was subject to seizure. [3g] (Section 2a) The BBCs Country Profile: Pakistan (Media), updated on 4 April 2011, observed that: Television is the dominant medium, and there are around 50 private channels. The overwhelming majority of viewers receive them via cable. There are no private, terrestrial stations. More than 100 private FM radio stations have been licensed. They are not allowed to broadcast their own news programmes. Scores of unlicensed FM stations are said to operate in the tribal areas of North-West Frontier Province. They are usually operated by clerics. Some of them are accused of fanning sectarian tension. The government uses legal and constitutional powers to curb press freedom. Private TV news channels were closed under a state of emergency in late 2007, and the law on blasphemy has been used against journalists... Pakistan's press is among the most outspoken in South Asia, although its influence is limited by a literacy level of around 50%. [35c] (Media)

16.08

16.09

On internet usage, the Freedom House report Freedom on the Net 2011, published 18 April 2011, noted that, according to International Telecommunications Union (ITU) statistics, as of 2009 the number of internet users in Pakistan was an estimated 20.4 million, with a greater percentage accessing the internet via mobile phones. [5g] (p2) However, the Internet Service Providers Association of Pakistan (ISPAK) estimated a far lower number of internet users at only ten million. [106a] (Internet facts, updated 11 February
2011)

16.10

16.11

The Freedom on the Net 2011 report went on to say that access to various websites, including YouTube, Flickr and Facebook, had been blocked in the past by either government order or court decisions on account of their blasphemous content.
99

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

However, it appeared that some restrictions were a result of politically motivated censorship. At the end of 2010 most internet services were accessible although some online content remained blocked. (p4-5) In contrast, some Islamic militant groups posted comments inciting violence against, in particular, Ahmadis, with few restrictions. [5g] (p8) See also Freedom of religion: Ahmadis 16.12 The Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) reported in its Attacks on the Press in 2010: Pakistan, published 15 February 2011, that: Pakistani media were critical of the government's handling of catastrophic summer flooding but reserved their harshest judgment for the president, who continued a trip to Britain and France even as flood waters rose. In response, the president's Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP) organized demonstrations against Geo and ARY television, two stations that took the lead in the criticism. The stations were forced off the air in Karachi and much of Sindh province for days after PPP activists severed cable connections. PPP supporters also resorted to sometimes-violent demonstrations outside the offices of the stations and their cable distributors. [74a] See also Humanitarian issues 16.13 The USSD Report 2010 noted: The independent media were active. Previously unreported events, such as persecution of minorities, were covered; however, the media faced some restrictions. There were numerous independent English and Urdu daily and weekly newspapers and magazines. The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting controlled and managed the country's primary wire service, the Associated Press of Pakistan, the official carrier of government and international news to the local media. The NGO Intermedia reported that the state broadcaster, Pakistan Television (PTV), did not operate under the purview of the law and benefitted from a monopoly on broadcast license fees. The military had its own media monitoring wing, Inter Services Public Relations. The few small, privately owned wire services and privately owned media outfits generally practiced self-censorship, especially on news reports involving the military. To publish within Azad Kashmir, owners of newspapers and periodicals had to obtain permission from the Kashmir Council and the Ministry of Kashmir Affairs. The government-owned and government-controlled PTV and Pakistan Broadcasting Corporation operated radio stations throughout the country. The Pakistan Electronic Media Regulatory Authority Ordinance did not extend to FATA or the PATA, and independent radio stations were allowed to broadcast in FATA with the permission of FATA Secretariat. Foreign magazines and newspapers were available, while international press agencies maintained in-country correspondents who operated freely, although some had difficulty receiving journalist visas. There were few restrictions on international media, with the important exception of a complete blockade of Indian television news channels. Private cable and satellite channels broadcast domestic news and were critical of the government, despite some self-censorship. Private radio stations existed in major cities, but their licenses prohibited news programming. Some channels evaded this restriction by discussing news in talk shows. International radio broadcasts, including the BBC and

100

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

the Voice of America, were available, but sometimes were shut down for periods of time by the Pakistan Electronic Media Regulatory Authority (PEMRA). [3g] (Section 2a) 16.14 The same report added: In December 2009 the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting issued PEMRA Rules 2009, which contained regulations regarding television channels and a code of conduct for media channels as well as cable operators. The broadcasters asserted that the language of the broadcast laws had been kept vague, leading to instances of abuse and arbitrary broadcast restrictions by PEMRA. According to a September 20 [2010] PEMRA press release, PEMRA has undertaken a series of crackdown against cable operators relaying channels that are not in consonance with PEMRA Laws. This action is in addition to the 50 cable networks seized by PEMRA Authority last week on account of similar violation (unlicensed and unauthorized channels). In the month of August alone, PEMRA shut down 43 television channels that did not comply with the rules. [3g]
(Section 2a)

16.15

The HRCP Report 2010 stated: The National Assemblys Standing Committee on Information and Broadcasting in February decided to present a draft of proposed amendments to Pakistan Electronic MediaAuthority (Amendment) Bill 2007 to the prime minister. The information minister vowed to abolish the November 2007 changes in the law at the time. Prime Minister Yusuf Raza Gilani had promised on the floor of the house that all amendments made in the 2002 PEMRA law on November 3, 2007 would be abolished. But the promises remained just that until the end of the year as the proposed changes could not be adopted. [27e] (p148)

16.16

The USSD IRF Report 2010 added The government does not restrict religious publishing in general; however, the sale of Ahmadi religious literature was banned. The law prohibited publishing any criticism of Islam or its prophets or insults to another's religious beliefs. [3l] (Section II: Legal Policy/Framework) See also Death Penalty Further information on Pakistans media, its freedom, regulatory framework, and differenct media groups, can be found in the Initiative for Peacebuilding report, Media and Governance in Pakistan: A controversial yet essential relationship, dated October 2010. [107a]
Return to contents Go to sources

JOURNALISTS
16.17 The HRCP Report 2010 noted that: Killing of journalists at the hands of militants and government agents have not been a rarity in Pakistan. But in the year under review [2010], journalists increasingly found themselves exposed to risks to their lives simply on account of covering news, and the risks were no longer confined to the countrys conflict-hit areas... According to figures compiled by HRCP, 20 journalists and media workers lost their lives in Pakistan in the year 2010. Many journalists who became victims of violence were deliberately targeted,
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 101

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

while others were killed or injured in suicide bombings while performing their duties. (p140) The HRCP Report 2010 cited a list of incidents in which journalists had been killed during the year. [27e] (p140-142) 16.18 The CPJ reported in its Attacks on the Press 2010: Pakistan, that, in 2010, Eight journalists and one media support worker were killed in relation to their work and numerous others were injured, many in suicide bomb attacks. [74a] The Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) recorded on its website, accessed 28 June 2011, that since 1992, 39 journalists had been killed in Pakistan. [74b] The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report, published 26 July 2011, stated that Pakistan was one of the most dangerous countries for members of the press, and noted Intimidation by the security forces including physical attacks and arbitrary, incommunicado detention continues to occur, as do harassment and attacks by Islamic fundamentalists and hired thugs working for feudal landlords or local politicians. A number of reporters covering the conflict in the FATA were detained, threatened, expelled, or otherwise obstructed in 2010, by either government forces or militants. [5a] The Human Rights Watch World Report 2011 stated that: As in previous years, journalists known to be critical of the military continued to be harassed, threatened, and mistreated by military-controlled intelligence agencies. On April 12, shots were fired at the house of journalist Kamran Shafi, a vocal critic of the armed forces and their influence over the state. In September investigative journalist Umar Cheema, who had reported critically on civilian and military authorities in 2010, was abducted, tortured, and then dumped 120 kilometers from his residence in Islamabad. Cheema alleged his abductors were from one of Pakistan's secret intelligence agencies. Throughout 2010 the Taliban and other armed groups threatened media outlets over their coverage, a practice documented by Human Rights Watch in 2009, and a number of journalists were killed in the tribal areas and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province. [7i] (Media
Freedom)

16.19 16.20

16.21

16.22

On 31 May 2011, the CPJ expressed its alarm at the ... targeted killing of senior Pakistani journalist Saleem Shahzad, the Pakistan bureau chief of the Asia Times online website. Shahzad, considered an expert on Al-Qaeda and Taliban militants, disappeared on Sunday night as he was on his way to participate in a talk show on Dunya Television, media reports said. His body, showing signs of torture, was later found outside Islamabad, according to local and international media reports. [74c] The HRCP Report 2010 observed Physical safety of journalists continued to be a major concern across Pakistan. There were several incidents of police and the security forces personnel subjecting journalists to physical attacks, intimidation and arbitrary detention. Extremist militants and thugs hired by private individuals, including politicians and businessmen, also continued to harass and assault them. (p142) The HRCP Report 2010 listed some of the main incidents, as reported by the media, of violence and intimidation against journalists and the media. [27e] (p143-148) Reporters Without Borders World Report 2009 noted that:

16.23

16.24
102

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Journalists have been forced into self-censorship in the Swat valley [North West Frontier Province] where the government agreed to the application of Sharia law demanded by the Taliban in exchange for a halt to the fighting there. They have fallen victim to the terror sown by the Taliban through their illegal FM radios. It was in this valley that journalist Mosa Khankhel was brutally murdered in 2009, while he was actually covering the peace agreement. The very few journalists in the tribal areas are at the mercy of the Taliban who try to get them to report favourably on their Jihad, while the army and local authorities react badly to any news reports suggesting failings in the war against terror... The Pakistan army, particularly the secret services secrets [sic] (ISI [Inter-Services Intelligence] and Military Intelligence) threaten journalists who report on abuse of authority and on disappearances, particularly those of hundreds of Balochistanis that occurred under the Pervez Musharraf regime. It is difficult to investigate safely in Balochistan, Pakistani Kashmir and the tribal areas. [23c] 16.25 For further information on incidents occurring against the media in Pakistan see Reporters Without Borders [23b] and the Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) [74a].
Return to contents Go to sources

17.
17.01

HUMAN RIGHTS INSTITUTIONS, ORGANISATIONS AND ACTIVISTS


The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, noted that: A wide variety of domestic and international human rights groups generally operated without government restriction, investigating and publishing their findings on human rights cases. Other groups that reported on issues implicating the government, military, or intelligence services faced restrictions on their operations. There were very few NGOs [non-govermental organisations] with access to KP [Khyber Pakhtunkhwa], the FATA [Federally Administered Tribal Areas], and some areas in Balochistan. While government officials were sometimes cooperative, they were only somewhat responsive to these groups' views. The PPP [Pakistan Peoples Party]-led government delayed or blocked issuance of visas to international staff members of organizations whose work challenged the image of the government. The government sometimes sought NGO technical cooperation, especially from international NGOs, in the fields of humanitarian relief, development, environment, election operations, and human trafficking. Human rights groups reported they generally had access to police stations and prisons. The government permitted international nongovernmental human rights observers to visit the country. The ICRC [International Committee of the Red Cross] and many agencies of the UN had offices in the country, including the UNHCR [United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees], UNICEF [United Nations Childrens Fund], and the UN Development Program. [3g] (Section 5)

17.02

The Human Rights Committee of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that:
103

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Working in the field of human rights continued to be a dangerous proposition in Pakistan. Human rights defenders (HRDs) and staff of NGOs were intimidated or attacked a number of times during the reporting period. Those working for rights of religious minorities or women were at greater risk than other HRDs. The government did not attach adequate importance to the need to recognise and prevent the great personal risks that HRDs faced because of their work against abuse and violation of rights. Those intimidating, attacking or murdering HRDs and NGO staff enjoyed impunity and were seldom brought to justice. [27e] (p80) 17.03 The same source added: Non-governmental organisations continued to face threats from non-state actors who often branded NGOs working in the health and education sector, or those seeking to promote human rights, of promoting obscenity or undermining Islam. Several NGOs, under attack from extremist organisations, either closed down their offices or had to reduce field work to prevent harm to their staff. They also had to spend substantial amounts ofmoney on security arrangements. The state failed to protect several advocacy and service-delivery organisations from the militants. Incidents of target killing and abduction for ransom forced several international NGOs to curtail their activities in Balochistan. Those included the UNHCR and the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC). The ICRC staff in Balochistan received threats on the phone. These NGOs were working for the relief and repatriation of Afghan refugees and in health and sanitation sectors in the province. [27e] (p176) 17.04 On 22 March 2009, IRIN reported that: Insurgents in Pakistans volatile Swat Valley in North West Frontier Province (NWFP) who recently made a peace deal with the government now want all NGOs to leave the area. They come and tell us how to make latrines in mosques and homes. Im sure we can do it ourselves. There is no need for foreigners to tell us this, Muslim Khan, a spokesman for Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), told IRIN from Swat Valley... The report also noted that ... the TTP was against polio vaccination, repeating unfounded allegations that the vaccine causes infertility. [41e] 17.05 The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report, published 26 July 2011, stated that the: Authorities generally tolerate the work of nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and allow them to publish critical material. However, NGOs that focus on female education and empowerment, and female NGO staff in general, have faced threats, attacks, and a number of murders by radical Islamists, particularly in the FATA and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. Citing security concerns, the government has at times prevented aid groups from operating in Balochistan, exacerbating the provinces humanitarian situation. Pakistan is also home to a large number of charitable or cultural organizations, such as the Jamaat-ud-Dawa (JD), that have links to Islamist militant groups. [5a] See also Annex C: Terrorist and extremist groups 17.06 The USSD Report 2010 noted:

104

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Security was a problem for NGO workers due to the instability in the FATA and the KP and threats to organizations that promoted women's rights. By year's end seven NGO workers had been killed, seven had been kidnapped but later released, and several others had received threats. International NGOs faced difficulties in obtaining visas for staff members. There were reports that security agencies blocked the issuance of visas for international staff members due to concerns about their activities and links to foreign governments. [3g]
(Section 2b)

17.07

The USSD Report 2010 observed that Due to poor security, intimidation by security forces and militants, and the control the government and security forces exercised over access by nonresidents to FATA, human rights organizations and journalists continued to find it difficult to report on military abuses in the region. [3g] (Section 1g) See also Freedom of speech and media
Return to contents Go to sources

18.
18.01

CORRUPTION
In its 2010 Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI), Transparency International ranked Pakistan 143 in the world corruption ranking, out of 178 countries, giving it a CPI score of 2.3. (CPI Score relates to perceptions of the degree of corruption as seen to exist among public officials and politicians by business people and country analysts. It ranges between 10 (highly clean) and 0 (highly corrupt). [76] (p9) The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, noted in its introduction for Pakistan that Corruption was widespread within the government and lower levels of the police forces, and the government made few attempts to combat the problem. [3g] The same report added The law provides for criminal penalties for official corruption; however, the government did not implement the law effectively, and officials frequently engaged in corrupt practices with impunity. [3g] (Section 4) The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) report, The State of Human Rights in Pakistan 2010 (AHRC Report 2010), published February 2011, noted The corruption in the government has become endemic and with the passage of time the corruption makes new records... No mechanism has been evolved to curb the corruption. The Supreme Court is taking cases of corruption but limited it to the present government not across the board. [52a] (p2) The International Crisis Group (ICG) noted in its report, Reforming Pakistans Police, dated 14 July 2008, that: Police officers agree that there is widespread corruption, from petty bribery at the lower rungs of the hierarchy to more substantial graft at the top. In an attempt to justify their forces shortcomings, they blame the government for failing to take action and also for not addressing its own shortcomings. How can corruption in the police go down when people known to be corrupt are made its bosses? asked an officer. Many in the police, particularly those at the bottom of the pile, feel that when those at the top are making money right, left and centre, what incentive is there for them to remain clean? This is

18.02

18.03

18.04

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

105

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

certainly no justification, but those at the top of the police hierarchy must understand that police professionalism and efficiency and the forces public image are badly tarnished by such practices... It is nearly impossible to eliminate corruption within the police until poor salaries and working conditions are improved, particularly for personnel of and below the rank of inspector... [20b] (p13) 18.05 The AHRC Report 2010 noted, with regards to corruption in the judiciary, that it had: ... increased from the past year because of the increase in pending cases. To get the date to fix date for hearing of the cases the bribe to staff of the court is a common practice, this practice is not limited to lower judiciary but also at the level of higher judiciary with big amount as compare to lower judiciary. In the lower judiciary the readers are openly telling that amount goes to judge also. The lawyers are themselves pressing clients to bribe the staff otherwise their cases would not come. The higher judiciary is silent on the complaints of corruption which is blamed by the lawyer community as the political expediency of the higher judiciary. [52e] (p217) 18.06 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, the State of human rights in 2010, published 14 April 2011, that As if reports of rampant corruption by some in the corridors of power were not enough to sully the image of the peoples representatives in general, the issue of forged educational certificates of parliamentarians remained in the limelight in 2010. Dozens of parliamentarians from the treasury and the opposition benches were suspected of or found to be holding forged academic certificates. [27e] (p187) See also Section: Security forces, subsection Police
Return to contents Go to sources

NATIONAL RECONCILIATION ORDINANCE (NRO)


18.07 The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report, published 26 July 2011, noted that: Corruption is pervasive in politics and government. Under the National Reconciliation Ordinance (NRO) of 2007, Zardari and more than 8,000 other politicians, diplomats, and officials were granted immunity in ongoing corruption cases, allowing them to participate in the 2008 elections. The Supreme Court revoked the NRO in December 2009, and a government petition to review the decision was subsequently rejected. Though Zardari himself still enjoyed presidential immunity, several high-ranking ministers faced the threat of reopened cases or prosecution. In May 2010, Zardari pardoned Interior Minister Rehman Malik on a corruption conviction dating to 2004. [5a] 18.08 On 21 November 2009 a list containing the names of thousands of people who were protected from corruption charges under the National Reconciliation Ordinance (NRO) was published by the government. In a news conference, Minister of State for Law, Afzal Sindhu, stated that A total of 8,041 people benefitted from NRO, including President Zardari. More than 30 other politicians were also named on the list. (Agence France Presse (AFP), 21 November 2009) [69a] The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that:

18.09
106

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Early in the year the Supreme Court released its detailed judgment on the National Reconciliation Ordinance (NRO) of 2007. (A short order had been announced at the end of hearing in December 2009.) The following points were made in the leading judgment: The Supreme Court had referred the NRO to parliament for being made into an Act. The ordinance was tabled in the National Assembly and then withdrawn. Inference: parliament did not consider the measure a valid temporary legislation. The NRO could not be considered a legislation for achieving national reconciliation as it had been promulgated for achieving some individuals reconciliation. The NRO, to the extent of S-2, was arbitrary and irrational. It failed the test of intelligible differentia too as the measure had served the purpose of individual reconciliation. The NRO has opened the door of parliament to persons convicted under National Accountability Ordinance (NAO) and the amendment to NAO is void ab initio. Parliament acted wisely by not validating the NRO and the SC is endorsing the will of the elected representatives. The President was not empowered to issue the NRO as the subjects covered by its Ss 2, 6 and 7 fell beyond the scope of the federal and concurrent legislative lists. Since the NRO as a whole, particularly its Ss 2, 6 and 7 had been declared void ab initio, for being violative of Arts. 4, 8, 12, 13, 25, 62(f), 63(1) (h), 63(1) (p), 89, 175 and 227 of the constitution, all steps taken and orders passed by any authority or court, including orders for the discharge or acquittal of the accused, were declared never to have existed in the eyes of law and resultantly of no legal effect. Therefore, all cases of the NRO beneficiaries, including cases pending on Oct 5, 2007 stand revived. [27e] (p42)

18.10

The National Reconciliation Ordinance, was declared null and void by the Supreme Court of Pakistan on 16 December 2009. [99] See also Sections: Security Forces, subsection: Police; and Judiciary, subsection Independence and Fair Trial

NATIONAL ACCOUNTABILITY BUREAU (NAB)


18.11 The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report stated that The National Accountability Bureau (NAB), established in 1999 to combat corruption, was slated to be abolished in 2009 amid claims that it had become politicized under military ruler Pervez Musharraf. It remained in place in 2010, but was criticized for failing to act on the judiciarys calls for it to reopen hundreds of cases. [5a] The HRCP Report 2010 stated: On September 01 [2010] the SC [Supreme Court] declared the appointment of the acting chairman of the National Accountability Bureau (NAB) and its Prosecutor-General illegal and asked the government to appoint a new chairman within a month. Three weeks later (Sept 21) the court again observed that the Deputy Chairman of the NAB was holding the position of the acting Chairman illegally and that all his actions taken in this capacity were invalid... Eventually, the government appointed Justice (R) Deedar
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 107

18.12

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Husain as Chairman of NAB. The move was immediately challenged in the LHC [Lahore High Court] and the Chief Justice of SC observed, during the hearing of the governments review petition against the 2009 verdict in the NRO case, that the appointment was in violation of the NRO verdict. [27e] (p43) 18.13 The NABs website, accessed 10 August 2011, stated that: The National Accountability Bureau is Pakistan's apex anti-corruption organization. It is charged with the responsibility of elimination of corruption through a holistic approach of awareness, prevention and enforcement. It operates under the National Accountability Ordinance-1999, with its headquarter at Islamabad. It has four regional offices in the provincial capitals and one at Rawalpindi. It takes cognizance of all offences falling within the National Accountability Ordinance (NAO). [26] 18.14 The USSD Report 2010 noted that The NAB established accountability courts to consider corruption cases. Some human rights groups charged that the NAB was a deviation from the normal justice system and that the government influenced the NAB. However, the NAB took on cases of embezzlement, bank loan defaults, pension scams, and illegal kickback schemes, among others. [3g] (Section 4) The Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) November 2010 report noted Rumours of substantial corruption in Pakistan have been exacerbated during the past year by the apparent unwillingness of the National Accountability Bureau, a federal level anticorruption and economic intelligence agency, to take action against offenders. [2d] (The
political scene)

18.15

18.16

The HRCP Report 2009 noted that: Disciplinary action against a large number of police officials was one of the many indications of the poor performance of the law and order personnel. In Punjab, disciplinary action was taken against 1,688 police officials, including DSPs [Deputy Superintendent of Police], SHOs [Station House Officers], inspectors and subinspectors, under the orders of the Chief Minister on charges of misconduct and inefficiency during the first 11 months of 2009. The Inspection and Vigilance teams carried out surprise inspection of 136 police stations during the year across Punjab, and discovered cases of illegal detention, torture, registration of false cases, non-registration of cases and defective investigations. According to the IGP [Inspector General of Police], Islamabad, dozens of police officers were suspended during the year 2009 on charges of corruption. Three SHOs of Sialkot police were suspended by the Regional Police Officer (RPO) Gujranwala region on charges of corruption and laziness in duties during December 2009. In the first week of December, the District and Sessions Judge, Karachi South, issued arrest warrants for the SP [Superintendent of Police], Special Investigation Unit (SIU), and other officials for keeping citizens in detention illegally. A court bailiff had raided the SIU centre in Karachi and found four persons illegally detained there. [27c] (p75-76) See also Judiciary, Independence and Fair Trial
Return to contents Go to sources

108

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

19.
19.01

FREEDOM OF RELIGION
The US Department of States July-December, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF Report 2010), published on 13 September 2011, stated in its introduction to Pakistan that: The constitution establishes Islam as the state religion, and it requires that laws be consistent with Islam. The constitution states that subject to law, public order, and morality, every citizen shall have the right to profess, practice, and propagate his religion; in practice, however, the government limited freedom of religion. Freedom of speech was also constitutionally subject to any reasonable restrictions imposed by law in the interest of the glory of Islam. The government rarely investigated or prosecuted the perpetrators of increased extremist attacks on minorities and the majority promoting tolerance, which deepened the climate of impunity. Despite the government's steps to protect religious minorities, societal intolerance and violence against minorities and Muslims promoting tolerance increased, and abuses under the blasphemy laws continued. The government did not take adequate measures to prevent these incidents or undertake reform measures to prevent the abuse of the blasphemy laws. Toward the end of the reporting period the public discourse regarding the blasphemy laws became increasingly heated, which contributed to the government's reluctance to address the issue. For example, after initially signaling he was considering pardoning Aasia Bibi's death penalty sentence for alleged blasphemy, President Zardari refrained from doing so. This was the first time a woman was sentenced to death under the blasphemy laws. Also, in response to extremist societal elements, the government distanced itself from a bill introduced by a member of the ruling party that would have amended the blasphemy laws to prevent abuse. [3l] (Introduction)

19.02

The United States Commission on International Religious Freedom Annual Report 2011 (USCIRF Report 2011), published May 2011, covering events from 1 April 2010 to 31 March 2011, has recommended, since 2002, that the US Department of State designate Pakistan as a country of particular concern or CPC, and stated that: The religious freedom situation in Pakistan deteriorated greatly during the reporting period. While the Zardari government has taken some positive actions to promote religious tolerance and remedy abuses, it has failed to reverse the erosion in the social and legal status of religious minorities and the severe obstacles the majority Muslim community faces to the free discussion of sensitive religious and social issues. A number of Pakistans laws abridge religious freedom. Blasphemy laws are used against members of religious minority communities and dissenters within the majority Muslim community, and frequently result in imprisonment on account of religion or belief and/or vigilante violence. Three individuals had death sentences imposed or upheld against them during the reporting period. Anti-Ahmadi laws discriminate against individual Ahmadis and effectively criminalize various practices of their faith. The Hudood Ordinances provide for harsh punishments for alleged violations of Islamic law by both Muslims and non-Muslims. Anti-government elements espousing an intolerant interpretation of Islam continue to perpetrate acts of violence against other Muslims and religious minorities. The governments response to religiously-motivated extremism remains inadequate, despite increased military operations. [53b] (p110)

19.03

The same source added that:


109

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Pakistan continues to be responsible for systematic, ongoing, and egregious violations of freedom of religion or belief. Two high-profile members of the ruling party were assassinated during the reporting period for their advocacy against Pakistans repressive blasphemy laws. These laws and other religiously discriminatory legislation, such as the anti-Ahmadi laws, have created an atmosphere of violent extremism and vigilantism. Sectarian and religiously-motivated violence is chronic, and the government has failed to protect members of the majority faith and religious minorities. Pakistani authorities have not consistently brought perpetrators to justice or taken action against societal leaders who incite violence. Growing religious extremism threatens the freedoms of religion and expression, as well as other human rights, for everyone in Pakistan, particularly women, members of religious minorities, and those in the majority Muslim community, including those who hold views deemed un-Islamic by extremists. It also threatens Pakistans security and stability. [53b] (p110) 19.04 The USCIRF Report 2011 further added: The Pakistani government, through the efforts of the late Federal Minister for Minorities Affairs Shahbaz Bhatti, who was assassinated on March 2 [2011], has taken some positive steps regarding religious freedom and tolerance. Minister Bhatti was first appointed to that position, which has cabinet rank, in 2008, and was reappointed in February 2011. Mr. Bhatti successfully used the position to obtain government assistance for victims of religiously-motivated mob violence, advocate publicly for reform of the blasphemy laws, and increase public focus on religious minorities concerns. These efforts resulted in the government undertaking the following: in May 2009, announcing a five-percent quota in federal employment for members of religious minority communities and officially celebrating Minorities Solidarity Day; designating August 11 as an annual federal holiday, called Minorities Day; committing to construct prayer rooms for non-Muslim inmates in all prisons; and the Minorities Ministry establishing a 24-hour hotline to take reports of violence against religious groups. [53b]
(p111)

See Recent developments for further details on the assassination of Shahbaz Bhatti 19.05 On 11 August 2011, the Associated Press of Pakistan (APP) reported: President Asif Ali Zardari has said that the government stands committed to ensure equal rights for minorities as enshrined in the Constitution and the UN Declaration of Human Rights. In a message on Minorities Day, the President said the recognition and respect for the minorities rights is part of the Pakistan Peoples Partys Manifesto. He said it is an occasion to recognize the important role, played by the minorities of Pakistan in nation-building, the sacrifices rendered by them, and the problems and issues, faced by members of minorities. He said it is the day to renew the commitment to protect their rights and to draw them fully in the mainstream of national life... President Zardari expressed the confidence that after passage of 18th Amendment, the provincial governments will continue to ensure equality, freedom and security for all communities so that they can freely profess and practise their religions and also safeguard their legitimate and rightful interests. He said Minorities Day is an opportunity that reminds to reaffirm solidarity for the betterment of humanity and for a prosperous Pakistan. [123b]

110

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 19.06

PAKISTAN

In addition to Minorities Day, the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that In April [2010], the federal ministry of minorities announced that 10 religious festivals of the minorities would be celebrated officially in Pakistan. The festivals included Besakhi, Dewali, Holi, Eid-e-Rizwan, Chelumjust, Nauroz, Christmas and Easter. [27e] (p135) However, the HRCP Report 2010 also added: There were few positive developments in Pakistan in the year 2010 with regard to the freedom of thought, conscience and religion and all indications suggested that there were even worse times ahead. Members of minority communities were targeted in horrific acts of violence on account of their faith. The violence and intimidation added to a sense of growing insecurity among members of minority communities across the country. As many as 99 Ahmedis were killed across the country on account of faithbased violence during the year. Impunity for perpetrators of violence against minority communities continued. Little progress was made in bringing to justice those involved in violence and arson targeting an entire Christian locality in Gojra, Punjab in 2009. Rhetoric about empowerment and protection of religious minorities in the country abounded but little was done in practical terms to achieve that. Efforts for fostering interfaith harmony, tolerance and peaceful coexistence did not seem to be a priority. [27e]
(p124)

19.07

19.08

Following a fact-finding mission to Pakistan from 13 22 February 2010, the Parliamentary Human Rights Group Report of the PHRG Fact Finding Mission to Pakistan to Examine the Human Rights Situation of the Ahmadiyya Community, published 24 September 2010 (PHRG Report 2010), stated that: In the Pakistan of today, the PHRG finds that the religious minorities are not free. Their mosques and churches are under attack by religious fascists; their members are persecuted and murdered, and there is no hope of improvement for them in the policies of any of the political parties or leaders. The justice system discriminates systematically against the Ahmadiyyas is [sic] particular, from the highest courts down to the local police, and there are only one or two brave voices raised in defence of the victims. [51b]
(p3)

19.09

The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) stated in its report The State of Human Rights in Pakistan 2010 (AHRC Report 2010), published February 2010: Women from religious minorities are most common and vulnerable targets of violence: Women from religious minorities are the most frequent victims of violence, particularly sexual violence. Members of religious minorities are regularly assaulted, tortured or murdered and their property and place of worship are ransacked and desecrated. The blasphemy laws understand blasphemy only as an offence against Islam and are used by a criminal nexus between the police, the administration and religious fundamentalists to intimidate Christians, Ahmadis and all religious minorities in Pakistan. Women are disproportionately affected. It is becoming common in rural areas for Muslim fundamentalists to abduct, force into marriage, and forcibly convert women to Islam. Abductions made up nearly 30 percent of all crimes against women in the first half of 2010. [52a] (p62)

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

111

PAKISTAN See also Women: Violence against women 19.10 The HRCP Report 2010 observed that:

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Extremist views grew more vociferous as voices endorsing basic human rights and tolerance became more isolated and muted in the face of violence and intimidation. Legal discrimination against religious minorities and the governments failure to address religious persecution by Islamist groups contributed to atrocities against religious groups who were vulnerable on account of their beliefs. Investigation and prosecution of agents of intimidation and violence against minority groups was not a priority. Charges were seldom brought against those responsible for violence, intimidation and discrimination. Amidst the internal displacement crisis caused by the floods in the summer of 2010 instances of faith-based discrimination against religious minorities were also reported. There was a growing feeling of lack of effective representation in parliament for nonMuslim citizens even under the joint electorate system, as well as little possibility of holding to account law makers nominated to seats reserved for minorities. [27e] (p124-125) 19.11 The same source added Hate speech, violence and threats of violence against members of minority and vulnerable communities continued throughout the year 2010, with clerics speaking against the minority and vulnerable communities in religious congregations and Friday sermons. Hate campaigns, including some in mainstream newspapers, against members of minority faiths that often branded members of entire minority communities as agents of other countries also continued. Some television talk shows also promoted intolerance toward the religious minority communities. There were scores of instances of the use of mosque loudspeakers to promote hatred and violence against the minorities. Some minority communities, such as the Ahmedis, were targeted more than the others in hate campaigns, often through the use of stickers, wall chalking and distribution of pamphlets. In July, the federal minorities minister said that his ministry planned to submit a draft legislation before parliament soon against hate preaching and printing, and distribution of hate material. The minister also spoke of suggestions made to the education ministry and madrassas to include texts on interfaith harmony and religious tolerance in the curriculum. However, the draft law on hate speech was not tabled in parliament until the end of the year, nor was any change made in the curriculum to reflect any desire for interfaith harmony. [27e] (p135) 19.12 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2009 (USSD Report 2009), published 11 March 2010, observed that Reprisals and threats of reprisals against suspected converts from Islam occurred. Members of religious minorities were subject to violence and harassment, and at times police refused to prevent such actions or charge persons who committed them, leading to an atmosphere of impunity. [3b] (Section 2c) See also subsection Christian converts and the Section: Security situation
112 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 19.13

PAKISTAN

The USCIRF Report 2011 noted that, despite efforts by the Government since mid 2005 to register all religious schools (madrassas) and expel foreign students: ... the registration process reportedly has had little if any effect on the curricula, which in many of these schools includes materials that promote intolerance and exhortations to violence. The government also still lacks controls on the madrassas sources of funding. A memorandum of understanding was signed in October 2010 between the Ministry of Interior, which oversees the madrassas system, and the five main madrassas boards in another attempt to better regulate their curriculum and financing.
[53b] (p118)

See also Section: Children Education Madrassas


Return to contents Go to sources

DEMOGRAPHY
19.14 The USSD IRF Report 2010 observed that: Ninety-five percent of the population is Muslim (75 percent Sunni and 25 percent Shia). Groups composing 5 percent of the population or less include Hindus, Christians, Parsis/Zoroastrians, Bahais, Sikhs, Buddhists, Ahmadis, and others. According to the Ministry for Minorities, Sikhs have 30,000 adherents and Buddhists 20,000. According to a Parsi community center in Karachi, the number of Parsis (Zoroastrians) dropped to 1,750 during the year as compared to 2,039 in June 2006. The Bahai stated that their numbers are growing, claiming 30,000 adherents. The number of Ahmadis living in the country, according to Jamaat-e-Ahmadiyya, is 600,000, although it is difficult to establish an accurate estimate because Ahmadis, who are legally prohibited from identifying themselves as Muslims, generally choose not to identify themselves as nonMuslims. Some tribes in Balochistan and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KPk formerly known as the North West Frontier Province) practiced traditional animist religious beliefs; other religious groups include Kalasha, Kihals, and Jains. Less than 0.5 percent of the population, as recorded in the 1998 census, was silent on religious affiliation or claimed not to adhere to a particular religious group. Social pressure was such that few persons claimed no religious affiliation. [3l] (Section I) 19.15 The Writenet report, Pakistan: The Situation of Religious Minorities, dated May 2009, estimated there were three to four million Christians (about two to three per cent of the population) living in Pakistan, with an approximate equal split between Protestants and Catholics. Some sources estimated the number of Christians to be at least twice the official number. The report noted Approximately 80 percent of Christians live in the Punjab, with around 14 percent in Sindh, 4 percent in the NWFP, and 2 percent in Balochistan. [108a] (p17) The same source estimated the number of Hindus living in Pakistan was two and a half million. [108a] (p21) The Government of Pakistans Statistics Division provided in its Population Census of 1998 a breakdown of Pakistans Population by Religion. [29r]

19.16 19.17

CONSTITUTION AND LEGISLATION


The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 113

PAKISTAN 19.18 The USSD IRF Report 2010 stated that:

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The constitution establishes Islam as the state religion. It also declares that adequate provisions shall be made for minorities to profess and practice their religious beliefs freely; however, the government imposes limits on freedom of religion, particularly on Ahmadis... In April [2010] the 18th Amendment to the constitution was passed without amending constitutional clauses affecting minorities, including blasphemy and Ahmadispecific laws [3l] (Section II: Legal/Policy Framework) 19.19 The same source added: Government policies did not afford equal protection to members of majority and minority religious groups. Religious minorities were legally restricted from public display of certain religious images and, due to discriminatory legislation and social pressure, were often afraid to profess freely their religious beliefs. The 2008 establishment of the Ministry for Minorities removed responsibility for protection of religious minorities from the Ministry of Religious Affairs. The Ministry of Minorities is a stand-alone, cabinet-level ministry that has the aim to protect the rights of minorities as envisaged under the 1973 constitution of Pakistan. The budget of the ministry covers assistance to indigent minorities, the repair of minority places of worship, the establishment of minority-run small development projects, and the celebration of minority religious festivals. These expenses were previously covered by the ministry of religious affairs. Religious minorities claimed that the Ministry for Minorities is underfunded and that localities and villages that were home to minority citizens went without basic civic amenities. There were also indications that the Ministry of Minorities would be dissolved at the federal level in 2011, along with several other ministries, as part of the devolution plan under the 18th Amendment. Minority representatives in the Parliament and minority rights organizations oppose the possible devolution of the ministry to the provinces." [3l]
(Section II: Legal/Policy Framework)

19.20

The USCIRF Report 2011 observed that discriminatory legislation introduced in previous decades had fostered an atmosphere of religious intolerance and undermined the social and legal status of religious minorities, including members of the Shia, Ahmadi, Hindu and Christian communities. The report also noted that Government officials do not provide adequate protections from societal violence to members of religious minority communities, and perpetrators of attacks on minorities are rarely brought to justice. This impunity is partly due to the fact that Pakistans democratic institutions, particularly the judiciary and the police, have been weakened by endemic corruption, ineffectiveness, and a general lack of accountability. [53b] (p112) The HRCP Report 2010 stated: There are few specific mechanisms to redress complaints of members of minority communities. Although a Commission for Minorities exists in name it is not known how it operates to safeguard the rights of the minorities, who its present members are, and how they are appointed. The incumbent commission has been criticised for neither being independent nor autonomous. HRCP Working Group on Communities Vulnerable Because of their Beliefs has called for the Commission for Minorities to be a statutory body, established by an act of parliament, which must have the mandate to address discrimination against minorities in laws, policies and practices. It has been suggested that the commission should have the power to receive and entertain complaints and

19.21

114

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

take all measures necessary to address those complaints, including by referring matters to courts. [27e] (p136) 19.22 The USSD Report 2009 added that The constitution stipulates the president and the prime minister must be Muslim. The prime minister, federal ministers, and ministers of state, as well as elected members of the Senate and National Assembly (including nonMuslims), must take an oath to strive to preserve the Islamic ideology, the basis for the creation of the country. [3b] (Section 2c)
Return to contents Go to sources

BLASPHEMY LAWS
19.23 The AHRC Report 2010 stated ... Pakistans infamous Blasphemy Laws remain in effect. Charges of blasphemy are still punishable with the death penalty, while desecration of the Holy Quran carries a life sentence. [52a] (p85) The USSD IRF Report 2010 stated Laws prohibiting blasphemy continued to be used against Christians, Ahmadis, and members of other religious groups, including Muslims. [3l] (Section II) The Parliamentary Human Rights Group report Rabwah: A Place for Martyrs? (PHRG Report 2007), published in January 2007, provided a tabulated summary of the blasphemy laws and the penalties for breaching them: Pakistan Penal Code 298a Description Use of derogatory remarksetc., in respect of holy personages Misuse of epithets,descriptions and titles etc., reserved for certain holy personages or places, by Ahmadis An Ahmadi, calling himself a Muslim, or preaching or propagating his faith, or outraging the religious feelings of Muslims, or posing himself as a Muslim Injuring or defiling places of worship, with intent to insult the religion of any class Deliberate and malicious acts intended to outrage religious feelings of any class by insulting its religion or religious beliefs Defiling, etc., of Holy Quran Use of derogatory remarks, etc; in respect of the Holy Prophet Penalty Three years imprisonment,or fine, or both Three years imprisonment and fine Three years imprisonment and fine Up to two years imprisonment or fine, or both Up to 10 years imprisonment, or fine, or both Imprisonment for life Death and fine

19.24

298b

298c

295

295a

295b 295c

[51a] (p10, Section 2.3, Blasphemy Laws and First Information Reports)

19.25

The USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that Freedom of speech was subject to reasonable restrictions in the interest of the glory of Islam, as stipulated in sections 295(a), (b), and (c) of the penal code... In cases in which a minority group claimed its religious feelings

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

115

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

were insulted, the blasphemy laws were rarely enforced, and cases were rarely brought to the legal system. [3l] (Section II: Legal/Policy Framework) 19.26 The same source also noted that: Public pressure routinely prevented courts from protecting minority rights and forced judges to take strong action against any perceived offense to Sunni orthodoxy. Complaints by religious minorities of discrimination against them were rarely brought before the judiciary. According to several NGOs, cases against Christians and Ahmadis continued to increase during the reporting period. Lower courts were frequently subjected to intimidation, delayed issuing decisions, and refused bail for fear of reprisal from extremist elements. Original trial courts usually denied bail in blasphemy cases, arguing that defendants facing the death penalty were likely to flee. As with the majority of cases in the country, many defendants appealed the denial of bail, but bail often was not granted in advance of the trial. [3l] (Section II: Restrictions on Religious Freedom) 19.27 The HRCP Report 2010 noted: The year had begun with the government indicating its intent to reform the blasphemy law to prevent its abuse. However, by the end of 2010 any change in the controversial law seemed more remote than ever. The list of victims of the blasphemy law continued to grow. In 2010, at least 64 people were charged under the blasphemy law. Many of these individuals remained in prison. Three men accused of blasphemy were killed in police custody although the charges against them were yet to be proved. [27e] (p124) 19.28 The PHRG Report 2010 stated that The State of Pakistan is failing at all levels to address the problem of malicious complaints of violations of the blasphemy law being pursued against Ahmadis and Christians, as well as members of other religious communities. [51b] (p8) The same source continued: These failures start with the police, who, in many cases, fail to exercise independent judgment in the use of their powers in the following areas: the decision to accept a First Information Report (the commencement of the legal process in a criminal case). the decision to arrest the accused. the decision to keep the accused in custody. the decision to charge the accused and present him to the court... (The injustices of such police actions are deepened by frequent instances of poor physical treatment of accused persons by police officers.) The prosecutors engaged by the Advocate-General Departments of the Provincial Governments in many cases fail to: exercise independent judgment when continuing these cases in the courts. apply, with an independent mind, a review of the strength of the evidence or of the public interest test in continuing such cases.

19.29

The judges in all courts, especially the lower ones, in many cases fail to:
116

deal with these cases expeditiously, resulting in long delays and adjournments

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

to grant bail in many cases and then only after long delays and appeals to the Higher Courts.

The Government and Parliament are failing to: reform the law by repealing it or at very minimum reducing its discriminatory impact.

As a result, at all levels of the State there is a failure to deter the promotion of religious intolerance, which is visible in that Incitements made by religious extremists to murder Amhadis and Christians go unchecked and unpunished. Persons who have made manifestly groundless allegations of violations of the blasphemy law against Ahmadis and others are not prosecuted for their falsehoods. state actors at all levels frequently appear fearful of the power and influence of Muslim extremists and are being paralysed by a small minority of extremist preachers and their supporters. [51b] (p9-10)

19.30

On 23 November 2010, in requesting the repeal of Pakistans blasphemy laws, Human Rights Watch (HRW) reported: Legal discrimination against religious minorities and the failure of Pakistan's federal and provincial governments to address religious persecution by Islamist groups effectively enables atrocities against these groups and others who are vulnerable. The government seldom brings charges against those responsible for such violence and discrimination. Research by Human Rights Watch indicates that the police have not apprehended anyone implicated in such activity in the last several years. Social persecution and legal discrimination against religious minorities has become particularly widespread in Punjab province. Human Rights Watch urged the provincial government, controlled by former prime minister Nawaz Sharif's Pakistan Muslim League (Nawaz) party, to investigate and prosecute as appropriate campaigns of intimidation, threats, and violence against Christians, Ahmadis, and other vulnerable groups. [7j]

19.31

The HRCP Report 2010 stated that, during the year, two Christians and two Muslims accused of blasphemy were killed, three in Punjab and one in Sindh. The report also added that two people in Punjab were awarded the death sentence under section 295c of the Pakistan Penal Code (PPC). Three Muslims and two Christians were convicted under section 295b of the PPC, and seven Ahmadis were convicted under 298c (Propagation of faith by Ahmadis). There were also two acquittals of persons booked under section 295c. [27e] (p64-65) The HRCP Report 2010 added that: In all 31 [new] cases of offences related to religion were registered in 2010 [as opposed to 41 cases registered in 2009 (HRCP Report 2009) [27e] (p125)], according to data collected at HRCP. Twenty-seven of these cases were reported from Punjab, two from Sindh, one each from Balochistan and Azad Kashmir, and none from KhyberPakhtunkhwa. The Sind[h] Police, however, reported 57 cases of offences relating to

19.32

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

117

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

religion in its province alone and 49 of them were said to be under the blasphemy law. (p66) The HRCP Report 2010 listed the blasphemy cases filed during 2010. [27e] (p66-68) 19.33 The Freedom House special report Policing Belief: The Impact of Blasphemy Laws on Human Rights, published October 2010, noted that According to data compiled by nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and cited by the U.S. State Department, a total of 695 people were accused of blasphemy in Pakistan between 1986 and April 2006. Of those, 362 were Muslims, 239 were Ahmadis, 86 were Christians, and 10 were Hindus. The Pakistani daily newspaper Dawn has reported that some 5,000 cases were registered between 1984 to 2004, and 964 people were charged with blasphemy. [5f]
(p69)

19.34

According to the National Commission for Justice and Peace (NCJP), 24 cases were registered under the blasphemy laws between 1 July and 31 December 2010. Of these, ten were Christians, seven were Hindus, three were Ahmadis, and four were Muslims. A total of 1,068 persons were charged under the blasphemy laws between 1987 and 2010. In 2010, blasphemy First Information Reports (complaints) were registered with the police against 17 Christians, eight Muslims, five Ahmadis, and seven Hindus according to information provided by NCJP. (USSD IRF Report 2010) [3l] (Section II) The USCIRF Report 2011 stated that: Blasphemy allegations, which are often false, have resulted in the lengthy detention of, and occasional violence against, Christians, Ahmadis, Hindus, other religious minorities, and members of the Muslim majority community. In fact, according to interviews USCIRF staff conducted in Pakistan, more cases are brought under these provisions against Muslims than any other faith group... Because the laws require neither proof of intent nor evidence to be presented after allegations are made, and include no penalties for false allegations, blasphemy charges are commonly used to intimidate members of religious minorities or others with whom the accusers disagree or have business conflicts. The provisions also provide no clear guidance on what constitutes a violation, leaving local officials to rely on their personal interpretations of Islam. [53b] (p115) See also Judiciary: Fair trial

19.35

19.36

The HRCP Report 2010 cited: Vigilantes and radical elements continued to treat as fair game anyone accused of blasphemy, or anyone voicing support for such accused. In addition to often not doing enough to protect minorities from attacks, the police have also been accused of harassing or being complicit in framing false charges against members of religious minorities. Prejudices among law enforcement personnel were also believed to be a hurdle in effective protection of religious minorities in serious danger from theTaliban and sectarian militant groups. [27e] (p124)

19.37

The same source noted As many as 34 people accused of blasphemy under Section 295-C of the Pakistan Penal Code had been killed extra-judicially from 1986 until the end of 2010. Around half of these people were non-Muslims. That figure showed the threats anyone charged under the blasphemy law faced no matter how unfounded the charge. Even families of the individuals so charged often had to relocate to safer places on account of threats to their safety. [27e] (p132) The USSD Report 2009 observed that:

19.38
118

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Complaints under the blasphemy laws were used to harass rivals in business or personal disputes. Most complaints under these laws were filed against the majority Sunni Muslim community by other Sunnis. Appellate courts dismissed most blasphemy cases; the accused, however, often remained in jail for years awaiting the court's decision. Trial courts were reluctant to release on bail or acquit blasphemy defendants for fear of violence from extremist religious groups. In 2005 a law went into effect revising the complaint process and requiring senior police officials to review such cases in an effort to eliminate spurious charges. According to human rights and religious freedom groups, this process was not effective because senior police officers did not have the resources to review the cases. [3b] (Section 2c) 19.39 The Freedom House special report Policing Belief: The Impact of Blasphemy Laws on Human Rights, noted that The low evidentiary threshold required to register cases of blasphemy, coupled with the sensitive nature of the crime, exacerbates the laws potential for abuse. [5f] (p75) The USCIRF Report 2011 report noted that: Militants often pack courtrooms and publicly threaten violence if there is an acquittal. Lawyers who have refused to prosecute cases of alleged blasphemy or defend those accused, as well as judges who issue acquittals, have been harassed, threatened, and even subjected to violence. The lack of procedural safeguards empowers accusers to use the laws to abuse religious freedom, carry out vendettas, or gain an advantage over others in land or business disputes or in other matters completely unrelated to blasphemy. The highest-profile blasphemy case during the reporting period involved Aasia Bibi, a Christian farm worker and mother of five, who was sentenced to death under Article 295C in November 2010. In response, President Zardari assigned Minister Bhatti to investigate the case and, after receiving his report, empowered him to establish a committee to review the blasphemy laws and propose reforms. President Zardari also agreed to Minister Bhattis recommendation to pardon Ms. Bibi, should her appeal not move forward quickly. However, the Lahore High Court ruled on December 1 that President Zardari did not have the power to pardon an individual whose case was on appeal. In response, President Zardari directed that Ms. Bibi be kept separate from the general prison population during the appeals process, which will take years. During a USCIRF staff visit to Lahore in December 2010, NGOs reported that Ms. Bibi was being kept separate in the prison. Also in December, a major Muslim leader, Imam Yousef Qureshi of the Mosque Mohabat Khan near Peshawar, stated he would give $6,000 to anyone who killed Ms. Bibi. The government took no action against him for this incitement to violence. [53b] (p115) 19.41 The USCIRF Report 2010 added: Aasia Bibi was not the only person sentenced to death for blasphemy during the reporting period. In September 2010, the Lahore High Court upheld the 2002 death sentence against Wajihul Hassan for allegedly uttering blasphemous remarks against the Prophet Muhammad. Also, a man from Punjab province, known as Rafiq, was convicted of blasphemy and sentenced to death in February 2011 for allegedly writing blasphemous remarks against Sihaba, a companion of the Prophet Muhammad. [53b]
(p115)

19.40

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

119

PAKISTAN 19.42

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The BBC News reported on 20 July 2010, after two brothers were accused of writing a pamphlet critical of the Prophet Mohammad, that Police reinforcements have been called in the Pakistani city of Faisalabad a day after two Christians charged with blasphemy were shot dead outside court. Clashes broke out in the city, home to a large Christian community, after the brothers were gunned down. [35h] The report added Earlier this month, several hundred demonstrators marched to the Waris Pura slum, which is home to nearly 100,000 Christians, and demanded the death penalty for the two accused. [35h] See also Freedom of religion: Christians

19.43

19.44

On 3 February 2011, The Guardian reported: A Pakistani MP spearheading reform of the country's controversial blasphemy laws has abandoned her struggle, accusing her own party of caving in to extremists. However, Pakistan People's Party MP Sherry Rehman, who is largely confined to her home following a flurry of death threats, denied government claims that she had voluntarily withdrawn a bill proposing changes to the law. There was no question of my withdrawing the bill as the speaker [of parliament] never admitted it on the agenda, she said, adding that the appeasement of extremists will have a blow-back effect. Under pressure from religious clerics, prime minister Yousaf Raza Gilani told parliament on Wednesday that his government would not touch the legislation, which human rights groups say is routinely abused to persecute minorities and settle personal scores. We are all unanimous that nobody wants to change the law, he said. [113c]

19.45 19.46

The report noted further that Although cases against Christians get much of the attention, the bulk of the law's victims are Muslim. [113c] The PHRG Report 2010 noted that its fact-finding mission found Ahmadis, as well as members of other religions, are frequently charged with the offence of blasphemy, on grounds which are often spurious in the extreme. It appears that many convictions, though by no means all, are over-turned on appeal. However, by then the successful appellants have spent many years behind bars. [51b] (p19) The Freedom House special report Policing Belief: The Impact of Blasphemy Laws on Human Rights, noted that: ... the ratio of Muslims to non-Muslims among blasphemy defendants illustrates the extent to which these laws are used to persecute religious minorities. Pakistans minister for minority affairs, Shahbaz Bhatti [deceased], has publicly argued that the blasphemy law is being used to terrorize minorities in Pakistan. Ahmadis are the most affected, followed by Christians. However, Muslims are not exempt. Almost half of all blasphemy cases lodged over the last two decades have been against Muslims, including both Sunnis and Shiites... However, the use of blasphemy laws against Sunni and Shiite Muslims does not appear to be based on sectarian differences so much as personal disputes. [5f] (p77) For information on the death of Shahbaz Bhatti see Recent developments and Freedom of religion; Blasphemy laws and Christians

19.47

120

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 19.48

PAKISTAN

The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report, published 26 July 2011, stated that: Incidents in which police take bribes to file false blasphemy charges against Ahmadis, Christians, Hindus, and occasionally Muslims continue to occur, with several dozen cases reported each year... No executions on blasphemy charges have been carried out to date, but the charges alone can lead to years of imprisonment, ill-treatment in custody, and extralegal persecution by religious extremists... As reformers pressed for either repeal or amendment of the laws, on the grounds that they are discriminatory and frequently misapplied, religious hard-liners alleged that even questioning the laws themselves constituted an act of blasphemy. [5a] See also Judiciary: Blasphemy Laws
Return to contents Go to sources

Legal procedure for blasphemy charges


19.49 The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) consulted the National Commission for Justice and Peace (NCJP), a Christian-based human rights organisation in Pakistan, on the procedures for bringing a blasphemy charge against an Ahmadi. A legal expert at the NCJP gave the following responses, dated 2 October 2008, to questions asked by the UK Border Agency (UKBA): UKBA: What is the procedure for an individual to initiate a complaint against an Ahmadi (or any other person) directly with a Magistrates' court? NCJP: Anyone agreived [sic] by some illegal action or privy to information about a crime can register a complaint (FIR) [First Information Report] with the police. In case there is no crime, or the police happen to be the first [to] know, the police can become a complainant too. If the police refuse to register a FIR on a complaint, the district and sessions judge (not a magistrate) can order [a] registration of a FIR under article 199 of the constitution / section 154 of criminal procedure code, which is the prosecution[s] [account] to be substaniated [sic] by inquiry / investigation report. 'Challan' is the formal charge framed in a court. Section 196 of the criminal procedure code makes the registration of certain FIRs hard, requiring an inquiry by a senior police officer (in case of Section 295 b and c, a suprintendant [sic] [this section relates to defiling the Koran and making derogatory remarks against the prophet respectively]) This is the law however in case of blasphemy allegations, we have seen [the law] violated and procedures ignored on one pretext or the other. UKBA: Once such a complaint has been lodged, what procedure does the court follow, and what are the timescales for such actions? NCJP: The charge is framed, [the] accused can deny [the charges] [then the] standard procedure [for] evidence, witnesses, cross examination takes place - if the
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 121

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

offense is bailable the court may also grant bail whenever requested. [This is followed by] the judgement, [and an] appeal against the verdict if felt necessary. 298-c, however, is non-bailable unless the accused can successfully contest that the offense is unfounded or cannot be substantiated. This can happen at investigation or trial. UKBA: Who is the court permitted to release documents to with regard to such a complaint? NCJP: All parties to the case have the right to acquire documents from any court of law, even the press can manage [to obtain] the copies of FIRs and decisions. [11i] 19.50 The PHRG Report 2010 noted that: The Mission heard that once a criminal complaint has been filed (called a First Information Report), there is very little scope for the prosecution to evaluate the strength or merits of the accusation. Almost invariably, the FIR will lead to a full trial, even if both prosecutor and judge deem the charge to be unsubstantiated. A number of interlocutors also complained that third parties, in particular mullahs, were able to influence blasphemy cases. Additionally, a number of interlocutors pointed out that the only penalty for blasphemy law under section 295C, namely the use of derogatory remarks etc in respect of the Holy Prophet, is death, but that this sentence was rarely imposed, thus making the legislation inherently contradictory. [51b] (p24) See also Section: Arrest and Detention Legal Rights

Hudood Ordinances
19.51 The USSD IRF Report 2010 observed that: the Hudood Ordinance... criminalizes rape, extramarital sex, property crimes, alcohol, and gambling; judges and attorneys in these courts must be Muslim... Under Sharia, Hudood referred to punishments for certain crimes such as theft, fornication, consumption of alcohol, and apostasy. The country's Hudood Ordinance often relied on harsh and discriminatory interpretations of Qur'anic standards of evidence and punishment that applied equally to Muslims and non-Muslims. If Qur'anic standards were used, Muslim and non-Muslim and male and female testimony carried different weight. Until the passage of the 2006 Protection of Women (Criminal Laws Amendment) Act (WPA), cases of rape and adultery were also heard under the Hudood Ordinance, which led to numerous abuses against women. The 2006 law moved these cases to secular rather than Sharia courts; thousands of women have now been released from jail, although social ostracism continued in some cases. [3l] (Section II) See Sections: Judiciary: Hudood Ordinances and Women: Womens Protection Act

Anti-terrorist laws
19.52 The USSD IRF Report 2010 stated Under the Anti-Terrorism Act (ATA), any action, including speech, intended to incite religious hatred was punishable by up to seven years' imprisonment... In accordance with the Anti-Terrorism Act, the government banned activities of and membership in
122 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

several religious extremist and terrorist groups. The act allowed the government to use special streamlined courts to try violent crimes, terrorist activities, acts or speech designed to foment religious hatred, and crimes against the state; however, many banned groups remained active. [3l] (Section II: Legal/Policy Framework) See also Section: Judiciary: Anti-Terrorist Act and Courts
Return to contents Go to sources

Apostasy
19.53 A response regarding apostasy to the UK Border Agency from the Foreign and Commonwealth (FCO) Office British High Commission in Pakistan, dated 9 January 2009, stated that although apostasy was not illegal, people who change their faith are regularly charged with blasphemy and insulting Islam. The FCO noted that This is usually when a conversion is made to an entirely separate religion (e.g. becoming Christian). Arguably a Sunni Muslim becoming Shia is a conversion of belief within a single religion [but] we are not currently aware of examples of blasphemy legal proceedings against Shias by Sunnis. [11d] As stated in the USSD IRF Report 2010 Conversion to minority religious beliefs generally took place in secret to avoid societal backlash. [3l] (Section III) On 9 May 2007, Asianews reported that a draft bill on apostasy had been adopted in its first reading by the National Assembly and had been put before a parliamentary standing committee for consideration. The article stated that Tabled by a six-party politico-religious alliance, the Muttahida Majlis-i-Amal or MMA, the Apostasy Act 2006 which the government sent to the committee would impose the death penalty on Muslim men and life in prison on Muslim women in case they leave Islam. It would also force them to forfeit their property and lose legal custody of children. [54a] An official at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO), British High Commission, Islamabad, stated in a letter dated 29 November 2010, that The [Apostasy] Bill failed to emerge from Committee before the dissolution of the National Assembly in 2007. The MMA boycotted the elections, eventually held in early 2008, and the alliance crumbled. They have no meaningful parliamentary base in the current Assembly. [11m] The Pew Research Center, a US-based non-partisan fact tank, and publisher of the Pew Global Attitudes Project, which conducts public opinion surveys around the world, presented its findings from a survey, Concern About Extremist Threat Slips in Pakistan, dated 29 July 2010. The survey was based on 2,000 face-to-face interviews conducted from 13 April to 28 April 2010 in predominantly urban areas of Punjab, Sindh, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and Balochistan. Covering the subject of religion, law and society, when asked (of Muslims only) Do you favor or oppose the death penalty for people who leave the Muslim religion?, 76 per cent voted in favour. [120a] (Chapter 4) The survey added ... those who identify with fundamentalists are much more likely than those who side with the modernizers to support harsh punishments under the law. For example, 88% of those who say they identify with Islamic fundamentalists favor the death penalty for people who leave the Muslim religion, compared with 67% of those who side with the modernizers. [120a] (Chapter 4)

19.54 19.55

19.56

19.57

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

123

PAKISTAN 19.58

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

In another survey, Pakistani Public Opinion: Growing Concerns About Extremism, Continuing Discontent With U.S., dated 13 August 2009, the Pew Global Attitudes Project stated that of the 1,254 people questioned in the four provinces of Pakistan, from 22 May to 9 June 2009, 78 per cent supported the death penalty for people leaving Islam. The survey noted Support for strict punishments is equally widespread among men and women, old and young, and the educated and uneducated. [120b] (p14) See also Christian converts

INTERFAITH MARRIAGE
19.59 In correspondence dated 24 June 2008, the FCO British High Commission (BHC), Islamabad, stated that in Islam a Muslim woman and a non-Muslim man cannot marry. If such a couple were to have a child, that child would be considered illegitimate on the grounds that the parents would not, and could not, be legally married. Should a Muslim woman marry a non-Muslim it would be considered adultery. The BHC went on to say that the Islamic punishment for adultery is stoning to death although in reality the penalty would be at least a lengthy prison sentence and considerable social stigma.
[11h]

19.60

The USSD IRF Report 2010 noted Marriages were generally performed and registered according to one's religious group; however there was no legal mechanism in place for the government to register marriages of Hindus and Sikhs. The marriages of nonMuslim men remained legal upon conversion to Islam. [3l] (Section II) See also subsection Hindus and Sikhs

19.61

International Christian Concern (ICC) reported, in an article dated 6 June 2008, of the death threats received by a Muslim man from Muslim extremists because he had acted as a witness in a marriage between a Christian man and Muslim woman. The witness was accused of participating in an un-Islamic activity and a fatwa was issued against him by the head of the local mosque. ICC stated that In Muslim societies, the father determines what religion the children will be, and so the marriage of a Christian man to a Muslim woman is a severe affront to Islam. On the other hand, Muslims have no problem if a Muslim man marries a Christian woman. This lack of reciprocity is designed to guard Islam from other religions... [43a] The Centre for Legal Aid, Assistance and Settlement, a Christian support organisation based in Lahore, stated in an undated article that if a Muslim woman married a Christian man it would be against the pride and honor of the Muslim womans family. The article stated that If a Christian boy and a Muslim girl fell in love with each other they cannot get married because of the fear and pressure from their families and also the pressure built by the extremists. The source added that the family would take the offence ...very seriously, and if the couple go into hid[ing] the [family will] search [for] them, find them and kill both including the family of that Christian boy. They also charge the boy/man and his family for abduction of their daughter and try to get them behind bars.
[46]

19.62

19.63

With regards to intermarriage between a non-Ahmadi Muslim and an Ahmadi, the Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada observed in a Response to Information Request, dated 19 November 2009, that:

124

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

In a 28 October 2009 telephone interview with the Research Directorate, the Eastern Canada Regional Amir of Ahmadiyya Muslim Jama'at Canada stated that marriages between non-Ahmadi Muslims and Ahmadis are rare... According to the General Secretary of Ahmadiyya Anjuman Lahore, since Ahmadis have been declared nonMuslims in Pakistan, intermarriage between a non-Ahmadi Muslim and an Ahmadi would not be recognized as legal marriage... The General Secretary also noted that Pakistani society does not consider such marriages valid (Ahmadiyya Anjuman Lahore ... In contrast, the National General Secretary and the Eastern Canada Regional Amir of Ahmadiyya Muslim Jama'at Canada both stated that intermarriage between a nonAhmadi Muslim and an Ahmadi is legal in Pakistan (Ahmadiyya Muslim Jama'at Canada ... However, the Eastern Canada Regional Amir stated that while such a marriage is legal in Pakistani courts, religious leaders are not concerned with the courts... Similarly, the National General Secretary stated that such marriages are condemned by religious clerics and [that] a biased judge can declare the marriage null and void. The General Secretary of Ahmadiyya Anjuman Lahore noted that Ahmadis have their own system to register their marriages and that couples may legally register their marriage with the Ahmadiyya authorities... [12m] 19.64 The same source added: With respect to the consequences of intermarriage, the Eastern Canada Regional Amir stated that families may try to influence the couple not to marry and may contact a religious leader to exert additional pressure... The National General Secretary noted that religious clerics may pressure families to disown children who marry outside of their faith... According to the General Secretary of Ahmadiyya Anjuman Lahore, if the authorities become aware of an intermarriage, the couple may face prosecution and the marriage may be declared invalid which may result [in] three years' imprisonment... The National General Secretary stated that section 298C of the blasphemy laws can be applied to the marriage because Islamic terminology is used in the marriage ceremony... Section 298C of the Pakistan Penal Code states the following: Any person of the Quadiani group or the Lahori group (who call themselves 'Ahmadis'), who directly or indirectly, poses himself as a Muslim, or calls, or refers to, his faith as Islam, or preaches or propagates his faith, or invites others to accept his faith, by words, either spoken or written, or by visible representations, or in any manner whatsoever outrages the religious feelings of Muslims shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years and shall also be liable to fine. (Pakistan 1860) According to the General Secretary and the National General Secretary, couples who intermarry may face rejection by their families and society... The National General Secretary also stated that intermarriage may result in death threats and murder... The General Secretary stated that the severity of the consequences depend on the social class of the individuals concerned... The National General Secretary further noted that religious clerics support the ill-treatment of Ahmadis... The Eastern Canada Regional Amir stated that many intermarried couples face challenges when determining what faith their children will adopt... Information on the consequences faced by officiants of intermarriage between non-Ahmadi Muslims and Ahmadis could not be found among the sources consulted by the Research Directorate. [12m] See also subsection Ahmadis and the section: Women
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 125

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011
Return to contents Go to sources

FORCED RELIGIOUS CONVERSIONS


19.65 A Jinnah Institute Research Report, A Question of Faith: A Report on the Status of Religious Minorities in Pakistan, published 7 June 2011, stated Incidents of forced conversions of Hindu women to Islam are reported on a regular basis in Sindh and can be correlated to gender based violence. In April 2009, it was reported that 18 Hindu women were forced to convert to Islam, and a more recent report in February 2010 hold the number at 25. [110a] (p55) The same source stated that a lawyer, of a Hindu family whose daughter was forced to convert to Islam following her abduction by a wealthy Muslim landowner, explained: ... often Hindu women belonging to lower castes are the most vulnerable and considered sexually available by men of Muslim-dominated communities. In Friday sermons at mosques in many areas of Sindh, jihad is often declared against Hindus. Muslims are exhorted to convert Hindu women to Islam by marrying them. When forced conversion cases make it to court, lawyers themselves avoid taking them up, fearing a backlash from maulvis [Islamic scholars]. [110a] (p55) 19.67 The HRCP Report 2010 cited: Forced conversions have been one of the biggest concerns for minority and vulnerable communities in Pakistan for many years. In October 2010, the Senate Standing Committee on Minorities Affairs expressed concern over abduction and focible conversion of Hindu girls in Sindh and demanded concrete measures to stop the conversions. Members of HRCP Working Group on Communities Vulnerable Because of Their Beliefs also highlighted instances of forced conversions of young girls in Karachi and elsewhere in Sindh. They said that conversions were not a Sindh-specific issue and were not confined to any particular gender, faith or locality. At times conversion of a girl from a minority faith began with her abduction and/or rape. [27e]
(p137)

19.66

19.68

International Christian Concern (ICC) reported on 14 April 2011: In Pakistan forced conversions to Islam, rapes and forced marriages are on the rise. The victims are mostly Hindu and Christian girls, belonging to religious minorities... This has been a worrying phenomenon for the Church in Pakistan for some time and that the Church is trying to address, looking for the cooperation of institutions but it is an uphill battle. The Christian girls are the weakest and most vulnerable, because their communities are poor, defenceless and marginalized, therefore easily exposed to harassment and threats. Often they do not even have the courage to denounce the violence..." [43b]

19.69

The USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that forced and coerced conversions of religious minorities to Islam occurred at the hands of societal actors. Minority groups claimed that the government action to counter this was inadequate and that, according to the National Commission for Justice and Peace (NCJP), forced conversions of Christians and Hindus were on the rise. [3l] (Section II: Forced Religious Conversion)
Return to contents Go to sources

126

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

FATWA
19.70 A Canadian Immigration and Refugee Board (IRB) Response to Information Request (RIR) dated 20 November 2007 provided a definition of a fatwa (plural fatawa) as an advisory opinion issued by a mufti in response to a questionerA mufti is an authority on Islamic law and tradition, who functions independently from the judicial systemOther sources indicate that a mullah [i.e., a religious cleric or a person with religious education]may also be able to issue fatawa.... The same source, citing a professor of Islamic Studies at Emory University, Georgia, stated that A fatwais a non-binding interpretation or ruling by a mufti. It is an opinion. A fatwa does not have an executive branch to carry out the ruling. [12k] The IRB response added that: Fatawa address legal and religious issuesas well as matters of everyday lifeThey can reportedly range in length from single word responses, such as yes or no, to book-length treatisesAccording to the Professor of Islamic Studies, fatawa, or rulings on a question, can differ by Muslim schools of law There are three Shia schools of law and four Sunni schools of law Although all these schools of law argue from the Quran, each has its own fatwa tradition and historical precedents that can make their rulings different from one other. The Professor of Islamic Studies further stated that the issuance of fatawa is very dynamic and that rulings on the same question may differ by individual fatwa requester (i.e., because of different circumstances, etc.)There are reportedly hundreds or even thousands of fatawa issued on a daily basis in Muslim countries [12k] 19.72 With regard to the impact of fatwa the IRB report observed: The influence of a fatwa reportedly depends on the stature of the person who issues itIt is also said to depend on the popularity and/or the practicality of the fatwa According to the Professor of Islamic Studies, a person who asks for a fatwa can follow the interpretation or ruling, but is not obligated to do so; he or she may go to another mufti for a different ruling. The University of Toronto Professor of Law similarly indicated that a fatwa is an opinion with no legal standing and that it is up to an individual to decide whether he or she wants to ignore it or take it seriouslyAccording to the Professor of Islamic Studies at Emory University, when a fatwa runs against the interests of government, then it can be declared invalid by the state (e.g., if a fatwa is issued by an extremist group). He noted that certain fatawa are resisted by the government because they are found to be unhelpful for political leaders. However, the Professor stated [g]enerally, a fatwa represents the interest of a specific group (e.g., a moderate or extremist group). Even though a fatwa may not be recognized by the government, the group that issued it takes it seriously. In such a case, a fatwa issued against an individual can be just as dangerous as if it were government action against the individual. [12k] 19.73 In another RIR dated 11 January 2008, the IRB recorded the following information provided to them by the Chairman of the Government of Pakistan's Council of Islamic Ideology: [I]n Pakistan, [the] issuance of fatwa is not organized by the state. It is privately managed by different institutions. As far as religious official institutions are concerned, there are ministries of Religious Affairs in the centre and also in provinces but they are
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 127

19.71

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

not fatwa organizations. The Council of Islamic Ideology is a constitutional body which advises the government on Islamic legislation but it also does not issue fatwa. There is no official organization for [the] issuance of fatwa in Pakistan nor is there any official format of fatwa. The government does not publicize any fatwa because there is no official fatwa institution or an official Mufti. [12d] 19.74 The same RIR continued: Fatwas are issued privately by various scholars in whom the people have trust. The common practice is that a number of religious teaching institutions (Madrasas) have organizations of fatwa under their supervision. There are also individual scholars who issue these fatwas. However, there is no process of official recognition of any mufti or fatwa. The people consult these institutions and individuals on the basis of their knowledge and reputation. It is difficult to define the reach of a fatwa because the acceptability of [a] fatwa does not depend on official recognition or organization. The reach of [a] fatwa depends on personal recognition. It also depends on [the] religious group to which the inquirer of the fatwa belongs. The Government of Pakistan [has] no control over the issuance of fatwa[s]. There [is] no legislation for organizing or controlling the fatwa. According to the theory of fatwa, a fatwa is not binding. It is not synonymous with legal judgment. A person may ask fatwa on the same question from several scholars. A mufti is allowed to revoke his fatwa under several circumstances, including new information, on realizing his mistake in the interpretation of the sources or finding new evidences. The corrected fatwa is issued with a note explaining the circumstances. [12d]

VOTING RIGHTS
19.75 The USSD International Religious Freedom Report 2004, published on 15 September 2004, noted that: In January 2002, the Government eliminated the countrys system of separate religious-based electorates, which had been a longstanding point of contention between religious minorities and human rights groups on one side and the Government on the other. With the elimination of the separate electorate system, political representation is to be based on geographic constituencies that represent all residents, regardless of religious affiliation. Minority group leaders believe this change may help to make public officials take notice of the concerns and rights of minority groups. Because of their often geographically concentrated populations, religious minorities could have significant influence as swing voting blocks in some constituencies. Few non-Muslims are active in the countrys mainstream political parties due to limitations on their ability to run for elective office under the previous separate electorate system. [3h] (Section II) 19.76 The report continued: While most minority leaders welcomed the return of joint electorates, some complained that the elimination of reserved seats made the election of any minority members unlikely. In response to this complaint, the Government announced in August 2002 that reserved parliamentary seats for religious minorities would be restored. Non-Muslims

128

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

are now able to vote both for a local candidate in their geographic constituencies and for a representative of their religious group. [3h] (Section II) 19.77 Regarding the 2008 general elections in Pakistan, the HRCP Report 2008 noted that: The ECP [Election Commission of Pakistan] compiled a separate electoral roll just for Ahmadis, distinguishing them from the list of all other eligible voters in the country. In addition to outright religious discrimination, a separate list for Ahmadis completely disregarded the spirit of the joint electorate, the Constitution of Pakistan, and the guarantee of international human rights. As had happened in previous elections, the Ahmadis chose not to participate in the elections. [27a] (p105, Political participation) See also subsection Ahmadis 19.78 The Legal Framework Order (LFO) 2002 altered article 51 of the Constitution so that ten seats in the National Assembly were reserved for non-Muslims (including Christians, Sikhs, Hindus, Parsis and Ahmadis). The LFO also amended article 106 of the constitution so that the Provincial Assemblies would have seats reserved for nonMuslims: three seats in both Balochistan and NWFP [North West Frontier Province], eight in Punjab and nine in Sindh (though Ahmadis were not entitled to reserved representation in Baluchistan). (National Reconstruction Bureau; Legal Framework Order 2002, 21 August 2002) [29j] Of the twenty three seats allocated to minorities in total in the Provincal Assemblies, nine were set aside for Christians, seven for Hindus, four for Sikhs, Buddhists and Parsis [together], and three for Ahmadis. (Revival of The Constitution of 1973 Order, 1985, date accessed 7 December 2009) [29p] The ACHR South Asia Human Rights Violator Index 2008 recorded that: Religious minorities have been systematically excluded from the new voters list released by the Election Commission of Pakistan on 12 June 2007. The list placed Ahmadis on a separate discriminatory list. In July 2007, the All Pakistan Minorities Alliance claimed that 20 per cent of non-Muslim voters had been excluded from the new voters list. About 18 per cent of eligible voters belonging to a minority group have been struck off from the new voters list in North West Frontier Province. [67b] (p73) 19.81 The USSD IRF Report 2010 observed, in regard to Ahmadis, that: The government designated religious affiliation on passports and requested religious information in national identity card applications. A citizen must have a national identity card to vote. Those wishing to be listed as Muslims must swear their belief that the Prophet Muhammad is the final prophet and denounce the Ahmadiyya movement's founder as a false prophet and his followers as non-Muslims, a provision designed to discriminate against Ahmadis. As a result Ahmadis continued to boycott elections. [3l]
(Section II: Legal/Policy Framework)

19.79

19.80

AHMADIS Background
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 129

PAKISTAN 19.82

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Al Islam, the official website of the Ahmadiyya Muslim Community, accessed 10 August 2011, noted in its undated overview of Ahmadis, that: The Ahmadiyya Muslim Community is a dynamic, fast growing international revival movement within Islam. Founded in 1889, it spans over 195 countries with membership exceeding tens of millions. Its current headquarters are in the United Kingdom. Ahmadiyya Muslim Community is the only Islamic organization to believe that the longawaited Messiah has come in the person of Mirza Ghulam Ahmad(as) (1835-1908) of Qadian. Ahmad(as) claimed to be the metaphorical second coming of Jesus(as) of Nazareth and the divine guide, whose advent was foretold by the Prophet of Islam, Muhammad(sa). Ahmadiyya Muslim Community believes that God sent Ahmad(as), like Jesus(as), to end religious wars, condemn bloodshed and reinstitute morality, justice and peace. Ahmads(as) advent has brought about an unprecedented era of Islamic revival. He divested Islam of fanatical beliefs and practices by vigorously championing Islams true and essential teachings... His rigorous and rational defenses of Islam unsettled conventional Muslim thinking. As part of its effort to revive Islam, Ahmadiyya Muslim Community continues to spread Ahmads(as) teachings of moderation and restraint in the face of bitter opposition from parts of the Muslim world... Five spiritual leaders have succeeded Ahmad(as) since his demise in 1908. Its fifth and current spiritual head, Mirza Masroor Ahmad, resides in the United Kingdom. [17a]

19.83

The website for The Lahore Ahmadiyya Movement in Islam, accessed 10 August 2011, noted that ...there are two sections of the Ahmadiyya Movement... Ahmadiyya Anjuman Ishaat-i-Islam Lahore, the head quarters of which is in Lahore, Pakistan. The other section is the Qadiani Jamaat, the headquarters of which is in Rabwah, Pakistan. The website, undated, described the main differences between the the Qadiani Jamaat and the Lahore Ahmadiyya Jamaat: The Qadiani Jamaat believes that all Muslims who have not entered in the Bai'at (pledge) of the Founder of the Ahmadiyya Movement are kafirs and out of the pail of Islam, even though these Muslims never heard the name of the Founder or even though they may be believing in the Founder's truthfulness. The crux of the matter according to the Qadiani Jamaat is the formal entry in the Bai'at of the Founder of the Ahmadiyya Movement on the terms of belief entertained and preached by them. As against the above Qadiani belief, the Lahore Ahmadiyya Jamaat believes that every person who recites Kalimah-e-Tayyebah [There is no god but Allah, and Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah (La ilaha ill-Allah, Muhammad-ur rasul-ullah) The Pronouncement of the Faith of Islam] is a Muslim, no matter to what sect he belongs to and no matter whether he believes in the Founder of the Ahmadiyya Movement or not. According to them non-belief in a Mujaddid or Promised Messiah is simply a sin like many other sins for which a person is accountable to Allah, but one is not thrown out of the pail of Islam, nor does one become a kafir by committing a sin. The issue of Takfir-e-Muslimeen was the first difference of belief which arose amongst the members of the Ahmadiyya Movement after the passing away of the Founder of the Movement, and ultimately it led to the Split of the Movement into two sections. [18a]

130

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Demography
19.84 Official figures obtained from the last Pakistan census, conducted in 1998, recorded that Ahmadis represented 0.22% (Population Census Organisation) [58b] of the total Pakistan population (at that time) of 132,325,000 (Population Census Organisation) [58a] approximately 291,000 people. The USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that the number of Ahmadis in Pakistan according to Jamaat-e-Ahmadiyya, is nearly 600,000, although it is difficult to establish an accurate estimate because Ahmadis, who are legally prohibited from identifying themselves as Muslims, generally choose not to identify themselves as non-Muslims. [3l] (Section I) The USCIRF Report 2011 stated that there may be three to four million Ahmadis in Pakistan. [53b] (p117) ThePersecution.org, a website reporting on the religious persecution of the Ahmadiyya Muslim community, stated in its annual report, Persecution of Ahmadis in Pakistan during the Year 2010 (Annual Report 2010), dated 31 December 2010, that the Ahmadi headquarters was based in Rabwah and more than 95 per cent of its population was Ahmadi. [60a] (p4) Based on official government figures Rabwah has a population of about 70,000 Ahmadis. (PHRG Report 2007) [51a] (p2, Section 1, Introduction) ThePersecution.org also noted that Rabwah was now officially named Chenab Nagar despite residents objections. [60a] (p65)

19.85

19.86

Legislation discriminating against Ahmadis


19.87 The USCIRF Report 2011 observed that Ahmadis were: subject to the most severe legal restrictions and officially-sanctioned discrimination... egregious acts of violence have been perpetrated against Ahmadis and anti-Ahmadi laws have helped create a permissive climate for vigilante violence against the members of this community. Ahmadis... are prevented by law from engaging in the full practice of their faith and may face criminal charges for a range of religious practices, including the use of religious terminology. [53b] (p117) 19.88 The USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that: A 1974 constitutional amendment declared that Ahmadis are non-Muslims. Sections 298(b) and 298(c) of the penal code, commonly referred to as the anti-Ahmadi laws, prohibited Ahmadis from calling themselves Muslims, referring to their religious beliefs as Islam, preaching or propagating their religious beliefs, inviting others to accept Ahmadi teachings, or insulting the religious feelings of Muslims. The punishment for violation of these provisions is imprisonment for up to three years and a fine. Religious parties opposed any amendments to the constitution affecting its Islamic clauses, especially the ones relating to Ahmadis. In April the 18th Amendment to the constitution was passed without amending constitutional clauses affecting minorities, including blasphemy and Ahmadi-specific laws. [3l] (Section II: Legal/Policy Framework) 19.89 The same source stated that: Ahmadiyya leaders claimed the government used sections of the penal code against their members for religious reasons. The government used anti-Ahmadi laws to target and harass Ahmadis and often accused converts to the Ahmadiyya community of blasphemy, violations of anti-Ahmadi laws, or other crimes. The vague wording of the
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 131

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

provision that forbids Ahmadis from directly or indirectly identifying themselves as Muslims enabled officials to bring charges against Ahmadis for using the standard Muslim greeting and for naming their children Muhammad. According to the Rabwahbased Jamaat-e-Ahmadiyya, between July and December 31 [2010], three Ahmadis registered complaints of criminal charges under Ahmadi-specific laws and the blasphemy laws with the police, and 21 Ahmadis claimed that they faced false charges under other sections of the penal code. [3l] (Section II: Restrictions on Religious Freedom) See also sub-sections above on Blasphemy Laws and Voting rights

Passports and ID cards


19.90 The USSD IRF Report 2010 observed that The government designated religious affiliation on passports and requested religious information in national identity card applications. A citizen must have a national identity card to vote. [3l] (Section II: Legal/Policy Framework) However, Obtaining a Pakistani national identity card or passport requires the applicant to sign a religious affirmation denouncing the founder of the Ahmadi faith as a false prophet. Moreover, because Ahmadis are required to register to vote as nonMuslims and national identity cards identify Ahmadis as non-Muslims, those who refuse to disavow their claim to being Muslims are effectively disenfranchised from participating in elections at any level. (USCIRF Report 2011) [53b] (p117) Furthermore, Due to the passport requirements to list religious affiliation and denounce the Ahmadi prophet, Ahmadis were restricted from going on the Hajj because they were unable to declare themselves as Muslims. (USSD IRF Report 2010) [3l] (Section II: Restrictions on
Religious Freedom)

19.91

In a letter to the UK Border Agency, dated 20 January 2011, with regards to recording a persons religious faith in a Pakistani passport, the British High Commission (BHC) in Islamabad consulted with an official working within the Passport Circle in the Government of Pakistans Federal Investigation Agency. He responded as follows There is no stamp of Ahmadiyya. Its [sic the persons religion] printed on second page of the passport...its [a] one time process and it can be printed only... once when [the] passport is printed. [11p] The BHC also consulted with a locally employed member of staff within the British High Commission, whose opinion was as follows: The old PAK ppt [Pakistani passport] had [a] religion column on the biodata page. The new PAK machine readable ppts were introduced in Oct 2004 when religion was not being mentioned. In 2006 the authorities started putting religion on [the] annotation page. The passport database is interconnected with the NADRA's [National Database and Registration Authority] system, where the things are being tallied. During the database recording for a new PAK ppt, religion question is asked. If there is any discrepancy the applicants are asked to submit [an] affidavit on this to remove doubts.
[11p]

19.92

19.93

The same source added, in response to the following questions posed by the UK Border Agency: UKBA: What is the process to record your faith in a Pakistani passport? BHC: At the time of data recording for a new passport questions are asked verbally including religion.

132

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 UKBA: Is a stamp issued to confirm the individuals Ahmadiyya faith?

PAKISTAN

BHC: There has never been any stamp impression (Rubber Stamp) for religion/faith on the manual (old) PAK ppt. However the faith/religion is printed on the annotation page of the new PAK ppt. The term Ahmadiyya is printed on page two of the passport. We are not aware of there being a wet ink stamp. UKBA: Who applies the stamp in the Pakistani passport? BHC: The passport and Immigration authorities are responsible for printing the biodata and additional info of the applicant (faith/religion) on the passports both on manual and machine readable. UKBA: Can the stamp be applied at any stage? BHC: Yes, but in such cases applicants needs [sic] to reapply for modifications and [a] new passport will be issued. UKBA: Could a bribe be paid for an Ahmadiyya stamp to be issued? BHC: The system can be abused... [in] different ways. It is possible that a bribe could be paid at the time the passport is issued, but we do not have any direct evidence of this. UKBA: Do those with the Ahmadiyya faith declared in their passport have problems with immigration when departing from Pakistan? BHC: There isn't any problem in departing from Pakistan for Ahmadis holding Pakistani ppt. As long as the visa and passport is genuine. [11p] 19.94 The HRCP Report 2009 noted that According to the Federal Minister for Religious Affairs, International Machine Readable (IMR) passports were made mandatory for obtaining Hajj visas in 2009. Applications without Computerized National Identity Cards (CNIC) and IMR passports were not entertained causing great inconvenience to the pilgrims. [27c] (p120) See also subsection on Voting rights above, and sections: Citizenship and Nationality; National identity cards; Exit/entry procedures; Passports, and Forged and fraudulently obtained official documents

Khatme Nabuwaat
19.95 19.96 The USSD Report 2009, described the Khatme Nabuwwat (Committee to Secure the Finality of Prophethood) as ... an anti-Ahmadiyya religious clerical group. [3b] (Section The PHRG Report 2007 reported on a meeting with the Khatme Nabuwaat in Rabwah. The report observed: members of the Islamabad Chapter of Khatme Nabuwwat informed the mission that it is Khatme Nabuwwats belief that no Prophet can come after Mohammed as he is the final Prophet. Anyone who claims otherwise is an infidel and their claim is false, baseless and a crime. Khatme Nabuwwats mission is therefore to spread understanding of the finality of the Prophet through preaching and books. The source
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 133

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

insisted that they have mutual respect for all, including Ahmadis, as humans. However, Ahmadis should not assert themselves to be Muslim because they do not believe in the laws of the Prophet.the purpose of Khatme Nabuwwat is to act against those who do not accept the finality of the prophet, to contradict them and to invite them to rejoin the faith. this role means that the focus of Khatme Nabuwwat is on Ahmadis in particular. According to Khatme Nabuwwat (Islamabad Chapter) the movement against Ahmadis started when members of the Muslim community were attacked by Ahmadis at Rabwah railway station in 1974: the source told the mission that Ahmadis were terrorists, and they are terrorists today. [51a] (p8) 19.97 The same source also noted that representatives of the Ahmadi community in Rabwah stated that members or supporters of the Khatme Nabuwaat were the principal attackers of Ahmadis and their property in Rabwah. [51a] (p8 Section 2, The role of Khatme
Nabuwwat (Committee to Secure the Finality of the Prophethood))

19.98

The Persecution.org reported in its Annual Report 2010 that on the 14 and 15 October 2010: Mullas of the Alami Majlis Tahaffuz Khatme Nabuwwat, Multan held their two days annual conference in the Ahmadiyya headquarters Rabwah, 260 kilometers away from their center in Multan. This sectarian conference is now permitted regularly despite the declared state policy and assessment that intensive sectarian activities breed extremism which leads to terrorism. The mulla undertakes all the trouble and expense to hold this conference in Rabwah as a token of supremacy over and provocation against the Ahmadiyya community in Pakistan. [60a] (p16)

19.99

The same source noted that, despite the Khatme Nabuwwat and non-residents of Rabwah having permission to hold meetings and rallies, the Ahmaddiya annual religious gathering has been banned since 1984. Even holding major sporting events are prohibited. [60a] (p4)

19.100 On its website, accessed 10 June 2011, Khatm-e-Nubuwwat expressed its opinion on the Ahmadiyya, which stated: Qadiyaniat (so called Ahmediyyat ) is a non-genuine maneuvered ideology, invented by anti-Islam imperialist forces, aiming at shaking the very foundations of Islam. Qadiayanis are nothing but a gang of traitors, apostates and infidels, and yet many still accompany them out of confusion and lack of knowledge. The purpose of this site is to disclose the anti-Islamic character of these heretics and provide relevant information to those who need it. Needless to say that it is the primary religious duty of every Muslim to struggle against this evil. [109a] 19.101 The same source branded the Ahmadi faith as a cult and stated: Qadianism (Ahmadism) is pseudo religion whose leadership exploits its members socially, psychologically and financially. The leaders of this cult have been able to maintain their hegemony over their ordinary members through treachery, plagiarism, cruel and inhuman discipline. This cult aims to steal the identity of Islam by misinterpreting the original sources of Islam. The purpose of this site is to expose the tactics and logical fallacies of this cult. [109a] 19.102 The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) reported in its South Asia Intelligence Review Weekly Assessment and Briefings, dated 27 June 2011, that On June 10, 2011, the All
134 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Pakistan Students Khatm-e-Nubuwat (End of Prophethood) Federation issued pamphlets branding members of the Ahmadiyya community as wajib-ul-qatl (obligatory to be killed). The pamphlet, circulated in Faisalabad District of Punjab Province, read, To shoot such people is an act of jihad and to kill such people is an act of sawab (blessing). [61f] (Volume 9, No. 51, June 27, 2011)
Return to contents Go to sources

Violence and discrimination against Ahmadis


19.103 The Parliamentary Human Rights Group Report of the PHRG Fact Finding Mission to Pakistan to Examine the Human Rights Situation of the Ahmadiyya Community, published 24 September 2010 (PHRG Report 2010), stated that The Mission were told about several cases of the murder of Ahmadis, reportedly for their religious beliefs. In many of these cases it appears that the police are slow to carry out a proper investigation and that even following a religiously motivated murder, the family of the deceased is not being given any protection. [51b] (p24) 19.104 The PHRG Report 2010 also cited the attack on two Ahmadi mosques that occurred in May 2010, subsequent to the Missions visit of February 2010. The Report noted that: The attack happened on Friday the 28th May 2010 when two large Ahmadi mosques were full of worshippers who had gathered for Friday-prayers. A well coordinated attack for which the responsibility was claimed by Tehrik-e-Taliban, a hitherto unknown group but assumed to be a front for a sectarian organisation. Those who survived claimed that they heard the attackers shouting slogans of Khatm-e-Nabuwaat and kill all!. Assailants entered the two mosques when the people were worshipping and in the end 85 people were killed and 150 injured. [51b] (p29) 19.105 The same source added that: Representatives of the Ahmadiyya community told the Mission that the situation [of discrimation and violence] that currently exists cannot be attributed solely to extremist Mullahs who openly incite hatred and murder. It is also the state and political parties in power who are contributing to the discrimination against and persecution of Ahmadis. The Mission met several state representatives, who without exception stated that state bodies were pressurised by religious extremists and that their own ability to reign in these parties was very limited. Representatives of the Islamabad Ahmadiyya community told the Mission that the reason for the failure of the government to take active steps against religious extremists was the fact that even the government was reliant on their support. In Lahore the Mission was told that [sic] the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan that extremist Mullahs have developed a power base and now wield much influence because they are being encouraged by the governments failure to act against them. While there is impunity there is no reason for these groups to stop. According to the Commission the government must make examples of extremist Mullahs. At the local level, the police are often reluctant to touch the Mullahs again this reflects the failure of the government to deal with the situation at any level. [51b] (p37-38) 19.106 The HRCP Report 2010 cited:
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 135

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The hate speech, intimidation and violence against the Ahmedis, which has been the norm in Pakistan, grew alarmingly in the year under review. Since the promulgation of the 1984 Prohibition of Qadiyaniat Ordinance until the end of the year 2010, as many as 202 Ahmedis had been killed in faith-based attacks. 2010 was the worst year in terms of the number of killings since 1984. As many as 99 Ahmedis were killed in 2010, 92 of them in the Punjab province, four in Sindh, and three in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (all of them in Mardan district). The attacks that took the highest toll on human lives occurred in Lahore, Punjab, on May 28. On that day terrorists killed 86 Ahmedis in attacks on two Ahmedi congregations in Lahore. 124 Ahmedis were also injured in the two attacks, which were owned by the Taliban. [27e] (p127) 19.107 The same source added Cases were registered against 67 Ahmedis during the year on account of their religious beliefs. Leaders of radical religious political parties kept calling for social boycott of Ahmedis. In his Friday sermon, the head of one religious political party threatened a fresh movement against the Ahmedi community if it did not accept their minority status and the government kept silent about their blasphemous and unconstitutional activities. [27e] (p127) 19.108 The persecution.org noted in its Annual Report 2010 that a total of 99 Ahmadis were murdered for their faith in 2010. (p131) According to the source, between 1984 and 31 December 2010, 202 Ahmadis were murdered for their faith. [60a] p136) 19.109 The USSD Report 2009 noted that as well as the deaths of 11 Ahmadis in 2009 ... there were nine targeted attacks against Ahmadis that resulted in several serious injuries; 37 Ahmadis were charged under blasphemy laws; and 57 Ahmadis were charged under Ahmadi-specific laws. At year's end no Ahmadi was in prison on charges of desecration of the Koran. [3b] (Section 2c) 19.110 On 9 July 2008, the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) reported that a First Information Report (FIR) was lodged on 8 June 2008 against thousands of Ahmadi residents of Rabwah. The FIR followed official celebrations of the Ahmadi community that were held across Pakistan, especially in Rabwah. The FIR stated that "... every person of every locality of the community was seen involved in these celebrations with fire works, lighting their places, and greeting each other (which is amounted to preaching of their faith, a crime according to a controversial law of the country)." [27d] 19.111 The USSD Report 2009 noted with regards to the above case that There were no developments regarding the June 2008 case in which police charged all the residents of Rabwah in Punjab under anti-Ahmadi laws and arrested Muhammad Yunus for lighting fireworks and lamps and greeting each other, which the government considered to be preaching their faith, a crime by law. [3b] (Section 2c) 19.112 The USSD IRF Report 2010 added that: As of December [2010], according to Ahmadiyya leaders, seven Ahmadis were in prison; three have been sentenced to death after being convicted of murder and are awaiting a hearing of their appeal, while four others were charged with murder in a religion-based incident. All four, currently in prison awaiting a bail hearing and trial, claimed the murder was committed by another individual. The presiding judge has registered a charge of murder against that person also. The Ahmadiyya community claimed the arrests were groundless and based on the detainees' religious beliefs. Several criminal cases, ranging from killings to destruction of property, were filed
136 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

against prominent members of the Ahmadiyya community during the reporting period. The cases remained unprosecuted, and the accused were allowed to post bail. [3l]
(Section II: Abuses of Religious Freedom)

19.113 In its Annual Report 2010, thepersecution.org, listed the number of criminal cases brought against Ahmadis from April 1984 to 31 December 2010. The list included 434 cases of Ahmadis booked for posing as Muslims, 724 booked for preaching and 298 charged under the Blasphemy Law, i.e. PPC 295-C. The summary cited a total of 3,786 cases of Ahmadis being booked or charged on religious grounds. In addition, the report also noted that the entire population of Rabwah (more than 60,000 people) was booked under 298-C of the Penal Code on 8 June 2008. [60a] (p135) The USSD IRF Report 2009 also noted that ... police charged the entire Ahmadi populations in Rabwah and Kotli with blasphemy in June 2008 for celebrating 100 years of Caliph-ship and constructing a mosque for the community. [3c] (Section II) 19.114 The PHRG Report 2010 stated that The Mission was told by a number of witnesses that the judicial process moved very slowly in the case of Ahmadis and that discretionary remedies, like the granting of bail, were frequently refused to Ahmadis.
[51b] (p37)

19.115 The same source cited a testimony from a witness whose husband, Mohammed Iqbal, had been sentenced to 25 years imprisonment for blasphemy. The Mission met and interviewed Mr Iqbals wife and son, who said that they had been the only Ahmadi family in their village and that the incident arose because the imam of the local mosque did not approve of Mr Iqbal coming to the mosque to talk to him. Mr Iqbal appealed against his sentence but, five years on, the appeal is still pending. In the meantime, Mrs Iqbal moved to Rabwah, where it it was reported that she feels safer. [51b] (p20) 19.116 In a report to the UN Committee Against Racial Discrimination, Pakistan: The Land of Religious Apartheid and Jackboot Justice, published August 2007, the Asian Centre for Human Rights (ACHR) stated that On 26 January 2007, police reportedly registered cases against five Ahmadi children... under Section 17 of the Maintenance of Public Order Ordinance in Chora Kalan police station in Khushab district for subscribing to Jamaat-e-Ahmadiyas monthly childrens magazine Tasheezul Azhan. [67a] (p5:
Persecution under blasphemy laws)

19.119 The USSD IRF Report 2010 also noted that Ahmadis faced restrictions on establishing places of worship and the authorities ...Authorities continued to conduct surveillance on Ahmadis, and several Ahmadiyya mosques reportedly were closed or confiscated; others reportedly were desecrated or their construction stopped. All minorities claimed to have experienced discrimination in recruitment for government jobs, but the Ahmadis particularly suffered and ...contended that a glass ceiling prevented their promotion to senior positions, and certain government departments refused to hire or retain qualified Ahmadis. [3l] (Section II: Restrictions on Religious Freedom) 19.120 The PHRG Report 2010 noted that The Mission received a number of reports and testimony of witnesses to the effect that it was very difficult for Ahmadis to construct places of worship. In the most extreme case, the local administration actually demolished a half finished structure which was intended to be used as a place of worship. [51b] (p31) 19.121 In interviewing Ahmadi Community Representatives in Rabwah, members of the PHRG Report 2007 identified that first information reports [charge/allegation reported to the
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 137

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

police] brought against Ahmadis were registered by three main sources, those lodged by members of Khatme Nabuwwat, those precipitated by police or government intervention, and those used to settle personal rivalries or enmity. [51a] (p12, Section 3,
Potential Risk Factors Faced by Ahmadis in Rabwah)

19.122 Members of the PHRG were informed by the Ahmadi Community Representatives that they could not look to the police or the Courts for protection in Rabwah and were unable to give an example, to the PHRG mission, of the police having provided protection to an Ahmadi in Rabwah. The report further noted that: The mission were informed that the state provides no protection to senior Ahmadi figures or mosques at Rabwah, except for a symbolic presence at the central mosque at Friday prayers. The Representatives described how during the Khatme Nabuwwat conference in Rabwah the police line the streets and look on as Khatme Nabuwwat members march through the town, chanting filthy, dirty slogans and vandalising Ahmadi property... The Ahmadi Community Representatives concluded that if someone fled to Rabwah fearing attack in their home area there would be no police protection available to them. Indeed, the police are seen by the community as actively protecting the Mullahs and their followers. [51a] (p21, Section 4.2, State protection) 19.123 The PHRG members consulted other sources and similar views were expressed: Faiz ur Rehman, President, Amnesty International Pakistan stated that nowhere, including Rabwah, is safe for Ahmadis as the police would refuse to give protection to an Ahmadi. When asked if the police might react differently in Rabwah to elsewhere in Pakistan, Mr Rehman explained that whilst it is not impossible, it has not happened. He explained that... even relatively senior and educated local police officers find that their hands are tied by their superiors when dealing with Ahmadi cases. [51a] (p21, Section 4.2,
State protection)

19.124 On the subject of internal relocation and Rabwah, the PHRG spoke with Amnesty International President, Faiz ur Rehman, who noted: ...that it is only Rabwah where the Ahmadi are in the majority and as a result an Ahmadi may feel a little safe in Rabwah compared to a town or village where they are in a small minority. Those from outside Rabwah may therefore flee there if they are in fear in their home area. However, Mr Rehman pointed out that Khatme Nabuwwat have an office in Rabwah. Thus, whilst those who flee to Rabwah might gain safety for a period of time, fear of Khatme Nabuwwat is ever present... Broadly agreeing with Mr Rehman, the HRCP [Human Rights Commission of Pakistan] explained that whilst Rabwah is safer than most other places in Pakistan for Ahmadis, there are instances of violence here as well. When asked about whether Rabwah can offer a refuge for those targeted elsewhere in Pakistan, the HRCP explained that if an Ahmadi was pursued across Pakistan, they would be caught by their persecutor in Rabwah. Clarifying this point, the HRCP stated that safety in Rabwah depends on the nature of the persecution and/or the influence of the persecutor... The HRCP explained that the best way for an Ahmadi to protect her or himself is to hide their religion: living in Rabwah has the opposite effect as it is the focus of Khatme Nabuwwat and living in the town marks a person as an Ahmadi. [51a] (p20, Section 4.1, Community protection)

Societal discrimination
19.125 The PHRG Report 2007, considering the social context of the Ahmadis, reported that:
138 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The HRCP [Human Rights Commission of Pakistan] note that there is a class or economic element motivating this [poor] treatment of Ahmadis, pointing out that the Hindu community, who belong to a low economic class, receives relatively little popular attention and low levels of discrimination. The Ahmadis, however, tend to be an educated and successful community whose members have historically risen to important positions in government and civil society. Today, Ahmadis are prevented from accessing senior employment in state defence or civil institutions. Faiz ur Rehman (President of Amnesty International Pakistan) described the situation in similar terms: prior to 1974 there had been a large number of Ahmadis in senior positions in the Pakistan administration. This is now no longer the case: there are no Ahmadi policy makers, judges, or educationalists. [51a] (p6, Section 2, Position of Ahmadis in Pakistan) 19.126 The report added that the: British High Commission (BHC) also noted the role played by the media. The HRCP described the vernacular press as having become virulently anti-Ahmadi. State television contains broadcasts of anti-Ahmadi rhetoric, including phrases such as Ahmadis deserve to die. Even in the traditionally liberal English language press religious freedom is becoming harder to defend as journalists increasingly fear attack if they defend Ahmadis. The BHC stated that public opinion on Ahmadis, encouraged by the vernacular press, is conservative. Whilst Christian rights may be upheld in the press, Ahmadi rights are not. The effect is that most people have accepted the proposition that Ahmadis are non-Muslim and this is as far as they take the issue. However, others use the discrimination as an opportunity for personal or political gain.
[51a] (p6, Section 2, Position of Ahmadis in Pakistan)

19.127 The same source recorded that: The HRCP stated that the situation faced by Ahmadis today is very poor, and becoming worse as each year passes. In a country where sectarianism is on the increase, the Ahmadis were described by HRCP as being in the worst case scenario: the official policy on religion leaves the group extremely vulnerable. The threat to Ahmadis varies from place to place: in some villages Ahmadis are able to live safely, whilst in others they have been driven out. The reports of violence fluctuate each year but the overall trend of violence against Ahmadis is worseningThe atmosphere of intolerance towards Ahmadis in which the perpetrators of violence against them are painted as the injured parties is increasing, and is being indirectly nurtured by the government who do not defend Ahmadis. Three years ago a member of the judiciary or government would have spoken out against violence or stepped in to defend Ahmadis against attacks in the press, but this is no longer the case [51a] (p7, Section 2.1, Social and
political environment)

19.128 In monitoring the mainstream Urdu newspapers during 2010 the HRCP Report 2010 found ... 1,468 news, articles and editorials that promoted hate, intolerance or discrimination against the Ahmedis. Hate campaigns against the Ahmedi community also continued across the country through the use of stickers, wall chalking and distribution of pamphlets. [27e] (p127) 19.129 The SATP reported in its South Asia Intelligence Review Weekly Assessment and Briefings, dated 27 June 2011, that On June 10, 2011, the All Pakistan Students Khatm-e-Nubuwat (End of Prophethood) Federation issued pamphlets branding members of the Ahmadiyya community as wajib-ul-qatl (obligatory to be killed). The
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 139

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

pamphlet, circulated in Faisalabad District of Punjab Province, read, To shoot such people is an act of jihad and to kill such people is an act of sawab (blessing). [61f]
(Volume 9, No. 51)

19.130 The same source added: On June 13, 2011, reports revealed that terrorists were chalking out a plan to attack prominent members of the Ahmadi community in the country, starting from Faisalabad. Sources in the local Law Enforcement Agencies also revealed that different terrorist outfits have joined together in this mission and had initiated the campaign with the distribution of pamphlets and organization of meetings in local seminaries against the Ahmadis, claiming that the Ahmadi citizens of the country were involved in conspiracies against Islam and Pakistan. [61f] (Volume 9, No. 51) 19.131 In the PHRG Report 2007, the BHC were reported to have stated that The sensitivity of Ahmadi identity is such that Ahmadis face social isolation. In Mr Rehmans [President of Amnesty International Pakistan] view the Ahmadis are the most repressed community in Pakistan. Whilst the Christian community face problems, they have profile and support in Pakistan. No-one is exerting pressure on behalf of the Ahmadis. [51a] (p7, Section 2.1,
Social and political environment)

19.132 The PHRG Report 2007 also noted that the BHC stated: there is under-reporting of Ahmadi persecution, making it difficult to make an accurate assessment of the frequency of attacks against Ahmadis; however, the BHC consider the problems faced by Ahmadis to be a serious issue. The Pakistan government has done little to alleviate the problems faced by Ahmadis: it would be political suicide to deal with the Ahmadi problem directly and politicians will not use the example of the Ahmadis to make the case for religious tolerance. The Senior Government Advisor draws a similar conclusion: it is now beyond the power of government to reverse the situation for Ahmadis... changes in the law will not be sufficient to change the view of the population: there must be a change in the views held in society first. However there is no party or institution prepared to lead the debate on Ahmadis in Pakistan and therefore a change in public attitude is not anticipated in the near future. [51a] (p7, Section 2.1, Social and political environment) 19.133 Regarding conversion to the Ahmadiyya faith, a Response to Information Request by the Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada, dated 23 November 2009, stated: In correspondence with the Research Directorate, the National General Secretary of Ahmadiyya Muslim Jama'at Canada stated that a non-Ahmadi Muslim who converts to the Ahmadi faith will face extreme persecution which could be ... physical torture, expulsion from family, social boycott, murder or a combination of all ... The Eastern Canada Regional Amir of Ahmadiyya Muslim Jama'at Canada stated that violence against converts can come from both their immediate family and religious leaders ... The Eastern Canada Regional Amir further stated that there is a fatwa [religious ruling] which states that non-Ahmadi Muslims who convert to the Ahmadi faith should be killed within three days of their conversion... Further information on the fatwa could not be found among the sources consulted by the Research Directorate. [12o] 19.134 The same source added:

140

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The General Secretary of Ahmadiyya Anjuman Lahore provided the following information on the consequences of both public conversion and private conversion: If the conversion is declared in public then such a person has to face severe consequences and he would be legally declared non-Muslim and liable to be killed.... If the case is not declared and such conversion remains secret then ... such a person escapes legal punishment but still faces mental torture and prejudicial treatment...

In a telephone interview with the Research Directorate, the Eastern Canada Regional Amir corroborated that some people do not advertise their conversion to the Ahmadi faith... [12o] 19.135 The USSD IRF Report 2010 stated that discrimination on the admission of Ahmadis to higher education institutions continued to exist. [3l] (Section II: Restrictions on Religious
Freedom) Return to contents Go to sources

CHRISTIANS
19.136 On 11 August 2010, the Daily Times reported that Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gilani on Tuesday [10 August] said that the government was committed for the preservation of rights of minorities in Pakistan. In his message declaring 11 August as Minorities Day, the Daily Times quoted Prime Minister Gilani as saying We recognise that our minorities are responsible and patriotic and are playing their due role in nation building. We will, therefore, not allow the miscreants to be successful in their ulterior motives...
[55b]

19.137 However, Christian Today, an independent, inter-denominational Christian media company, reported on 12 August 2010, that Christians across Pakistan observed Black Day on 11 August, in protest against the discrimination Christians in Pakistan faced. The report noted The latest protests were staged by Human Rights Focus Pakistan (HRFP). Representatives of churches, Christian rights groups and believers from all walks of life, participated in a protest rally which ended at the Lahore Press Club. [119a] 19.138 The same source added that Naveed Walter, President of HRFP, condemned what was to be known as Minority Day. He was quoted as saying that the ...increasing incidents of injustice and discrimination against Pakistani Christians had prompted his group and other Christian organisations to observe August 11 as Black Day. [119a] 19.139 Reporting on the recent case in Pakistan which saw a Christian woman sentenced to death under the blasphemy laws, Reuters news noted on 10 January 2011 that Christians and Muslims generally live in harmony, but many say they are treat[ed] as second-class citizens and feel insecure for several reasons, including the blasphemy law and sporadic militant attacks on churches... While Muslims are charged with blasphemy in more than 50 percent of cases, human rights activists say the legislation is often used to persecute minorities, or settle personal scores... [21f] See also Blasphemy laws and Death penalty
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 141

PAKISTAN 19.140 The HRCP Report 2009 stated:

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

As the militancy surged in the northwestern parts of the country, enforced migration and displacement of thousands of Christians from Swat valley, Peshawar, Mardan, Nowshera and FATA [Federally Administered Tribal Areas] was reported following threats to them to convert to Islam or face death issued by the militants. Forced to take refuge with their relatives in Punjab and Sindh provinces, these families faced immense hardships as the government could not provide adequate succour. At the same time many Christian families victims of the blasphemy law were forced to live in hiding in attempts to save their lives. There was little change in their social ostracization. [27c]
(p124)

19.141 The HRCP Report 2009 noted that In January [2009], Adiala jail became the first prison in the country to have a church on its premises. The jail authorities had provided land for the church and the local Christian community provided the Rs [Rupees] 1.2 million needed for constructing the building for around 250 Christian prisoners in the jail. [27c]
(p99)

See also Section: Prison Conditions

Demography
19.142 The Writenet report, Pakistan: The Situation of Religious Minorities, dated May 2009, estimated there were three to four million Christians (about two to three per cent of the population) living in Pakistan, with an approximate equal split between Protestants and Catholics. Some sources estimated the number of Christians to be at least twice the official number. The report noted Approximately 80 percent of Christians live in the Punjab, with around 14 percent in Sindh, 4 percent in the NWFP, and 2 percent in Balochistan. [108a] (p17) 19.143 The USSD IRF Report 2006 stated that: Christians, officially numbered at 2.09 million, claimed to have 4 million members, 90 percent of whom lived in Punjab. The largest Christian denomination was the umbrella Protestant Church of Pakistan, a member of the Anglican Communion. Roman Catholics were the second-largest group, and the remainder belonged to various evangelical denominations. The Catholic diocese of Karachi estimated that 120 thousand Catholics lived in Karachi, 40 thousand in the rest of Sindh, and 5 thousand in Quetta, Balochistan. A few tribal Hindus of the lower castes from interior Sindh have converted to Christianity... Foreign missionaries operated in the country. The largest Christian mission group engaged in Bible translation for the Church of Pakistan. An Anglican missionary group fielded several missionaries to assist the Church of Pakistan in administrative and educational work. Catholic missionaries, mostly Franciscan, worked with persons with disabilities. [3f] (Section I: Religious Demography)

Violence and discrimination against Christians


For legislation discriminating against Christians see subsections above on Blasphemy Laws and Hudood Ordinances 19.144 The HRCP Report 2010 observed:

142

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Several instances of discrimination and violence against the Christian community came to light during the year. In the most outrageous acts of violence, in Faisalabad district, two Christian brothers, Sajid and Rashid Emmanuel, who had been accused of blasphemy were shot dead in police custody on court premises on July 19 [2010]. All the attackers managed to escape after the attack. The two men had been given death threats on account of unproven charges of blasphemy. Muslims and Christians clashed for hours in Warispura and Dawoodnagar neighbourhoods of Faisalabad after the two brothers murder. As seen in the Gojra attacks of 2009, no action was taken to prevent the abuse of mosque loudspeakers which were used after the killings to instigate attacks on the Christian community. HRCP said about the killing, It is obvious that the mere charge of blasphemy, however preposterous it may be, is now a conviction in itself. A case was registered against a superintendent of police (SP) and a deputy superintendent of police (DSP) for ignoring directives about provision of security to the two brothers. In the aftermath of the killing, minority members of the Punjab Assembly demanded a review of the blasphemy law which they said was being used to victimise minorities on the basis of false allegations. More than a year after the horrific anti-Christian violence in Gojra, not one person had been found guilty of the murders and torching of houses in arson attacks that had led to the death of eight Christians... [27e] (p128) 19.145 The US Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) noted in its Annual Report 2011 (USCIRF Report 2010), covering events from 1 April 2010 to 31 March 2011, published May 2011: On March 2 [2011], Shahbaz Bhatti, a longtime Christian activist for religious freedom and the first-ever Christian in Pakistans federal cabinet, was assassinated outside his mothers home in Islamabad by members of Tehrik-i-Taliban, commonly known as the Pakistani Taliban. Having recently been reappointed to the federal cabinet, Bhatti was on his way to a cabinet meeting without his security detail. The timing of the attack has led to speculation that the assassins had informants within the Ministry of Interior or the Directorate of Inter-Service Intelligence. Bhatti had received multiple death threats because of his advocacy against the blasphemy law, including one from Tehrik-i-Taliban threatening to kill him if he was reappointed to the cabinet. The Pakistani governments efforts to provide Bhatti with sufficient security had been inadequate for years. However, after his reappointment, the Minister of Interior had increased his security detail and reportedly agreed to move Minister Bhatti to more secure lodgings in Islamabad. Notably, the Pakistani government had not provided an armored car, despite Minister Bhattis repeated requests. Immediately after his death, Prime Minister Gilani and Interior Minister Rehman Malik visited the hospital and vowed to apprehend the killers. Prime Minister Gilani attended the funeral, but President Zardari did not. [53b] (p113) See also Recent developments and Blasphemy laws 19.146 The same report stated: Marginalization and poverty make the Christian community in Pakistan vulnerable, and sexual assaults against underage Christian girls by Muslim men continue to be reported. In March 2011, a 10-year-old Catholic girl was allegedly raped in Punjab province and authorities have arrested the accused perpetrator. Such a police response is not always the norm. In July 2010, the non-government organization CLASS [CLAAS Centre for Legal Aid Assistance and Settlement] reported that in one rape case,
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 143

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

extremists successfully pressured local police not to file a First Information Report on the alleged incident, thereby preventing any investigation or prosecution. In another case involving the rape and murder in January 2010 of a 12-year-old Christian girl in Lahore, her Muslim employer, a prominent attorney and former Lahore Bar Association president, was acquitted in November 2010. However, President Zardari directed the federal government to provide compensation to the mother. [53b] (p114) 19.147 The USSD IRF Report 2010 observed that during its reporting period (1 July to 31 December 2010) ten Christians were alleged to have committed offences under the blasphemy laws. [3l] (Section II: Abuses of Religious Freedom) 19.148 The USSD Report 2010 stated: In 2009 the Muslim colleagues of a Christian woman, Aasia Bibi, accused her of blasphemy after a dispute at work. Police arrested Bibi, and she was denied bail under the blasphemy laws. In November Bibi was sentenced to death for her crime, becoming the first woman sentenced to death for blasphemy. The verdict in the case touched off a massive debate within the country about the blasphemy laws, with religious extremists calling for her execution and more moderate voices calling for her pardon or an appeal to the guilty verdict. At year's end Bibi was awaiting her appeal to the Lahore High Court. [3g] (Section 1e) 19.149 The HRCP Report 2010 noted with regards to the Aasia Bibi case that Calls by civil society and the Christian community for a presidential pardon for Aasia were met by threats by Taliban and a cleric announcing a reward for anyone who killed her. As extremist elements riled up angry mobs against any change in Aasias sentence, the Taliban warned of serious consequences if the government pardoned her. [27e] (p129) See also subsection Blasphemy laws and the section Death Penalty 19.150 In its report State of the Worlds Minorities and Indigenous Peoples 2010, dated 1 July 2010, Minority Rights Group International noted for Pakistan that Pakistan's religious minorities continued to face a series of human rights violations and targeted attacks. The country's Christian population face increasing threats to their lives from the Pakistani Taliban, as well as other Muslim extremists, who demand that they convert to Islam. At village level, Christians are also vulnerable to arbitrary arrest and detention, as they have limited access to justice. [88c] 19.151 The Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) stated in its Country Report for Pakistan, dated 13 August 2009, that: Taliban ideology has... underpinned an upsurge in attacks against Christians in Pakistan. On August 1st [2009] around 800 Muslims attacked Christians in the town of Gojra, in Punjab province. At least eight Christians were killed following the spread of false rumours that the Quran had been desecrated during a Christian wedding. Christians in other parts of Punjab have also been attacked in recent weeks... Radical Muslim groups and preachers are believed to be responsible for the upsurge in attacks. Demands for sharia law to be applied in Pakistan are linked to the idea that Christians should be expelled from the country. [2e] (The Political Scene) 19.152 Reporting on the Gojra attack, the HRCP Report 2009 stated that:

144

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Seven Christians, including three women and children were burnt alive in the incident. In Lahore and Karachi, peace activists, teachers, lawyers, students, doctors and members of civil society condemned violence, extremism, and intolerance. People from all walks of life expressed solidarity with the religious minorities and sympathy with the Gojra victims and demanded immediate government action against those responsible for killing the innocent citizens. [27c] (p157) 19.153 Almost one year on, HRCP returned to Gojra in a fact-finding mission dated July 2010, and and found that: ...most of the torched houses and a destroyed church had been reconstructed by the provincial government and the standard of construction appeared to be satisfactory. However, the partially destroyed houses had not been rebuilt. Only one-third of the [300,000 rupees] compensation promised to families of the completely destroyed houses had been given and no timeframe had been given for payment of the balance. The federal and Punjab governments had each given 500,000 rupees in compensation to the family of each person killed in the Gojra attacks. [27g] 19.154 The HRCP added that: Police claim to have submitted Challan (case file) for trial, but there is no indication of when proceeding would begin. The Christian community feels it is being pressurised to reach a compromise and withdraw the case against the accused. The witnesses in the case are under greater pressure and may not appear in court if the trial is delayed for much longer or if their security is not guaranteed. The Christian population of the area apprehends that conviction of the accused might lead to a backlash against them. There has been a general outpouring of support and sympathy among the Muslim population for the Christian community after last years attacks. The local administration, businessmen, clerics and other representatives of the two communities have worked hard to cultivate peace and harmony and these efforts seem to be yielding fruit. The presence of a strong police contingent in Gojra has contributed significantly to peace in the area. However, extremist elements have tried to inflame emotions and perceptions of impunity for excesses against members of religious minorities have not helped the matter. [27g] 19.155 The HRCP reported that: The Christian population in Gojra city is approximately 30,000, while in Gojra tehsil there are around 100,000 Christians. Chak No. 424-JB, with a population of around 18,000, is the only village in the whole district where the entire population is Christian. There is only one Christian lawyer in Gojra. Though some members of the community work as teachers in government and private schools, most work as domestic help, sanitary workers and agriculture labour. Some are self-employed, mainly running shops and services in Christian neighborhoods, while some are engaged in agriculture on their own land. There are two main Christian churches in Gojra, one for Catholics and the other for Protestants, and two missionary schools, where most of the students are Muslims. [27g] 19.156 The USSD Report 2009 recorded that Christians suffered significant discrimination in employment and access to education, including government institutions. [3b] (Section 2c) Although the USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that Christian activists stated that the [job]
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 145

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

situation had improved somewhat in the private sector in recent years... (Section III) and There were no reports of discrimination against Christians when they applied for entry to universities and medical schools. [3l] (Section II) 19.157 On the subject of education, the Christian website AsiaNews reported on 10 July 2010, Students of Pakistan's religious minorities, including Christians, are victims of exclusion, discrimination and acts of violence because of their faith and their status. The complaint comes from Minorities Concern of Pakistan (MCP) which says that most of the violations take place in government run institutions and is committed by both classmates by [sic] teachers. The system to protect minorities, they add, is fragile and fails to safeguard their rights. [54b] 19.158 Compass News Direct reported on 19 May 2010 that Muslim teachers at a government high school in Sargodha, Punjab province ...derided Christian students for their faith, beat them, pressured them to convert to Islam and forced them to clean school bathrooms and classrooms after class hours... the school also denied Christian students certificates of completion when they had finished their studies. [111a] 19.159 The Telegraph reported on 27 August 2010 that, according to the Vatican, Christians were being discriminated against by relief agencies in their distribution of flood aid. The report noted: Christians and members of other minority religions are being treated as second-class citizens, said Father Mario Rodrigues, the Lahore-based director of Catholic Mission. They often receive little assistance or are excluded altogether, he told Fides, the Vatican's news agency. Aid is being delivered by government officials sympathetic to Islamic fundamentalism or by Muslim relief organisations, Fides claimed in its report, citing other unnamed aid workers. About 200,000 Christians in Punjab province and about 600,000 Christians and Hindus in Sindh province have been affected by weeks of monsoon rain. [104a] 19.160 In a press release on Pakistans Presidential website, dated 1 September 2010, it was reported that: President Asif Ali Zardari has taken exception to the media reports that some members of the minority communities were denied flood relief assistance and driven out of the relief camps in Sindh and called for an inquiry and action against officials if found involved. Spokesperson to the President Farhatullah Babar said that the President taking note of media reports of a protest rally in Hyderabad on Monday against the maltreatment of Dalits in flood relief called for a probe into the matter and steps to ensure that no discrimination was shown in the relief and rehabilitation operations. The President said that floods were a national disaster and should serve to unite the people, not divide them. It will be most unfortunate and reflect poorly on the countrys image and adversely impact on national unity if relief work was influenced by considerations of caste, creed or ethnicity. All citizens of the country have equal rights and more so people who have been hit by the worst natural disaster in the history of the country, he said, adding also that discrimination on ethnic or religious grounds cannot be tolerated.
146 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The President called for an inquiry into the reports of discrimination and taking of appropriate measures to ensure that the relief work was not influenced by such considerations. The President also called for action against officials if found involved in discrimination in the relief and rehabilitation works, the Spokesperson said. [29h] For further information on the Floods of July/August 2010 see Humanitarian issues 19.161 The USSD IRF Report 2006 noted that: While many Christians belonged to the poorest socioeconomic groups and faced discrimination, the reason might have more to do with ethnic and social factors than with religion. Many poor Christians remained in the profession of their low-caste Hindu ancestors, most of whom were untouchables. Their position in society, although somewhat better than in the past, did not reflect major progress despite more than one hundred years of consistent missionary aid and development. Christian students reportedly were forced to eat at separate tables in public schools that are predominately Muslim. [3f] (Section III: Societal Abuses and Discrimination)
Return to contents Go to sources

Christian converts
19.162 A Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) official at the British High Commission (BHC) in Islamabad stated in a letter to the UK Border Agency, dated 2 March 2011: We consulted internally with our Political Section, who deal with humanitarian and human rights issues. In short, it is difficult to corroborate the real situation, as this is a frequently hidden problem; our view is that converts would probably not want to draw additional attention to themselves. However, we have ascertained the following anecdotal evidence from our dealings with external contacts in Pakistan:Firstly, in our opinion it would be difficult for Christian converts to live freely and openly in Pakistan, as converts over and above being Christian. It is our view that people who are known to have converted to Christianity suffer serious discrimination, for example in the workplace or by the authorities. It is far more difficult for people in Pakistan who are known to have converted to Christianity, than it is for people who were born Christian. We understand that it would be rare for someone to convert to Christianity, or at least to do so openly, in Pakistan. It is therefore something of note for the community, with potential repercussions. Our Political Section considered that internal relocation may be possible, in theory, as there were Christian communities in many urban areas such as Rawalpindi, and across Punjab and Sindh provinces. Due to the anonymity afforded by moving to an urban area, it may be feasible to relocate and not reveal the fact of the conversion. However, our view was also that the Christian communities were themselves becoming increasingly isolated from other communities. Therefore whilst it may be more difficult to socially exclude and harass a Christian who lives in a larger Christian community, it does not necessary preclude that harassment. [11q]

HINDUS AND SIKHS


The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 147

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

19.163 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) stated in its report, the State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: The situation and treatment of Hindus in Pakistan was generally not very different from that of other religious minorities. In the year under review several members of the Hindu community became victims of abduction and violence in Balochistan as well, where they had lived in relative safety for generations. According to the Balochistan director for the Federal Ministry of Human Rights at least 27 families of Hindus in Balochistan had sought asylumin India on account of the security threats they faced. In October, one senator informed the Senate Standing Committee on Minorities Affairs that 500 Hindu families from Balochistan had migrated to India for fear of abduction for ransom or because of threats to the lives of members of the minority community. [27e] (p130) 19.164 The USCIRF Report 2011 stated: Due to their minority status, Pakistans Hindus and Sikhs are vulnerable to crime, including robbery and kidnapping for ransom. Hindu businessmen in Sindh have been increasingly subject to extortion or kidnappings for ransom. Hindus have also been targeted in the province of Balochistan, where they are the largest religious minority and where the security situation is problematic due to a long-running ethnic insurgency. According to a survey by the Society for the Protection of the Rights of the Child [SPARC], a Pakistani NGO, 23 Hindu children were kidnapped between January 2008 and December 2010. There are persistent reports of kidnappings, rapes, and forced conversions to Islam of Hindu and Christian women, including minors. [53b] (p114) 19.165 The USSD IRF Report 2010 cited: The Hindu community living in Sindh Province reported they were increasingly the target of kidnappings for ransom. Criminals targeted Hindu businessmen for abductions, particularly in Karachi, Sindh. Hindus claimed they were forced to pay ransom because police did little to recover kidnapping victims. On March 4, 2010, The Nation reported that as many as 65 Dalit (low caste Hindu) families were displaced due to rising incidents of kidnapping and insecurity in District Tharparkar District, Sindh. [3l] (Section II) 19.166 The HRCP Report 2010 observed Hindus in Pakistan, particularly in Sindh, reported feeling particularly vulnerable ahead of an Indian high courts verdict in September regarding a dispute over the ownership of the land on which Babri Mosque stood before it was demolished by Hindu extremists in 1992. They said that ahead of the high court verdict Hindu families in many areas had sent children and women to relatives houses in Hindu-majority areas out of fear of backlash from Muslim extremists. [27e] (p130) 19.167 The same report added The demolition of a temple adjacent to a Shamshan Ghat in Rawalpindi in June triggered protests by the Hindu and Sikh communities. The land had apparently been leased by staff of the government authority administering the site to a person who had been using it for commercial purposes and who demolished the temple. The president ordered an inquiry into the demolition. If the findings of the probe were submitted to the president by the end of the year they were not made public. [27e] (p131) 19.168 The USSD IRF Report 2010 stated:

148

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The registration of Hindu and Sikh marriages has been a long-standing demand of these communities. In May 2009 the Scheduled Caste Rights Movement (SCRM) demanded legislation for Hindu marriage registration during a seminar in Islamabad. The minorities' representatives were of the view that in the absence of Hindu and Sikh marriage registration, women faced difficulties in getting a share of their parents' and husbands' property, accessing health services, voting, obtaining a passport, and buying or selling property. [3l] (Section II) 19.169 The same source added Hindus faced some difficulty in importing books from India... On September 5, 2009, unidentified extremists set ablaze religious books of Sikhs and Hindus in a joint temple, the Guru Nanak Darbar at Kandhkot, Sindh. The incident deeply disturbed the Hindus and Sikhs throughout the province, and the Pakistan Hindu Foundation issued a call for three-day mourning period, after which Hindus observed a strike in various districts of the province. [3l] (Section II) 19.170 Minority Rights Group International noted in its report State of the Worlds Minorities and Indigineous Peoples 2011, published 6 July 2011, that: According to last years edition of State of the Worlds Minorities and Indigenous Peoples, Sikhs in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) controlled by the Taliban were being made to pay a tax, jizya. Pressure on the community has since increased. A group of Sikhs were kidnapped in the Khyber and Orakzai regions in early 2010. The BBC reported that one of the men was later discovered beheaded, although other news agencies reported that two were killed. In April, 72 hectares of gurdwara (i.e. the Sikh place of worship) property was transferred without due process to the Defense Housing Association. [88d] (p149) 19.171 On 19 July 2011, the HRCP expressed its concern at the ... barring of Sikhs from a gurdwara in Lahore and called the restriction by Evacuee Trust Property Board (ETPB) scandalous and a violation of fundamental rights. The report noted Around four years ago, a group of Muslim young men, had claimed that the gurdwara was built on the site of burial place of a Muslim saint. The ETPB had allowed both communities to observe their religious rituals according to their own beliefs at the gurdwara. Police deployed outside the gurdwara prevented the Sikhs from congregating to commemorate an eighteenth-century saint on July 16 because the Shab-e-Barat was to be observed two days later. [27i] 19.172 The HRCP added After being turned away from the gurdwara, the Sikhs have reportedly stated that they were told by members of the extremist group that the gurdwara was now a mosque and that they would no longer be allowed to bring in their musical instruments any more to observe their religious ceremony. [27i]
Return to contents Go to sources

SHIA AND SUNNI MUSLIMS


19.173 Reporting on different religions, the BBC reported in an article regarding the similarities and differences between Shia and Sunni Muslims, updated 19 August 2009, that both sects ... agree on the fundamentals of Islam and share the same Holy Book (The Qur'an), but there are differences mostly derived from their different historical experiences, political and social developments, as well as ethnic composition. These
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 149

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

differences originate from the question of who would succeed the Prophet Muhammad as leader of the emerging Muslim community after his death. [35e] 19.174 The same source stated that: When the Prophet died in the early 7th century he left not only the religion of Islam but also a community of about one hundred thousand Muslims organised as an Islamic state on the Arabian Peninsula. It was the question of who should succeed the Prophet and lead the fledgling Islamic state that created the divide. The larger group of Muslims chose Abu Bakr, a close Companion of the Prophet, as the Caliph (politico-social leader) and he was accepted as such by much of the community which saw the succession in political and not spiritual terms. However another smaller group, which also included some of the senior Companions, believed that the Prophet's son-in-law and cousin, Ali, should be Caliph. They understood that the Prophet had appointed him as the sole interpreter of his legacy, in both political and spiritual terms. In the end Abu Bakr was appointed First Caliph... Muslims who believe that Abu Bakr should have been the Prophet's successor have come to be known as Sunni Muslims. Those who believe Ali should have been the Prophet's successor are now known as Shi'a Muslims. It was only later that these terms came into use. Sunni means 'one who follows the Sunnah' (what the Prophet said, did, agreed to or condemned). Shi'a is a contraction of the phrase 'Shiat Ali', meaning 'partisans of Ali'. The use of the word successor should not be confused to mean that those leaders that came after the Prophet Muhammad were also prophets - both Shi'a and Sunni agree that Muhammad was the final prophet. [35e]

Demography
19.175 The USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that the majority of Muslims in the country are Sunni, with Shi'a representing approximately 25 percent. [3l] (Section I) The USSD IRF Report 2009 added that Kurram [in the FATA], is the only tribal agency with a significant Shi'a population, approximately 42 percent of the region's 500,000 inhabitants. Sectarian animosity in Kurram Agency has historically spilled over into sporadic clashes. In 2008, militants increasingly began to exploit these clashes to gain control over key transit points in Kurram linking Pakistan and Afghanistan. [3c] (Section II: Forced Religious Conversion) Shia followers claimed the Shia were ... split between the Qom (approximately 40 percent) and Najaf (approximately 60 percent) schools of thought. (US Department of State International Religious Freedom Report 2006 USSD IRF Report 2006) [3f] (Section I) 19.176 The USSD IRF Report 2006 added that: Government estimates on Shia counted approximately 750,000 Ismailis, most of whom were spiritual followers of the Aga Khan. An estimated 80 thousand Ismailis belonged to the Bohra or other smaller schools of thought. Shias were found nationwide but had population concentrations in Karachi, Gilgit, and parts of Balochistan. Ismailis were found principally in Hunza, Karachi, and Baltistan. The majority Sunni Muslim community was divided into three main schools of thought (Brailvi, Deobandi, and Ahl-eHadith) and a socio-political movement, the Jamaat Islami (JI), which had its own theology, schools, and mosques. Ahl-e-Hadith adherents comprised, at most, 5 percent of Muslims, and were concentrated in Punjab. No reliable figures on JI adherents
150 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

existed, as its membership always claimed adherence to another school. Its adherents, however, were generally found in urban centers. Brailvi and Deobandi leaders both claimed that their schools comprised up to 80 percent of the overall Muslim population. Most disinterested observers believed that the Brailvi remained the largest school, approximately 60 percent of all Muslims, with the Deobandi at approximately 20 percent but growing. The Brailvi were the dominant majority in Sindh and Punjab. Deobandi were generally found in the Pashtun belt from northern Punjab, across the NWFP, and into northern Balochistan, although there were increasing numbers in Karachi and the Seraiki areas of Punjab. [3f] (Section I: Religious Demography)

Sectarian Violence
19.177 The USCIRF Report 2011 noted that: During the reporting period, Pakistan experienced a qualitative change in religiouslylinked violence due to the unprecedented level of targeting of government officials, members of the majority faith whose views contradicted those of extremists, and members of minority faith communities... (p112) Violent extremists also targeted Shia processions and mosques during the reporting period. On September 1, 2010, three bombs were detonated during a Shia religious procession in Lahore, killing 29 and wounding more than 200. The procession of about 35,000 marchers was marking the anniversary of the death of Imam Ali, the first Shia imam. Days later, on September 3, a suicide bomber attacked a Shia procession in Quetta, killing 43 people and wounding 78. Tehrik-i-Taliban claimed responsibility for both. On January 25, 2011, a suicide bomber attacked a Shia procession in Lahore. Seven people were reported dead and 25 wounded. [53b] (p113) 19.178 Janes Sentinel Security Assessment for Pakistan noted in its chapter on Security, updated 9 May 2011, that: Pakistan has experienced a persistently high level of sectarian violence throughout much of its history, with the minority Shia Muslim community, which makes up approximately 20 per cent of the population, clashing with the majority Sunni Muslims. Violence intensified in the 1980s, following Sunni concern over the spread of Shia influence after the Iranian revolution and the subsequent funding of Sunni madrassahs and institutions by Saudi Arabia throughout the Middle East. The key anti-Shia extremist group, Lashkar-e-Jhangvi (LeJ), remains a key threat to security, despite being banned in 2002. [1a] (Social stability) 19.179 The HRCP Report 2010 recorded a number of attacks that occurred during 2010: As many as 418 people were killed in violence against various Muslim sects in the year under review, including 211 in suicide attacks. A total of 963 people were injured in such attacks, including 628 people in suicide attacks. In sectarian attacks in 2010, the terrorists targeted religious processions and mosques of the Shia sect in Rawalpindi, Sargodha and Lahore; processions of Barelvis on Eid Miladun Nabi in Faisalabad and Sargodha; a Sunni Ittehad rally in Pakpattan; shrines and mosques in Lahore, Pakpattan, Mian Channu and Bahawalpur; target killing of activists of the Ahl-e-Hadith sect and banned Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan in Lahore and Bahawalpur, respectively.
[27e] (p125)

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

151

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

19.180 The report added Tensions and clashes continued in Kurram Agency, in Pakistans Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), between Shia and Sunni tribes. The violence kept the main road linking the region to the rest of the country blocked throughout the year and caused problems for the local populations access to provisions as well as healthcare services. [27e] (p126) 19.181 The USSD IRF Report 2010 observed that: The Ministry for Minorities established interfaith committees at the district level to meet monthly to address issues of religious tolerance and interfaith dialogue. Committees were established in 30 districts in Balochistan, nine districts in Sindh, and 13 districts in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. According to the Ministry, consultations to establish committees in other provinces are ongoing. During 2009-10 the Ministry approved 70 development projects for minorities worth 68.4 million rupees ($804,706), with a special fund worth 16.1 million rupees ($189,411) distributed among minority students for scholarships from 2008-2010. [3l] (Section II: Legal/Policy Framework) 19.182 The USSD IRF Report 2010 cited: Sectarian violence continued in different parts of the country during the reporting period, with attacks on the Shia minority, particularly in Dera Ismail Khan, Quetta, Hangu, Kohat, Tank, DG Khan, Gilgit, and Kurram and Orakzai Agencies. Throughout the reporting period, attacks, threats, and violence by religious extremists occurred across the country, especially in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. Attacks on houses of worship, religious gatherings, and religious leaders linked to sectarian, religious extremist, and terrorist groups resulted in hundreds of deaths during the reporting period. Sectarian violence between Sunni and Shia extremists continued during the reporting period, and several religious minority individuals and communities were the targets of religious violence across the country. [3l] (Section II) 19.183 BBC News, dated 25 January 2011, provided a list major attacks on Shias in 2009/10 and into 2011. The article noted: The list of recent sectarian attacks makes for grim reading: January 2011: At least 10 people killed after twin blasts targeted Shia Muslim processions in Lahore and Karachi September 2010: At least 50 people killed in a suicide bombing at a Shia rally in Quetta, south-western Pakistan July 2010: Sixteen Shias killed in an attack on Shias in north-western tribal areas February 2010: Two bombs in Karachi kill at least 25 Shias and injure more than 50 December 2009: At least 30 people killed and dozens injured in a suicide bombing on a Shia procession in Karachi Feb 2009: Bomb attack on a Shia procession in Punjab leaves 35 dead. [35g]

19.184 The South Asia Terrorism Portal (SATP) provided statistics on sectarian violence in Pakistan for 2010 (based on news reports), stating that there were 509 deaths and 1170 people injured. From January to August 2011, SATP recorded 16 sectarian incidents, 135 deaths and 248 people injured. [61a] (Sectarian Violence in Pakistan)
152 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

19.185 In correspondence from the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) to the UK Border Agency, dated 9 January 2009, an FCO official stated that: there are incidents of sectarian violence mainly Sunnis against Shias in the parts of Pakistan where the Shia minority are most prevalent. For example, in January 2007, during the Shia festival of Ashura, at least two suicide bombers attacked Shia gatherings and two rockets were launched at a Shia mosque in Bannu. Authorities respond to these attacks, although in Pakistan police investigation etc does not equate to protection or necessarily to justice through legal proceedings." [11j] See also Security situation: Sectarian violence
Return to contents Go to sources

20.
20.01

ETHNIC GROUPS
The Asian Centre for Human Rights stated in its report to the UN Commission Against Racial Discrimination, published August 2007, that: The key ethnic groups in Pakistan are Punjabis (44.15% of the population) followed by Pakhtuns (15.42%), Sindhis (14.1%), Seraikis (10.53%), Muhajirs (7.57%) and Balochis (3.57%). The others smaller ethnic groups include Turwalis, Kafiristanis, Burusho, Hindko, Brahui, Kashmiris, Khowar, and Shina, and the Kalash etc. In addition, Pakistan had accommodated largest number of Afghan refugees comprising of the Pakhtuns, Tajiks, Uzbeks, Turkmen, Hazaras, etc and many of these refugees permanently settled in the country. A large number of Bengalis, Arabs, Burmese, and African Muslim refugees have also permanently settled in Karachi, whilst hundreds of thousands of Iranian migrants are scattered throughout the country. [67a] (p13)

20.02

The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, observed that Systematic discrimination against national, ethnic, and racial minorities was widely acknowledged privately, but insufficient data existed for accurate reporting on these forms of discrimination. [3g] (Section 6)

BALOCH
20.03 Minority Rights Group International recorded in its Pakistan profile on the Baloch (Baluch) people, updated June 2009, that: The Baluchis are the indigenous peoples of Baluchistan, which is split between the Pakistani province of Baluchistan and Iranian Baluchistan. The majority of the Baluch people reside in the Baluchistan province of Pakistan. Baluchistan is the largest of all provinces of modern-day Pakistan, making up nearly two-fifths of the entire country... According to the most recent population census held in 1998, the total population of Baluchistan consisted of 6.5 million out of the total Pakistani population of 131 million. In 2006 the population of Baluchis in Pakistan was estimated as 8.2 million... Baluchis are largely Sunni Muslims, followers of the Hanafi school. [88b] 20.04 The Foreign Policy Journal reported on 18 April 2010 that: Balochistan is a region that is spread across Iran, Pakistan and Afghanistan. The combined area of this region is around 600,000 square kilometers, which is about the
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 153

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

size of Ukraine; 347,000 km is part of Pakistan, 181,785 km in Iran and around 70,000 km in Afghanistan. Despite having large areas in Pakistan and Iran, the Baloch population is around 5 million and 2 million respectively in both the countries. It is estimated that more than 200,000 Baloch people live in southern Afghanistan. [112a] 20.05 The Unrepresented Nations and Peoples Organization (UNPO) noted in a press release on 8 June 2009, regarding an event to discuss the human rights situation in Balochistan, that the Baloch are: ...a minority community who have been politically and economically marginalized by the Pakistani government. These violations include indiscriminate use of force against civilians, targeted killings and the disappearance of political activists and journalists. Hundreds of thousands of civilians are said to have been displaced across province boundaries into Sindh and Punjab and state boundaries into Afghanistan, underlining the regional and international nature of the problem. [87] 20.06 UNPO further noted that The region [of Balochistan] is exceptionally rich in natural resources which has encouraged exploitative domestic and external intervention. [87] See also Section: Security situation: Militant Activity: Balochistan

HAZARAS
20.07 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2009 (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, on violence against the Hazara-Shia community in Balochistan. The report stated: More than 260 people belonging to Hazara community in Quetta had been killed in target shooting and more than 1000 people suffered injuries since 2003. The Hazara community believed that security agencies and the government were protecting and patronising the perpetrators of crimes against the Shia community. As an example, they presented the case of two convicted criminals, Usman Saifullah Kurd and Shafeeq Rind, belonging to the anti-Shia organization, Lashkar-i-Jhangvi, who had mysteriously escaped from a well-guarded jail of Anti-Terrorist Force (ATF) in Quetta Cantonment where no one could enter without a pass, implying they were helped by some elements within the security agency. A number of lawyers belonging to Shia Hazara community were killed in targeted shootings during the year 2009. Sectarian hit men were said to be responsible; they had declared in courts that on release they would again kill Shias. The Shia-Hazara community seemed to have lost trust in the provincial governments capability of bringing perpetrators of the crime to justice. [27c] (p132) 20.08 The Daily Times reported on 6 February 2009 that: Hazara tribesmen in Balochistan, numbering around 300,000, are currently living under unprecedented terror, uncertainty and insecurity. The tribe, residing in Balochistan for more than a century, have been subject of discrimination by the majority Balochs and Pashtuns due to their ethnic background and religious affiliations. While a majority of Hazaras is Shia, local Baloch and Pashtun are Sunnis. The Hazaras in Quetta have been targeted by some religious quarters for some
154 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

time now, with more than two dozen men from the minority tribe having been killed in the last two months. Lashkar-e-Jhangavi (LJ), a banned Sunni organisation has accepted responsibility for most of the killings. The common notion that the LJ was solely targeting Shia scholars was negated when it claimed responsibility for the January 26 murder of Hussain Ali Yousafi, chairman of the Hazara Democratic Party (HDP) - an accepted and acclaimed secular and democratic leader. [55a] 20.09 The website Hazara.net, accessed 9 September 2011, provided a list of Hazaras killed in terrorist-related incidents between 2003 and 2010, updated 23 May 2011, around Quetta, Balochistan, and its vicinity, although stated the list was incomplete due to the number of victims families leaving the area. The list included 54 Hazaras killed in a suicide bomb attack at a Hazara rally on 3 September 2010. [98a]

MOHAJIRS
20.10 The website Minorities at Risk (MAR), dated 31 December 2006, reported that, constituting eight per cent of the population, the Mohajirs, literally meaning refugee: ... are the Urdu-speaking Muslims who fled India after the 1947 partition of the subcontinent and their descendents. Group members are concentrated in Sindh Province, particularly in urban areas... [They] are primarily Sunni Muslims, though some are Shi'a. However, most Mohajirs primary identity is not religious but revolves around their outsider status. Competition with native Sindhis has defined Mohajirs political and economic situation in Pakistan more than any other factor... Mohajirs are mainly represented by the MQM and its various factions. [32a]

Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM)


20.11 The website Global Security.org, accessed 3 December 2010 reported that: The Muttahidda [Mothaidda] Quami Movement (MQM), formerly known as the Mohajir Quami Movement, is a political group which represents the Urdu-speaking immigrant urban Mohajir population... The Mohajir Quami Movement [MQM] came into being on March 18, 1984 as the All Pakistan Mohajir Students Organisation (APMSO) but politically it was activated in 1986. The Head Office of MQM generally known as Nine Zero is in Karachi. Khidmat-e-Khalq Foundation (KKF) is a charitable organisation affiliated with MQM. [63a] 20.12 The same source noted that: The Muttahida Qaumi Movement-Altaf (MQM-A) [led by Altaf Hussain] has been widely accused of human rights abuses since its founding two decades ago... the MQM-A was heavily involved in the widespread political violence that wracked Pakistan's southern Sindh province, particularly Karachi, the port city that is the country's commercial capital. MQM-A militants fought government forces, breakaway MQM factions, and militants from other ethnic-based movements. [63a] 20.13 Global Security.org also noted In 1992, a breakway MQM faction, led by Afaq Ahmed and Aamir Khan, launched the MQM Haqiqi (MQM-H), literally the real MQM. Many

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

155

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Pakistani observers alleged that the MQM-H was supported by the government of Pakistan to weaken the main MQM led by Altaf Hussein... [63a] 20.14 Janes Sentinel Country Risk Assessments noted in its section on Security, updated 9 May 2011, that the Mohajirs main representative was: ... the United National Movement (Muttahida (initially Mohajir) Qaumi Movement: MQM). Throughout the mid- to late 1990s, the MQM effectively wrought considerable violence across Karachi, targeting police and government officials and their families. The MQM is divided between a parliamentary wing that has gained representation in the provincial legislatures and National Assembly and a terrorist wing campaigning for greater autonomy and/or separatism. The campaign against the MQM-supporting terrorist groups has been largely successful, but Karachi remains a particularly violent city, with several ethnic groups involved in acts of terrorism against each other and the state. Hundreds of people have died in politically motivated attacks since January 2010. Most recently, more than 50 people were killed when violence broke out on 16 October during a by-election for a provincial assembly seat that was previously held by local MQM politician Raza Haider, who was murdered in a Karachi mosque on 2 August. [1a]
(Social Stability)

20.15

The HRCP Report 2010 stated For the past five years, the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) had been striving to extend its outreach to Punjab. In 2010, the MQM again stepped up its political activities in the province and nominated 2,800 office-bearers in the province. The Punjab government, however, refused the MQM permission to hold a public meeting in Lahore for security reasons. However, the provincial government allowed the party to hold a convention in a building on The Mall. [27e] (p175) The Nation reported on 26 May 2011 that Aamir Khan, chief of Mohajir Qaumi Movement-Haqqiqi (MQM-H), announced he was rejoining the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM, also known as MQM-A) led by Altaf Hussain, after two decades of rivalry. The report noted Aamir Khan former senior member of MQM left the party in 1991 and formed its own party MQM-Haqqiqi with Afaq Ahmed in 1992 but the association of both the leaders ended after the differences in 2006. Muttahida Qaumi Movement Chief Altaf Hussain has accepted Aamir Khans apology, making way for him to rejoin the party and reinstate his party membership. [103b] Cable News Network (CNN) reported on 27 June 2011 that, for the second time this year, the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) had left Pakistans ruling coalition government. The report noted: MQM announced plans to remove its ministers from the federal Cabinet and sit in opposition to the ruling Pakistan Peoples Party in Parliament and provincial assemblies. The MQM announced the governor of Sindh province, who is a party member, will also submit his resignation to the president. In a speech broadcast live on Pakistani television, MQM leader Farooq Sattar said his party decided to split with the ruling party because of the governments failure to crack down on violence against its supporters in Karachi and differences over regional elections held last week in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. [75a] See also Political affiliation: Politically motivated violence
Return to contents

20.16

20.17

156

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN
Go to sources

21.

LESBIAN, GAY AND BISEXUAL (LGB) PERSONS

LEGAL RIGHTS
21.01 The full text of Section 377 of the Pakistan Penal Code reads: 377. Unnatural offences: Whoever voluntarily has carnal intercourse against the order of nature with any man, woman or animal, shall be punished with imprisonment for life, or with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than two years nor more than ten years, and shall also be liable to fine. Explanation: Penetration is sufficient to constitute the carnal intercourse necessary to the offence described in this section. [21a] 21.02 The Sodomy laws website, last edited on 24 November 2007, reported that the penalty may also include ... a possible corporal punishment of a 100 lashes. The same source added that: Islamic law was reintroduced in 1990. Pakistani civil law punishes those who have gay sex with two years to life in prison, while Islamic law, which also can be enforced legally, calls for up to 100 lashes or death by stoning. [While it seems unlikely that Section 377 would apply to lesbians, it seems likely that Islamic law would] Arrests and trials do not occur As elsewhere with unenforced sodomy prescriptions, the existence of the law is a threat - a threat conducive to blackmail. While the law is largely irrelevant to life in Pakistan, those acting in its name are notPolice recurrently take money and/or sex from those they know to be involved in same-sex sex (commercial or not). (Chapter on Pakistan by Stephen O Murray and Badruddin Khan in Sociolegal Control of Homosexuality). [50] 21.03 An IRB (Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada) report, dated 29 November 2007, on gay relationships in Pakistan noted that: Homosexual acts are illegal in Pakistan. Under Section 377 of the country's penal code, homosexuality is not explicitly mentioned, but carnal intercourse against the order of nature is punishable by a fine and/or imprisonment for a period of two years to life. Under the country's Sharia law, introduced in 1990, homosexual acts are punishable by corporal punishment (whipping), imprisonment, or death. Likewise, gay marriage is illegal in Pakistan. However, in October 2005, a marriage was said to have taken place between two men in the Khyber region. A tribal council reportedly told the couple to leave the area or face death for breaking religious and tribal values. In May 2007, a married couple was imprisoned after the Lahore high court decided that the husband, who had undergone sex-change surgery, was still a woman. The couple had originally sought the court's protection against members of the bride's family who were harassing them; however, the court found the couple guilty of perjury, ruling that they had lied about the husband's gender and that their same-sex marriage was un-Islamic. One month later, following an appeal to Pakistan's Supreme Court, the couple was released on bail... [12c]

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

157

PAKISTAN 21.04

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Regarding the above appeal to the Supreme Court, the International Gay and Lesbian Human Rights Commission (IGLHRC) noted in their report Human Rights and Transgender People in Pakistan, published February 2008 (IGLHRC Report 2008), that: ... a landmark case involving transgender rights is currently unfolding in Pakistan. Nighat Saeed Khan, director of ASR [Applied Socia-Economic Research] Resource Centre in Lahore, Pakistan notes that, Transgender individuals in Pakistan have typically faced a myriad of dangers from police, family, community, and religious authorities, and had to leave the country. The current case challenges this status quo. It marks an attempt by a female-to-male transgender man and his wife to have their marriage recognized, an outcome that is predicated on the courts recognition of the right to transgender identity the case is precedent setting... because the issue of gender identity has been sent to the Supreme Court. [49]

21.05

However consideration of the case by the courts had been delayed by the disruption to the judiciary as result of the State of the Emergency in November 2007 and the subsequent political turmoil in early 2008. (IGLHRC, February 2008) [49]
Return to contents Go to sources

TREATMENT BY, AND ATTITUDE OF, STATE AUTHORITIES


21.06 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, cited that Homosexual intercourse is a criminal offense; in practice the government rarely prosecuted cases. Gays and lesbians rarely revealed their sexual orientation. There are no laws to protect against discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation. [3g] (Section 6) Reuters India reported on 25 May 2010 that police in Peshawar arrested an entire wedding party, including the bride and groom, at a ceremony between a man and a transgender person, stating they had ...registered a case against them for promoting homosexuality in the society. However, the so-called groom claimed the party was for his birthday. The pair were remanded in custody for two weeks. The article also noted Community leaders estimate the number of hijras in Pakistan at about 300,000. [10a] An IRB Response to Information Request (RIR), dated 29 November 2007, noted that Information on the number of prosecutions against homosexuals in Pakistan and their outcomes could not be found among the sources consulted by the Research Directorate. However, Country Reports on Human Rights Practices for 2006 indicates that the government rarely prosecutes such cases. Nevertheless, in May 2005, two gay men were publicly lashed in Pakistan's north western Khyber region after they were caught having sex. [12c] 21.09 The Spartacus International Gay Guide 2009, undated, stated in the section on Pakistan that there was no gay movement or gay groups in Pakistan. The Guide noted that Despite the strict laws of Islam regarding moral standards, gay men, transvestites and transexuals live relatively undisturbed from the police. However, the Guide noted gay men would receive little protection from the authorities. The same source stated that The general population and the family does not see homosexuality in a positive light at all, but is generally tolerant enough to accept the situation as long as they are not affected. [25] (p686)

21.07

21.08

158

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

SOCIETAL TREATMENT AND ATTITUDES


21.10 The IGLHRC Report 2008 noted that: There is no known grassroots activism among lesbians, gays, bisexuals, transsexuals and transgender (zenana) communities in Pakistan. This lack of activism, the silences around sexualit(ies), and deeply closeted status of most gays and lesbians in Pakistan (many of whom live double lives to avoid revealing their sexual orientation) makes it difficult to accurately assess their living conditions and human rights situation. Anecdotal information from Pakistani gay people who have left the country describes fear, secrecy, isolation, suicides, forced marriage, family and community pressure to conform to heterosexual norms. [49] 21.11 On the subject of societal attitudes to homosexual activity the IRB RIR, dated 29 November 2007, stated that: Although homosexuality is thought to be relatively common in Pakistan, it is a taboo subject that is not publicly discussed. It is reportedly rare for homosexuals to be open about their sexuality. According to a 10 May 2005 article published by the United Nations (UN) Integrated Regional Information Networks (IRIN), homosexuals in Pakistan live in constant fear of being 'outed' in [the countrys] staunchly conservative society which is largely ignorant and intolerant of sexual minorities. Cited in the same article, a representative of a local non-governmental organization (NGO) stated that if an individual openly campaigned for gay rights in the country, he or she could end up being killed by religious followers. Nevertheless, several sources consulted by the Research Directorate indicate that homosexuality may, in general, be silently accepted in Pakistan. Assaults on homosexuals are said to be rare. In the country's North West Frontier Province (NWFP), it is apparently well known that ethnic Pashtun men take young boys as lovers which, according to IRIN, is a practice now deeply embedded in the local culture. In March 2006, a group of gay men wearing dresses participated in a festival in Lahore. The Internet is reportedly contributing to a sense of growing solidarity amongst homosexuals in Pakistan. Online chat rooms are said to provide a safe and anonymous forum for middle- and upper-class gay men. [12c] 21.12 The same RIR continued: According to a 5 October 2005 British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) article, increasingly, same-sex couples are living together in Pakistan's larger cities, including Karachi and Islamabad. However, a 2006 Guardian article states that it is rare for homosexual couples to live together and that many gay men end up marrying women to avoid scandalising their families. Another article from IRIN notes that, while the atmosphere in larger cities such as Islamabad, Karachi and Lahore is mildly more tolerant, in rural areas, conservatism is extreme and homosexuals remain closeted. Two sources indicate that cultural practices in Pakistan, which permit public displays of affection between members of the same gender, make it possible for gay men to socialize without attracting attention. [12c] 21.13 On the subject of female couples, the IGLHRC Report 2008 observed that In Pakistan, two women can share a home, but not as intimate partners. [49]

TRANSGENDER PERSONS
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 159

PAKISTAN 22.01 The USSD Report 2010 stated that:

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Society generally shunned transvestites, eunuchs, and hermaphrodites, referred to as hijras, who often lived together in slum communities and survived by begging and dancing at carnivals and weddings. Some also were involved in prostitution. Hijras often were denied places in schools or admission to hospitals, and landlords often refused to rent or sell property to them. Hijras' families often denied them their fair share of inherited property. [3g] (Section 6) 22.02 The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) consulted local experts on transgender and transexuals in Pakistan, including a journalist and producer from the private television station, Geo TV, who had made a documentary on the subject. Following this consultation, the FCO noted in a letter to the UK Border Agency (then the Border and Immigration Agency), dated 6 February 2008, with regard to the law on transgender persons that: There are two parallel legal systems in Pakistan: the constitution of Pakistan and the Federal Sharia law (religious law) of Islam. Under the Constitution of Pakistan there are only two recognized sexes i.e. male or female. The Constitution does not address the status of a person who has changed their gender through an operation. On the other hand the Sharia Law does not recognize any such operations and forbids them strictly. It is under this law that the various cases of gender operations have been arrested and charged in Paki[stan] courts. Depending on the severity [of transsexualism] various punishments have been prescribed in each case. ... Depending on the reasons [for undergoing a sex-change operation] that [the court] deduce, the transsexuals might be put in jail or prescribed lashes. In strict Sharia Law there can be worse punishments like stoning to death, but haven't been practiced by law yet. Stoning to death has been done in some rural areas where the local elders hold court to decide the matter... the constitution states that discrimination on basis of sex will not be entertained anywhere in the country. But it has failed to safeguard the rights of these people [transexuals] too. [11f] (Paragraph 1) 22.03 The FCO letter also noted: Transgenders are called the third form or hijras in Urdu language. there [sic] are no apt words for hermaphrodites, transgenders, eunuchs, transsexuals, etc.. They are all lumped together under the word Hijra. Most people just ignore them, some revere them, give them alms and clothes, men generally ridicule them. The two biggest hurdles in their peaceful life is the sexual harassment from men, including thrashings in public and verbal abuse that they have to face from everyone. They learn to live on the periphery of society showing up to beg and dance on weddings and the birth of children in exchange for some money. Currently they have no place or industry to work in because they are harassed wherever they go. Education is an impossibility for them. If they adopt children and raise them, eventually they even leave them because of society's pressures. [11f] (Paragraph 6) 22.04 The same source stated [that] men who behave, act, undergo operation[s], suffer with biological, psychological issues of gender are all termed as Hijras in Pakistan. The letter noted that instances of women undergoing an operation to become a man were very rare and that they would not be referred to as Hijras. [11f] (Paragraph 7)

160

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 22.05 The same source noted:

PAKISTAN

The crime of transsexualism or undergoing sex operations essentially is translated as tampering with the Almighty's creations. That is deemed as a crime... the understanding of the various angles and approaches of this issue/subject is limited to very few due to bans and taboos on the subject. This in turn then influences the perception and final judgment meted out to criminals of sexual crime. There's no recorded history of such cases being tried in Sharia courts. Progressive and moderate interpretations of Islamic thought subscribe to this interpretation: 'Religious law only makes exceptions when a doctor prescribes the operation for a grown adult due to a severe and extremely dangerous health risk for the patient. Under religious law there should be absolutely no alternative for the patient and once the patient undergoes the operation, then s/he should be treated according to the new gender.' This is a quote from an Islamic scholar of the progressive school. His name is Khursheed Nadeem and he is the Country Director of an NGO called Organization for Research and Education in Islamabad. Classic and conventional Islamic interpretation prescribes to lashings and stonings - a practice that was prescribed for adultery in early Islam... stonings and lashings are carried out at the highest degree of sexual crime. So far a legal court in Pakistan has not ordered this punishment for any such criminal (...there are only a handful cases tried in courts). But when these cases are caught in rural areas, under feudal and tribal laws and customs, eunuchs and transsexuals are lashed in public. The reported incidence of this is few and far between because the transsexuals flee to areas where there [sic] communities are relatively more accepted. [11f] (Paragraph 2) 22.06 22.07 The letter further noted that if a transexual committed a crime the treatment given out by law would be the same as other offenders. [11f] (Paragraph 9) On obtaining ID documents, the FCO letter stated: In Pakistan when [transsexuals] file their papers to change their documents they have complained that the officials on duty do not change their sex on the documents. This is accompanied by ridicule, abuse, mental torture and in several instances complaints to the police for arresting the transgender. They are not provided any legal counsel in case of arrests, unless they arrange for their own lawyer. [11f] (Paragraph 4) 22.08 The journalist and producer from GEO TV said that they had spoken to several transexuals who stated that when attempting to acquire new ID cards or travel documents they had been refused. The letter noted ...Officials at these offices demand health and operation records for [transexuals] but since the operation is illegal in Pakistan no doctor can issue a sex change certificate that supports the transsexuals' claim. Public humiliation, aggravation and bureaucracy are part and parcel of this process.... NADRA [National Database and Registration Authority] does not appear to have a clear policy on this, as such applications are seen as exceptional cases. [11f]
(Paragraph 11)

22.09

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its annual report, the State of human rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that In December the National Database and Registration Authority (NADRA) announced that it would begin providing jobs to eunuchs at its regional offices. According to plans the authority will first appoint seven eunuchs at its provincial offices to facilitate members of eunuch community in processing their national identity cards. [27e] (p233)
161

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN 22.10

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Dawn reported on 12 July 2011 that The Khyber Pakhtunkhwa government... devised a code for transvestites, performing in wedding parties and other festivities, to curtail incidents of their harassment. [42c] The report noted that on 10 July 2011 Some persons near Bakhsho area of Kazana police station reportedly abused and beaten [sic] up a group of transvestites besides shaving off their heads [sic]... after they performed in a wedding party. On Monday [11 July 2011], a number of transvestites under the banners of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Shemale Association staged a protest demonstration against the incident and demanded protection for their community. Provincial government spokesman, Mian Iftikhar Hussain, condemned the incident and said nine people had been arrested. He was reported as saying Transvestites are human beings and they have equal rights as men and women enjoy in our country. So we want to make it clear that providing protection to this segment is also responsibility of government and we will ensure it.
[42c]

22.11

22.12

Dawn added To avoid such type of incidents in future... the government in consultation with the representatives of transvestites decided that those wishing to take transvestites for performance in their parties would get their particulars registered at the police station concerned... Mr Hussain asked people not to tease transvestites. He said that the code would be implemented initially in the provincial capital but it could be replicated in other places, wherever such problems were reported. [42c] The Gender Interactive Alliance (GIA) Pakistan stated on its website, accessed 21 July 2011, that it was ... an organization working for the equality and civil rights of transgender people in Pakistan. The GIA stated that Transgender persons do not have the same level of rights as other Pakistanis. They are also routinely harassed, face discrimination, and in some cases are subjected to violence simply for being transgender. [8a] (About) The same source added: Among our foremost projects is to lobby the government of Pakistan for: recognition of transgender people as equal citizens of Pakistan; providing free medical care to transgender people who are routinely denied public healthcare; and enabling entrepreneurship by providing economic opportunities for transgender people who are, by and large, left out of the mainstream economy. We also aim to provide a safe space for these people online so that their stories and experiences are not erased from our collective cultural experience. [8a] (About)

22.13

22.14

22.15

The GIA noted that it provided the following services under its Awareness Programme: In-centre services: Provide basic education to transgender people regarding their health issuses [sic]. Provide awareness to transgender people about their basic rights. Provide information about job related matters to transgenders. Provide condom education and distribution Provide primary health-care curative services and services for stis [sexually transmitted infections] ... based on syndromic management using national guidelines

162

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Provide education on sexual health and STIS (sexual transmitted infections), and access to acceptable and appropriate services for STIS Provide access to voluntary counseling and testing services.

Out-reach services: 22.16 To visit the trans-gender people along road-sides, under the bridges, in public parks and play-grounds, around railway stations and bus stops and at their homes to: Tell them about the risk of HIV/AIDS,STIS Educate them about safe sex so that they may be aware of the spread of HIV/AIDS through sexual activity including proper usage of condoms. Guiding them on available alternative means of employment Providing them access to basic education. [8b] (Awareness programme)

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (RFE/RL) reported on 8 June 2010 that the Shemale Rights Foundation, based in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, was a new group, the first of its kind in the region, aimed at ... representing Pakistani transvestites, transsexuals, and eunuchs... and was ... demanding greater rights protection for the community... The article quoted newly elected chairperson, Farzana, who said There is a long history of discrimination against us. We are a laughing-stock for people and they make fun of us. Police officials most often forcefully arrest our community members and take them to the police station... They arrest us for nothing and there is no one to speak for us. Now we ourselves will fight for our rights. [9a] RFE/RL noted that No reliable data exist, but Farzana said an estimated 10,000 hijras live in the region. Last week, hijras protested in Peshawar about what they called the heavy-handedness of police. [9a] The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its report, State of Human Rights in 2009 (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, that: In December [2009], a three-member bench of the SC [Supreme Court], headed by the CJ [Chief Justice], advised the government to employ trans-sexuals to recover loans from defaulters as was done in India and to ensure their inheritance rights as duly guaranteed in the constitution. Earlier, in November, the SC had directed the government to formulate a policy for ensuring the rights of trans-gender individuals and creating job opportunities for them. Before that, in August, SC had directed federal and provincial governments to provide protection and free of cost health and education facilities to trans-sexuals and submit report to the apex court on implementation of its directions. The court was hearing a petition filed by an Advocate against, what he said, the social injustice committed to the transgender individuals. [27c] (p42)

22.17

22.18

22.19

However, regarding the ruling on trans-gender rights, the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) noted, in a letter dated 12 November 2009, that ...the Court's rulings in this case are essentially declaratory and have little binding effect on the government; declaring that the plaintiffs are Pakistani citizens and entitled to basic state provisions like education and the protection of law will not do anything to actually remove the disadvantages they [Hijras] face in society. [11l]

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

163

PAKISTAN 22.20

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

An update dated 14 August 2007 on the website of Women Living under Muslim Laws, on the court case of a married couple where the husband had undergone partial sexrealignment treatment (see also paragraph 21.04), observed that Legally she [Shamial Raj, the husband] can live where she likes and two 'women' can live together. They can also live together as they are but need to be very quiet about this. If they are not married and if they are woman and man then society could have a problem. [62] The same source continued: Despite sensationalistic media reports, at no point have Shamial and Shahzina been charged or tried for lesbianism or for the legitimacy of their marriage. The law in Pakistan is silent on such relationships and defines no penalties. The question of Shamial's gender and sexuality only arose after the couple had engaged with the legal system in order to end the harassment by Shahzina's father, who had wanted to marry her off to settle a personal debt.Charges for section 377 of the PPC [Pakistan Penal Code], goes for trial. At no point have they been charged or tried for lesbianism and nor for their marriage On the 28th of May [2007] the Court decided that there was insufficient evidence to charge Shahzina and Shamial under section 377 (unnatural offences) and while there were circumstances under which perjury was committed it would still give (a lesser) sentence on that charge. Yet they were given 3 years each.
[62] Return to contents Go to sources

22.21

23.
23.01

DISABILITY
The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated that: The law provides for equality of the rights of persons with disabilities, but the provisions were not always implemented in practice. The Ministry of Social Welfare and Special Education and its affiliated departments, including the Directorate General for Special Education, National Council for the Rehabilitation of the Disabled (NCRD), and National Trust for the Disabled, are responsible for protecting the rights of persons with disabilities. In the provinces social welfare departments worked for the welfare and education of persons with disabilities. In Sindh the minister for bonded labor and special education is mandated to address the education needs of disabled persons. There are employment quotas at federal and provincial levels that require public and private organizations to reserve at least 2 percent of jobs for qualified persons with disabilities. In practice this right was only partially protected due to a lack of adequate enforcement mechanisms. Families cared for most individuals who had physical and mental disabilities. In some cases criminals forced persons with disabilities into begging and took most of the proceeds they received. Organizations that refused to hire persons with disabilities could choose to pay a fine to a disability assistance fund. This obligation was rarely enforced. The NCRD provided job placement and loan facilities as well as subsistence funding. The council also operated the Pakistan Society for the Rehabilitation of the Disabled, which provided rehabilitation, vocational training, and medical support to persons with disabilities.

164

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

In August 2009 President Zardari launched the special persons-special cards initiative, under which persons with disabilities received reduced prices for a number of services, including transportation and financial services. The initiative also included measures to provide disabled persons with greater physical access to public facilities. On July 7, The News quoted Federal Minister for Social Welfare and Special Education Samina Khalid Ghurki as saying that her ministry had issued 100,000 special identity cards to persons with disabilities that allowed them to receive discounted passenger fares on Pakistan International Airlines and Pakistan Railways. There were no restrictions on the rights of persons with disabilities to vote or participate in civil affairs. [3g] (Section 5) 23.02 In a list of frequently asked questions (FAQs), Pakistans Ministry of Health website, accessed 3 December 2010, described the services that were available via the National Institute for Handicapped, which offered treatment and medical rehabilitation for the disabled. Rehabiliative services included Speech and Language Therapy, Occupational Therapy, Audiology and Psychology. All available treatment was provided free to the disabled patients and their families. [29k] (National Institute for Handicapped)

24.

WOMEN

OVERVIEW
24.01 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its report, the State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: The human rights picture largely remained bleak for women in 2010 with violence continuing against them unchecked and protection provided by the law eroding. The illegal practices of killings girls and women in the name of honour and giving them away to settle disputes continued. Decisions by jirga sustained illegal practices such as Swara, Vani and Karo Kari. Talibanistation and hurdles to realization of their socio economic rights added to womens suffering. The suicide rate among women remained high and a large number of women were murdered as well, often for petty causes. [27e]
(p202)

24.02 24.03

Pakistan is a signatory to the UN Convention for the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW). (UNHCR, CEDAW, 11 June 2007) [40b] (p1) The concluding comments of 38th Session of the Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women, dated 11 June 2007, noted a number of positive developments in Pakistan: recent legal reforms aimed at eliminating discrimination against women and promoting gender equality. In particular, it welcomes: the 2002 amendment to articles 51 and 59 of the Constitution under the Legal Framework Order to increase womens political participation in the National Assembly and the Senate; the 2000 amendment to the Pakistani Citizenship Act 1951, providing for nationality to the children of foreign spouses; the adoption, in 2002, of the Prevention and Control of Human Trafficking Ordinance; the adoption, in 2004, of the Criminal Law Amendment Act to facilitate prosecution of honour killing; and the adoption, in 2006, of the Protection of Women (Criminal Laws Amendment) Act amending some of the Hudood Ordinances. [40b] (p2)

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

165

PAKISTAN 24.04

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The Committee commended the Pakistan Government on the adoption of a National Plan of Action (1998), National Policy for Advancement and Empowerment of Women (2002), and the Gender Reform Action Plan (2005). It also thought positive the reorganisation of the Ministry of Women Development and the creation of a National Commission on the Status of Women and welcomed the efforts taken to support female victims of violence. [40b] (p2) The Ministry of Women Development [MoWD] was devolved under the constitutions 18th Amendment, to the provincial governments. (The Express Tribune, 18 June 2011)
[92d]

24.05

24.06

The Express Tribune noted on 18 June 2011 that, as stated by the chair of the National Commission on the Status of Women (NCSW), The devolution of [the] Ministry of Women Development will not affect womens rights and their cause. It is not the provinces but the federal structure that needs to enhance its capacity, as womens issues are already discussed in all provincial assemblies except Punjab. However, the article added Rehana Hashmi from Sisters Trust was disappointed that the government has still not been able to devolve MoWD to provinces, neither has it finalized the financial and administrative particulars of any independent commission on womens development. [92d] The Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women raised a number concerns about Pakistans implementation of its obligations under the CEDAW, including: a lack of a definition of discrimination in the constitution; that the CEDAW was not fully implemented into domestic law; insufficient measures were in place to ensure implementation of the new laws, lack of availability and access to redress mechanisms; lack of resources for the bodies promoting womens rights; the prevalence of honour related crimes and the Qisa and Diyat law; lack of accountability for crimes of violence against women within the criminal justice system; the continued use of jirgas (tribal forum to resolve disputes) which made decisions to perpetrate violence against women despite a high court ruling banning such meetings; Pakistan remained a patriarchal society with deep-rooted traditional and cultural stereotypes regarding women in the family, workplace and in society generally; trafficking of women; under representation of women in government and the court system (as judges); socio-economic problems such as high illiteracy rates and lack of access to healthcare; inadequate registration of births and marriages; and lack of equality in the dissolution of marriage. [40b] (p3-8)

24.07

24.08

The UN Committee on the Rights of the Child noted in its concluding observations to Pakistans report regarding the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), dated 19 October 2009, that: The Committee remains extremely concerned at the evidence of serious discrimination against women and girls in the State party, as attested by the acute gender differentials in infant mortality rates and school enrolment rates and the continuing existence of early

166

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

marriages and exchanges of girls for debt settlement, domestic violence affecting women and girls, and other such situations including bonded labour and economic exploitation of girls... there seems to be little or no improvement in the country. [79c]
(paragraph 28)

24.09

Minority Rights Group International noted in its report State of the Worlds Minorities and Indigineous Peoples 2011, published 6 July 2011, discussing the day-to-day discrimination and marginalisation of minorities in Pakistan, particularly with regards to minority women, that: ... this is compounded by the discrimination that they experience as women, and may also be compounded by caste-based discrimination. A recent survey reported by the AHRC [Asian Human Rights Commission] found that primary school enrolment rates for girls belonging to scheduled Hindu castes in Pakistan were just 10.2 per cent; the national female primary enrolment rate was given as 48 per cent. Overall, 87 per cent of women from scheduled Hindu castes were illiterate, compared to 58 per cent of women nationally. This indicates a huge discrepancy in regard to access to education between this minority group and the Muslim majority. The AHRC also reports that religious minority women have limited employment options, and are most often found in lowstatus work, such as manual scavenging or cleaning in urban areas, or subsistence or bonded agricultural labour in rural areas. Gender discrimination and patriarchal norms within their own communities mean that few women within minority communities are able to retain control over income that they bring into the family. [88d] (p148) See also Freedom of religion: Hindus and Sikhs

LEGAL RIGHTS
24.10 The Pakistan constitution states that All citizens are equal before [the] law and are entitled to equal protection of lawThere shall be no discrimination on the basis of sex aloneNothing in this Article shall prevent the State from making any special provision for the protection of women and children. [29n] (Part II, Chapter 1, Section 25) The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, observed that The law prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex, but in practice this provision was not enforced. Women faced discrimination in family law, property law, and the judicial system. [3g] (Section 6) The HRCP Report 2010 noted While declarations of commitment to empowerment of women abounded, the task remained unfulfilled because of absence of concrete measures. After taking the first steps in the right direction, the government seemed to lack the ability to follow through. Some pro-woman legal provisions also faced reversal.
[27e] (p202)

24.11

24.12

24.13

Amnesty International stated in its report As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, published 10 June 2010, that The reliance on jirgas under the FCR [Frontier Crimes Regulation] in practice discriminates against women by providing them no access to the tribal councils that in the case of many disputes may decide their fate and whose procedures include few or no rights or protections for those affected. [13e] (p28) See also Judiciary: Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR)

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

167

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Womens Protection Act


24.14 On 1 December 2006 President Musharraf signed into law the Womens Protection Act (WPA). (USSD IRF Report 2008) [3m] (Section II) The US Department of State JulyDecember, 2010 International Religious Freedom Report (USSD IRF Report 2010), published 13 September 2011, stated Until the passage of the 2006 Protection of Women (Criminal Laws Amendment) Act (WPA), cases of rape and adultery were also heard under the Hudood Ordinance, which led to numerous abuses against women. The 2006 law moved these cases to secular rather than Sharia courts; thousands of women have now been released from jail, although social ostracism continued in some cases. [3l] (Section II) However, the USSD Report 2010 stated According to the Women's Action Forum, although the 2006 Women's Protection Act (WPA) amended the Hudood Ordinance, women were still in prison awaiting trial under these laws; however, there was a decline with the passage of the WPA. [3g] (Section 1c) See also subsection Assistance available to women 24.16 A Response to Information Request (RIR) by the IRB dated 3 December 2007 noted that the WPA also prohibits charging women with fornication offences in the cases where women allege they were victims of rape but cannot prove their absence of consent Heterosexual consensual sex outside of marriage continues to be criminalized; however, the Act provides that such complaints will be investigated by a court before formal charges are laid [12f] The USSD Report 2010 noted that: The 2006 WPA brought the crime of rape under the jurisdiction of criminal rather than Islamic courts. Previously, under the rape provision of the Hudood Ordinance, a woman was compelled to produce four male witnesses to corroborate her charge. Under the WPA police are not allowed to arrest or hold a woman overnight at a police station without a civil court judge's consent. A provision in the WPA also modified the complaint procedure in rape cases. Instead of a FIR, it requires a complaint to be made directly to a sessions court. After recording the victim's statement, the sessions court judge officially lodges a complaint, after which police can then make any arrests. While this procedure was meant to eliminate problems relating to social norms that make it difficult for women to go to the police, NGOs reported that this created other barriers for rape victims who did not have money or access to the courts. A February 2009 ruling by the Federal Shariat Court invalidated a 25-year-old legal provision allowing a man accused of rape to question the credibility of the victim by offering evidence that she was of generally immoral character." [3g] (Section 6) 24.18 The UN Committee on the Rights of the Child report, dated 19 March 2009, stated that: Amendments have been made in the Hadood [Hudood] Ordinance through the Prevention of Anti-Women Practices (Criminal Law) Amendment Act, 2006. The new law has been designed to end practices such as preventing or obstructing women to get their share in inheritance, sale of woman, forced marriage, Nikah [Islamic wedding ceremony] with the Holy Quran, custom of Vani or giving a woman in marriage to settle a feud and pronouncement of divorce three times. These inhuman practices have been made offences under the Pakistan Penal Code. [79b] (paragraph 32)
168 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

24.15

24.17

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 24.19 The HRCP Report 2010 cited:

PAKISTAN

In a setback to efforts to ensure equal protection of law for women, the Federal Shariat Court ruled that sections 11, 28 and 29 of the Protection of Women (Criminal Laws Amendment) Act of 2006 were unconstitutional, on the contention that these provisions negated the over-riding effect of the Hudood Ordinance of 1979. HRCP expressed alarmthat the FSC verdict not only sought reversion to provisions of the 1979 Hudood Ordinance, which were highly discriminatory to the rights of women, but also undermined the legislative authority of parliament in encroaching upon its power to translate peoples demands into laws, and subverted the functioning and authority of the mainstream judiciary. The government and the civil society were urged to challenge the FSC decision to ensure that womens rights were not compromised. The National Commission on the Status of Women (NCWS) also opposed the verdict, arguing that it only resuscitated the injustices against women that they had fought to eradicate. The NCWS called upon the government to strongly oppose the judgement as it could not only take the nation back to square one, but also exploited religion for political gains. [27e] (p203) See also Sections Judiciary: Shariat courts (Islamic law) and Hudood Ordinances, Freedom of Religion: Hudood Ordinances and Children: Childcare and protection
Return to contents Go to sources

POLITICAL RIGHTS
24.20 The USSD Report 2010 noted that: There are no laws that prevent women from voting; however, cultural and traditional barriers in tribal and rural areas impeded some women. Women participated in political life. There were 60 seats in the National Assembly reserved for women, and an additional 16 women won directly elected seats in the 342-seat National Assembly. The reserved seats were apportioned on the basis of total votes secured by the candidates of each political party contesting elections to the general seats. There were five women in the federal cabinet. In 2008, for the first time in the country's history, the National Assembly elected a female speaker, Fahmida Mirza. Of the 758 seats in provincial assemblies, there were 128 reserved for women. One-third of the seats in local councils were reserved for women. Provincial chief ministers named women to serve in their cabinets. In some districts, social and religious conservatives prevented women from becoming candidates. Women also participated actively as political party members, but were not always successful in securing leadership positions within parties, with the exception of in the women's wing. [3g] (Section 3) 24.21 24.22 The Telegraph reported on 20 July 2011 on the appointment of 34-year-old Hina Rabbani Khar, Pakistans first woman Minister of Foreign Affairs. [104c] The Asian Human Rights Commission noted in its report, The State of Human Rights in Pakistan 2008 (AHRC Report 2008), published 11 December 2008, that the women in the National Assembly ...are not directly elected, they are merely placed into the positions by their party, which limits their value as political figures. Critics complain of nepotism. [52b] (p10)
169

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN 24.23

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The HRCP Report 2010 noted Some women parliamentarians complained of lack of attention to the issues raised by them as well as the general attitudes towards women voters and politicians. They said womens presence in parliament would produce a change only if their voices were heard. [27e] (p206) The HRCP Report 2010 further stated that: In the National Assembly, women parliamentarians remained among the most active legislators. In 2009, a total of 54 private members bills were on the orders of the day for all sittings. Of the 49 bills that were laid before the House 43 were tabled by female representatives, either independently or jointly with other female or male members of parliament. During the second parliamentary year that concluded on March 16, 2010, out of a total of 26 private bills moved by members, 22 were introduced by women parliamentarians... (p205) No male member moved more than one private members bill.
[27e] (p190)

24.24

24.25

The International Federation for Human Rights (FiDH) reported on 3 November 2010 that it welcomed ...election of its Vice-president, Ms Asma Jahangir, as president of Pakistan's Supreme Court Bar Association. She is now the first woman to lead the most prestigious association of the legal community in Pakistan... The election of Asma Jahangir to the Supreme Court Bar Association constitutes an important step not only for the defence of the independence of the judiciary but also for the defense of human rights in general in Pakistan. [24a] The HRCP Report 2009 stated that In 2009, the abolition of the local government system of 2001 came as a setback to womens participation in the political process. The system, for the first time in the history of the country, had given women 33 per cent representation at the local level and provided them an opportunity to participate in decision-making. At many places, women councillors had played an active role in addressing womens complaints and providing relief to women victims. [27c] (p187) On the oppression of women participating in public life in Pakistan, the ACHR South Asia Human Rights Index 2008 recorded that: Chief Minister of Sindh Dr. Arbab Ghulam Rahim stated during the launch of the election campaign for his party on 26 August 2007 in Thatta that womens leadership was a curse on society. On 29 March 2007, tribal elders in Bannu district of North West Frontier Province barred women from casting their vote in the by-election of National Assembly Seat-26. Most women councillors of Upper Dir district in NWFP have not attended sessions of district and union councils since 2005 because of an unofficial ban imposed by a local jirga. Unelected male relatives had represented them since 2005, in sessions of the district and union councils. These self-nominated representatives of women councillors apparently fathers, sons, brothers and husbands enter councils rooms, sign the attendance roster and take part in the debate on behalf of the women councilors with complete acquiescence of the state. [67b] (p75)

24.26

24.27

24.28

The HRCP Report 2009 noted: A Senate Committee in Islamabad expressed concern over the restrictions imposed on womens participation in the Feb 18, 2008 elections in certain areas of the NWFP, FATA

170

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

[Federally Administered Tribal Areas], Punjab and Sindh and criticized local leaders for having agreed to the violation of election rules and womens rights. It also criticized the local political leaders for being a party to the undemocratic move to prohibit women from exercising their right to vote. It directed the Ministry of Law and Justice to suggest measures to encourage womens participation in elections... In the 2008 elections, the civil society organisations had raised concern at significant difference between the number of men and women registered as voters. Out of a total of 80.4 million voters, over 45 million were men, and over 35 million were women.According to non-official estimates, nearly 14 million eligible women were not registered as voters. While the local body elections are likely to be held in 2010, the Election Commission made no effort to remove this discrepancy. [27c] (p187)

SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC RIGHTS


24.29 The HRCP Report 2009 stated: Women were very hopeful of positive developments after the induction of the democratic government, particularly with regard to the enunciation of a national employment policy for women and womens participation in the economy. The new government had also promised legislation to enable women to have legal ownership of assets and resources and institutional initiatives to prevent crimes against women in the name of tribal traditions. However, the government failed to deliver on its promises. The religio-political groups remained vehemently opposed to bringing women into the mainstream. In February the womens wing of Jamaat-e-Islami strongly criticized the decision by the Senate Standing Committee on Womens Welfare to allocate 50 percent job quota for women, terming it highly dangerous and destructive for the family system and values. [27c] (p188) 24.30 The Asian Human Rights Commission stated in its report The State of Human Rights in Ten Asian Nations 2009 (AHRC Report 2009), published July 2010, that: As an explicitly Muslim state, the women of Pakistan are beholden to a number of Islamic principles. For one, the family is seen as the nucleus of society, the fundamental building block from which the rest of society emerges and evolves. Women are seen to be responsible for maintaining the sanctity of the family, and are thus those who are most likely to disrupt this sanctity. As such, the woman becomes the lynch pin of an ordered society; it is on her back that responsibility and power lies, both for her family and by extension, for all of society. While the violence against women enacted in this society occurs for manifold reasons, it seems that this understanding of women as both the lynch pin and the one with the power to unravel society, is a contributing factor to the continual mistreatment of women in Pakistan. [52a] (p201) See also Violence against women 24.31 The HRCP Report 2009 noted that the: Benazir Income Support Program (BISP) was formally launched in February in Balochistan with the promise that the incumbent government would empower women financially and reduce poverty in the country. The programme was aimed at emancipating women from economic constraints and enabling them to stand on their own feet as they were better qualified to provide education to their children. Under the
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 171

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

BISP, each form holder would receive Rs [Rupees]. 2,000 after every two months and the government will initiate technical and computer education training for children of women in need. The government would also provide soft loans to women in order to enable them to strengthen home economies. [27c] (p188] 24.32 Amnesty International noted in its report As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, published 10 June 2010, that: The Pakistani Taleban systematically imposed restrictions on womens activities, their movement or employment outside the home. The Talebans systematic discrimination against women was notable even by the standards of conservative religiosity practiced in FATA and NWFP. Dozens of people, men and women, from different FATA Agencies complained to Amnesty International that the new rules imposed on women and girls by the Taleban were a primary reason for their fleeing their homes. In Khyber Agency, in November 2008, the Taleban threatened local women who were going to the offices of NADRA (the National Database and Registration Authority, which provides new registration for Pakistanis), as it was registering women for the Benazir Income Support Program. Taleban forces were apparently angry that the office took photographs of women beneficiaries for identification and registration. One man told Amnesty International: There were no women at the NADRA office to take photograph of the local women for the registration cards. All the other staff was male. And this is why the militants, and also the local tribesmen, opposed the women's [sic] visiting the NADRA office... Posters were pasted on walls in Landi Kotal warning people not to send women to the NADRA office. The handwritten posters said the practice of taking photographs of women is un-Islamic and males should not allow their women to visit the NADRA offices. The writings warned that they would take action if someone defied the orders. The Talebans efforts to bar women from registering for new national identification cards meant that they were essentially outside the governments official records an omission that created significant problems later when many women fled conflict-affected areas but could not register to receive government relief services, including food, shelter and medical assistance because they lacked the requisite documents... [13e] (p41) See also Sections: Security situation: Pakistani Taliban, and Citizenship and Nationality 24.33 The HRCP Report 2010 noted that: According to official figures, around 65 percent of the countrys female workforce works in the informal sector, although NGOs say the number is closer to 80 percent. Efforts by non-government organisations working with the government to draft a national policy on home-based workers to address issues such as their right to form unions, safe working conditions, fair wages, medical treatment, and access to credit was yet to yield results. Home-based workers, especially women workers, were one of the most suppressed sections of the working class as they were not considered workers and did not receive benefits under labour laws. [27e] (p232-233) 24.34 The AHRC Report 2008 recorded that Middle-class women generally have more social and economic freedom in Pakistan, but in rural and tribal areas an estimated 12.5 million women are still denied the right to vote. Many have little or no independence on any level. The advances at the top need to be taken into the villages and onto the street

172

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

and practically enforced. Businesses and local authorities such as the police and judiciary remain profoundly male oriented. [52b] (p10) See also subsection Political rights
Return to contents Go to sources

Family laws: marriage, divorce and inheritance


24.35 The Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961, stated that It extends to [the] whole of Pakistan, and applies to all Muslim citizens of Pakistan, wherever they may be. The ordinance covers marriage, polygamy, divorce and maintenance. [30] The Dissolution of Muslim Marriages Act 1939 lays down the grounds on which a woman may divorce her husband. [31] The Offence of Zina (Enforcement of Hudood) Ordinance, 1979, stated that an adult male is defined as having attained the age of 18 years, a female as having attained the age of 16, or reached puberty. [21b] The USSD Report 2010 stated Forced marriage was made a criminal offense in 2007; while many cases were filed, prosecution remained a problem. There were reports of citizens abroad bringing their daughters back to the country, taking away their legal documents, and forcing them into marriage against their will. [3g] (Section 6)

Marriage 24.36 The USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that: The government does not recognize either civil or common law marriage. Marriages were generally performed and registered according to one's religious group; however there was no legal mechanism in place for the government to register marriages of Hindus and Sikhs. The marriages of non-Muslim men remained legal upon conversion to Islam. If a non-Muslim female converted to Islam, and her marriage was performed according to her previous religious beliefs, the marriage was considered dissolved. Children born to Hindu or Christian women who converted to Islam after marriage were considered illegitimate unless their husbands also converted. The only way the marriage can be legitimated and the children made eligible for inheritance was for the husband to convert to Islam. The children of a Muslim man and a Muslim woman who both converted to another religious group were considered illegitimate, and the government could take custody of the children. The registration of Hindu and Sikh marriages by the government has been a long-standing demand of these communities. The Scheduled Caste Rights Movement (SCRM) and other minority rights organizations demanded legislation for minorities' marriage registration. The minorities' representatives were of the view that in the absence of Hindu and Sikh marriage registration, women faced difficulties in getting a share of their parents' and husbands' property, accessing health services, voting, obtaining a passport, and buying or selling property. Corrective legislation has not yet been introduced. [3l] (Section II) 24.37 The website everyculture.com, accessed 10 November 2010, stated, in an undated report on Pakistan, that: One form of a Muslim marriage involves a nikah, a formal legal document signed by the bride and groom in front of several witnesses; this establishes that the couple is legally married.
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 173

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

There are other Muslim marriage traditions as well. One includes the mayun or lagan which takes place three or four days before the marriage and starts with the bride retiring to a secluded area of her home. On the day before the marriage there is a menhdi ceremony, when the bride's hands and feet are painted with henna. When the marriage ceremony takes place it is required that at least two witnesses be there, and all the guests offer a short prayer for the success of the marriage. After the ceremony, dried dates are distributed to the guests. Wedding customs vary somewhat among provinces, but the Muslim marriage is seen as uniting both families as well as the couple. Each tribal group also has certain ceremonies that are an important part of the marriages within that group. [94a] (Marriage, Family and Kinship) 24.38 The HRCP Report 2010 stated in respect of personal laws that: ... lack of codification of personal laws of some religious minorities in Pakistan meant that matters such as marriage, divorce, inheritance, etc., were regulated by customary law. One of the biggest concerns for religious minorities such as Hindus, Sikhs and Bahais was the lack of a mechanism for registration of marriages. Married couples did not have any official certificate showing that they were married, which became a hurdle for married women in acquiring passports. The couples had to make individual petitions in courts and although the courts issued such orders they applied only to the petitioners and were not the ideal solution to the absence of a marriage registrationmechanism. Lack of registration ofmarriages also had implications for legal recourse for spouses in case of matrimonial disputes. [27e] (p136) See also Freedom of religion: Hindus and Sikhs 24.39 The USSD IRF Report 2008 cited that: A Muslim man can marry a woman of the Book (Jew or Christian) but cannot marry a woman of any other religious group unless she converts to Islam, Judaism, or Christianity. Muslim women may only marry Muslim men In effect, the Government recognizes a marriage if both bride and groom are of the same religious group, irrespective of the sect, or if the groom is Muslim and bride is of the Book. Children born to these couples are considered legitimate. If the bride is Muslim and groom is not, they are not considered married and their children are illegitimate. Since Muslim males are not allowed to convert to any other religious group, the only way the marriage can be legitimated and the children made eligible for inheritance is if the groom converts to Islam. [3m] (Section II) 24.40 Also on the subject of marriage the USSD Report 2010 stated that: Although the government generally did not interfere with the right to marry, local officials on occasion assisted influential families in preventing marriages to which the families were opposed. The government also failed to prosecute cases in which families punished members (generally women) for marrying or seeking a divorce against the wishes of other family members. In some cases authorities detained relatives to force a family member who was the subject of an arrest warrant to surrender. [3g] (Section 1f)

174

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 24.41

PAKISTAN

The same source noted Women are legally free to marry without family consent, but women who did so were often ostracized or faced becoming the victims of honor crimes. [3g] (Section 6) However, the HRCP Report 2010 noted that: The SHC [Supreme High Court] restrained the police from arresting or harassing Jameelan and Nazir Husain who had taken marriage vows without the permission of the girls family. In her petition to the court Jameelan had stated that she had married Nazir Husain after executing an affidavit about her free choice before a magistrate. Her brother and other relatives had declared her and her husband as Karo and Kari and hence liable to be killed. A case for kidnapping her had also been filed against her husband. She had sought the courts protection against police attempts to harass the couple. [27e] (p59)

24.42

24.43

The USSD Report 2009 stated Upon conversion to Islam, women's marriages performed under the rites of their previous religion were considered dissolved, but the marriages of men who converted remained intact. [3b] (Section 1f) The USSD Report 2010 added A World Population Foundation survey in 2009 found that 49 percent of women between the ages of 20 and 24 were married before the age of 18. In 2008 the Family Planning Association of Pakistan estimated that child marriages made up 32 percent of marriages in the country. In rural areas poor parents sometimes sold their daughters into marriage, in some cases to settle debts or disputes. [3g] (Section 6) The USSD Report 2009 stated: The World Bank released a study in 2007 indicating that approximately one-third of marriages in rural areas were watta satta, exchange marriages in which men marry each other's sisters. The study indicated that the reciprocal nature of the practice provided some measure of protection for women. According to the study, women in watta satta marriages have substantially and significantly lower probabilities of marital estrangement, domestic abuse, and major depressive episodes. Human rights groups such as the HRCP criticized the practice, noting that these marriages treat women as a commodity, and tension within one household also affects the other. [3b] (Section 5)

24.44

24.45

24.46

The USSD Report 2010 observed The practice of buying and selling brides also continued in rural areas, although prohibited by law. Many tribes, communities, or families continued the practice of sequestering women from all contact with men other than their relatives. Despite prohibitions on handing over women as compensation for crimes or as a resolution of a dispute (also known as vani or swara), the practice continued in Punjab and the KP. [3g] (Section 6) The USSD Report 2010 further noted that In rural Sindh landowning families continued the practice of marriage to the Qur'an to avoid division of property. Property of women married to the Qur'an remains under the legal control of their father or eldest brother, and such women are prohibited from contact with any man older than 14. These women are expected to stay in the home and not contact anyone outside their family. [3g]
(Section 6)

24.47

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

175

PAKISTAN 24.48

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report also noted that Illegal forms of child and forced marriage remain problems. Most interfaith marriages are considered illegal, and the children of such unions would be illegitimate. [5a] See also Children: Underage/forced marriage

24.49

On marriages by proxy, a Foreign and Commonwealth Office official from the British High Commission (BHC) in Islamabad stated in an email dated 10 November 2010 that: ... proxy (telephonic) marriage is acceptable in Islam and also under the Muslim Family laws ordinance 1961. The condition is that both the parties (Bride and the Groom) should be present at both ends with their witnesses. Whereas in Ahmadis the proxy marriage can be contracted even without the presence of the bride and the groom and with only the presence of their Waliys (representatives). If a marriage is contracted with one of the above procedures and the marriage certificate has all the necessary attestations and is registered with the concerned authorities it can be considered as a valid marriage. [11n]

24.50

A further email from an official in the Consular Section of the BHC, dated 9 November 2010, stated that they ... do not recognise a proxy marriage done where one of the party was in the UK, and the other was in Pakistan. [11o]

Divorce 24.51 The USSD Report 2010 also reported that Family law provides protection for women in cases of divorce, including requirements for maintenance, and lays out clear guidelines for custody of minor children and their maintenance. However, many women were unaware of these legal protections or unable to obtain legal counsel to enforce them. Divorced women often were left with no means of support as their families ostracized them. [3g] (Section 6) The IRB noted in a Response to Information Request on the issue of single women living alone, dated 4 December 2007, that: ... According to Muslim family laws in Pakistan, a Muslim man has a unilateral right to divorce his wife. This is known as Talaq, whereas a Muslim woman can [only] dissolve her marriage with the intervention of [a] court. She does not have the unilateral right to pronounce talaq unless that right is delegated to her by the husband under marriage contract but this right is usually not delegated to [the] wife. While under Christian Family [laws], Christian women seeking to legally dissolve marriage confront such obstacles in terms of very strict grounds to prove, that many have ended up converting. And conversion means termination of any link with their community. Parents do not encourage their daughters to return home for fear of being stigmatized a 'divorcee' which [is] tantamount to being a social pariah while husband's ill conduct is not questioned generally. [12j] See also Single women 24.53 On the subject of divorce rights of Muslim women in Pakistan, the IRB noted in a Response to Information Request, dated 17 November 2010, that:

24.52

176

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

A Muslim marriage, says the Sustainable Development Policy Institute (SDPI), a Pakistan-based independent non-profit organization founded in 1992 to serve as a source of expertise for policy analysis and development..., is a contract and can be dissolved like any other contract... Marriage among Muslims is similarly described as a civil contract that can be the subject of dissolution for good cause by Mian Muhibullah Kakakhel, the founder of Kakakhel Law Associates and a senior advocate of Pakistans Supreme Court... As a contract, explains the SDPI, both wife and husband have legal and religious rights to dissolve a marriage... According to the SDPI, while a man has the unilateral right of talaq... the absolute and inherent power to repudiate his wife without offering any reason... women legally dissolve their marriage under the following three circumstances: If the husband has unconditionally delegated the right of divorce in the nikahnama or marriage contract... If the wife files suit in family court for khula, which means untying the knot... or to put off as a man is said to khula his garment when he puts it off... If, under the Dissolution of Muslim Marriages Act, 1939, she files suit for judicial divorce in family court... [12r] 24.54 The same source continued: In spite of these pronounced, guaranteed and statutory rights, the Kakakhel lawyer reported that it is extremely difficult for a woman to ask for her right to divorce, not only because Pakistan is a male-oriented and male-dominated society, but also because the woman is psychologically debarred from having access to the laws governing her right to divorce... For an assistant professor of political science at the Metropolitan State College of Denver corresponding with the Research Directorate, the degree of difficulty depends on the womans social class, education and financial independence, as well as the level of support she can expect from her family... But in the case of divorce through khula, the main difficulty would be the attack on her moral character that would come under a cross-examining lawyers questions... [12r] 24.55 On the subject of judicial divorce, the IRB noted: Under the Dissolution of Muslim Marriages Act, 1939, a woman who regards the husband [as] at fault can initiate a judicial divorce through a family court..., which were established under the West Pakistan Family Courts Act, 1964, to adjudicate upon ... matters relating to the dissolution of marriage... According to the SDPI, unless the couple reconciles, the family court issues a decree dissolving the marriage and sends it to a union council..., an elected local government body of 13 councillors headed by a nazim, or mayor, and a naib nazim, or deputy mayor... The divorce does not come into effect until the end of iddat... a prescribed waiting period during which a woman cannot remarry...; iddat can last either 90 days after the union council has received the dissolution decree or, if the wife is pregnant, until the birth of a child... If the divorce is granted, the union council issues a divorce certificate and the woman keeps her mehr..., or mahr..., a dower given to the wife by the husband... [12r] 24.56 As for grounds for judicial divorce, the IRB cited: Section 2 of the Dissolution of Muslim Marriages Act, 1939 permits divorce on any one of the following grounds:
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 177

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 (i) that the whereabouts of the husband have not been known for a period of four years; (ii) that the husband has neglected or has filed [sic] to provide for her maintenance for a period of two years; (ii-A) that the husband has taken an additional wife in contravention of the provisions of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961; (iii) that the husband has been sentenced to imprisonment for a period of seven years or upwards; (iv) that the husband has failed to perform, without reasonable cause, his marital obligations for a period of three years; (v) that the husband was impotent at the time of the marriage and continues to be so; (vi) that the husband has been insane for a period of two years or is suffering from leprosy or a virulent venereal disease; ... (viii) that the husband treats her with cruelty, that is to say: (a) habitually assaults her or makes her life miserable by cruelty of conduct even if such conduct does not amount to physical ill-treatment, or (b) associates with women of evil repute of leads an infamous life, or (c) attempts to force her to lead an immoral life, or (d) disposes of her property or prevents her exercising her legal rights over it, or (e) obstructs her in the observance of her religious profession or practice, or (f) if he has more wives than one, does not treat her equitably in accordance with the injunctions of the Quran; (ix) on any other ground which is recognized as valid for the dissolution of marriages under Muslim Law .... (Pakistan 1939)

Section 2 also allows a woman to repudiate a marriage that was contracted by her parents or guardians while she was still a minor, provided that the marriage was not consummated... or consummated before she was 16 years old... [12r] 24.57 On khula divorce, the same IRB response stated: Female scholar Shagufta Omar, writing in 2007 in Policy Perspectives, a biannual journal published by the Institute of Policy Studies, Islamabad, defines khula as divorce on the wifes demand, the basis of which is the Quran... In Islamic or Sharia law a Muslim woman has the right to initiate divorce when she feels she can no longer live with her husband... because of what the SDPI calls an irretrievable breakdown of the marriage... According to Omar, the process for dissolving a marriage on the basis of khula is through an agreement between the woman and her husband... This marriage dissolution, Omar says, is obtained only through court since out-of-court khula settlements are not so common... The SDPI also indicates that the wife files suit for khula in a family court... On the other hand, the Kakakhel lawyer says that khula may be obtained either through mutual agreement or by court order... Although a woman can dissolve her marriage through khula, she does so by surrendering certain rights given to her, such as dower... A law professor at the University of Warwick who specializes in Islamic law and Pakistani womens rights also indicated in correspondence with the Research Directorate that, if a woman asks for
178 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

khula, she must relinquish her mehr or marriage gift... The SDPI similarly states that, in a case of khula, the wife usually has to return the mehr, as well as other benefits obtained from the husband... However, Ayesha Shahid, a lecturer at the University of Hull in the United Kingdom, summarizes Pakistan Superior Court decisions on the payment of dower to divorced women in a 2009 conference paper in which she notes that the courts have taken a positive and liberal approach in interpreting Islamic principles relating to dissolution of marriage by khula and payment/repayment of dower. The courts have refused to accept the plea of the husband for recovery of dower in cases where khula was obtained because of the cruelty or any other fault of the husband... [12r] 24.58 With regards to divorce for Christian, Hindu and Parsi women, the IRB noted: The SDPI indicates that unlike the reforms such as the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance of 1961 which have benefited Muslim women, there has been no development since colonial times of the personal laws relating to [Christian, Hindu and Parsi] communities. The Hindu community in particular do[es] not have any specific codified laws relating to family matters which are instead governed by custom... However, reports the SDPI, [m]embers of minority communities can and do approach the countrys regular Family Courts since the Family Courts Act of 1964 does not restrict its jurisdiction to Muslims alone... More specifically, the SDPI indicates that Christian marriages, unlike Muslim marriages, are regarded as a holy union... Dissolution of a Christian marriage occurs primarily through the death of one of the spouses; divorce is permitted only on very restricted grounds for both husband and wife... However, The Divorce Act 1869 does provide grounds for divorce, which include offences such as adultery, rape, and adultery coupled with cruelty... Parsi marriage, on the other hand, is governed by The Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act 1936. The marriage can be dissolved by the husband or the wife through a family court if, for example, a spouse is of unsound mind (although only after three years of marriage), has deserted the marriage, has been jailed for seven or more years or has committed adultery or rape... As for Hindu marriages, the SDPI says that, [i]n general, there is no concept of divorce among Hindus, although some file divorce suits in the Family Courts pleading the existence of the custom in their community... [12r] Inheritance 24.59 With regard to inheritance laws, the USSD Report 2010 observed that the law clearly discriminates against women. Female children are entitled to one-half the inheritance of male children. Wives inherit one-eighth of their husband's estate. In practice women often received far less than their legal entitlement. [3g] (Section 6) The US Department of State (USSD) recorded in its travel section by the Bureau of Consular Affairs on International Parental Child Abduction, Pakistan, undated, accessed 10 August 2011, that: Under Pakistani family law, which is based on Islamic law, the father controls virtually all aspects of his family's life. He decides where his wife and children will live, how the children are to be educated and whether or where they may travel. Courts rarely, if ever, give custody of children to a woman who is not a Muslim, who will not raise the children
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 179

24.60

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

as Muslims, does not plan to raise them in Pakistan, or has remarried. In all probability, even if the mother wins custody, the children would still need the father's permission, to leave the country. Any matter of custody in Pakistan can only be resolved through the appropriate local judicial system...In Pakistan, most mothers do not earn an income. The courts keep this is mind in determining what is in the best interests of the child. A father is legally bound to take care of his children no matter what since he is the income earner. A mother is not so bound. That is why, in most cases, the father is granted custody... Laws protecting the rights of mothers are written into the Quran (Koran). Under Islamic law, a woman has the right to keep a boy child up to the age of seven years and a girl child up to the age of twelve... [3i] See also Sections: Children: Legal rights and Underage/forced marriage, and Freedom of religion: Inter-faith marriage
Return to contents Go to sources

Women in the workplace


24.61 The USSD Report 2010 observed with regard to womens rights at work that Women also faced significant discrimination in employment and were frequently paid less than men for similar work. In many rural areas of the country, strong societal pressure prevented women from working outside the home. Some tribes continued the traditional practice of sequestering women from all contact with men other than relatives. [3g]
(Section 6)

24.62

The HRCP Report 2010 stated with regards to recently introduced legislation that: A positive development was the enactment of two laws to deal with sexual harassment. One of these laws amended the Pakistan Penal Code to provide for a harsher penalty for the offence under Section 509 besides offering a better definition of sexual abuse. The other law, adopted in March [2010], was the Protection against Sexual Harassment at Workplace Act, which laid down a code of conduct devised to prevent and punish sexual harassment at workplace. A number of public and private establishments agreed to adopt the code. [27e] (p204)

24.63

The AHRC Report 2008 asserted that: In the workplace women must still contend with lower salaries, and sexual misconduct is common. They are generally not paid according to the law and receive few benefits. The majority are not officially registered so are vulnerable to occupational abuse. It is mostly women that work in government factories and other informal sectors (unregistered under government laws), and here they have no labour law benefits, such as medical allowances, pregnancy allowances, transport or childcare services from the factory management. Through a finance bill passed during the Musharraf government, most are now expected to work 12 hours rather than the original eight. In rural areas women are often required by employers or landlords to work all day alongside their husbands for little extra remuneration, often as bonded labour, to pay off loans. [52b]
(p12)

SOCIO-ECONOMIC INDICATORS

180

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 24.64

PAKISTAN

The World Health Organisation (WHO) country profile of Pakistan, last updated August 2010, listed a number of socio-economic statistics for men and women. Based on figures from 2009, girls/women are less likely to be educated than boys/men (83 per cent of girls were in primary school, 36 per cent in secondary school, compared to 97 per cent and 55 per cent of boys respectively) and have lower literacy rates than men (44 per cent of women over 15 years are literate; compared to 69 per cent of men). [14a] The WHO country profile of Pakistan also provided some basic healthcare data that directly related to women with access to primary health care services: antenatal care was provided to 100 per cent of the population; and 100 per cent of births were attended by skilled health personnel. [14a] The HRCP Report 2009 stated with regards to the gender gap in Pakistan that: The Gender Gap Index [GGI] is used to measure the level of inequality that exists between women and men through gaps in different indicators. The four pillars of the index are: economic participation and opportunity, educational attainment, political empowerment and health and survival. A GGI study revealed that Sindh had a value of 0.58 in the economic participation and opportunity index, followed by NWFP (0.312) and Balochistan (0.2514). With an index value of 0.1718 Punjab, surprisingly, has the lowest value in economic participation and education. NWFP leads all the provinces in the educational attainment index with a value of [0].249, followed by Punjab with a value of 0.163 and Balochistan representing a value of 0.148. Punjab has the minimum gender gap in the health and survival index with a value of 0.236, followed by NWFP (0.2088) The overall value of [GGI] for Pakistan is 0.551 which is ranked 126th among 128 countries, indicating womens overall low societal status in the country. [27c] (p189) See also Sections: Medical Issues; and Children

24.65

24.66

SINGLE WOMEN
24.67 The Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) noted in a Response to Information Request dated 17 November 2010, that: For women to live alone and unmarried in Pakistan, it will depend on which province and in what context they are living, reported the Metropolitan State College of Denver Assistant Professor... The Assistant Professor explained that, socio-economically, Pakistan has [a] very sharp rural and urban divide... Rural is collectivist, community/village based, agrarian, traditional, more illiterate and poor. Women are not recognized as an individual member of the community, they are members of their male-dominated family. Womans life in the village context is a matter of concern for every man of the neighborhood community. There is no concept of an unattached woman. She has to live with her family. What do widows, divorced or spinsters do? They live with their parental or in-laws family. Older women with grown up children normally depend on their sons or daughters. There are always exceptions to their situations in the rural context but generally it is not socially safe and acceptable for [single] women to live in the rural context. Urban is semi-collectivist and individualistic, more literate, with better infrastructure and transportation facilities and plenty of job opportunities i.e. skilled or unskilled. Urban is different but still there are difficulties for single women. Here, class is the main
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 181

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

determinant of womans choices for her life style. In big cities educated women with jobs or some property income would not have much difficulty to live alone... The Law Professor also said that [i]t all depends on who you are, what resources you have, which part of the country you come from, [and] what your own educational and economic, professional status is... [12r] 24.68 The IRB added, on the degree of independence experienced by women living in Pakistan, that: Both the Assistant Professor and the Law Professor said that the ability of women to act independently differs depending on their level of education ... For example, the Assistant Professor said that [e]ducated urban, upper/middle class working women or housewives do not find it difficult to rent an apartment or to open a bank account or travel domestically or internationally. Women in the rural areas normally do not rent a house or any other place. Due to lack of education, they are normally accompanie[d] by a male member to open an account or to do other things in public sphere.... The Law Professor also indicated that, although there are no laws preventing a woman to open her own bank account, it depends [on] who that woman is, whether shes literate, has her own identification, and can travel alone... As the Professor explained, This is more to do with access rather than the law or society. If a professional woman, earning good money went to rent an apartment, no one would bat an eyelid. [B]ut that is because her sense of autonomy and authority would make her able to do so... [12r] 24.69 The same source added on the treatment of single women: The Assistant Professor reported that a woman living alone in a rural area is an exceptional situation that is not liked by her family or community... However, the Assistant Professor allowed that the womans age should be taken into consideration... If she is an older woman, in her 70s or 80s, it would not be a big problem in both contexts, rural and urban or in any class. A young or a middle age woman finds it hard to live alone in all of these contexts. All kind [of] gossips surround her and she is watched by everyone for every move she makes... The Law Professor stated that the absence of a male relative may make a woman vulnerable and added that the worsening law and order situation has made Pakistan a generally unsafe place to be... Younger women risk attracting unwanted attention from men; older women may find themselves taken advantage of by their helpers... The Assistant Professor also said that a woman [l]iving alone in majority of the contexts such as rural (which is about 70% of Pakistan) and lower/middle class urban would put herself at risk for her safety and security... The Law Professor likewise said that any attempt to break away from her family might pose a danger to the safety of even a resourceful woman... [12r] 24.70 The IRB put into context the regional differences with regards to single women, which stated: In a follow-up to initial correspondence with the Research Directorate, the Assistant Professor explained that of Pakistans four provinces-Sindh, Punjab, Balochistan and Khayber Pakhtunkhah (KP) (formerly the North-West Frontier Province [NWFP]) the urban centres in Punjab and Sindh are more educated and liberal while cities in
182 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Balochistan and KP have a very conservative culture. It would be easier for an educated single woman to live alone in Karachi or Lahore but not in Peshawar or Quetta... The Assistant Professor added that [s]ocial and physical mobility of single women in Pakistan is not an easy thing. An educated woman working in a multinational [organisation] may move easily from Karachi to Lahore or Islamabad (capital city) [but] not to the rural areas or to the smaller cities. If she is hiding from her family or her husband, it would be much difficult for her do that... Similarly, the Law Professor said that maybe an educated, professional woman, with resources, could relocate and live alone in a city... But, the Law Professor cautioned, if she is young and does not have a male relative, it would be difficult... [12r] 24.71 In a Response to Information Request dated 4 December 2007, the IRB noted, following correspondence with an adjunct professor of gender studies and international studies at the University of Denver, that: It is very hard for a single woman to live alone both in urban and rural areas. ... It depends on age, class, education, and urban or rural setting. Young unmarried/divorced women in all classes in urban areas find it difficult to live alone. They cannot get apartments to be rented. If they own a property, they can more conveniently opt to live alone but again there is social pressure around them and they have to face all kinds of gossips and scandals. In such case, age is their biggest problem. Older women can live alone but still they feel insecure socially and physically. We do have examples now in the big cities where highly educated and economically independent women opt to live alone but their percentage is very low. In the rural areas they mostly live with joint family even if they do not get along with them... [12j] 24.72 After consulting a representative from an NGO specialising in womens issues, specifically with regards to women affected by Islamic laws and customs, the IRB also noted in the same Request that: After having lived in Pakistan for one year, the Representative stated that she had only encountered one woman living alone; the Representative explained that this woman was able to live alone because she was an activist, was aware of her rights and understood the cultural system which permitted her to navigate daily challenges. She added that she was aware of other women who had tried to rent apartments on their own but were unable to do so because of resistance from landlords who assumed they were planning to open a brothel. The Representative specified that it is also rare for men to live alone in Pakistan because people are expected to live with their families until they get married and set up households of their own. The Representative added that even though it is not illegal for women to live alone, there would be obstacles for a woman to try to rent an apartment or house on her own and [c]ultural pressures and personal security would continue to be issues, especially if it was common knowledge [that] a woman was living alone. A representative of Shirkat Gah Women's Resource Centre, a civil society organization in Pakistan promoting and advocating women's rights for the past 30 years, provided corroboration in correspondence dated 4 December 2007 to the Research Directorate that the situation of women living alone Pakistan depends on their social and economic status. The Representative also provided the following information: There has been an increasing trend in both urban and rural areas where husbands leave home for better employment options abroad. So wives of those usually live alone but the important
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 183

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

aspect in such living situation is social acceptance and support from the family. Financial stability is often considered a strength by such women and they do not face negative criticism. [12j] 24.73 However, in a Response to Information Request dated 26 November 2009, on Resources available to female victims of violence in Karachi, Islamabad and Lahore, the IRB noted that, according to a report by the South Manchester Legal Centre (SMLC), dated January 2008, ... the Director of HRCP indicated that women cannot rent accommodations alone in Pakistan... Mdecins du monde [an international humanitarian organisation] similarly indicates that it is not socially acceptable for women to live alone in Pakistan; though the report also indicates that because it is easier to find employment in Lahore, a woman may be able to live independently there... [12n] The IRB noted in its Response to Information Request, dated 4 December 2007, that: The following information was provided in correspondence received on 22 November 2007 by a professor of law at the University of Warwick who specializes in women's human rights and gender and the law, who has written various publications on Pakistan and who is also a professor at the University of Oslo: The response to your question depends upon the circumstances, location, socioeconomic, educational and professional status of the single female. Generally, it would be accurate to say that single women are rarely able to live on their own without a male member of the family in Pakistan. Reasons for this are numerous but they primarily stem from custom and culture that requires a woman to have a male family member to be in a protective and supervisory role. Society also frowns upon women living on their own and would not help the reputation of the single woman. You may find one in a million single woman who has the means and can live in a big city with helpers, etc. to assist and protect her. This of course is a minority and an exception rather than the rule. [12j]
Return to contents Go to sources

24.74

VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN


24.75 The HRCP Report 2010 stated Violence against women [VAW] remained a key human rights issue in Pakistan. Monitoring of human rights violations of womens right[s] reported by the media and by HRCP activists from the field, presented a gloomy picture. The legal, preventative and protective measures needed to provide effective protection to women against violence perpetrated in the name of honour remained absent. [27e]
(p206)

24.76

The Asian Human Rights Commission stated in its report, The State of Human Rights in Pakistan: 2009 (AHRC Report 2009), published July 2010, that: As an explicitly Muslim state, the women of Pakistan are beholden to a number of Islamic principles. For one, the family is seen as the nucleus of society, the fundamental building block from which the rest of society emerges and evolves. Women are seen to be responsible for maintaining the sanctity of the family, and are thus those who are most likely to disrupt this sanctity. As such, the woman becomes the lynch pin of an ordered society; it is on her back that responsibility and power lies, both for her family and by extension, for all of society. While the violence against women enacted in this

184

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

society occurs for manifold reasons, it seems that this understanding of women as both the lynch pin and the one with the power to unravel society, is a contributing factor to the continual mistreatment of women in Pakistan. Women face all kinds of violence perpetuated by the state and its agents, ranging from rape, gang rape, torture by state agents, registration of false cases of adultery, killing in the name of honour, Jirga (an illegal and parallel judicial system for the exchange of minor girls in land disputes) no free choice of marriages, restriction of freedom of movement and expression, domestic violence, sexual harassment at the workplace, forceful conversion to Islam, arbitrary punishment for blasphemy, deprivation of property rights, disappearance after arrest and being used as sex slaves in military torture cells. In extreme cases, punishments can include being buried alive or having acid thrown on them. [52a] (p201-202) 24.77 In it Annual Report January-December 2010, Violence Against Women in Pakistan: A qualitative review of statistics 2010 (Annual Report 2010), published June 2011, the Aurat Foundation provided a breakdown of major offences of violence against women in 2010. The report recorded a total of 8,000 cases of violence against women (VAW) compared to 8,548 in 2009. (Table 1) Of the 8,000 cases, 5,492 cases of violence were reported from Punjab; 1,652 from Sindh; 650 from Khyber Pakhtunkhwa; 79 from Balochistan and 127 from Islamabad. (Table 4) Only 6,105 cases were reported as registered with the police. [57b] (Table 16) Considering the decrease in VAW in 2010 compared with 2009, the same source suggested this may have been a result of the July/August 2010 floods. Barriers to reporting increase in the event of widespread damage,and though little data is available but some indicators suggest that VAW increases under disaster situations, as research shows that sexual and domestic violence are often identified as issues for women refugees intemporary camps... But it is also a known fact that during and after the floods, the state mechanisms for reporting and redress also broke down in the flood affected areas. [57b] (p7) 24.79 The HRCP Report 2010 stated: At least 1,790 women were murdered in the year under review [2010]. Of these, 791 were killed in incidents of so-called honour killing or Karo Kari. The killers were often related to the victim. Of the 1,790 women murdered, at least 452 were killed by their husbands, 225 by their brothers, 58 by their sons, 50 by their fathers, 63 by in-laws, and 228 by other close relatives. At least 18 victims of honour killing were raped and eight gang-raped before being murdered. Those killed in the name of honour by their families included 11 Christian and six Hindu women. [27e] (p206) 24.80 Amnesty Internationals Annual Report 2010 on Pakistan stated that In NWFP and the tribal areas, Taleban groups closed or burned down girls schools, forced women to wear a veil and prohibited them from leaving their homes unless accompanied by male relatives. Several women were punished, shot dead or mutilated for alleged immoral activities. Legal redress sought for abuses of womens rights remained difficult to obtain. [13d] (p253; Violence against women and girls) The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) stated in its report, The State of Human Rights in Pakistan: 2010 (AHRC Report 2010), published February 2011, that
185

24.78

24.81

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

On the issue of violence against women, some progress was made during 2010. A bill against sexual harassment was passed into law by the parliament. Bills against domestic violence and acid-throwing were presented in the National Assembly, but opposition remains from powerful groups, particularly religious fundamentalists, that continue to prevent this legislation from being adopted... A bill was also passed in 2010 that decentralizes the health care, raising hopes for improved womens health. [52e]
(p198-199)

24.82

On the Domestic Violence Bill, the HRCP Report 2010 noted that: The injustices that victims of domestic violence face at home and in the form of absence of government protection continued. The failure of the government to push the Domestic Violence (Prevention and Protection) Bill was seen as a setback to efforts to ensure protection for women. The Bill was passed unanimously by the National Assembly on August 4 [2010], but it lapsed after the Senate failed to adopt it within the three month period prescribed by the constitution. The legislative process for the proposed law now had to be started fresh. The government reiterated its resolve to reintroduce the Bill but that was not done [by] the end of the year. [27e] (p203)

24.83

The same source also noted: The draft bill gave an aggrieved person the right to approach a first class magistrates court with an application directly or through an authorised person. The court was to fix a hearing within three days and give a decision within 30 days. The court protection orders could prevent the accused from committing or aiding or abetting domestic violence, or from dispossessing an aggrieved person of the shared household. Monetary relief to meet expenses and losses as well as for maintenance could also be given. The first breach of a protection order was punished with imprisonment between six months and one year, and with a fine of Rs. 100,000, which was to be paid to the aggrieved person. A second or third violation was to be punished with up to two years of imprisonment and a minimum fine of Rs. 200,000. [27e] (p203)

24.84

The USSD Report 2010 recorded that Domestic violence was a widespread and serious problem. Husbands reportedly beat and occasionally killed their wives. Other forms of domestic violence included torture, physical disfigurement, and shaving the eyebrows and hair off women's heads. In-laws abused and harassed the wives of their sons. Dowry and family-related disputes often resulted in death or disfigurement by burning or acid. [3g] (Section 6) The HRCP Report 2010 recorded 373 cases of domestic violence against women in 2010, as reported by the media, and noted that These were in addition to the hundreds of cases of killing of women where the victim was related to the killer. The total cases of domestic violence included 91 murder attempts, 16 incidents of acid attack, 19 of amputation of a limb or limbs by relatives, 10 of shaving of head and/or eyebrows, and 132 of torture. In at least 34 cases, women were targeted because of choosing to marry on their own or refusing to marrying a man chosen by the family. [27e] (p208) The Aurat Foundation Annual Report 2010 cited 486 cases of domestic violence in 2010 compared to 608 in 2009. [57b] (Table 1) The AHRC Report 2010 noted with regards to the Acid Control and Burn Crime Prevention Bill 2010 that it would:

24.85

24.86 24.87

186

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

... create a National Acid Control Council and comprehensively defin[e] hurt and disfigurement as well as categorizing acids as dangerous substances, restricting their sale, more heavily penalizing unlawful sales, and increasing the maximum sentence for disfigurement significantly in addition to setting a minimum sentence of seven years. Medical professionals would be required to report acid-related injuries to police. Further, the bill would define the victims of acid attacks as disabled, entitling them to government benefits, and provide for treatment, rehabilitation, and legal aid. Despite its flaws and the uncertainties and obstacles that lie ahead, the Acid Control and Burn Crime Prevention Bill represents a major step in combating acid terrorism in Pakistan. [52e]
(p256)

24.88

The AHRC Report 2010 cited that the Acid Survivors Foundation (ASF) recorded 48 acid attacks in 2009. ASF figures suggest family members perpetrate nearly half of acid attacks (48 percent), rejected suitors are responsible for a quarter (25 percent), and collateral damage accounts for 12 percent. [52e] (p263) The Aurat Foundation Annual Report 2010 reported 32 cases of acid attacks and 38 cases stove burning, during 2010. [57b] The UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, third and fourth periodic reports of States parties due in 2007: Pakistan, dated 19 March 2009 that ... all burn cases are required to be reported to the nearest Magistrate by the registered medical practitioner designated by Provincial Government and Officer in Charge of a Police Station. The medical practitioner shall record the statement of the burn victim immediately on arrival... [79b] (paragraph 138) An article by IRIN, dated 11 March 2008, stated that Domestic violence is endemic in Pakistan. The report noted that in the eight years since the publication of HRWs [Human Rights Watch] 1999 report on domestic violence in Pakistan, there was little evidence that any major changes had been made in the country. The article quoted a leading lawyer and rights activist as saying Domestic violence is very widespread. It is tied in to the lack of empowerment of women in our society. [41a] The same source noted that: At times, the violence inflicted on women takes on truly horrendous forms. The Islamabad-based Progressive Women's Association (PWA), headed by Shahnaz Bukhari, believes up to 4,000 women are burnt each year, almost always by husbands or in-laws, often as punishment for minor offences or for failure to bring in a sufficient dowry. The PWA said it had collected details of nearly 8,000 such victims from March 1994 to March 2007, from three hospitals in the Rawalpindi-Islamabad area alone... A lack of safe shelters for women victims of domestic violence, limited awareness of the issue and the absence of specific legislation all compound the problem. The result is that thousands of women are victims of severe violence within their homes, with most cases going unreported and the culprits consequently escaping any punishment for their crime. [41a]

24.89 24.90

24.91

24.92

24.93

The AHRC Report 2010 noted: Women from religious minorities are most common and vulnerable targets of violence: Women from religious minorities are the most frequent victims of violence, particularly sexual violence. Members of religious minorities are regularly assaulted, tortured or

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

187

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

murdered and their property and place of worship are ransacked and desecrated. The blasphemy laws understand blasphemy only as an offence against Islam and are used by a criminal nexus between the police, the administration and religious fundamentalists to intimidate Christians, Ahmadis and all religious minorities in Pakistan. Women are disproportionately affected. It is becoming common in rural areas for Muslim fundamentalists to abduct, force into marriage, and forcibly convert women to Islam. Abductions made up nearly 30 percent of all crimes against women in the first half of 2010. [52a] (p62) 24.94 The USSD Report 2010 stated: Women who tried to report abuse faced serious challenges. Police and judges were sometimes reluctant to take action in domestic violence cases, viewing them as family problems. Instead of filing charges, police typically responded by encouraging the parties to reconcile. Abused women usually were returned to their abusive family members. Women were reluctant to pursue charges because of the stigma attached to divorce and their economic and psychological dependence on relatives. Relatives were hesitant to report abuse due to fear of dishonoring the family. [3g] (Section 6) See also sub-section: Assistance available to women; Sections: Police: Torture, and: Prison conditions

Honour killings
24.95 The IRB in a Response to Information Request (RIR) entitled Pakistan: Honour killings targeting men and women, especially in the northern areas (2001 - 2006), dated 24 January 2007, provided a brief description of the custom and to whom it applied: There is an extensive amount of information on honour killings in Pakistan primarily focusing on female victims. Honour killings are described as a custom in which mostly women and some men are murdered after accusations of sexual infidelity. The killers seek to avenge the shame that victims are accused of bringing to their families. However, even girls and, on a smaller scale, boys are victims of the practice. Honour killings are known by different names depending on the area in Pakistan in which they are practised. In Sindh province they are referred to as karo kari, where karo refers to the blackened or dishonoured man and kali [kari] to the blackened woman; they are called tor tora in the North-West Frontier Province (NWFP), where tor refers to the accused man and tora to the accused woman; kala kali in Punjab province, where kala refers to the accused man and kali refers to the accused woman; and sinyahkari in Balochistan. [12e] 24.96 The same source also provided detail about the motivations and justifications for honour killings, and states that such killings: are often carried out by men who believe their honour has been breached by the sexual misconduct of female family members, even when it is only an allegation. The tribal justice system, for example, makes it incumbent upon husbands and male relatives to restore family honour damaged by allegations of a woman's sexual misdeed, usually by killing the woman and her alleged lover. The NCSW [National Commission on the Status of Women] indicates that it is not just honour killings but all forms of domestic violence that are frequently intended to punish a woman for a perceived insubordination supposedly impacting on male honour. The media in
188 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Pakistan reports stories indicating that the male companion of the accused female will also be killed in the name of protecting family honour, or for marrying a woman from another tribal group without the consent of her parents, to restore the honour of her tribe. [12e] 24.97 The Aurat Foundation provided a glossary of terms in its Annual Report JanuaryDecember 2010, Violence Against Women in Pakistan: A qualitative review of statistics 2010 (Aurat Foundation Annual Report 2010), published June 2010. The report described an honour killing as: A customary practice where male family members kill female relatives in the name of family honour for sexual activity outside marriage, either suspected or forced, even when they have been victims of rape. Often young teenage boys are chosen to perform the crime because their sentences are generally lighter than those for adults. The practice is deeply rooted in patriarchal/tribal traditions where males are looked upon by society as the sole protectors of females; and because of this duty conferred on the man, he has complete control over the female. In case the mans protection is violated through the perceived immoral behaviour of the woman, the man loses his honour in society, as it is interpreted, as a failure either to protect the woman adequately or to educate her properly. [57b] (Global glossary) 24.98 The IRB RIR summarised the motives for honour killings: 24.99 maintain family assets; acquire another family's assets; prevent women from freely choosing their husband; punish women for seeking divorce, having been raped or having disobeyed family wishes; seek revenge on an opponent; and disguise the murder of another man. [12e]

The IRB continued: Honour killings are reportedly most prevalent in rural areas of Pakistan. In 2004, more than half of all reported honour killings occurred in southern Sindh province, but the practice was also believed to be widespread in Punjab, Balochistan, NWFP and the FATA. However, the HRCP noted an increase in these types of murders in urban areas such as Lahore in 2005. Pakistan's National Commission on the Status of Women (NCSW) similarly indicates that honour killings take place in urban areas and that some of these cases are committed by the urban elite. [12e]

24.100 Between January and December 2010, 557 women were recorded as being killed in socalled honour killings and 1,436 were documented as murdered. There were a total of 8,000 recorded cases of violence against women in 2010. (Aurat Foundation, Annual Report 2010, June 2011) [57b] (Table 1) The HRCP Report 2010 recorded the murder of 1,790 women, including 791 honour killings. [27e] (p206) 24.101 Regarding the recording of honour killings, the Aurat Foundation noted in its 2009 annual report on violence against women, published June 2010, that: ... it can be safely assumed that all such cases are not reported since perpetrators are mostly family members immediate and extended like a husband, a brother or a cousin.
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 189

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

In some cases, women are killed by their spouses suspecting extra-marital relations while in others, they are killed for having chosen their husband rather than accepting the one their family chose for them. Often, 'honor' can also be an excuse for a cold-blooded murder. The greatest number of 'honor' killings is committed in the karo-kari or kalakali tradition. Karo or kala (black man) and kari or kali (black woman) are terms for adulterer and adulteress. A man is entitled to kill his wife and her alleged lover if he declares her kari or kali. [57a] 24.102 The HRCP Report 2010 stated, with regards to honour killings against minorities, that Some segments, such as women and lower caste Hindus, suffered discrimination and violence from within their communities as well as from the majority Muslim population. At least 17 members from minority communities were killed in the name of honour by their families. These included 11 Christian and six Hindu girls and women. [27e] (p138) 24.103 The HRCP Report 2008 stated that: Killing[s] in the name of honour were witnessed across the country involving both men and women. A majority of victims however were women as men were usually exiled or forgiven or made to pay compensation in cash or in the form of hand of a female relative in marriage. In most cases women were killed on mere suspicion of having illicit relations or displaying an independent spirit that threatened the patriarchal way of life in their areas. According to an NGO, 17 women alone were killed on the pretext of Karokari in Sindh in the first two months of the year. [27a] (p121) 24.104 In its report, The State of Pakistans Children 2008 (SPARC Report 2008), the Society for the Protection of the Rights of the Child (SPARC) noted that: The selective use of religion and patriarchy, which interplay in the institution of the family, and the endorsement of it by the parallel judiciary systems [jirgas] provide a license to men to inflict violence and murder on their spouses/sisters/daughters in the name of honour, not only on the grounds of illicit relations but for multiple reasons such as seeking divorce, rape, fake honour killings and to safeguard family property etc... The tribal system of retribution, and the formal legal system, both subject women and girl child to cruel treatment and judgements are passed which are highly unfavourable to women. As state institutions the law enforcement apparatus and the judiciary have dealt with such crimes against women with extraordinary leniency, and as the law provides many loopholes for murderers in the name of honour to get away, the tradition of honour killings continue unabated. [71c] (p37) 24.105 The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report observed that Activists have cast doubt on the authorities willingness to enforce a 2005 law that introduced stiffer sentences and the possibility of the death penalty for honor killings. [5a] Commenting on its revised laws for honour killings, the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child report, dated 19 March 2009, that the low level implementation of laws was a problem, which was Mostly... due to lack of adequate training to appropriately deal with the situation and apply the relevant provisions of the law. [79b] (paragraph 137) 24.106 The USSD Report 2010 also noted the 2005 law that established penalties for honor killings. However, the report noted that ... human rights groups criticized the act because it allows the victim or the victim's heirs to negotiate physical or monetary restitution with the perpetrator in exchange for dropping charges, known as qisas and diyat.... Because honor crimes generally occurred within families, many went
190 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

unreported. However, police and NGOs reported that increased media coverage enabled law enforcement to take action against perpetrators. [3g] (Section 6) See also Judiciary: Qisas and Diyat ordinances 24.107 Human Rights Watch noted in their submission to the Human Rights Council, on 5 May 2008, that According to Pakistan's Interior Ministry, there have been more than 4,100 honor killings since 2001 and also noted that provisions of the Qisas and Diyat law which allow the next of kin to forgive the murderer in exchange for monetary compensation remain in force, and continue to be used by offenders to escape punishment in cases of so-called honor killings. Such laws which in effect allow men to pay to kill women act as no deterrent to those who would engage in so-called honor killings. [7c] 24.108 In a Response to Information Request (RIR) regarding single women, dated 4 December 2007, the Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) noted: South Asian Media Net, an independent website providing news, information and analyses covering the South Asian region, indicates the following in its analysis of the situation of women in Pakistan: The social and cultural context of Pakistani society is predominantly patriarchalSince the notion of male honor and izzat (honor) is linked with women's sexual behaviour, their sexuality is considered a potential threat to the honor of the family. Therefore, women's mobility is strictly restricted and controlled through the system of purdah, sex segregation, and violence against them. The South Asian Media Net adds that because women lack the skills to compete for employment in the public arena, they end up socially and economically dependent towards men. Purdah, which translates to screen or veil, represents the practice of secluding women from public life by having them wear concealing clothing and by using barriers such as walls, curtains and screens in the home which, as a consequence, has deprived women of economic independence.
[12j] Return to contents Go to sources

Rape
See subsections on the Womens Protection Act and Section: Judiciary: Hudood Ordinances for changes on legislation with regard to rape; also see subsection above: Honour killings 24.109 The USSD Report 2010 stated that There were no reliable national statistics on rape due to the underreporting and the lack of a central law enforcement data collection system. [3g] (Section 6) However, the HRCP Report 2010 stated that: According to statistics provided by the police departments in the four provinces, cases of rape of 2,903 women, nearly eight women a day, were reported to the police. These included at least 51 cases of gang rape. Official figures for rape from Khyber Pakhtunkhwa could not be ascertained but according to police statistics at least 52 women had been abducted in the province. In the province of Sindh there were 239 cases of rape and 50 cases of gang rape. There were 161 incidents of Karo Kari as well. In Balochistan, police figures suggested that there were 32 cases of rape and one
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 191

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

gang rape. There were 23 incidents of Karo Kari/Siyah Kari. In Punjab 2,581 cases of rape were reported to the police. These figures were believed to be only a fraction of the actual problem as cases are often not reported or are hushed up. [27e] (p207) 24.110 The Aurat Foundation reported 928 cases of rape/gang rape in its Annual Report 2010, published June 2011. [57b] (Table 1) 24.111 The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report observed that: Traditional norms, discriminatory laws, and weak enforcement contribute to a high incidence of rape, domestic abuse, and other forms of violence against women. According to the HRCP, up to 80 percent of women are victims of such abuse during their lifetimes. Female victims of sexual crimes are often pressured by police not to file charges, and they are sometimes urged by their families to commit suicide. Gang rapes sanctioned by village councils to punish the targeted womans relatives continue to be reported, even though perpetrators in some cases have receive harsh sentences. Under the 2006 Womens Protection Act, judges are required to try rape cases under criminal law rather than Sharia. However, extramarital sex is still criminalized, and spousal rape is not recognized as a crime. [5a] 24.112 On 21 April, Pakistans Supreme Court acquitted five of the six men charged with the 2002 village council sanctioned gang-rape of Mukhtaran Mai. The rape case drew international attention after Mai fought for justice. The subsequent acquittal of the accused was criticised by human rights groups who stated the verdict put the safety of Pakistani women at risk by allowing honour crimes to go unpunished. (The Guardian, 21 April 2011) [113a] See also subsection Honour killings 24.113 The HRCP Report 2008 reported that: Several panchayats and jirgas gave verdicts in 2008 where female relatives of the accused were ordered to be raped by the victims party. Women and girls were also raped in revenge for seeking divorce, refusing marriage proposals, marrying of their own choice, defying cultural norms, and for many other efforts at independent-decisionmaking. Numerous cases were observed where girls were raped by their own fathers and other close family members and married women were molested by their in-laws. Women were also sexually harassed at work, a majority of whom were domestic help. Reports of girls being raped by teachers and at madrassahs were also received. A shocking trend of filming rape has also emerged and in many cases it was reported that the films were used to blackmail the victim for more sexual exploitation or money or the videos were sold on the black market. Several arrests were also made in this context bringing this aspect of the crime on the radar of law enforcement agencies. [27a] (p124) 24.114 The USSD Report 2010 noted that: Rape, other than by one's spouse, is a criminal offense, with punishment that ranges from a minimum of 10 to 25 years in prison and a fine to the death penalty. The penalty for gang rape is either death or life imprisonment, but sentences were often less severe. Although rape was frequent, prosecutions were rare.

192

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The 2006 WPA brought the crime of rape under the jurisdiction of criminal rather than Islamic courts. Previously, under the rape provision of the Hudood Ordinance, a woman was compelled to produce four male witnesses to corroborate her charge. Under the WPA police are not allowed to arrest or hold a woman overnight at a police station without a civil court judge's consent. A provision in the WPA also modified the complaint procedure in rape cases. Instead of a FIR, it requires a complaint to be made directly to a sessions court. After recording the victim's statement, the sessions court judge officially lodges a complaint, after which police can then make any arrests. While this procedure was meant to eliminate problems relating to social norms that make it difficult for women to go to the police, NGOs reported that this created other barriers for rape victims who did not have money or access to the courts. A February 2009 ruling by the Federal Shariat Court invalidated a 25-year-old legal provision allowing a man accused of rape to question the credibility of the victim by offering evidence that she was of generally immoral character. [3g] (Section 6) 24.115 The same source continued: Prosecutions of reported rapes were rare. Police and NGOs reported that false rape charges sometimes were filed in different types of disputes, reducing the ability of police to assess real cases and proceed with prosecution. NGOs reported that police at times were implicated in rape cases. NGOs also alleged that police sometimes abused or threatened victims, demanding that they drop charges, especially when police received a bribe from suspected perpetrators. Some police demanded bribes from some victims before registering rape charges, and investigations were sometimes superficial. While the use of postrape medical testing increased during the year, medical personnel in many areas did not have sufficient training or equipment, which further complicated prosecutions. [3g] (Section 6)

ASSISTANCE AVAILABLE TO WOMEN


24.116 In a Response to Information Request, dated 26 November 2009, on the Resources available to female victims of violence in Karachi, Islamabad and Lahore, the Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) noted that: The South Manchester Law Centre (SMLC), in partnership with Manchester Metropolitan University, published a January 2008 report that evaluated the services available to female victims of violence in Pakistan and indicated the following in regard to crisis centres in Pakistan: A crisis centre is the first stage of contact for a woman before admission to a shelter. Crisis centres play a crucial role in assessing a woman's needs and the risks she faces. A woman is never turned away without full assessment of her case. If necessary, immediate action is taken to protect her. Lawyers, advice workers and counsellors are available to offer immediate support to women at the centres. After the initial assessment the woman is then referred to a shelter... The SMLC report also states that when a woman is accepted into a shelter, shelter staff will immediately inform the woman's family... Additionally, the report indicates that crisis centre staff assist women with mediation and reconciliation... [12n] 24.117 The same source noted that:
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 193

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The 2008 SMLC report offers the following summary of shelters in Pakistan: shelters for women are seen as a temporary refuge where they can stay until their problems are resolved. This could be in the form of reconciliation, re-marriage or divorce. There is no provision for aftercare work or rehabilitation except for one refuge in Karachi that actively assists women with rehabilitation. This is done in the form of finding work, rehousing and giving financial assistance for a short-term period... [12n] 24.118 The IRB response continued: The report indicates that, in general, the lack of follow-up work is of particular concern, because once women have reconciled or are forced to return to their husbands, no contact is maintained with them... Additionally, the SMLC report indicates that both government-run and private shelters do not admit boys over the age of 5 years with their mothers, whereas previously boys were admitted into shelters until the age of 11 years... Shirkat Gah's legal department states that male children 10 years of age and older are not permitted to reside with their mothers in government or private shelters...
[12n]

Government Assistance
24.119 The USSD Report 2010 noted: To address societal norms that frown on victims who report gender-based violence and abuse, the government established women's police stations, staffed by female officers, to offer women a safe haven where they could safely report complaints and file charges. There were at least eight women's police stations in the country, located in Quetta, Islamabad, Peshawar, Karachi, Hyderabad, Larkana, Lahore, and Faisalabad. The first was established in 1994 in Karachi. However, they were poorly staffed and equipped.
[3g] (Section 6)

24.120 On womens police stations in Pakistan, updated 28 September 2009, the UN Secretary-Generals database on violence against women noted that: According to information provided by the Gender Crime Cell, National Police Bureau Islamabad, the total numbers of women police stations in the country are nine. These are located in: Islamabad, Rawalpindi, Lahore, Karachi, Faisalabad, Larkana, Hyderabad, Peshawar and Abbottabad. Women complaint centers have been established in the existing police stations in Islamabad, Peshawar, Kohat, Hangu, Abbottabad and Chitral, in order to provide prompt assistance to female victims of violence. These centers also provide legal advice and counseling to women. Each center is staffed by female police officers. [However, no evaluation of these centres was known to have been undertaken.] [36a] (Women Police Stations and Women Complaint
Centers)

See also Security forces: Police 24.121 The IRBs Response to Information Request, Resources available to female victims of violence in Karachi, Islamabad and Lahore, noted that they were provided with the following information, on womens police stations, from Shirkat Gah, a womens resource centre, on 20 November 2009: In most city districts, as in Lahore, there is only one Women's Police Station functioning. (In Lahore there are also four women complaint cells established in four
194 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

police stations i.e. in the Gulberg, Muslim Town, Kotwali and Cantt police stations respectively). It is the responsibility of the designated persons in this police station to take any victim of violence to the concerned hospital for her treatment, to lodge an FIR (First Information Report), to diligently pursue the investigation and then the court hearing. The staff of the Women's Police Station can request assistance from any male police station in the area of the accused/culprit's place of residence. The Women's Police Station faces many problems; they have only one vehicle for use with a very limited petrol allowance, they are understaffed and overburdened, and they have been granted less authority than their male counterparts; for example, they cannot register an FIR without the prior approval of the Deputy Superintendent of Police and Superintendent of Police. Even if the case has been registered the following investigation remains problematic. The investigation requires visiting the area of incidence, collecting evidence and arresting the accused, but lack of resources such as staff and transport make the task extremely challenging. No special treatment is afforded to female victims of violence, nor is any modern equipment made available to facilitate addressing their grievances. [12n] 24.122 With regard to the availability of centres to assist women, the USSD Report 2010 commented that: The government operated the Crisis Center for Women in Distress, which referred abused women to NGOs for assistance. A total of 26 government-funded Shaheed Benazir Bhutto centers for women across the country provided women with temporary shelter, legal aid, medical treatment, and psychosocial counseling. These centers served women who were victims of exploitation and violence. Victims were later referred to darul aman (approximately 200 centers for women and child victims established under the Provincial Women Development Department funds). These centers provided shelter, access to medical treatment, limited legal representation, and some vocational training. Many government centers were full beyond capacity and lacked sufficient staff and resources. In some cases women were abused at the government-run shelters.
[3g] (Section 6)

24.123 The same source noted Police in Sindh have established karo-kari cells with a toll-free telephone number in the districts of Sukkur, Ghotki, Khairpur, and Nausharo Feroze for persons to report karo-kari incidents. [3g] (Section 6) 24.124 An evaluation of the Shaheed Benazir Bhutto Centers, undertaken in June/July of 2007 by a representative from the Ministry of Women Development and a non-governmental organisation, stated that 8,000 female victims of violence had been assisted, mostly to women from poorer sections of society. It was noted, however, that most of the centres were now giving less emphasis on providing women with shelter but more on offering counselling or legal aid, primarily due to a lack of resources. (UN Secretary-Generals database on violence against women) [36c] 24.125 An article published by the Inter Press Service News Agency dated 8 March 2007 reported on help centres to assist women and stated Considering that Pakistan is a country where violence against women is all pervasive, one should find a flurry of activity at the women's centres of the phone ringing incessantly, of psychiatrists attending to battered women and of lawyers preparing briefs. Instead the centres are deserted. In commenting on the centre in Karachi the article continued, quoting a lawyer working for a local NGO, that the lack of women attending the centre was down
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 195

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

to poor commitment, co-ordination and a lack of guidelines. Additionally the centre lacked resources to provide basic services, like food and toiletries. The article also observed that of the four centres in the province of Sindh, the Karachi centre was the only one functioning. [16] 24.126 Following correspondence with a representative of Shirkat Gah Women's Resource Centre, the IRB noted in a Response to Information Request on single women living alone, dated 4 December 2007, that: women always have to face criticism by the society and survival for single woman not having support from the family becomes toughest. This complexity coupled with the lack of information and access to State support institutions have intertwined to suppress women from taking steps for themselves. At governmental level there does not exist community social support centres thus resulting in confining women to abusive relationships lacking ability to resist violations... Government run shelters lack appropriate measures as they aim at providing temporary stay and also there have not been any policy measures for rehabilitation of these women when the duration of stay expires. [12j] 24.127 The same source noted, with regards to women moving from rural to urban areas to find employment, that They [the women] face a number of challenges including lack of working women hostels, procedural complications in getting admission and negative societal attitudes towards these women hostel[s]. In Lahore (second largest city of Pakistan) alone where government estimates now put the population at somewhere around 10 million, there are only two working women hostels and very few private ones. [12j]
Return to contents Go to sources

Non-governmental organisation (NGO) assistance


24.128 The USSD Report 2009 stated that Numerous women's rights NGOs such as the Progressive Women's Association, Sehar, Struggle for Change, War against Rape, and Aurat Foundation were active in urban areas. Their primary concerns included domestic violence and honor crimes. [3b] (Section 6) 24.129 The IRBs Response to Information Request on Resources available to female victims of violence in Karachi, Islamabad and Lahore, dated 26 November 2009, reported: Describing the conditions of NGO services for female victims of violence in general terms, the SMLC report indicates that while some of the NGOs researched are experienced in dealing with women's issues, many NGOs located in urban centres are under resourced and have to limit the assistance offered... With respect to legal assistance offered by a small number of NGOs and law firms in urban centres of Pakistan, Shirkat Gah's legal department indicated that the number of women they are able to assist is very small in proportion to the number in need... [12n] 24.130 The same source noted that: The SMLC report provides details on the specific provisions offered by an internationally funded shelter, called Dastak, and a privately funded shelter, called Edhi, that both operate in Lahore... In addition to providing food and shelter, women staying at
196 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Dastak and Edhi can access free legal representation (ibid.). The report also describes the services offered at an NGO shelter in Karachi, called Pannah, which also provides food and legal assistance... Additionally, both Edhi and Pannah offer free medical treatment... The SMLC reports that women can stay at Dastak for three months, whereas the Edhi shelter does not have a limit on the duration of accommodations... The report also indicates that staff at most shelters encourage women to reconcile with their partners, because of the generally held view that women cannot survive without men in Pakistan ... [12n] 24.131 The HRCP Report 2008 noted that Private shelters continued to run and provide refuge as well as rehabilitation services allowed by their resources and outreach. Nevertheless, these facilities were small-scaled [sic], few and far between and relatively unknown to the masses which brought out the need for maximum government input and action.
[27a] (p128, Women: Shelter for women)

24.132 The website Madadgaar, accessed 27 July 2011, undated. provided details of its Helpline, which stated The center provides helpline service for children and women victims of abuse in all 18 towns of Karachi. The helpline service consists of a referral system, devised by contacting service providers. Madadgaar team assesses the nature of help warranted by the call and ensures assisstance via referral service immediately. The helpline functions twelve-hours a day. As well as the helpline, which provided a counselling service, a walk-in service was also available to women and child abuse victims. [68] 24.133 The UN Secretary-Generals database on violence against women noted that there existed a ...universal access number available to victims of violence in order to obtain prompt access to the [Shaheed Benazir Bhutto Centre] shelters. [36b] However, in the 2007 evaluation of womens centres in Pakistan, it was noted that The Helpline Service does not exist in real terms. [36c] See also Sections Trafficking, and Human Rights Institutions, Organisations and Activists

WOMENS HEALTH
24.134 The United Nations Childrens Fund (UNICEF) recorded in its Pakistan Annual Report 2010 that 10,600 LHWs [Lady Health Workers] were trained and re-equipped to ensure that women and children were reached with basic health care, health information and referrals. [72c] (p8) The HRCP Report 2009 stated that The government employed around 85,000 lady health workers, covering almost 60 per cent population of the country, who had been working in the field to promote health care practices. [27c] (p212) 24.135 The HRCP Report 2010 stated: Maternal mortality remains high in Pakistan and the rate of improvement has been slow. 20,000 women die of pregnancy complications annually, according to the health ministry reports. An estimated 980,000 abortions are carried out every year. Around 250,000 women suffer from complications after abortion at the hands of unskilled purported healthcare providers and around 3,000 women lose their lives annually. One woman dies every 30 minutes in Pakistan due to pre-, neo- or post-natal problems. [27e]
(p281) The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 197

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

24.136 UNICEF noted in its Pakistan Annual Report 2010, that Newborn care units were established in 48 district hospitals with over 150 staff trained. Mother and Child Weeks were scaled up to 136 districts, reaching families with behaviour change communication, and basic diarrhoea treatment and pneumonia management services.
[72c] (p10)

24.137 Responding to the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, the Pakistan Government reported on 12 August 2009 that over 4,500 Community Midwives (CMW) students were under training across Punjab, Sindh, NWFP and Balochistan. [79a] (p8) 24.138 The HRCP Report 2009 stated: The Pakistan Medical Society (PMS) has described anaemia, pregnancy risks, menopausal disturbances and heart disease as major causes of morbidity and mortality among Pakistani women. A 2009 survey showed that more than 50 per cent women suffered from iron deficiency while cardiovascular disease was found to be the leading killer in women. Women with diabetes are two to three times more likely to have heart attacks than men. High blood pressure is also common among women who use oral contraceptives. [27c] (p262-263) 24.139 The HRCP Report 2008 noted in its section on health that In 2008... no female doctors were available in FATA [Federally Administered Tribal Areas] hospitals, which was a crucial problem for women in the area as many of them refused or were prevented from seeing a male doctor. Maternal morbidity remained high though the rate declined to 276 deaths per 10,000 live births, compared to 533 deaths in 1990. [27a] (p172, Health: Public
hospitals)

24.140 The HRCP Report 2010 cited 719 cases of suicide and 414 attempted suicides amongst women in 2010. [27e] (p207) The Aurat Foundation Annual Report 2010 recorded 633 suicides of women in 2010. [57b] (Table 1) See also Section: Medical issues
Return to contents Go to sources

25.

CHILDREN

OVERVIEW
25.01 The Pakistan Overview on the United Nations Childrens Fund (UNICEF) website, accessed 24 August 2011, summarised the position of children in Pakistan: Children in Pakistan face a variety of serious challenges ranging from malnutrition and poor access to education and health facilities to exploitation in the form of child labour. Their low status in society can leave them victim to daily violence at home and in school as well as to organised trafficking and sexual exploitation. Girls are specially affected as conservative attitudes may impede them attending or finishing school. Recent natural disasters have increased the vulnerability of thousands of children. [72a] (Background) 25.02 The same source indicated that children face considerable difficulties in Pakistan. It observed that:

198

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

One in ten children does not survive their fifth birthday... Thirty per cent of children are chronically malnourished and lack safe water and household sanitation, especially in rural areas. Pakistan spends less than 2.5 per cent of its GDP [Gross Domestic Product] on the education sector. Just over half of the 19 million children of primary school going age are enrolled in primary education. Compared to 58 per cent of boys, there are 48 per cent of girls enrolled in primary school. Just over a third of Pakistani women are literate. An estimated 3.6 million children under the age of 14 work, mostly in exploitative and hazardous labour. [72a] (Background) 25.03 The UNICEF Pakistan Annual Report 2009 noted some positive achievements affecting children: Twice yearly Mother and Child Weeks reached more than 10 million children under five with low-cost high-impact services such as vaccinations, and deworming; and their parents with messages on health, nutrition, hygiene and seasonal illnesses . About 48,600 moderately malnourished children and mothers and 8,000 severely malnourished children were treated at home. Water and sanitation services, including hygiene education, were provided in 1,260 schools to 173,000 school children, half of them girls. About 4 million children were reached on Global Handwashing Day. Enrolment in 2,310 primary schools increased by 19 per cent to over 416,000 contributing to a national increase of 2 per cent. In the Thar region of Sindh, 376 schools were reactivated, allowing 123,000 girls to enrol. In NWFP [North West Frontier Province], UNICEF helped 30,000 girls continue their education by arranging transportation for women teachers. Another 23,100 children were enrolled in UNICEF-supported feeder schools. The Child-Friendly School model was integrated into mainstream primary school guidelines in Punjab. Nation-wide the number of schools following the model rose to 2,310. More than 361,000 boys and girls from 30 districts across Pakistan used social services designed to prevent and protect them from abuse, exploitation and other types of violence. Birth registration was completed for 90,000 children in Punjab and Balochistan. During the IDP [internally displaced persons] crisis, 109,000 people benefited from health services specifically supported by UNICEF and 108 million children were vaccinated against measles. Hygiene kits were distributed amongst 814,000 people and 763,000 benefited from saft water provided by UNICEF. About 28,000 children were enrolled in camp schools, 26,600 were provided with psychosocial care and 31,600 linked with health and other services. [72b]
(p9)

See subsection Health and welfare 25.04 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2009 (USSD Report 2009), published 11 March 2010, noted that: The government made some progress during the year in defending children's rights and welfare through its laws and programs, but problems remained. Juveniles accused of terrorism or narcotics offenses were not protected under the Juvenile Justice System Ordinance. The Society for the Protection of the Rights of the Child (SPARC) reported
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 199

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

children as young as 12 were arrested under the Anti-Terrorism Act. Children convicted under this act are subject to the death penalty. [3b] (Section 6) 25.05 Pakistan signed the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) on 20 September 1990 and it was ratified on 12 November 1990. It entered into force on 12 December 1990. At the time of ratification, Pakistan made a reservation that the provisions of the UNCRC would be interpreted according to the principles of Islamic Laws and values, although this reservation was subsequently withdrawn. On 26 September 2001, Pakistan signed the Optional Protocol to the UNCRC on the Sale of Children, Child Prostitution and Child Pornography, and Optional Protocol on Involvement of Children in Armed Conflict. These have yet to be ratified. (UN Human Rights, accessed 7 September 2011) [79d] (Status of Ratifications)

Basic legal information


25.06 The following gives an overview of Pakistans minimum age requirements:

Section 2 (a), Chapter 1, of The Offence of Zina (Enforcement of Hudood) Ordinance, 1979, states that an adult means a person who has attained, being a male, the age of eighteen years or, being a female, the age of sixteen years, or has attained puberty. [21b] Voting age: 18 years old. (CIA World Factbook, 5 July 2011) [4a] (Government;
Suffrage)

Marriage: 18 years old for males and 16 for females. (USSD Report 2010) [3g]
(Section 6)

Under Muslim Personal Law ...if the girl has attained puberty and marries with an adult male with her own free will, the marriage is valid... in Pakistan a girl usually reaches puberty at the age of 13. (Society for the Protection of the Rights of the Child report, The State of Pakistans Children 2008 SPARC Report 2008) [71c] (p44) Minimum employment age: children of any age may be employed, provided that employers adhere to restrictions. It is illegal to employ children under 14 years in mines or other hazardous occupations or processes. (USSD Report 2010)
[3g] (Section 7)

Criminal age of responsibility: seven years old. (UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, 19 October 2009) [79c] (paragraph 99a) The Pakistan Penal Code 1860 states Nothing is an offence which is done by a child above seven years of age and under twelve, who has not attained sufficient maturity of understanding to judge of the nature and consequences of his conduct on that occasion. [21a] (Section 83) Minimum voluntary recruitment age: 17 years old. (US Department of Labors 2008 Findings on the Worst Forms of Child Labor, 10 September 2009) [91]
(p163)

25.07

The CIA World Factbook, updated 5 July 2011, stated that soldiers could not be sent into combat until they were 18 years of age. [4a] (Military) However, the US Department of Labor stated that There [are] also reports of children under the minimum voluntary recruitment age of 17 years being involved in armed conflict. [91] (p163) The USSD Report 2010 added that it was illegal to employ children under the age of 14 years in factories, mines, railways and other hazardous occupations. [3g] (Section 7) See also subsection: Domestic legislation, Underage/forced marriage, Child labour, and Sections: Military Service; and Women

200

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN
Return to contents Go to sources

LEGAL RIGHTS
25.08 The Society for the Protection of the Rights of the Child (SPARC) noted in its report The State of Pakistans Children 2010 (SPARC Report 2010), published March 2011, that: The National Policy and Plan of Action for Children, prepared by the NCCWD [National Commission for Child Welfare and Development], and approved by the cabinet on May 26, 2006, focused on Promoting Healthy Lives, Combating HIV and AIDS, Providing Quality Education, Protection and Commercial Exploitation of Children with specific goals and key actions under every focused area. It also proposed a Child Protection and Management Information System, quarterly progress reports, annual reviews, third party evaluation and national surveys as well as a Ministerial committee. While the National Policy and Plan of Action is a comprehensive document, its implementation is quite weak due to a lack of budgeting coordination mechanisms particularly with reference to protection. [71a] (Child rights; p8) 25.09 However, on 19 October 2009, the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child noted in its concluding observations on the combined third and fourth periodic report submitted by Pakistan, following the 1,444th meeting held on 28 September 2009, that it was ... concerned that the scarcity of the human and financial resources of the National Commission for Child Welfare and Development may impede its regular meetings and proper functioning and slow down the implementation of the projects that are under its responsibility, including the National Plan of Action for Children. [79c] (paragrah 12)

Domestic legislation
25.10 On 19 October 2009, the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child welcomed some positive developments, including: (a) (b) (c) The adoption of the Protection of Women (Criminal Laws Amendment) Act, 2006, which criminalizes violations of womens and girls human rights; The Criminal Law Amendment Act (2004) facilitating the prosecution and punishment of honour killings; The adoption of several programmes in the area of basic health and welfare, including the National Hepatitis Control Programme (20052010), the National Maternal, Newborn and Child Health Programme (20062012), the National Nutrition Programme and the expansion of the Lady Health Workers Programme; The 2005 Amendment of the Employment of Children Act expanding the list of hazardous processes and occupations for children; and The adoption of the Punjab Destitute and Neglected Children Act, 2004, enhancing the childs protection in this province. [79c] (paragraph 4)

(d) (e)

25.11

On 12 August 2009, the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child received a response from the Government of Pakistan on a list of issues prepared by the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, published 1 September 2009. With regards to incorporating the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) into the national legal system, the Government of Pakistan stated that it was:
201

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

... fully committed to incorporate the provisions of the Convention on the Rights of the Child into its domestic laws... In order to bring the legal system in conformity with the Convention, the Child Protection (Criminal Laws Amendment) Bill, 2009, the National Commission on the Rights of the Children (NCRC) Bill, 2009 and the National Child Protection Policy have been prepared in consultation with relevant stakeholders and are being moved to the Cabinet for approval. The provisions of the Convention have been amalgamated in the NCRC Bill 2009. The Bills will be presented before the Parliament soon after approval of the Cabinet. This set of laws will be extended to all provinces and to Provincially Administered Tribal Areas (PATA), Federal Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) and Federal Administered Northern Areas (FANA) [since 30 August 2009, FANA was renamed Gilgit/Baltistan]... [79a] (p3) 25.12 However, on 19 October 2009, the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child expressed concern that: (a) (b) The Charter of Child Rights Bill, which plans to incorporate all principles and provisions of the Convention into domestic legislation, has not yet been adopted; The Child Protection (Criminal Laws Amendment) Bill, which shall protect children against violations of their rights and establish institutions for the protection and rehabilitation of child victims, has not been adopted yet despite its consideration for a number of years; The National Commission on the Rights of the Children (NCRC) Bill is still waiting for adoption; Legislation relating to child rights is still lacking in the North West Frontier Province (NWFP) [Khyber Pakhtunkhwa], the Province of Balochistan, the Federally Administered and Provincially Administered Tribal Areas, the Northern Areas [Gilgit Baltistan] and Azad Jammu and Kashmir; and The Juvenile Justice System Ordinance (JJSO) is not fully recognized and implemented within the State party. [79c] (paragraph 8)

(c) (d)

(e)

25.13

The same source reiterated its concerns ...about legal inconsistencies concerning the definition of a child at federal, provincial and territorial levels and between secular and sharia law. It notes in particular the difference between the minimum legal age for marriage of boys (18 years) and that of girls (16 years) and the definition of a girl child contained in the Zina and Hadood Ordinances (1979) (until 16 years or puberty). [79c]
(paragraph 26)

25.14

A Foreign and Commonwealth Office official at the British High Commission, Islamabad, stated in a letter dated 29 November 2010 that the Child Protection Bill was still awaiting consideration by the National Assembly. Following the 18th Amendment, child protection and welfare will become provincial subjects. As a consequence the Punjab and Khyber-Pukhtunkwa provinces have passed Child Protection measures during 2010. [11m] On marriage law, the USSD Report 2010 observed that Despite the Child Marriage Restraint Act, which prohibits child marriage, child marriages occurred. The act sets the legal age of marriage at 18 for men and 16 for women and prescribes punishment and fines, ranging from imprisonment up to a month, 1,000 rupees (approximately $12), or both. In practice the penalties were too low to have any deterrent effect. Also, the lower minimum age for girls was discriminatory. [3g] (Section 6)

25.15

202

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

See also subsections: Underage/forced marriage and Childcare and protection and Section: Women: Family laws: marriage, divorce and inheritance 25.16 Regarding child labour, the USSD Report 2010 stated that: National legislation protects children from exploitation in the workplace; however, enforcement of child labor laws was weak, and child labor, including forced or bonded labor, remained a serious, pervasive problem. The law limits a child's workday to seven hours, including a one-hour break after three hours of labor, and sets permissible times of day for work and time off. No child is allowed to work overtime or at night, and a child should have one day off per week. In addition, the law requires employers to keep a register of children working for them for labor inspectors to verify. These prohibitions and regulations do not apply to family businesses or government schools. The law protects all children younger than 18 from exploitation and defines exploitative entertainment as all activities related to human sports or sexual practices and other abusive practices. Parents who exploit their children are also liable under the law. The law makes bonded labor by children punishable by up to five years in prison and 50,000 rupees ($590) in fines. The law prohibits the employment of children younger than 14 in factories, mines, railways, rag picking, port areas, fireworks, and other hazardous occupations and regulates their work conditions. The government considers four occupations and 34 processes illegal for children, including street vending, surgical instrument manufacturing, deep sea fishing, leather manufacturing, brick making, production of soccer balls, and carpet weaving. [3g] (Section 7d) 25.17 The report added that enforcement of the law was a serious problem and noted: Approximately 70 percent of nonagricultural child labor took place in small workshops, complicating efforts to enforce child labor laws, since by law inspectors may not inspect facilities employing fewer than 10 persons. The Ministry of Labor, Manpower, and Overseas Pakistanis had a small group of specialized labor inspectors empowered to inspect all facilities under the child labor law. In reality enforcement efforts were not adequate to meet the scale of the problem. Inspectors had little training and insufficient resources and were susceptible to corruption. Authorities allowed NGOs to perform inspections without interference, and SPARC noted that government officials usually cooperated with their visits. The law allows fines of as much as 20,200 rupees ($240) for violations of child labor laws. Authorities often did not impose penalties on violators; when they did, the penalties were not a significant deterrent. Although law enforcement authorities obtained hundreds of convictions for violations of child labor laws, the fines the courts levied ranged from an average of 364 rupees ($4) in KP to an average of 7,344 rupees ($86) in Balochistan. [3g] (Section 7d) See also subsection Child labour and Section: Employment rights

Judicial and penal rights


25.18 The SPARC report, The State of Pakistans Children 2010 (SPARC Report 2009), published April 2010, stated that the Juvenile Justice System Ordinance (JJSO) 2000
203

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

defined the age of a child as a person under the age of 18 years old. The JJSO also prohibits the death penalty for individuals under the age of 18. The report noted that in the ten years since its implementation, the JJSO ... has contributed to shaping the perceptions of people towards child offenders, leading to a thinking that accepts and considers that children need protection and a chance to be rehabilitated and reintegrated into society. [71a] (Juvenile Justice; p47) 25.19 However, the Committee on the Rights of the Child, in its Concluding observations to Pakistan, dated 19 October 2009, remained deeply concerned that: (a) (b) (c) (d) The minimum age of criminal responsibility continues to remain very low (7 years); Juvenile offenders have reportedly been sentenced to death, very long imprisonment and high fines even after the promulgation of JJSO; Many of the authorities in charge of JJSO implementation, particularly within provincial Governments and tribal areas, are unaware of its existence; JJSO is poorly implemented in the country and particularly in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas where the Frontier Crimes Regulation of 1901, which does not take into account child rights and allows, inter alia, for collective punishment, continues to apply; The number of children in prisons is high, they are often detained in poor conditions together with adult offenders and thus are increasingly vulnerable to abuse and ill-treatment; and The number of juvenile courts, trained lawyers and probation officers is insufficient. [79c] (paragraph 99)

(e)

(f)

25.20

Amnesty International stated in its annual Report 2010 for Pakistan (covering events between January and December 2009) that The Juvenile Justice System Ordinance of 2000 remained inadequately implemented. Its provision to detain children separately from adults remained unimplemented. [13d] (p253; Childrens rights) The HRCP Report 2010 cited that: Even a decade after the adoption of the Juvenile Justice System Ordinance (JJSO), 2000, this law was yet to be fully implemented. Special courts were yet to be established to try children, while the system of bail, probation, and free legal aid supposed to be provided under the law had not been followed. Children were still handcuffed and put in fetters despite the practice being prohibited by the law. Most importantly, the judges still lacked adequate knowledge of the juvenile-specific law and often made decisions in contradiction to its provisions. For instance, many convicted children in Punjab in 2010 were sentenced to rigorous imprisonment, although the law has completely forbidden imposition of rigorous imprisonment for minors. According to Child Rights Unit a project of Lahore-based AGHS Legal Aid Cell for the promotion and protection of rights of children the role of the probation officers, as provided under the law, also largely remained missing. [27e] (p226)

25.21

25.22

Human Rights Watch stated in its report Enforcing the International Prohibition on the Juvenile Death Penalty, dated 30 May 2008, that: The Juvenile Justice System Ordinance of 2000 bans the death penalty for crimes committed by persons under 18 at the time of the offense, and requires juvenile courts to order a medical examination when a defendants age is in doubt. The ordinance was

204

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

reportedly extended to apply to Azad Jammu and Kashmir until 2003, and to the Provincially Administered Tribal Areas and the Federally Administered Tribal Areas in late 2004. However, implementation remains very limited because many areas lack the underlying courts and other structures called for in the law... Pakistans Supreme Court sometimes rejected death penalty appeals by juvenile offenders when their age was not recorded at the time of the original trial. [7d] (p16) 25.23 Amnesty International stated in its annual Report 2008 for Pakistan that at least one child offender was executed in 2007, though an adult by the time of his death. The report noted that Muhammad Mansha was executed in Sahiwal in November [2007]. He had been sentenced to death in March 2001 for a murder committed when he was around 15 years old. [13a] (Death penalty) The Amnesty International Report 2010 stated that On 31 August, the Supreme Court suspended an order passed by the Lahore High Court in April under which death sentences would not be imposed on women and juveniles in narcotics cases. [13d] (p253;
Death penalty)

25.24

25.25

The SPARC Report 2009 cited a positive development in 2009 with the creation of the Juvenile Justice Working Group (JJWG), by the Law and Justice Commission of Pakistan. The JJWG, a component of the Juvenile Justice Reform in Pakistan project, held its first meeting in December 2009. The report noted that: The JJWG has members from police department, prison department, the judiciary, legal practioners NGOs and INGOs. SPARC is also a member of the JJWG. There are three objectives of the Juvenile Justice Reform project: To develop a diversion programme for young offenders; Bring Pakistans legislation and policy in line with UNCRC (legislative reforms) and To develop rehabilitation programs for children at risk of offending and reoffending. [71b] (p133)

25.26

On further positive developments the SPARC Report 2009 stated The Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and Sindh Provinces have progressed on many fronts of juvenile justice and serious notices of violation of juvenile offenders rights have been taken. A major achievement in the year of 2010 was the passing of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Child Protection and Welfare Act 2010, which provides for special treatment for children who come into conflict with the law. [71a] (Juvenile Justice; p49) The Government of Pakistan recorded in its response to issues raised by the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, published 1 September 2009, that At a given time approximately 9,000 to 10,000 children remain in criminal litigation with the majority of them released on bail at their first appearance in the court. [79a] (p26) The HRCP Report 2010 noted that: There were 1,154 juvenile detainees in prisons across the country. The highest number of juveniles for any one province, 708, was detained in Punjab. The majority of the juvenile prisoners were also under trial. Out of 208 juvenile prisoners in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa jails, only 12 were convicted while the rest were under trial. Of the 708 juvenile prisoners in Punjab, 605 were under-trial and 103 convicted. There were 181

25.27

25.28

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

205

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

juvenile prisoners in Sindh, 178 were under trial and three convicted. As many as 38 of the 57 juvenile prisoners in Balochistan were under trial. In January, the interior minister informed the Senate that 1,262 juveniles were detained in different jails. Ten years after the promulgation of the Juvenile Justice System Ordinance, 2000 it was yet to be implemented in its totality. [27e] (p96) 25.29 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its State of Human Rights in 2009 report (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, that: Juvenile offenders were not only maltreated but were also forced to undertake various kinds of strenuous labour. The justice system often condemned them to unnecessary trial over prolonged periods of time, and in jails they were faced with sexual abuse and physical torture. According to research collected through media reports, around 70 per cent of all children who came under the juvenile justice system were abused. Due to inadequate capacity of jails and lack of detention cells children were forced to share detention cells with older offenders Lack of resources and their inefficient management made the juveniles suffer. [27c] (p217) 25.30 The SPARC Report 2009 stated that approximately 98 per cent of children in juvenile detention were from the lower economic level of society. Most detained children were denied basic rights such as a proper education, shelter, basic health facilities and protection from abuse. [71b] (p137) The Government of Pakistan reported to the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child that Children have been convicted under the Zina and Hadood Ordinance during the reporting period [dates not confirmed]. However, their number remains very low. As on 31 December 2008, there were 15 juveniles convicted under different sections of the Zina and Hadood Ordinance. It is indeed important to note that on the above-mentioned date there were [a] total [of] 153 convicted juveniles all across Pakistan. [79a] (p13) See also Section Judiciary: Hudood Ordinances 25.32 The Pakistan government is obliged to provide free legal aid to juvenile offenders under section three of the Juvenile Justice System Ordinance. However, the ACHR South Asia Human Rights Index 2008 stated that most offenders continue to be denied access to legal aid primarily due to the failure of panel of lawyers to provide legal aid.
[67b] (p78)

25.31

See also Section Prison conditions


Return to contents Go to sources

VIOLENCE AGAINST CHILDREN


25.33 The USSD Report 2010 recorded that: Child abuse was widespread. Young girls and boys used as domestic servants were abused, beaten, and made to work long hours by employers, who in some cases were relatives. Lawyers for Human Rights and Legal Aid (LHRLA) reported that, of 5,120 cases of reported violence and abuse against children, 2,209 cases were reported from the Punjab, 1,529 from Sindh, 929 from Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa, and 453 from Balochistan. According to the data from the LHRLA, 1,062 children were killed and 916
206 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

others were injured. In addition, there were reports of 288 children being raped, 149 sodomized, and 211 otherwise sexually assaulted. Similarly, there were reports of 648 children molested, 572 tortured, 200 trafficked, and 364 missing, while 202 children committed suicide. One hundred and twenty-one children were killed on the pretext of karo-kari, 799 were kidnapped, and 167 were forced to marry. [3g] (Section 6) 25.34 According to Cruel Numbers 2010, a report published by the non-governmental organisation (NGO) Sahil, which works against child sexual abuse and exploitation, 2,595 cases of sexual abuse were recorded against children in Pakistan in 2010, 73 per cent of whom were girls and 27 per cent boys. The majority of the crimes reported were rape and sodomy cases. The report found that most abusers were known to the victims and that the abuse often occurred in or near to the childs home. Children living in rural areas were found to be most at risk. All figures were compiled from 66 national, regional and local newspapers as well as from cases reported directly to the NGOs Sahil, War Against Rape [WAR] and Rozan. [65a] (p2) The Government of Pakistan recorded that the number of children sexually abused in 2008 was 2,321, which included 1,612 boys and 709 girls. (Report to UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, 1 September 2009) [79a] (p24) The HRCP Report 2010 stated: Sexual abuse/assaults targeting children were reported to be on the rise in 2010. This form of abuse often occurred in the house of the victim or of the perpetrator, or in the workplace, schools or streets, with the majority of the cases occurring in rural Pakistan. SAHIL, an NGO working exclusively on child sexual abuse, reported to have recorded an alarming 1,216 cases of child abuse in only the first six months of 2010, which was more than the total number of cases that the NGO had recorded in 2009. In over 70 percent of the incidents, the victim was a girl child. Almost 75 percent of the cases reported were in Punjab, followed by 18 percent in Sindh. However, the actual scale of child abuse may be higher than the reported cases suggest, simply because many incidents might go unreported because a complaint is not made or the abuse escapes attention of the media. [27e] (p224) 25.37 The SPARC Report 2010 observed that there was a marked increase in the kidnapping of children for ransom, which was especially acute in southern Punjab, cities in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, especially Peshawar and many areas of Sindh. [71a] (p228) The HRCP Report 2010 also reported on the prevalence of child kidnappings in Pakistan, stating the age of those abducted was between 3 and 14 years old. [27e] (p225) See also Section Trafficking 25.38 The HRCP Report 2010 noted: Section 89 of the Pakistan Penal Code still allows teachers, parents and other guardians to use corporal punishment as a means to discipline and correct the behaviour of children younger than 12, provided that such punishment is moderate and reasonable. Physical abuse of children in the form of corporal punishment remained rampant in 2010. The extent of force used in this form of punishment has resulted in serious injury and at times even death. The most serious concern regarding corporal punishment is its social acceptability as a legitimate way of disciplining children in schools and at home. Even children with disabilities are not spared corporal
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 207

25.35

25.36

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

punishment... (p223) The government of Balochistan and Punjab officially banned corporal punishment in June 2010 but the practice remained undeterred even after the ban as no corresponding legislation was enacted. [27e] (p224) See also subsection Education 25.39 The SPARC Report 2009 recorded that Many of the injustices committed against women and children are done under the guise of culture and tradition... many are harmful and are used as [a] means of oppression and for maintaining power structures of male dominated societies. Harmful traditional practices include, among others, early marriage, female infanticide, honour killings and marriages contracted to settle disputes, restrictions on female mobility and empowerment. [71b] (p113) Amnesty Internationals annual Report 2010 on Pakistan stated that In NWFP and the tribal areas, Taleban groups closed or burned down girls schools, forced women to wear a veil and prohibited them from leaving their homes unless accompanied by male relatives. Several women were punished, shot dead or mutilated for alleged immoral activities. Legal redress sought for abuses of womens rights remained difficult to obtain. [13d] (p253; Violence against women and girls) The HRCP Report 2009 stated that: According to intelligence officials, more than 5,000 child suicide bombers between the ages of 10 and 17 have been have been trained by Taliban so far. Money is used to enroll the recruits and a suicide bomber could be hired at 5 to 25 lakh rupees. The military showed reporters video footage of a classroom where a masked teacher taught children how to carry out a suicide attack. The children, sitting in rows, were wearing white headbands inscribed with Quranic verses. On April 6, a child suicide bomber blew himself up at a Shia mosque in Chakwal district killing 26 people and injuring more than 50. Some of the boys who escaped from Taliban camps in Swat have claimed that as many as 400 children were still kept at the camps. A young boy in Swat recalled how the Taliban had kidnapped him and his classmate while the two were playing in the street. In August, the army recovered 20 such boys in Swat; many more were believed to be in Taliban hands. Three of the boys, at a news briefing, appeared to be younger than ten and were visibly traumatized and occasionally broke down in tears[.] The others were mostly in their mid- teens. The Taliban wanted to turn these boys into informants, fighters or suicide bombers. [27c] (p216-217) 25.42 The SPARC Report 2010 noted The number of suicide attacks in the settled and tribal areas of Pakistan in 2010 have reconfirmed that militants have been using children as the best suicide bomber weapon to kill innocent civilians in Pakistanthere was evidence that some children were abducted by the Taliban to be trained as suicide bombers. [71a]
(Child Suicide; p249)

25.40

25.41

See also Sections Security situation; Women: Violence against women; and for treatment of children in prison see subsection on Judicial and penal rights.
Return to contents Go to sources

CHILDCARE AND PROTECTION


208 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 25.43 The HRCP Report 2008 recorded that:

PAKISTAN

According to the Federal Minister for Social Welfare and Special Education a Child Protection Bill was ready and the Child Protection Policy had been drafted for submission to the cabinet. After approval of the policy the bill would be tabled. The policy features review of 78 laws relating to children. However, lack of information and implementation of existent laws meant that children remained at a high risk, with hundreds of them listed as victims of physical, psychological, verbal and sexual abuse. Instances of these could be found not only in the working fields but also in homes, schools, madrassahs, hospitals and other places that are supposed to provide a secure environment. [27a] (p132, Children: Child protection) 25.44 A Foreign and Commonwealth Office official at the British High Commission, Islamabad, stated in a letter dated 29 November 2010 that the Child Protection Bill was still awaiting consideration by the National Assembly. Following the 18th Amendment, child protection and welfare will become provincial subjects. As a consequence the Punjab and Khyber-Pukhtunkwa provinces have passed Child Protection measures during 2010. [11m] On 12 August 2009, in response to questions put by the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, regarding incorporating the Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) into federal and provincial legislation, the Pakistan Government stated that: The Provincial Governments are in process of setting up child protection systems based on the general principles of the Convention [UNCRC]... The Sindh Government is setting up a child protection authority for the province through the Sindh Child Protection Authority Bill, 2009... The NWFP Government is considering to set up [sic] a Provincial Commission for the Welfare and Protection of Children under the NWFP Child Welfare and Protection Bill, 2009... The Balochistan Government has drafted a provincial child protection policy in line with the National Child Protection Policy... The AJK [Azad Jammu and Kashmir] Government is considering setting up a comprehensive child protection system through, the AJK Child Protection Authority Bill, 2009. [79a] (p3) 25.46 25.47 The same source noted that three Child Protection Centres had been established, one in Islamabad and two in Balochistan. [79a] (p18) The Pakistan Observer reported on 21 September 2010 that the ...Children Complaints Office (CCO) placed in the office of Wafaqi Mohtasib [(Ombudsman)s Secretariat] is now fully operational to deal with and rectify excesses, abuse, or violation of rights of children by any federal agency. The report added the CCOs head office is based in Islamabad and has eight regional offices across Pakistan dealing with complaints from or on behalf of children whose rights have been violated by a federal ministry, department or agency. [77a] The Wafaqi Mohtasib (Ombudsman)'s Secretariat website, accessed 13 September 2011, stated that The Childrens Complaint Office can investigate and redress any injustice done to a child (up to 18 years) through mal-administration of a federal agency such as a school, hospital or law enforcing agency. [29l] The Child Protection and Welfare Bureau, an independent organisation under the administrative control of the Home Department, Government of Punjab, was established in accordance with the Punjab Destitute and Neglected Childrens Act, 2004. [64a] The
209

25.45

25.48

25.49

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Child Protection and Welfare Bureau offer a range of services to support children and families, including the Child Protection Unit for the ...rescue, recovery, custody, rehabilitation, reintegration and follow up of destitute & neglected children; [64b] Child Help Line, a 24 hour, seven day week telephone helpline; [64c] and Open and Mobile Reception Centers which provide ...care, support, information & help to... children...
[64d] [64e]

25.50

The non-governmental organisation (NGO) Rozan, based in Islamabad, website updated 31 January 2008, stated that it worked on issues ...related to emotional and psychological health, gender, violence against women and children, and the psychological and reproductive health of adolescents. The website added There are five programs at Rozan, four of which are active at this time: Aangan, which works on child sexual abuse Zeest, which works on violence against women Rabta, which is Rozan's police training program Youth Help Line which works on adolescents' emotional and reproductive health Pehchaan, which is Rozan's gender resource center and is currently inactive (even though its activities continue to be carried out informally) [117a]

25.51

With regards to child sexual abuse and the law protecting victims, the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child stated in its report dated 19 March 2009 that: Pakistan Penal Code and Hadood [Hudood] Ordinances of 1979 can be used to prosecute some child sexual abuse cases. The Pakistani Criminal Justice System does not deal with sexual offences against children any differently than sexual offences against adults. Similarly, the abuse of children or sexual abuse not involving penetration could be dealt with under section 511 of the PPC whoever attempts to commit an offence punishable by this code with imprisonment for life or imprisonment, or to cause such an offence to be committed, and as such attempt does any act towards the commission of offence, shall, where no express provision is provided by this code for the punishment of such attempt, be punished with imprisonment of any description provided for the offence, for a term which my extend to one half of the longest term of imprisonment provided for that offence or such fine as is provided for the offence, or with both. [79b] (paragraph 628) See also Sections: Women: Women Protection Act (WPA), and subsection Childrens homes

Underage/forced marriage
25.52 In the SPARC Report 2009, it was noted that The Child Marriages Restraint Act has set the minimum age of marriage, 16 years for girls and 18 years for boys. It also prescribes punishment and fine for violators, ranging from simple imprisonment up to a month, or fine of Rs1,000, or both. The report noted that the penalties were too low to be a deterrent. [71b] (p114) The USSD Report 2010 stated that Despite the Child Marriage Restraint Act, which prohibits child marriage, child marriages occurred... Also, the lower minimum age for girls was discriminatory. During the year the LHRLA reported 70 cases of forced and

25.53

210

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

vani marriages (handing over women as compensation for crimes or for resolution of a dispute), some of which may have been child marriages. [3g] (Section 6) 25.54 25.55 The Freedom House Freedom in the World: Pakistan 2011 report stated Illegal forms of child and forced marriage... remain problems. [5a] The HRCP Report 2010 noted: As in previous years, marriages where at least one of the spouses was a minor continued to be reported from across the country. Findings reported by SPARC in the year 2010 revealed that around 50 cases of child marriage had been reported from Sindh alone. In one case in Karachi on May 21 a six-month old baby girl was married to a 25-year-old man... according to Pakistan Demographic Health Survey (PDHS) 200607 one out of every six women in the country between 15-19 years is already married. In a survey conducted by Sujag Sansar, an NGO working in Dadu, Sindh, 5,202 people from 668 families were asked to share their opinions on child marriages. The survey report stated: According to most families, one of the biggest reasons for child marriages is the system of exchange marriages or watta satta. Some families revealed that they are not allowed to marry outside their own families, so young boys and girls are forced to get married to older people. A few of the families revealed that they are compelled to marry off their young girls to very old men in exchange for money due to poverty. A private member Bill titled the Child Marriages Restraint (Amendment) Bill, 2009 is pending in the National Assembly since August 2009 to remove the gender disparity in age in the existing law. The Bill seeks to set the minimum age for marriage for both genders at 18 years. [27e] (p227-228) 25.56 Amnesty International (AI) stated in its annual Report 2008 on Pakistan that The higher judiciary on several occasions ordered the prosecution of people responsible for swara, the handing over of a girl or woman for marriage to opponents to settle a dispute. The practice was made punishable with up to 10 years imprisonment by a 2005 law, but continued to be widespread. [13a] (Violence against women) In its annual Report 2010 for Pakistan, covering 2009 events, AI noted that the forced marriage of girls to settle disputes continued. [13d] (p 253, Childrens rights) The ACHR South Asia Human Rights Index 2008 reported that The girl child continues to be considered as the personal property of the family and used as a means to settle debt or family dispute. The report gave instances where such practices had occurred.
[67b] (p77)

25.57

25.58

The HRCP Report 2010 cited that: In October 2010, the Senate Standing Committee on Minorities Affairs expressed concern over abduction and forcible conversion of Hindu girls in Sindh and demanded concrete measures to stop the conversions. Members of HRCP Working Group on Communities Vulnerable Because of Their Beliefs also highlighted instances of forced conversions of young girls in Karachi and elsewhere in Sindh. They said that conversions were not a Sindh-specific issue and were not confined to any particular gender, faith or locality. At times conversion of a girl from a minority faith began with her abduction and/or rape. A claim was later made that the girl had converted to Islam, married a Muslim and did not want to return to her family. Members of the working

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

211

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

group said that in such cases, the courts had seldom decided matters of custody of the abducted girl in the familys favour, at times even if she was no older than 12 or 13.
[27e] (p137)

See also Section: Women: Socio-Economic Rights and Freedom of religion: Hindus and Sikhs

Child labour
25.59 The USSD Report 2010 noted that National legislation protects children from exploitation in the workplace; however, enforcement of child labor laws was weak, and child labor, including forced or bonded labor, remained a serious, pervasive problem.
[3g] (Section 7d)

25.60

The US Department of Labors 2008 Findings on the Worst Forms of Child Labor, published 10 September 2009, stated that: In Pakistan, children of any age may be employed, provided that employers adhere to restrictions. It is illegal to employ children under 14 years in mines or other hazardous occupations or processes. Among the 4 occupations and 34 processes considered illegal for children to work are mixing and manufacturing pesticides and insecticides; fumigation; working at railway stations or ports; carpet weaving; construction; and manufacturing of cement, explosives, and other products that involve the use of toxic substances. Children may work in non-hazardous occupations, provided they do not work more than 7 hours per day (with a mandated 1-hour rest every 3 hours), do not work between 7 p.m. and 8 a.m., and do not work overtime. Various restrictions apply to the work of children, 14 years and above, in these hazardous occupations. [91] (p162)

25.61

The HRCP Report 2010 noted that In 2005, HRCP estimated that there were 10million child labourers in Pakistan. The Labour Force Survey 2007-2008 (Federal Bureau of Statistics) stated that over 21 million child labourers between the ages of 10 to 14 were working in the country, out of which 73 percent were boys and 27 percent girls. These figures were drastically higher than the number in 1996, and showed that child labour was on a definite rise. [27e] (p221) On the issue of forced and bonded labour of children, the USSD Report 2010 noted that Children were forced to work in the brick kiln, glass bangle, and carpet-weaving industries as well as in agriculture as part of fulfilling their families' debt obligation to feudal landowners or brick kiln owners. (Section 7d) The same source added that: Boys and girls are also bought, sold, rented, or kidnapped to work in organized, illegal begging rings, in domestic servitude, and in agriculture as bonded laborers. Illegal labor agents charged high fees to parents with false promises of decent work for their children, who were later exploited and subjected to forced labor in domestic servitude, unskilled labor, small shops, and other sectors. NGOs and police reported markets where girls and women were bought and sold for labor. [3g] (Section 7c)

25.62

25.63

The HRCP Report 2009 noted that On an average, children worked 6 hours a day, 6 days a week and 11 months a year, earning only Rs. 1,145 per month. Almost one-third of the children were unpaid workers who worked with their parents or elder siblings in the field. [27c] (p229)

212

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 25.64

PAKISTAN

The US Department of Labor (USDOL) observed that Commercial sexual exploitation of children continues to be a problem. Children are trafficked within Pakistan for the purposes of sexual exploitation and bonded labor. Girls are trafficked internationally for forced labor. There are reports of children being kidnapped, maimed, and forced to work as beggars. [91] (p162) On a positive note, the same source stated that the International Labor OrganizationInternational Program for the Elimination of Child Labor (ILO IPEC) Timebound program, which ended in September 2008 ... withdrew 10,217 children and prevented 1,834 children from work in the glass bangle, surgical instrument, tanning, coal mining, scavenging, and deep-sea fishing industries. Further programs, funded by the USDOL, other international governments and NGOs, continued to run in Pakistan in an attempt to combat the worst forms of child labour. [91] (p164) See also subsection Domestic legislation, Sections: Trafficking, and Employment rights

25.65

Childrens homes
25.66 SOS Childrens Villages International noted in its Pakistan Overview, accessed 10 August 2011, that ... there are eight SOS Children's Villages in Pakistan, six SOS Youth Facilities, seven SOS Hermann Gmeiner Schools, five SOS Vocational Training Centres, five SOS Social Centres, one SOS Medical Centre, and one SOS Emergency Relief Programme. Four SOS Childrens Villages are under construction. [28b] SOS Childrens Villages were located in Lahore, Dhodial, Rawalpindi, Faisalabad, Karachi, Kasur, Sargodha, Sialkot, Multan and Quetta. (SOS Network, undated) [28a] The Child Protection and Welfare Bureau, Punjab, stated that it had opened five Child Protection Institutions for the temporary and long-term care of destitute and neglected children. The Institutions provide children with ...high quality residential, educational, vocational and recreational facilities. [64f] Reporting to the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child on 1 September 2009, the Government of Pakistan stated that There are 8,356 children deprived of their family environment placed in 92 institutions all over the country. In the NWFP, 17 institutions housed 2,510 children, whereas in Sindh, 23 institutions housed 1681 children. In Punjab, 3,955 children placed in 49 institutions, whereas in Balochistan, 170 children placed in two institutions. In Federal Administered Tribal Areas 40 children placed in one institution. The same source noted that in 2008 there were 361 children placed in foster families. [79a] (p24) The Edhi Foundation, the largest welfare organisation in Pakistan, noted on its website, accessed 10 August 2011, that they provided Jhoolas (baby cradles) at most of the Edhi emergency centres, a service where unwanted infants can be left. The abandoned babies are given shelter in Edhi homes and later put up for adoption. [19a] (Edhi Foundation Services) The website listed 143 Edhi Foundation Centres across Pakistan. [19b] (Contact Edhi Foundation) The same organisation also ran homes for destitute orphans and runaways. The source stated that there were 13 homes across Pakistan, seven of which were in Karachi. [19a] (Edhi Foundation Services)
Return to contents Go to sources

25.67

25.68

25.69

EDUCATION
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 213

PAKISTAN 25.70

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Pakistans Ministry of Finance reported in its Pakistan Economic Survey 2010-11, undated, that there were 157,360 primary schools, 41,330 Middle schools and 24,792 Secondary schools functioning in Pakistan. In 2009-10 an estimated 18,756 million pupils were enrolled in primary school, 5,501 million in middle school and 2,581 million in secondary school. [29e] (Chapter 10: Education) UNICEF stated in its Overview for Pakistan, undated, that Just over half of the 19 million children of primary school going age are enrolled in primary education. Compared to 58 per cent of boys, there are 48 per cent of girls enrolled in primary school. [72a] (Background) The Guardian reported on 8 March 2011 that One in 10 of the world's out-of-school children live in Pakistan, a nuclear-armed state that last year spent just 2% of GDP on education. The number of children absent from primary school seven million is roughly equivalent to the population of its second largest city, Lahore. Half of the population is illiterate and progress is painfully slow... [113b] The HRCP Report 2010 recorded that The condition of primary and secondary schools in the country continued to be shocking. In Sialkot district alone, there was no furniture in 790 government schools and 737 government schools did not have boundary walls. The students in majority of government schools in the area were without drinking water and proper toilets and had to suffer in the scorching heat. [27e] (p257) The same source reported that: In 2010, Pakistan moved up 16 places to 125 on the UN Human Development Index (HDI), a comparative index composed from data on life expectancy, education and standard of living. While this improvement should be celebrated, it must be noted that Pakistans performance in the education department remained poor in comparison with other South Asian countries. For example, according to the HDI, expected years of schooling in Pakistan were only 6.8, whereas the same were 10.3 in India, 8.1 in Bangladesh, 8.8 in Nepal, and 12 in Sri Lanka. [27e] (p254)

25.71

25.72

25.73

25.74

25.75

With regards to the subjects taught in schools, the Government of Pakistan reported to the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, dated 1 September 2009, that Islamiyat will be taught as a separate compulsory subject from Class-III to XII... English is to be taught from class-I onwards as a compulsory subject alongside Urdu... Medium of instruction for all science subjects will be English... [79a] (p20) The USSD Report 2010 stated that: The 18th Amendment to the constitution mandates that the government provide free and compulsory education to all children between the ages of five and 16. In practice government schools often charged parents for the cost of books, uniforms, and other materials. Parents of lower socioeconomic means sometimes chose to send children to madrassas, where they received free room and board, or to NGO-operated schools. Studies showed that one-third of the children who attended school attended nongovernmental schools. [3g] (Section 6)

25.76

25.77

The US Department of State International Religious Freedom Report 2010 (USSD IRF Report 2010) noted that:

214

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The Constitution safeguards educational institutions with respect to religion. No student can be forced to receive religious instruction or participate in religious worship other than his or her own. The denial of religious instruction for students of any religious community or denomination is also prohibited. Islamiyyat (Islamic studies) is compulsory for all Muslim students in state-run schools. Although students of other religious groups are not legally required to study Islam, they are not offered parallel studies in their own religious beliefs. In some schools nonMuslim students may study Akhlaqiyyat, or Ethics. The Constitution specifically prohibits discriminatory admission to any governmental educational institution solely based on religious affiliation. Government officials stated that the only factors affecting admission to government educational institutions were students' grades and home provinces; however, students must declare their religious affiliation on application forms. This declaration is also required for private educational institutions, including universities. Muslim students must declare in writing that they believe that the Prophet Muhammad is the final prophet, another measure that singles out Ahmadis. Non-Muslims must have their religious affiliation verified by the head of their local religious community. [3c]
(Section II: Legal/Policy Framework)

25.78

The United States Commission on International Religious Freedom Annual Report 2011 (USCIRF Report 2011), published May 2011, covering events from 1 April 2010 to 31 March 2011, noted that: Pakistani primary and secondary schools continue to use textbooks that foster prejudice and intolerance of religious minorities, especially Hindus and Christians. Fifthgrade students read official textbooks claiming that Hindus and Muslims are not one nation but two different nations. The Hindus could never become sincere in their dealings with the Muslims. Hindu beliefs and practices are contrasted negatively with those of Islam. Bangladeshs struggle for independence from Pakistan is blamed in part on the influence of Hindus in the education sector of the former East Pakistan. Such references are not restricted to Islamic studies textbooks but take place in both early elementary and more advanced social studies texts used by all public school students, including non-Muslims. Moreover, the textbooks contain stories, biographies, and poems with an Islamic religious character. [53b] (p118)

25.79

The HRCP Report 2010 stated that Recommendations were made by civil society groups for civic education at schools to be made a compulsory subject at primary level instead of being taught as an optional subject in 9th grade. It was also demanded that textbooks should promote religious and political tolerance, gender equality, human rights, basic principles of citizenship and care for the environment. However, the report expressed concern ... at the long gap between policy formulation and implementation... many public schools did not have access to textbooks with the new curriculum. [27e]
(p265-266)

25.80

The USCIRF Report 2011 stated: Efforts to improve curriculum guidelines and to produce and publish new public school textbooks have been delayed by practical and ideological hurdles. Although The New Education Policy 2009 is being implemented predominantly to raise the literacy rate in Pakistan, that policy maintains Islamic Studies as a compulsory subject. One positive change allows minorities the option of taking an ethics course instead of Islamic Studies from third grade onward, whereas the previous policy offered this option only in grades

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

215

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

nine and ten. However, Pakistani NGOs argue that this option means little in practice because current ethics textbooks are based on previous curriculum guidelines which contain Islamic biases. Moreover, minority students still tend to avoid opting out of Islamic Studies for fear of being isolated from the rest of the class or of having their grades negatively impacted. [53b] (p118) 25.81 In an attempt to address the high number of out of school children, the Government of Pakistan told the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, in a report dated 1 September 2009, that: Poor and disadvantaged children are being provided with incentives in the form of food, nutrition and edible oil etc. Budget for education is being enhanced from the existing 2.2 per cent to 4 per cent of GDP. For the promotion of girl education a project has been implemented in collaboration with UNFPA [UN Population Fund]. Under the project existing girl primary schools have been renovated and incentives provided to the girl child of deprived families enabling them to continue their education. Free text books are being provided to all students of the primary school. Primary education in the public sector is almost free. Around 13,000 non formal basic education schools have been opened for out of school children. The said number is likely to increase to 20,000 in the next two years. The Compulsory Primary Education Act has been enacted in three out of four provinces of the country as well as in Islamabad Capital Territory. [79a] (p14) 25.82 The HRCP Report 2010 stated Incidents of violence target killings of teachers, attacks on educational institutions as well as clashes between student groups in universities continued to affect the pursuit of education in the country. The HRCP noted that as a result of the conflict in northern Pakistan, 600,000 children were reported to have missed a year of schooling. [27e] (p268) Amnesty International noted in its report As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, published 10 June 2010, that: The Taleban targeted schools teaching the national curriculum, and in particular, the few operating schools for women and girls both in the NWFP and FATA throughout 2008 and 2009. According to statistics from the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan, 165 schools were destroyed in NWFP and FATA in 2008, 136 of them girls schools; and more than 180 schools were destroyed and 318 were partially destroyed in 2009. In Darra Adam Khel, a Frontier Region, a 25-year-old man told Amnesty International in late 2008 that the Taleban had warned parents not to send their girls to school and later attacked the schools: First they warned owners of private schools to end co-education. Then they told the governments girls schools to close. When they refused, the Taleban bombed several of them and the rest of the schools were closed for fear of bombing. At the same time, parents also stopped sending their children to schools for fear of the Taleban. [13e] (p42) 25.84 The same source added: One of the most devastating attacks on female education came in the Swat area. There, in 2008 and early 2009, as the Taleban consolidated their grip on the area, they destroyed more than 170 schools, including more than 100 girls schools. These attacks disrupted the education of more than 50,000 pupils, from primary to college level, according to official estimates.104 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan
216 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

25.83

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

estimated that after the imposition of the Nizam-e-Adl Regulation in April 2009, around 4,000 schools providing education to over 40,000 girls were shut down. [13e] (p42) 25.85 The HRCP Report 2009 noted Over a million children in the tribal regions were facing the risk of having their education interrupted as conflict with the Taliban had damaged the schools or they had been turned into civilian shelters for displaced people. As these families started returning to the north-western districts of Swat and Buner, getting children back to classes posed a huge challenge to the state. [27c] (p164)

Madrassas
25.86 On the availability and services by madrassas (religious schools) the USSD IRF Report 2010 noted that: Private schools run by Islamic clerics or madrassahs varied greatly in their curriculum and character. They may offer after-school non-degree Islamic religious instruction, a full degree course in Islamic religious studies based on degree parameters set by one of the country's five madrassah boards, a full degree course in regular studies based either on the government's matriculation standards or the British A level curriculum, certificate courses in vocational training, or some combination thereof. Madrassahs may have students on a part-time, full-time day, full boarding basis, or some combination thereof. In some rural communities, madrassahs were the only form of education available. In recent years a small, yet influential, number of madrassahs have taught extremist doctrine in support of terrorism in violation of the law. In an attempt to curb the spread of extremism, the 2002 Madrassah Registration Ordinance required all madrassahs to register with one of the five independent boards (wafaqs) or directly with the government, cease accepting foreign financing, and accept foreign students only with the consent of their government. [3l] (Section II) 25.87 In regards to madrassahs fuelling terrorism, the HRCP Report 2010 stated that: The general perception, both international and national, that madrassa[s] stoke militancy was called into question by a Brookings Institution report, which states that madrassas appear not to be a major risk factor in propagating militancy. The report says that fewer than 10% of Pakistani students attended madrassas and the real cause of militancy in the country was the poor public education system. The reports co-author Rebecca Winthrop, a Brookings fellow, said that the number of militant madrassas was not increasing, and that most Pakistani parents preferred not to send their children to school at all rather than enroll them in madrassas. The Wafaq-ul-Madaris also announced a campaign against the negative propaganda of different forces against madrassas, inviting the authorities and civil society to visit madrassas and see for themselves how beneficial religious seminaries in fact are. [27e] (p265) 25.88 The USSD Country Reports on Terrorism 2010, published 18 August 2011, stated that A school in Malakand, run by the Pakistani army, continued to rehabilitate Talibaninfluenced youth. The UN Children's Fund-funded school, originally opened in September 2009, provided free religious education and psychiatric counseling to 85 students from Swat, a district heavily influenced by terrorist groups. The students were 13 to 18 years old and few had finished secondary school. The project is the first of its kind in Pakistan. [3d] (Chapter 2. Country Reports: South and Central Asia Overview)
217

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN 25.89

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

The USSD IRF Report 2010 stated According to the Ministry of Religious Affairs, as of December 31, 2010, 19,421 madrassahs had been registered. Of these, 770 madrassahs were registered in 2009 alone; however, many civil society organizations and education experts disputed the number of madrassahs operating across the country. [3l] (Section II) The Daily Times reported on 7 August 2009 that, in his address to the National Assembly on 6 August, the Minister for Religious Affairs, Hamid Saeed Kazmi, stated: The government registered 9,866 madrassas between 2005 and June 30, 2009, taking the total number of madrassas registered across the country to 15,843... The registration began after the promulgation of Societies Registration (Second Amendment) Ordinance 2005... there were 5,355 madrassas operating in Punjab, 2,852 in Sindh, 1,242 in the NWFP, 297 in Balochistan, and 120 madrassas in the federal capital.... [A]round 5,977 madrassas were registered in Punjab before the promulgation of the ordinance, while the data on those registered in other provinces prior to the ordinances promulgation was not available with the ministry. [55c]

25.90

25.91

The HRCP Report 2010 observed that For more than a decade the government had been striving to bring the madressas under a monitoring mechanism and make them abide by the regulatory law of the Societies Act, but they resisted such efforts. Towards the end of the year under review, some progress was made in that regard but implementation remained poor. [27e] (p174) Conflicting figures on the numbers of madrassas remained an issue, as stated in the HRCP Report 2010: There is a discrepancy between the total number of madrassas cited by the Ministry of Religious Affairs and the figures presented by the Ittehad-e-Tanzeemat-e-Madaris Pakistan (ITMP), a conglomerate of associations of the madrassas of different sects. According to the ministry, there were 11,000 madrassas across the country of which 573 were unregistered. However, according to the ITMP, there were about 21,000 madrassas of which 7,000 were unregistered. Two million young people were studying at these madrassas, according to the ITMP. The madrassas had been registered under the Societies Registration Act of 1860 (amended by Ordinance XIX of 2005). [27e] (p174)

25.92

25.93

The USSD IRF Report 2010 stated that: On October 7 the Ministry of the Interior signed a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) with the heads of the five wafaqs. The agreement requires the madrassahs to teach secular subjects, refrain from teaching or publishing literature promoting militancy or extremism, and to establish an independent board to monitor madrassah education. In return madrassah graduation certificates would receive government recognition. The agreement must be followed with legislation that has yet to be tabled. The MOA reflects the 2005 framework for cooperative registration of madrassahs, including provision of financial and educational data and expanded oversight of the prohibition on the teaching of sectarian or religious hatred and violence. The government and the independent madrassah boards have agreed to a phased introduction to all madrassahs offering full-time education of secular subjects, including mathematics, English, and science. The civilian government considers madrassah reform a priority but has yet made little progress in this regard. Due to the present

218

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

economic conditions, the government does not appear to have any funds to carry out the plan, although in the past three years secular subjects were introduced in some madrassahs through government support. [3l] (Section II) 25.94 The USCIRF Report 2010 noted that: A significant minority of Pakistans thousands of religious schools, or madrassas, reportedly continue to provide ongoing ideological training and motivation to those who take part in religiously-motivated violence in Pakistan and abroad. In mid-2005, the Pakistani central government required all madrassas to register with the government and expel all foreign students. While most registered, the registration process reportedly has had little if any effect on the curricula, which in many of these schools includes materials that promote intolerance and exhortations to violence. The government also still lacks controls on the madrassas sources of funding. A memorandum of understanding was signed in October 2010 between the Ministry of Interior, which oversees the madrassas system, and the five main madrassas boards in another attempt to better regulate their curriculum and financing. [53b] (p118) 25.95 On students subjected to abuse in madrassas, the HRCP Report 2010 stated Conditions at many madrassas remained extremely dismal and corporal punishment was a common practice. Reports from Multan, Attock, Peshawar and other areas stated that children were subjected to torture and sexual abuse on a regular basis. [27e] (p265)
Return to contents Go to sources

HEALTH AND WELFARE


25.96 The HRCP Report 2010 recorded that: The infant mortality rate in Pakistan was 64 for every 1,000 live births, according to the World Population Datasheet 2010. This figure met the Mid-term Development Framework (MTDF) target for 2009-10 of 65 deaths per 1,000 births, in the light of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). However, the devastation caused by the floods of 2010 was a major setback to efforts to improve health, especially of mothers and children and created doubts on whether this rate of reduction in infant mortality could be maintained in the coming year. In a statement in October 2010, the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child warned that the floods were worsening the child and infant mortality rates, as Pakistan already had very high infant and under-five mortality rates, with an estimated 500,000 children under five dying each year due to preventable causes. [27e] (p215) 25.97 The HRCP Report 2010 also noted that: Child malnutrition was also very high even prior to the floods. According to UNICEF [United Nations Childrens Fund], almost 40 percent of Pakistani children under five are underweight and lack household sanitation, especially in rural areas. More than a quarter of the children are born with low birth weight. Researchers say up to 44 percent of rural children are stunted due to malnutrition. Data collected before the floods showed, according to a statement by theUN humanitarian coordinator in Pakistan in August 2010, that 27 percent of children under five were malnourished in Balochistan, 13 percent in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KPK), and 17 percent in Punjab. [27e] (p216)
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 219

PAKISTAN 25.98 UNICEF noted in its Pakistan Annual Report 2010 that:

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Nearly one in ten children in Pakistan dies before their fifth birthday, and half of these die in their first month. Chronic malnutrition is widespread, worst affected are children in remote and insecure areas. In Sindh and Punjab, wasting ranged from 14 to 23 per cent, moderate acute malnutrition ranged from 10.3 to 17 per cent and severe acute malnutrition ranged from 3.6 to 6.1 per cent... Despite reductions in the infant mortality rate between 2002 and 2007, Pakistan remains off track to reduce child mortality. With more than 2.8 million children under five affected by the floods, it is estimated that the under-five mortality rate in flood affected areas will rise by 10 per cent in the next year... The rising number of polio cases is also a major concern. [72c] (p3) 25.99 The Child Aid Association (CAA), a voluntary organisation working within the paediatric oncology unit at the National Institute for Child Health, Karachi, provided free treatment to underprivileged child cancer patients. (Accessed 7 December 2010) [81a]

25.100 The HRCP Report 2009 noted that According to the Pakistan Medical Association (PMA), substance abuse amongst street children reached alarming levels children were found hooked to glue, paint and petrol sniffing and this became a serious problem in the bigger cities. There were around 14,000 street children in Karachi who were addicted to glue sniffing, thus risking damage to their brain, kidneys, liver, heart and myocardium. [27c] (p218) Basic statistical information can be obtained on the United Nations Childrens Fund (UNICEF) website. See also Section: Medical Issues
Return to contents Go to sources

26.

TRAFFICKING

Overview
26.01 The US Department of State Trafficking in Persons Report 2011 (USSD TIP Report 2011), published on 27 June 2011, noted in its section on Pakistan that the government: ...does not fully comply with the minimum standards for the elimination of human trafficking, but is making significant efforts to do so, despite the severe floods the country experienced in 2010. The government continued its programs to prevent and combat bonded labor, but did not criminally convict any bonded labor offenders or officials who facilitated trafficking in persons. The government continued to lack adequate procedures to identify trafficking victims among vulnerable populations and adequate protection for these victims. [3e]

Trafficking to and from Pakistan


26.02 The USSD TIP Report 2011 stated that: Pakistan is a source, transit, and destination country for men, women, and children subjected to forced labor and sex trafficking... Disabled children and adults are forced to beg in Iran. Girls and women also are sold into forced marriages; in some cases their
220 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

new husbands move them across Pakistani borders and force them into prostitution. NGOs and police reported markets in Pakistan where girls and women are bought and sold for sex and labor. Non-state militant groups kidnap children or coerce parents with fraudulent promises into giving away children as young as 12 to spy, fight, or die as suicide bombers in Pakistan and Afghanistan. [3e] 26.03 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) recorded in its State of Human Rights in 2008 report (HRCP Report 2008), published 1 April 2009, that: At the beginning of the year, the federal ministry for human rights acknowledged the seriousness of trafficking of young girls to the Gulf States by organised groups. These groups posed as promoters of cultural events abroad and hired numerous girls from all over the country, especially Lahore and Karachi, and usually took them to Dubai to perform in dramas, musical events and other such affairs. However, these women could be sold off for sexual purposes once they reached the destination. The girls were sometimes as young as 10-11-year-old. A majority of the families, who became aware of their girls fate, chose silence to avoid shame and disgrace, which made it harder to identify and apprehend the culprits. [27a] (p126, Women: Trafficking of women) 26.04 The HRCP stated in its report, the State of Human Rights in 2009 (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, that If newspaper reports are to be believed, the trafficking of children for camel races in Dubai has been eliminated. The Punjab government acquired land measuring 3.5 acres in RahimYar Khan to build a child protection institute at a cost of Rs. [Rupees] 40 million. As many as 450 camel jockeys were said to have been brought back to Rahim Yar Khan since 2005. [27c] (p75) However, on 29 November 2010 UCA News reported that a survey undertaken by the charity Caritas Pakistan suggested camel jockey trafficking continued. The report noted ...poor children in the country are increasingly vulnerable to exploitation and abuse as camel jockeys and are in need of protection. Most of the children, aged six to nine years, were smuggled as camel jockeys out of the country,... The survey indicated ...that the victims families are mostly poor laborers and farmers in southern Punjab and Sindh provinces. [114a] See also subsection: Assistance to victims of trafficking

26.05

Trafficking within Pakistan


26.06 On the subject of internal trafficking, the USSD TIP Report 2011 noted that: The countrys largest human trafficking problem is bonded labor, concentrated in the Sindh and Punjab provinces in agriculture and brick making, and to a lesser extent in the mining, carpet-making, glass bangle, and fishing industries. Bonded labor also exists in the fisheries, mining, and agricultural sectors of Balochistan. Estimates of bonded labor victims, including men, women, and children, vary widely. The Asian Development Bank estimates that 1.8 million people one percent of the population are bonded laborers. In extreme scenarios, when bonded laborers attempt to seek legal redress, landowners have kidnapped them and their family members. Boys and girls are also bought, sold, rented, or kidnapped to work in organized, forced begging rings, domestic servitude, and prostitution. Recent press stories reported on the violence in child domestic servitude, including sexual abuse, torture, and death. Illegal labor agents charge high fees to parents with false promises of decent work for their children, who
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 221

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

are later exploited and subject to forced labor in domestic servitude, unskilled labor, small shops, and other sectors. [3e] (Pakistan) See Section: Children: Violence against children and Child labour
Return to contents Go to sources

Prosecution
26.07 The USSD TIP Report 2011 observed that: The Government of Pakistan made less progress in law enforcement efforts to combat human trafficking than in the previous year. On July 29, 2010, floods of unprecedented proportions began in Pakistan, affecting approximately 20 million people. During this period, most government officials focused their entire attention on disaster relief and recovery; as a result, the governments ability to prosecute counter-trafficking crimes and provide data was hampered. Several sections in the Pakistan Penal Code, as well as provincial laws, criminalize forms of human trafficking such as slavery, selling a child for prostitution, and unlawful compulsory labor, prescribing punishments for these offenses that range from fines to life imprisonment. Pakistan prohibits all forms of transnational trafficking in persons, and appears to cover some non-trafficking offenses as well, through PACHTO [Prevention and Control of Human Trafficking Ordinance]; the penalties range from seven to 14 years imprisonment. Government officials and civil society reported that judges have difficulty applying PACHTO and awarding sufficiently stringent punishments, because of confusion over definitions and similar offenses in the Pakistan Penal Code. In addition, the BLSA [Bonded Labor System (Abolition) Act] prohibits bonded labor, with prescribed penalties ranging from two to five years imprisonment, a fine, or both. Pakistani officials have yet to record a single conviction under this law. [3e] (Pakistan: Prosecution) 26.08 The same source added During 2010, the government reported that it convicted 310 offenders under PACHTO 75 fewer than in 2009. The majority of these cases resulted in penalties of either no jail time or imprisonment of less than six months, which are far less than PACHTOs prescribed minimum penalties. However, at least five cases resulted in six months to two years imprisonment; nine cases resulted in two to 10 years imprisonment, and one case resulted in 10 to 14 years imprisonment. [3e]
(Pakistan: Prosecution)

Assistance to victims of trafficking


26.09 The USSD TIP Report 2011 stated that: The Government of Pakistan made some limited progress in its efforts to protect victims of human trafficking. The government continued to lack adequate procedures and resources for proactively identifying victims of trafficking among vulnerable persons with whom they come in contact, especially child laborers, women and children in prostitution, and agricultural and brick kiln workers. According to the FIA, the majority of the 16,530 Pakistani nationals who were deported from other countries during 2010 were identified as victims of trafficking. The FIA has a process to refer trafficking victims to protective services, although universal application of this process remains problematic. There is no coordinated
222 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

process to refer victims of internal trafficking to protective services, and access to protective services varies within the country. There were reports that women were abused in some government-run shelters. Shelters faced resource challenges and were sometimes crowded and under-staffed. While female trafficking victims could access 26 government-run and funded Shaheed Benazir Bhutto Centers and the numerous provincial government Dar-ul-Aman centers offering medical treatment, vocational training, and legal assistance, the majority of the women assisted by these facilities were not trafficking victims. The quality of the Dar-ul-Aman facilities vary from district to district within the provinces. The quality and level of service in Punjab is stronger than in other provinces. Since 2009, the government, with the support of a local NGO, has operated a rehabilitation center for boys who have been recovered from militant or extremist groups in the Malakand district. As of March 2010, 150 boys were staying at the facility. In 2010, a second similar facility for girls was opened; as of March 2010, five girls were staying in that facility. In 2010, the FIA reported that in partnership with NGOs, it provided some medical support, transportation, shelter, and limited legal services to some Pakistani victims of trafficking who were deported to Pakistan. [3e]
(Pakistan: Protection)

26.10

The USSD Report 2009 reported that: In 2005 the central government opened a model shelter in Islamabad specifically for trafficking victims. There are more than 200 shelters around the country providing services to trafficking victims, including government-run camps in Sindh for released bonded laborers. During the year the government of Punjab initiated a project to eliminate bonded labor in brick kilns in Lahore and Kasur districts. The government of Sindh also initiated a project at the end of 2008 to distribute state land to poor laborers, with a focus on women, in efforts to reduce bonded labor practices. The federal government also provided temporary residence status to foreign victims of trafficking.
[3b] (Section 6)

See also Sections: Women: Assistance available to women; and Children 26.11 With regards to the prevention of trafficking, the USSD TIP Report 2011 noted that: The Pakistani government made limited progress in its efforts to prevent human trafficking. The Punjab provincial government continued implementation of its project to eliminate bonded labor in brick kilns (launched in 2008). There were reports that this project helped 3,237 bonded laborers obtain identity cards and 1,906 bonded laborers obtain no-interest loans in the reporting period. The government also reported the establishment of 110 more on-site schools, for a total of 170. During the reporting period, the Sindh Department of Labour registered 710 brick kilns, a first step in guaranteeing that labor laws are applied to work sites, and a labor officer from district Larkana in Sindh registered 127 of these kilns. The governments inter-agency task force on human trafficking met a few times in the reporting period. The FIA met with NGOs and international organizations during the year to discuss trafficking and smuggling prevention. Some FIA officials participated in NGO-run awareness campaigns, and the government donated radio air time for the FIA to broadcast public service announcements on human trafficking and human smuggling. In November 2010, the Ministry of the Interior (MOI) designed a plan to monitor and track human trafficking cases, as well as to provide victims with identification and services. The MOI is in the process of rolling out the plan to the district level police officers and
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 223

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

the FIA. According to UNICEF, only 27 percent of children are registered at birth, as of 2009. The National Database and Registration Authority continued campaigns to register women in rural areas and internally displaced people to receive ID cards. In 2010, all 250 Pakistani UN Peacekeeping Mission forces received training from various government training academies that included combating human trafficking. The government took measures to reduce the demand for commercial sex acts by prosecuting, but not convicting, 74 clients of prostitution. The FIA continued its quarterly meeting with civil society organizations and the anti-trafficking units to discuss best practices for trafficking victim identification and to increase the links between law enforcement and civil society organizations. Pakistan is not a party to the 2000 UN TIP Protocol. [3e] (Pakistan: Prevention) 26.12 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) stated in its annual report, the State of human rights 2010, published 14 April 2011, (HRCP Report 2010), that The SC [Supreme Court] directed the authorities (June 11) to take immediate steps to stop the trafficking of children from Pakistan to Gulf states for employment as camel jockeys. The court had taken suo motu notice of the inhuman practice. The court also ordered immediate payment of compensation money to the children who had been used earlier as camel kids. [27e] (p59)
Return to contents Go to sources

27.

MEDICAL ISSUES

OVERVIEW OF AVAILABILITY OF MEDICAL TREATMENT AND DRUGS


27.01 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan recorded in its annual report, the State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that Pakistans public sector expenditure on health in the year 2010, slashed by 27% as compared to the previous year, was projected to be 0.54% of the GDP, which is amongst the lowest among countries at a similar income level. (p273) The same source added that According to the Economic Survey of Pakistan 2009-2010, there is one doctor available for every 1,183 persons in the country, one hospital bed for every 1,592 persons and one dentist for every 16,914 persons. There were a total of 69,313 registered nurses, 968 hospitals, 4,813 dispensaries, 5,345 Basic Health Units, 572 Rural Health Centres and 293 TB centres in the country. The federal health minister told the National Assembly in January that there were 149,849 registered doctors in Pakistan. [27e] (p274) The website Medics Travel, accessed 10 August 2011, published a list of medical organisations in Pakistan. [22] Further information on medical facilities in Islamabad is provided by the US Embassy, Islamabad, accessed 10 August 2011. [3k] The USSDs Consular Information Sheet on Pakistan, last updated 24 March 2011, reported that: Adequate basic non-emergency medical care is available in major Pakistani cities, but is limited in rural areas. Facilities in the cities vary in level and range of services, resources, and cleanliness... Effective emergency response to personal injury and illness is virtually non-existent in Pakistan. Ambulances are few and are not necessarily staffed by medical personnel... generic brands from well-known pharmaceuticals usually are [available]. The quality of the locally-produced medications is uneven. [3j] (Medical
facitilies and health information) 224 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

27.02

27.03

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 27.04

PAKISTAN

In its Travel advice for Pakistan, updated 15 July 2011, the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) stated that Outside the major cities there are few hospitals of UK standards. [11a] (Health) The HRCP Report 2009 also provided basic information on the condition of some of Pakistans hospitals. [27c] (p255) The International Organization for Migration (IOM) recorded in its Information on Return and Reintegration in the Countries of Origin (IRRICO) factsheet for Pakistan, updated 4 2010 January, that: Various professional bodies in Pakistan are concerned with medical resources and needs. They include the Pakistan Medical and Dental Council (PMDC), the Pakistan Dental Association (PDA), and the College of Physicians and Surgeons (CPSP). In addition, the National Institute of Cardiovascular Diseases (NICVD) was established to meet the increasing demand for the diagnosis, management and prevention of cardiovascular diseases, as well as to keep up to date with the rapid technological advances in the field through research and development. Likewise, the implementation of the National Programme for Family Planning and Primary Health Care is a timely and much-needed response to the health care needs of the rural communities in the country. The Shaukat Khanum Memorial Cancer Hospital & Research Centre (SKMCH&RC) has been providing comprehensive care, free of charge, to thousands of homeless cancer patients. Health care services across the country have visibly increased. Basic Health Units (BHU), Rural Health Centres (RHC), and civil dispensaries have been created in the remote rural areas to meet the health needs of the local communities. In the cities, there are both state and private hospitals with modern technologies to meet a variety of health needs. [85a]

27.05 27.06

27.07

The HRCP Report 2008 stated that: There are a total of 945 hospitals, 4,755 dispensaries, 5,349 BHUs, 903 Maternity & Child Health Centres and 290 TB Centres in Pakistan as of date. Finally, the figure for population per hospital bed was 1,517. These figures show only a minimal increase over the statistics for previous years... Throughout the year there were reports that facilities at state-owned hospitals were poor. A common complaint was that doctors were not present at their posts. The main reason was that doctors were holding jobs at both private and public hospitals. Service at private hospitals was preferred because of the higher monetary incentives available there. There were also many reports of the non-availability of basic medicines, such as anti-rabies medication at public hospitals.
[27a] (p171, Health: Existing Services)

27.08

The same source added that Pakistan continues to lag behind in the provision of critical care medicine which could be provided by private hospitals. This includes the treatment of asthma attacks, severe infections, complicated deliveries, road traffic accidents and many other conditions that can cause the death of otherwise healthy persons within a few hours... [27a] (p173, Health: Critical care) Pakistans Ministry of Health (accessed via the World Health Organization) provided a National Essential Drugs List, 2003 Third Edition. [29m] The IOMs IRRICO factsheet for Pakistan, updated 4 January 2010, stated that the list was ... of essential drugs (as defined by the World Health Organisation) that satisfies the health care needs of the majority of the population. It is approved by the government with the aim that all the
225

27.09

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

medications listed should be available at all times in adequate dosage in hospitals, clinics and pharmacies. [85a] 27.10 27.11 The website PakMediNet, accessed 13 September 2011, also provides a database of drugs available in Pakistan. [97] The HRCP Report 2009 stated It was a common experience that from time to time some essential drugs were in short supply in the market thereby putting the lives of patients in jeopardy. [27c] (p260) Correspondence to the UK Border Agency, dated 13 October 2008, from UNHCR via their partner agency SACH (Struggle for Change) stated that: Foreign patients are not entitled for [sic] free medicines/consultation/tests/medication etc [in Pakistan]. National laws do not give any indication or provision to provide free treatment to foreign patients. Free services are available to residents of Pakistan who either possess the Zakat form attested from the area counselor or to government employees. Other categories of Pakistan nationals have to bear medicine cost, not available in hospital, and surgical item cost. Vaccination and family planning measures are available to all free of cost. Basic Health units and central health units provid[e] free of cost treatment for minor ailment[s], and free obstetric care is provided to Pakistan nationals and to Afghan nationals in North West Frontier Province of Pakistan. [The] North West Frontier provincial government hospitals do entertain Afghan nationals for health care in their government hospitals but [most have] to pay for medicines and surgical items. [40a] See also Sections: Womens health, and Children: Health and welfare
Return to contents Go to sources

27.12

HIV/AIDS ANTI-RETROVIRAL TREATMENT


27.13 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, reported that: Societal attitudes toward HIV-positive individuals were changing, but social discrimination continued. Cases of discrimination often went unreported due to the stigma faced by HIV/AIDS patients. The National Aids Control Program (NACP) estimated that there were approximately 97,400 HIV-positive individuals but that only 5 percent were recorded. In addition to operating treatment centers, the NACP held rallies and public campaigns and spoke in mosques about birth control and AIDS awareness. The Ministry of Health has established 13 HIV treatment and care centers nationwide that provided comprehensive HIV care services." [3g] (Section 6) 27.14 The HRCP Report 2010 stated that, of the estimated 97,400 HIV/AIDS cases only 5,000 were registered and of those only 2,200 were receiving treatment. [27e] (p278)

226

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

CANCER TREATMENT
27.15 The Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission recorded on its website, last modified on 13 September 2011, accessed 14 September 2011, that the Commission was ... providing diagnostic and treatment services of cancer related diseases to over 3,50,000 [sic] patients annually through its 14 state-of-the-art Nuclear Medical Centres/Hospitals all over the country. A list of the centres was provided on their website. [59] On 2 December 2005, the Aga Khan Development Network issued a press release which stated that: His Highness the Aga Khan, Chairman of the Aga Khan Development Network (AKDN) and Chancellor of Aga Khan University (AKU) today inaugurated the US $8.4 million Ibn Zuhr Building for Oncology Services at AKUs Karachi campus. The buildingis a comprehensive cancer centre with state-of-the-art equipment, offering a wide range of facilities such as screening, diagnostic and treatment services, including high quality nuclear imaging, chemotherapy, radiation therapy, surgical oncology services, and cancer research facilities all under one roof. The new addition to the 654-bed Aga Khan University Hospital (AKUH) in Karachi is the first of its kind in Sindh and will provide a much needed service in a country where five to ten percent of the population could suffer from cancer in their lifetime. At AKUH alone, approximately 12,000 patients are diagnosed with cancer each year. The Chancellor also expressed satisfaction that services provided at the Ibn Zuhr Building will be accessible to those who cannot afford the full cost of their treatment, through the support of the University Hospitals Patient Welfare Programme. [47] 27.17 Other hospitals with Oncology departments, websites accessed 13 September 2011, include: 27.18 Pakistan Institute of Medical Sciences (PIMS), Islamabad University of Health Sciences (Jinnah Hospital), Lahore Shaukat Khanum Memorial Cancer Hospital and Research Centre, Lahore

27.16

In an article dated 30 July 2007 on hospice and palliative care in Pakistan, the Daily Times reported that There are no hospice at home programme[s] or palliative care unit[s] in the true sense in the Govt hospitals. There are [a] few NGO/Charitable organisations running cancer care centers and convalescent homes, but they too lack the palliative care support essence. In general most of the doctors and nurses lack specialized training in cancer pain management. [55d] The Child Aid Association (CAA), a voluntary organisation working within the oncology department at the NICH [National Institute for Child Health], provided free medicines, support and specialist care to underprivileged child cancer patients. [81a] An article in the International Network for Cancer Treatment and Research (INCTR) newsletter of winter 2003/4 stated, with regard to the availability of cancer treatment in Pakistan, that: Facilities for treatment of cancer patients are available in a few larger cities in both public and private hospitals. There are 18 radiotherapy centers with 65 practicing radiation oncologists; the quality of these centers is extremely variable depending on the expertise of the physician and available equipment. There are only 15 medical

27.19

27.20

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

227

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

oncologists practicing in major cities. State-of-the-art surgical oncology is practiced in only a few hospitals, and as a result, the majority of patients undergo sub-optimal surgery. In Pakistan, profound differences exist with respect to the availability of medical care to different segments of the population. Good quality hospital care is available to the affluent class, either from a small number of excellent public sector hospitals, or from the private sector. The less affluent classes are provided free services in the government hospitals but again, the quality of these services is extremely variable, depending on the available resources and trained personnel. The financial burden of treatment is borne by the patients, which makes it difficult for the poor to receive stateof-the-art treatment. They are supported by monetary donations from individuals as well as government funds and Zakat, a tax that the more wealthy Muslims pay specifically to help the poor. These contributions tend to be insufficient and erratic. Clearly these resources are inadequate to deal with the ever increasing economic burden of cancer patients. It is estimated that fewer than 30% of patients receive the minimal recommended treatment for their disease. [73]

KIDNEY DIALYSIS
27.21 The Kidney Centre, based in Rawalpindi, website accessed 10 August 2011, stated that it was ... dedicated to providing comprehensive preoperative [care] to patients with chronic renal disease, including end-stage renal disease. The same source added that The Kidney Transplant Program is one component of the full-service Multi-Organ Transplantation Program at Kidney Centre. [70] The Noor Foundation UK, accessed 30 November 2010, stated that it: ... currently has eighteen state of the art Kidney dialysis centres located along the length and breadth of Pakistan. We currently have centres in four out of five provinces, from Sindh province in the south, to the North West Frontier Province which borders Afghanistan and China. All our centres are housed in government hospitals and are managed on a day to day basis by our two NGO's in Pakistan, The Anjuman Felaho Behbood Insaniat (The Society for the betterment of humanity), and The Noor Foundation Pakistan." [48]
Return to contents Go to sources

27.22

MENTAL HEALTH
27.23 The New Statesman reported in an article dated 22 October 2008 that changes in Pakistans mental health legislation, namely the 2001 Mental Health Ordinance, had yet to be enacted. The report noted that Estimated numbers of Common Mental Disorders (CMDs) such as depression and anxiety are among the highest in the developing world, confirmed by high sales of tranquilisers, sleeping tablets, and anti-depressants, all of which are available over the counter. The article added that 90% of mental healthcare in Pakistan is private... On average, it costs between 600-1500 rupees to see a psychiatrist - half the salary of a low-paid worker... there are just 4000 5000 beds in psychiatric wards, serving a population of well over 160 million. [93a] The HRCP Report 2010 recorded that Psychological disorders were reported to be on the rise in the country, with about 34 percent of the people, including women and children suffering from one form of mental illness or another. Apart from most common

27.24

228

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

reasons of poverty and unemployment that were blamed for depression, leading to psychological disorders, another prominent reason was the growing deterioration in law and order and the anxiety and fear caused by terrorist attacks and suicide bombings.
[27e] (p264)

27.25

The HRCP Report 2009 noted: According to the head of the institute [Institute of Psychiatry, Rawalpindi] neither the federal nor the provincial government gave any attention to the provision of health facilities to a large section of the countrys population suffering from mental disorders and problems. A glaring example of the governments apathy in the matter was the construction of a new block of the institute on self-help basis. The institute published a brochure titled Mental Health in Need of Your Wealth to collect funds from the public. The institute, which was established in 1973, is providing mental health facilities to a large number of people, with patients coming from all four provinces of Pakistan. [27c]
(p255)

27.26

In an article on mental healthcare, dated 8 November 2007, Integrated Regional Information Networks (IRIN) reported that According to Lahores University of Health Sciences Vice-Chancellor Malik Hussain Mubashir, there is only one psychiatrist for every 10,000 people in Pakistan, one child psychiatrist for four million children estimated to be suffering mental-health issues and only four major psychiatric hospitals and 20 such units attached to teaching hospitals. [41b] The World Health Organisations Mental Health Atlas 2005 for Pakistan stated that: The primary sources of mental health financing in descending order are out of pocket expenditure by the patient or family, tax based, social insurance and private insurances. The country has disability benefits for persons with mental disorders. Disability benefit is paid to individuals who are not able to work due to mental illness. Mental health is a part of primary health care system. Actual treatment of severe mental disorders is available at the primary level. The programme has initially started in Punjab, the largest province, in 1985 and is being extended to others over the years. There are many residential and day-care facilities, especially for people with learning disabilities providing social, vocational and educational activities. Regular training of primary care professionals is carried out in the field of mental health. Training programmes have started in the province of Punjab as a part of in-service training for primary care personnel. Till now, approximately 2000 primary care physicians and 42 000 primary care workers have been trained. Community activists from NGOs (e.g. National Rural Support Programme (NRSP) are also being trained. Though there are training programmes for physicians, nurses and psychologists, there are no such facilities for social workers. Mental health training has been included in the programme of the District Health Development Centres. The Institute of Psychiatry Rawalpindi Medical College was the first WHO collaborating Centre-EMR and is acting as a resource centre at national and regional level for training, services information system and research. Multiple training manuals for primary health care physicians, paramedics, community workers and teachers have been developed. In an additional training package on counselling skills for health professionals, a package for rehabilitation of mentally ill has been developed There are community care facilities for patients with mental disorders. ..More than 78 junior

27.27

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

229

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

psychiatrists have been trained in community mental health to act as resource persons in the development of programmes in their areas. The National Steering Committee evaluates the quality of care delivery on a regular basis. [14b] 27.28 On health services for specific groups, including women and children, the report observed that: The country has specific programmes for mental health for refugees and children. NGOs are involved in service provision and advocacy for the above groups. Afghan refugees are being provided services by international organizations. There are also facilities for women and victims of torture. There are some facilities for children in the larger hospitals and regional hospitals, but the most parts of the country have no facilities for child and adolescent psychiatry. There are many residential and day care facilities for people with learning disabilities, especially in big cities. There is a school mental health programme and it aims to develop awareness of mental health among schoolchildren, schoolteachers and the community; to provide essential knowledge about mental health to teachers so that they are able to impart that to the students and are able to recognize and provide some counselling to the students for basic psychological problems [14b] 27.29 The Mental Health Atlas listed the following therapeutic drugs as generally being available at the primary health care level of the country: carbamazepine, phenobarbital, chlorpromazine, diazepam, haloperidol; imipramine (is supplied instead of amitriptylline); and procyclidine. [14b]
Return to contents Go to sources

28.
28.01

HUMANITARIAN ISSUES
In its Travel Advice for Pakistan, updated 15 July 2011, the Foreign and Commonweath Office (FCO) recorded that: On 18 January 2011 an earthquake measuring 7.2 on the Richter Scale hit south west Pakistan. Reports suggest there was limited damage, and no deaths. In July and August 2010 severe floods hit many parts of Pakistan. Punjab and Sind were the worst affected provinces. These floods have caused widespread damage and destruction. Reports suggest over 1,600 people have been killed across Pakistan, and infrastructure has been badly affected. Earth tremors are common and mountainous areas regularly experience floods and landslides. [11a] (Natural Disasters)

FLOODS AUGUST 2011


28.02 The United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) reported in its Situation Report No.1, Pakistan Monsoon 2011, dated 9 September 2011, that: One year on from the devastating floods of 2010, Pakistan is again facing a rain-related emergency. The spell of monsoon rains that started in the second week of August 2011, evolved into a large-scale disaster, causing damage in various parts of the country. Sindh, however, remains by far the worst affected province. Government sources put
230 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

the number of people affected to date at five million people mostly in the 22 out of 23 districts of Sindh province. To date, there are 199 confirmed deaths, according to the Sindh Provincial Disaster Management Authority (PDMA). PDMA statistics show that over 222,941 individuals have been displaced to 2,243 camps in the province. The camps are housing people primarily in Government schools, buildings and makeshifttented settlements. Nearly a million houses have been damaged or destroyed while thousands of livestock have also been lost. The loss of standing crops exceeds 1.59 million acres which further accentuates the vulnerability of the agrarian based communities, many of whom are still trying to recover from the 2010 floods. Many cities are flooded and the affected population is without access to electricity and essential services for extended periods of time.

FLOODS JULY/AUGUST 2010


28.03 Reporting on the floods, Reuters AlertNet stated in its crisis briefing, dated 16 September 2010, that: Pakistan's worst floods in recorded history have killed more than 1,750 people and affected 20 million more than a tenth of the population. A massive cascade of waters, triggered by heavy monsoon rains in late July, swept through the country, washing away homes, roads, bridges, crops and livestock. It ploughed a swathe of destruction from northern Pakistan to the southern province of Sindh. The United Nations estimates 10 million people urgently need food and shelter. Many are living in wretched conditions beside roads, sleeping in the open with little food and clean water. [10c] (At a glance) 28.04 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its annual report, the State of human rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: A large part of the country was affected and at their peak the floods swamped almost one-fifth of the countrys territory, nearly 62,000 square miles, and inflicted damage worth billions of dollars to infrastructure and agriculture, the mainstay of the economy. The calamity was acknowledged to be more severe in scale than the 2005 Pakistan earthquake, the 2004 Asian tsunami and the 2010 Haiti earthquake combined. Uncontrolled logging in the northern mountains, absence of timely flood alerts, and neglect of river embankments were blamed for the damage. Powerful landowners were accused of influencing decisions on where embankments would be breached in order to protect their own lands at the expense of human lives. The floods caused displacement of nearly seven million people. Those affected also included an estimated 700,000 people who had been displaced by fighting in the Swat valley and other areas the previous year. At least 1.1 million people were displaced by the floods in Balochistan, according to the provincial government. The UN chief of humanitarian affairs said in December [2010] that over one million people displaced by the floods still needed emergency aid in Sindh. According to the National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), over 3.278 million people were accommodated in 5,928 camps all over the country at the peak of the flood emergency in September and October [2010]. The NDMA said on October 31 that 818,065 people were still living in camps established for the flood displaced across the country. [27e] (p324-325) 28.05 Minority Rights Group International stated in its report State of the Worlds Minorities and Indigineous Peoples 2011, published 6 July 2011, that:
231

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

According to a statement made by the Potohar Organization for Development Advocacy (PODA) at the 2010 UN Forum on Minority Issues, women in general were particularly affected by the floods, given that they were more likely to have been at home when the flooding struck, were less likely to have been able to swim, and would have felt a responsibility to try to rescue children and animals. The statement also mentioned that women from minority groups in particular often do not have a national identity card, meaning that those who survived would not have been able to claim relief and compensation in the period following the flooding. [88d] (p148) See also the section on Women 28.06 The International Crisis Group (ICG) reported on 16 September 2010 that: The monsoon floods in Pakistan have caused massive destruction and turned a displacement crisis in the insecure western borderlands into a national disaster of mammoth proportions. When the floods hit, almost all those displaced from Malakand had returned home and were struggling to rebuild lives in a region where much of the infrastructure had been destroyed in fighting; 1.4 million more displaced from the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) were living in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KPK) province... One fifth of the country and more than 20 million people have been affected. Some of the worst damage is in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, where the largest numbers of lives have been lost and where homes, schools, hospitals, agriculture, factories and the communication infrastructure are devastated, and crops and livestock lost. The states response has been slow as a result of multiple factors ill-equipped and underresourced state relief organs, the absence of civil-military coordination and ineffective civilian control over military-led efforts. [20a] 28.07 Trcaire, an official overseas development agency, reported on 1 December 2010 that: Almost six months after flooding caused a major humanitarian crisis in Pakistan, water levels are still as high as four foot in certain affected areas... The problems facing Pakistan are massive. As Paul Healy, Trcaire's Regional Programme Manager based in Pakistan says: I have rarely seen such poverty anywhere in the world. In Sindh, 350,000 people are living in camps. These people are mostly peasant farmers who have no land to go back to. They face the stark choice between remaining in a camp or returning to a situation of slavery... In the KPK district, 90 per cent of people have returned home following the floods. However, they are facing into a harsh winter and do not have adequate shelter, blankets or clothes to cope. The situation in Pakistan has increased inequalities and highlighted the desperation of the poorest people in the region. For example, the government has established a scheme that offers cash to flood victims. However, in order to avail of the scheme a person must have an official ID card. The poorest people in Pakistan particularly women do not have these cards and, as a result, do not have access to the funds. [83a] 28.08 The International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) Armed Conflict Database reported in its section Human Security Developments July September 2010 that The floods were estimated to have wiped out 45 major bridges, nearly 4,000 kilometres of highway, more than 5,500km of railway, some 7,000 schools and 400 health facilities. Hydroelectric dams were damaged; large numbers of livestock died and crops were destroyed. [34a] (Pakistan (FATA & K-P/NWFP))

232

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 28.09

PAKISTAN

The Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) stated in its report, The State of Human Rights in Pakistan: 2010 (AHRC Report 2010), published February 2011, that, owing to the floods: Pakistan now faces a scarcity of essential and edible items a shortage that will affect the poorest people most severely. The destruction of the standing crops and inundation of the arable land will render agricultural lands crucial to food production unusable for many months. Further, the damage to crops, roads, bridges and communication networks together have caused the prices of fruit, vegetables and meat to skyrocket. There is no chance that the gap of food supplies created during the floods can be filled within the coming years. The villagers have lost thousands of animals; the business in the big cities is at standstill and there are no commercial activities because of huge damage to the roads and linking bridges. Therefore the food shortages will create a huge problem for years. [52e] (p208)

28.10

The World Food Programme (WFP) provided a map showing the flood-affected areas as of 10 August 2010. [115a] See also Sections Security situation, and Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs)
Return to contents Go to sources

29.
29.01

FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT
The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its annual report, State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that: Both state and non-state actors restricted the free movement of citizens in several parts of the country, in particular in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Balochistan and some areas of Karachi. The security forces did not allow journalists and the civil society to freely visit the conflict-hit FATA and Swat regions. The threat of abduction and target killing in the Baloch-dominated areas of Balochistan and FATA made them virtual no-go areas for the common citizen and members of the non-governmental organisations. Similarly, criminal gangs organised along ethnic lines in Karachi made certain localities inaccessible for certain ethnic groups, such as non-Pashtuns in Pashtun-dominated areas and non-Baloch in the Lyari area. In Kurram Agency in FATA, the security forces managed to open the Parachinar Peshawar highway, but the people could not freely travel on the road owing to militant attacks on vehicles. [27e] (p115)

29.02

The same source added The government continued a blanket use of Maintenance of Public Order (MPO) to restrict the movement of the people that it considered a threat to public safety at certain places during times such as the Shia mourning month of Muharram. The Exit Control List [ECL] was employed to bar certain people from leaving the country. [27e] (p116) In respect of freedom of movement within the country, foreign travel, emigration, and repatriation, the US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, noted that the law provides for these rights, although the government limited them in practice. The report noted that The law
233

29.03

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

prohibits travel to Israel, and the country's passports include a statement that they are valid for all countries except Israel. Government employees and students must obtain no objection certificates from the government before traveling abroad. This requirement rarely was enforced for students. [3g] (Section 2d) 29.04 The USSD Report 2010 also stated that: The government cooperated with the UNHCR and other humanitarian organizations in providing protection and assistance to IDPs, refugees, returning refugees, asylum seekers, and other persons of concern. However, the government's restrictions on access to certain areas of FATA, KP, and Balochistan, often due to security concerns, hindered the ability of humanitarian assistance providers to deliver aid to vulnerable populations. Persons on the Exit Control List (ECL) were prohibited from foreign travel. Although the ECL was intended to prevent those with pending criminal cases from traveling abroad, no judicial action was required for the Ministry of Interior to add a name to the ECL. The ECL sometimes was used to harass human rights activists or leaders of nationalist parties. Those on the list had the right to appeal to the courts for removal of their names. There were no reports of restrictions on emigration or prohibition against repatriation. The law prohibits forced exile, and no case of forced exile was reported during the year. [3g] (Section 2d) 29.05 The HRCP Report 2010 cited: Sectarian violence also led to the government placing restrictions on the freedom of movement. District Dera Ismail Khan in the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province remained under curfew for a few days in the beginning of the year 2010. Section 144 of the Criminal Procedure Code (CrPC) and the MPO [Maintenance of Public Order] remained handy tools in the hands of the authorities to restrict the movement of people, especially clerics and religious leaders on the pretext of preventing sectarian tensions. Instead of proceeding against the clerics and religious speakers who make hate speeches and incite violence, the government dealt with them on an ad-hoc basis by placing temporary bans on their movement. [27e] (p116) See also Section Exit/entry procedures: Exit Control List

30.
30.01

INTERNALLY DISPLACED PERSONS (IDPS)


The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan report, the State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, noted 2010 was the second consecutive year since the Afghan refugee crisis began in 1979 that the number of internally displaced persons in Pakistan exceeded that of registered refugees. The main trigger for internal displacement in 2009 was military operations against militants in the Malakand region of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and in parts of the Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA) bordering Afghanistan, leading to an exodus of over 2.3 million people and creating one of the largest human displacements anywhere in the world in recent times. Government figures suggested that up to 90 percent of the conflict-displaced persons from 2009 had returned to their native areas

234

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

by the end of April 2010. Large-scale displacement again occurred in Pakistan between late July and September 2010 after the worst flooding to hit the country in living memory affected 20 million people, forcing as many as seven million people to leave their homes. [27e] (p321) 30.02 Intergrated Regional Information Networks (IRIN) reported on 18 July 2011 that Hundreds of families have been displaced from Kurram Agency in northwestern Pakistan by a fresh military operation against militants based in Khyber Pakhtoonkhwa Province (KP), and many are finding it hard to find shelter. The report noted that around 85,000 people had been displaced, many of whom had moved to camps formally used by Afghan refugees. [41c] The Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre (IDMC) reported on 31 March 2011 that: The population of north-west Pakistan has suffered conflict-induced displacement for the past seven years, with the phenomenon reaching its peak in 2009 when there were more than three million internally displaced people (IDPs) in the region. By May 2010, the figure was down to one million, but returns since then have been offset by new displacements. As of May 2011, ongoing military operations and militant activities were causing new displacements in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). The official criteria for registration as an IDP have barred many displaced people from assistance. A multiagency IDP vulnerability assessment profiling (IVAP) found that only around half of all IDPs were registered, but that hundreds of thousands of ineligible people were. Protecting IDPs presents both security and a humanitarian challenges [sic]. People have faced a clearly heightened risk of human rights violations, and in areas where national authorities are unable to protect them, IDPs have been forced to seek security from other parties. [84a] (p1)
Return to contents Go to sources

30.03

MAP
30.04 Map showing internal displacement in FATA and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa between February 2009 and March 2011 (click on map for full view).

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

235

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

(Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre, 31 May 2011) [84a] (p2) 30.05 The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, noted that: During the year the number of IDPs fluctuated due to militant activity and military operations in KP and FATA, as well as nationwide flooding during the months of August and September. Population displacement due to militant activity in FATA and KP began in 2008 and a larger population displacement from Lower Dir, Buner, and Swat districts of the KP occurred as a result of military operations beginning in April 2009. The total number of conflict IDPs at its peak in April/May 2009 rose to 3.4 million nationwide. In July 2009 the KP government and the humanitarian community came to an agreement for a voluntary, informed, dignified, safe, and sustainable return of the IDPs. KP authorities, in coordination with the international humanitarian assistance community, implemented a phased, facilitated return plan. Military operations in FATA at the beginning of the year led to approximately 20,000 new IDPs coming from the Orakzai Agency and the Kurram Agency. Continuing sectarian violence in Kurram further increased the number of displaced families, possibly by an additional 2,000. The military operation launched in September 2009 in Bara (Khyber Agency, FATA) created hundreds of thousands of IDPs, approximately 30,000 of whom continued to be sheltered in Jalozai Camp. A sizeable number continued to live with host families and rented houses away from Bara. As of mid-December, approximately 1.2 million persons remained displaced in KP. The majority of conflict-affected IDPs resided with host families, in rented accommodations, or, to a lesser extent, in camps. The government continued to consolidate and close IDP camps during the year. Of the few remaining, Jalozai camp in Nowshera District of KP hosted the largest in-camp conflict-affected IDP population, with an estimated 96,000 residents, mostly from Bajaur Agency. A survey conducted in October by the UNHCR among IDPs from South Waziristan sheltering in Dera Ismail (DI) Khan and Tank districts revealed that 85 percent of those
236 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

surveyed wanted to return to their areas of origin; of this number, 44 percent felt comfortable returning immediately. The government continued to facilitate voluntary returns to Orakzai and South Waziristan agencies with support from the international humanitarian community. As of December 23, the UN reported that 4,664 families had returned to Orakzai and 307 families had returned to South Waziristan. [3g] (Section 2d) 30.06 The IDMC reported on 31 May 2011: As of May 2011, 329,000 IDPs from FATA had gone home, 19 per cent of the total number registered since 2008... The success of returns has varied across the FATA agencies. In Orakzai, 126,000 IDPs had gone home as of May 2011. In Mohmand and Bajaur, as many as 95 per cent of the 105,000 IDPs have expressed their intention to do so, the situation is less promising. Almost half of those displaced inside Mohmand in early 2011 have gone home, but those displaced to KPK between 2008 and 2010 have remained there. Some 350 people returned from Jalozai camp in April 2011. [84a] (p6) 30.07 The USSD Report 2009 noted that Media reports from 2003 estimated that 1.5 million Kashmiris displaced from Indian-held Kashmir had entered the country. The law entitles Kashmiris to the same rights as full citizens. [3b] (Section 2d)
Return to contents Go to sources

31.
31.01

FOREIGN REFUGEES
The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, noted that Pakistan was ...not a party to the 1951 UN Convention relating to the Status of Refugees and its 1967 Protocol. There is no legislation that provides for asylum or refugee status. Although there is no legislation excluding asylum seekers and refugees from the provisions of the Foreigners Act regarding illegal entry and stay or conferring legal status, the government in most cases provided protection against the expulsion or involuntary return of refugees to countries where their lives or freedom would be threatened. The country is a member of the UNHCR's [United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees] governing executive committee and cooperated with the UNHCR in protecting, assisting, and repatriating Afghan refugees. [3g] (Section 2d) The US Committee for Refugees and Immigrants (USCRI) World Refugee Survey 2009 recorded that: The Foreigners Act of 1946 (amended 2000) pertains to unregistered Afghans and non-Afghan asylum seekers and prescribes up to three years imprisonment and a fine for any who enter without valid travel documents. Pakistan is party, however, to the 1966 International Covenant on Civil and Political rights which, with few exceptions, allows expulsion only by law and requires the Government to allow those it wishes to expel to give reasons against doing so and to have competent authorities review their cases and to have representatives in doing so. Pakistan is also signatory, without reservation, to the 1984 Convention against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment which prohibits refoulement of anyone where there is substantial risk that they will be tortured. [80]

31.02

31.03

The USSD Report 2010 noted Afghan refugees could avail themselves of the services of police and courts, but some, particularly the poor, were afraid to do so. Every refugee
237

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

who registered with both the UNHCR and the government-run Commission for Afghan Refugees was granted admission to public education facilities after filing the proper paperwork. In practice there were no reports of refugees being denied access to health facilities. [3g] (Section 2d) 31.04 The same source noted: Refugees were not allowed to work legally. Refugees often were exploited in the informal labor market. Refugee women and children were particularly vulnerable, accepting underpaid and undesirable positions in workplaces such as morgues. Police in some cases demanded bribes from refugees. There were credible reports that members of the intelligence services also harassed refugees. Refugees faced societal discrimination and abuse from local communities, which resented economic competition and blamed refugees for high crime rates and terrorism. Single women, female-led households, and children working on the streets were particularly vulnerable to abuse and trafficking. [3g] (Section 2d) 31.05 Integrated Regional Information Networks (IRIN) noted in an article dated 4 November 2010 that Vulnerable and homeless returnees [to Afghanistan] cannot go back to Pakistan because it no longer accepts new refugees, and UNHCR also no longer offers protection to new refugees in Pakistan. [41d] See also Section Trafficking

AFGHAN REFUGEES
31.06 The USSD Report 2010 cited that: Since 1979 the government has provided temporary protection to millions of refugees from Afghanistan. According to the UNHCR, at the end of the year, an estimated 1.6 million registered Afghan refugees remained in the country, while another 104,331 voluntarily repatriated to Afghanistan during the year. There were no credible estimates of how many Afghans were undocumented or unregistered, but rough estimates put the number at more than one million. At the end of December 2009, Afghan refugees' proof of registration (PoR) cards expired; however, on March 24, Prime Minister Gilani extended PoR status through December 2012. The new PoR cards were more durable and had features that made duplication more difficult (i.e., holographic lamination). In addition, as of September the NADRA [National Database and Registration Authority] agreed to issue Afghan birth certificates at PoR card renewal centers to all Afghan children under the age of 18 born in the country (as opposed to only issuing birth certificates to Afghans born in refugee camps). [3g] (Section 2d) 31.07 The USSD Report 2010 added: On May 7, the UNHCR-Afghanistan-Pakistan Tripartite Agreement governing the voluntary repatriation of registered Afghan refugees was extended until the end of 2012. Under the agreement the three parties reaffirmed their commitment to the voluntary, gradual, and dignified return of Afghan refugees. However, from January to July, the government deported 240 Afghans with PoR cards. There were also credible allegations that the government deported between 50 and 60 unregistered Afghans per week. [3g]
(Section 2d)

238

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 31.08

PAKISTAN

IRIN reported on 4 November 2010 that More Afghan refugees returned home from Pakistan in 2010 than in the previous year, despite increased insecurity in Afghanistan, the UN Refugee Agency (UNHCR) says. Over 104,000 Afghan refugees returned voluntarily in March-October 2010 a significant increase on the same period last year when 54,000 returned. [41d] The USCRI World Refugee Survey 2009 reported that: In August [2009], the Government extended the 2009 deadline allowing Afghans to remain in the country under the Tri-Partite Agreement between it and UNHCR and the Government of Afghanistan in light of insecurity there and low absorption capacity. UNHCR said it could take three to five years to finish repatriations... Afghans who registered with the National Database and Registration Authority between October 2006 and February 2007, including children over five, hold Proof of Registration (PoR) cards providing de facto temporary protection through [to] 2012 but no other legal rights. Those who arrived after 2007 are not eligible for PoRs and those who leave the territory loose them [sic]. [80]

31.09

31.10

The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) recorded in its State of Human Rights in 2008 report, published 1 April 2009, that the Jalozai refugee camp was closed in March 2008 at a time when an estimated 80,000 Afghans were living there. Whilst many were relocated within Pakistan, some 54,000 were repatriated to Afghanistan.
[27a] (p196, Refugees: Jalozai)

31.11

The same source added that Afghan nationals were regularly arrested under the Foreigners Act for illegally staying in Pakistan and for not having valid travel documents. Media reports suggested that over 1,500 had either been arrested or handed over to the Afghan authorities after serving their sentence for their unauthorised presence in Pakistan. [27a] (p199, Refugees: Jalozai)
Return to contents Go to sources

32.
32.01

CITIZENSHIP AND NATIONALITY


Information issued by the Pakistan government Ministry of Interior website, accessed 4 August 2011, advised that Pakistan citizenship can be acquired in specified circumstances; these included: Foreign ladies married to Pakistani nationals, and the Minor children (below 21 years of age) of Pak [sic] ladies married to foreigners. Children born to a Pakistani mother and foreign national father after 18 April 2000 are to be treated automatically as citizens of Pakistan. The Government of Pakistan has dual nationality agreements with 13 countries, including the UK. [29b] (Interior Division, Information and Services) Travel advice issued by the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, updated 15 July 2011, stated that If you or your father were born in Pakistan, you might be considered a Pakistani national by the authorities, even if you do not hold a Pakistani passport... [11a] (Local laws and customs) Pakistani citizens acquiring nationality of a country with which there are no dual nationality arrangements are required to renounce Pakistani nationality. (Ministry of Interior, Pakistan, accessed 4 August 2011) [29b]
(Interior Division, Information and Services)

32.02

The Pakistan Citizenship Act, 1951, stated that Pakistan citizenship could be acquired: By birth - Section 4 of the Citizenship Act
239

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN By descent - Section 5 of the Citizenship Act By migration - Section 6 of the Citizenship Act By Naturalization - Section 9 of the Citizenship Act By Marriage -Section 10 of the Citizenship Act [45]

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

NATIONAL IDENTITY CARDS


32.03 The National Database and Registration Authority (NADRA), website accessed 10 August 2011, noted that every genuine citizen of Pakistan aged 18 or above is eligible for a Computerised National Identity Card (CNIC). To obtain a CNIC the applicant needs to register at any NADRA Swift Registration Center (NSRC). The following documents are required for the CNIC: birth certificate, educational certificates, and the national identity cards of the applicants immediate/blood relatives. A citizenship certificate issued by the Ministry of Interior is also required. [29g] The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan noted in its report, State of Human Rights in 2009 (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, that: In November [2009], a three-member bench of the Supreme Court directed the National Database and Registration Authority (NADRA) to formulate a policy for the registration of Hindu couples, according to their religious customs, in order to enable them to get computerised national identity cards. The court heard a suo motu case on the application of a Hindu couple from RahimYar Khan regarding the problems the Hindu community in Pakistan faced in acquiring identity cards. The SC [Supreme Court] also asked the government to introduce legislation in this regard. [27c] (p42) 32.05 A Child Registration Certificate (CRC) should be issued to every Pakistani child aged 18 years or under and includes ...the minors name and registration number, date of birth, place of birth, gender, and parents names and CNIC numbers. The Child is allotted [the] same registration number when he/she applies for CNIC upon attaining 18 years of age. It is the responsibility of every childs parents/guardians to get registered the children under 18 years of age [sic]. (Report to UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, 4 January 2008) [79b] (paragraph 174) See also Sections Freedom of religion: Voting rights, Passports and ID cards and Hindus and Sikhs
Return to contents Go to sources

32.04

33.
33.01

FORGED AND FRAUDULENTLY OBTAINED OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS


The Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) noted in a Response to Information Request (RIR), Pakistan: Fraudulent documents (2008-2010), published 24 November 2010, that: In an article published on 10 August 2010, the Daily Times of Lahore reported that fake passports are widely available in Pakistan. According to the Sydney Morning Herald, the Federal Investigation Agency (FIA) in Pakistan arrests an average of six people a day in the Islamabad area for document fraud... An assistant director of the

240

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

FIA stated that tens of thousands of people have some sort of involvement in this industry... According to a an article published on 12 November 2009 in another Lahore newspaper, The Nation, the current British Home Office Minister responsible for Immigration stated that numerous applications for British visas presented by Pakistanis are accompanied by false documents. The Consul General of the United States in Pakistan stated that in July 2010, nearly 98% of applications for American visas made by Pakistanis were refused because they were accompanied by false documents...
[12p]

33.02

The IRB also produced a ... partial list of cases reported in the media concerning fraudulent documents in Pakistan: The Supreme Court asked the Election Commission of Pakistan (ECP) to review the degrees of legislators... Almost all of the nearly 1,100 elected officials have to submit their diplomas for verification... According to an article in the newspaper The News International on 14 October 2010, at the time the article was published, the degrees of 67 Members of Parliament had been declared fake; however, the hearings into the fake degrees was still ongoing as of 1 November 2010... In September 2010, six Pakistanis went to Denmark to seek asylum... They were allegedly in possession of fake visas and were aided by FIA [Federal Investigation Agency] agents at Benazir Bhutto International Airport... In September 2010, the FIA arrested four people-three women who had fake Afghan passports that had been provided to them by the smuggler accompanying them-as their airplane was about to take off for Oslo... An FIA agent and an immigration inspector allegedly helped the passengers clear the checks prior to boarding... On 20 June 2010, Zimbabwean police arrested two Pakistanis with fake Kenyan passports... In March 2010, the FIA arrested a forgery expert and found at his residence various forged documents, including passports, visa stickers and security papers... In early 2009, Pakistans National Accountability Bureau (NAB) announced that the former consul general of Pakistan in the United States would soon be arrested for issuing 300 fake passports to Pakistanis... He subsequently admitted in court that his office had indeed issued 300 fake passports... [12p]

33.03

The Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) noted in a Response to Information Request (RIR), dated 28 November 2007, that: A July 2005 article in Dawn, a Karachi-based newspaper, states that tens of thousands of Pakistanis manage every year to reach [the] UK on forged documents and through other means of human trafficking. In an article on human trafficking [March 2005], The Daily Times... indicates that illegal immigrants travelling with fake student visas are also commonplace. The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP), a nongovernmental organization which promotes the advancement of human rights in Pakistan indicates in their 2006 report that during the previous four years, over 33,000 Pakistanis were returned to Pakistan after using fraudulent travel documents to enter

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

241

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Oman. The HRCP report also estimates that over 300,000 people were thought to leave Pakistan by illegal means each year. [12b] 33.04 The same source noted that: The Federal Investigation Agency (FIA), a Pakistani law enforcement agency which generally investigates cases of corruption and immigration control, including offences under passport-related legislation states that it was aware of 131 passengers travelling on forged documents in 2004 and 83 in the first six months of 2005. According to the Pakistan Press International (PPI), in May 2006, the British government donated a machine that detects forgeries to the Pakistan passport and immigration office. This equipment, which magnifies images on any document to a very high degree and can identify the use of different inks in the preparation of documents, is intended to help Pakistani authorities identify forged or fraudulent documents, such as national identity cards, bank statements and other documents required to obtain visas. The FIA already owns four such machines. The Director of Visa Services at the British High Commission in Islamabad is quoted in the article as saying that approximately two percent of applications for United Kingdom (UK) visas are fraudulent. [12b] 33.05 Another IRB RIR, dated 18 June 2004, stated that: During a presentation at the Ninth European Country of Origin Information Seminar held in Dublin, Ireland, on 26 and 27 May 2004, an Islamabad-based representative of the United Nations High Commissioner of Refugees (UNHCR) provided information on various country conditions in Pakistan. The UNHCR representative stated that there is a high level of corruption in Pakistan and that it is possible to obtain many types of fraudulent documents or documents that are fraudulently authenticated by a bona fide stamp or authority. [12a] 33.06 The same report noted that: The Information Centre on Asylum and Migration of the German Federal Office for the Recognition of Foreign Refugees indicated that [i]n nearly all cases, the documents presented [by asylum seekers] for proof of persecution (reports under the penal code, warrants for arrest, court judgments, lawyers correspondence) were falsified or of incorrect content. In Pakistan, it is notdifficult to have a (simulated) criminal proceeding initiated against oneself, in order to get authentic documents (e.g. a First Information Report or a decision to set the accused free until the date of the trial) It is possibleeither [to] pay for or to use private contacts to have a newspaper article published depicting a situation of persecution. [12a] See also Section Corruption
Return to contents Go to sources

34.
34.01

EXIT AND RETURN


The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2009 (USSD Report 2009), published 11 March 2010, observed that the laws provide for the freedom of movement within the country, foreign travel, emigration and repatriation but the government limited these in practice. However:

242

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

The law prohibits travel to Israel, and the country's passports include a statement that they are valid for all countries except Israel. Government employees and students must obtain no objection certificates from the government before traveling abroad. This requirement rarely was enforced for students... the government's restrictions on access to certain areas of FATA [Federally Administered Tribal Areas], KP [Khyber Pakhtunkhwa], and Balochistan, often due to security concerns, hindered the ability of humanitarian assistance providers to deliver aid to vulnerable populations. [3g] (Section
2d)

34.02

The Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) noted in a Reponse to Information Request (RIR) dated 19 November 2007 that: A Karachi-based lawyer provided the following information regarding border security measures in 31 October 2007 correspondence to the Research Directorate. There are strict measures adopted by border authorities regarding Pakistanis exiting Pakistan via international flights. After proceeding through Customs, Pakistanis who are leaving Pakistan will appear before an immigration officer who will ask various questions. The immigration officer will verify in the computer system that there are no restrictions against the person in question and will then stamp the traveller's passport with an exit stamp if everything seems in order. The traveller will then proceed to either an army officer or another officer under the supervision of an army officer who will ask questions, check the passport and, if everything is in order, the traveller will proceed to the departure lounge. With regard to border authorities at land borders, the lawyer states that equally strict measures are adopted, although they may vary from one border to another. [12l]

34.03

The Government of Pakistans Federal Investigation Agency (FIA) provided information on their website, undated, accessed 10 August 2011, on the Personal Identification Secure Comparison and Evaluation System (PISCES). The FIA noted that: PISCES Project provides Immigration officials and law enforcement agencies with a tracking system to capture vital information of travelers and allows them to identify and, if necessary detain individuals of interest... PISCES project will enable the linking of all ports of exit/entry under real-time networking environments and provide smooth working co-ordination and standardization among different law enforcement agencies in the area of immigration control. In this connection PISCES system has been installed at seven major airports of the country i.e. Islamabad, Karachi, Lahore, Peshawar, Quetta, Multan and Faisalabad airports till the end of year 2004. The system has provision to accommodate information on suspects from all law enforcement agencies like Immigration, Police, Narcotics Control, Antismuggling, and Intelligence Services. [29d]

34.04

The Pakistan Times reported on 20 February 2008 that up to 4,000 people were on the Federal Investigation Agencys PISCES watch list. The article noted that: This system [PISCES] works against pre-defined watch list of suspects that includes ECL [Exit Control List], stolen passport and blacklisted for visa, lost/ missing passports and blacklisted for passport categories... There are 17 operational sites of PISCES in Pakistan, including Karachi airport, Lahore airport, Islamabad airport, Peshawar airport, Quetta airport, Multan airport, Faisalabad airport, Wagha land route, Chaman land route, Torkham land route, Wagha Railway Station, Karachi seaport, Khokarapar

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

243

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

railway station, Ghassbandar seaport, Port Bin Qasim, Taftan land route and Sust land route. The system is also being planned for Gwadar airport, Pasni airport, Turbat airport and Gwadar seaport... PISCES has contributed a lot in identifying the high value suspects especially involved in terrorism and human trafficking... [44a] 34.05 The USSD Country Reports on Terrorism 2010, published 18 August 2011, stated that Pakistan continued to process travelers on entry and departure at 13 international airports, five land border sites, four seaports, and two train stations with the Personal Identification Secure Comparison and Evaluation System (PISCES). [3d] (Chapter 2.
Country Reports: South and Central Asia Overview)

See also Section Freedom of Movement

PASSPORTS
34.06 Ordinary Machine Readable passports (MRP) can be issued to all citizens of Pakistan. In applying, applicants aged 18 or above should provide their original National Database and Registration Authority (NADRA) ID card plus two photocopies; NOC [No Objection Certificate] in case of a Government Servant; old passport (if issued) plus a photocopy; and foreign passport, plus copies, for dual nationality holders only. (Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Interior, Directorate General Immigration and Passports, undated, accessed 10 August 2011) [29a] (Ordinary Passport) Regarding border control using a Multi-Biometric E Passport, Pakistans National Database and Registration Authority (NADRA), accessed 10 August 2011, reported on its: ... Automated Border Control (ABC) system which serves as a tool for law-enforcement agencies in eradicating illegal immigration and human trafficking. The Automated Border Control System is fully automated immigration control system linked with the central Passport server. It authenticates e-Passport, identity and other travel documents by performing on spot Facial Recognition and Fingerprint Identification with utmost reliability and efficiency. It also keeps the record of automated data verification, passenger travel history, flight information, destination, port-of-origin, nationality, verification log and officers comments. [29f] (Automated Border Control) 34.08 The IRB of Canada noted in its RIR dated 19 November 2007 that According to the November 2007 edition of the Travel Information Manual (TIM), exit permits are not required of Pakistani citizens by immigration authorities when exiting Pakistan, but passports are... [12l] An email response from an official at the British High Commission in Islamabad, dated 29 January 2009, stated that, in theory, Pakistani passport holders would have their passports stamped at all ports and legal border crossings when entering and exiting the country. However, since corruption is a problem, it would be possible for an individual to avoid having their passport stamped by, for example, paying a bribe to the relevant official. The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) official further stated that, as far as they were aware, and aside from the reasons stated above, there would be no exceptions when a passport would not be stamped. [11c] The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan report, the State of Human Rights in 2009, (HRCP Report 2009), published February 2010, noted that According to the Federal

34.07

34.09

34.10

244

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Minister for Religious Affairs, International Machine Readable (IMR) passports were made mandatory for obtaining Hajj visas in 2009. Applications without Computerized National Identity Cards (CNIC) and IMR passports were not entertained causing great inconvenience to the pilgrims. [27c] (p120) See also Freedom of Religion: Passport and ID cards, Arrest and detention legal rights, and Corruption

EXIT CONTROL LIST


34.11 The website of Pakistans Ministry of Interior, accessed 30 November 2010, stated the following regarding the Exit Control List (ECL): 1. Exit from Pakistan (Control) Ordinance, 1981, empowers the Federal Government to prohibit any person from proceeding abroad. Ordinarily following categories of persons are placed on ECL:Persons involved in mass corruption and misuse of power / authority causing loss to the government funds/property. Government employees involved in economic crime where large government funds have been embezzled or institutional frauds committed. Hardened criminals involved in acts of terrorism / conspiracy, heinous crimes and threatening national security. Key directors of firms having tax default / liabilities of Rs. (rupees) 10 million or more. Only 2 -3 key directors of firms having more than Rs. 100 million loan default / liabilities. Names of persons if recommended by the Registrar, High Courts / Supreme Court of Pakistan and Banking Courts only. Drug traffickers... The On-Line System is operational at the Ministry linked with international airports at Karachi, Lahore, Peshawar, Islamabad and Faisalabad. Any person aggrieved by the order of Federal Government regarding placement of his name on ECL, can under the law, file a Review Petition giving justifications for review and also can seek a personal hearing with the competent authority. ECL is reviewed periodically to assess the need for further retention of a person on ECL or otherwise. [29o]

2. 3.

4.

34.12

The HRCP Report 2010 noted that: In a positive development, during a hearing on January 5 the Supreme Court of Pakistan directed the federal government to frame rules for inclusion of any persons name in the Exit Control List (ECL) as stipulated in Section 5 of the Exit from Pakistan Control Ordinance, 1981. On March 15, the Interior Ministry informed the court that it had drafted the rules and sent them to the Law Ministry for vetting. The Interior Ministry also submitted to the apex court the criterion it followed in placing a persons name on the ECL. According to the report the Interior Ministry submitted to the Supreme Court, people involved in huge corruption and misuse of power/authority, causing loss to the government of funds/property would be placed on the ECL. Names of government employees involved in economic crimes where large state funds had been embezzled

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

245

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

or institutional frauds committed were also to be placed on the list. The names of hardened criminals involved in acts of terrorism, conspiracy, heinous crimes and threatening national security would also be placed on the ECL. The names of key directors of firms having loan default/liabilities worth more than Rs 100 million would also be placed on the list. Besides, the names of drug traffickers and of those forwarded by registrars of the Supreme Court, high courts or banking courts would also be placed on the list. The ministry stated that names of people involved in private disputes where the government interest was not at stake except cases of fraud against foreign banks and reputable companies with significant foreign investments would not be placed on the ECL. It said names of private individuals involved in crimes such as murder, theft, etc., would also be not placed on the list unless special grounds for such inclusion were furnished by the home departments concerned. According to the report, names of the persons included in the ECL were to be retained if they had gone abroad / absconded in order to apprehend them on their return. Names of those in judicial custody were to be retained since they could be released anytime. Names of convicts were also to be retained until their conviction attained finality. [27e]
(p118)

34.13 34.14

The HRCP Report 2010 provided a number of examples of where persons were placed on the Exit Control List in 2010. [27e] (p119-121) In a Response to Information Request (RIR), dated 19 November 2007, the Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) noted that, following discussions with a Karachibased lawyer: The Exit Control List (ECL) is a list of Pakistani citizens wanted in cases of crime or corruption or who are facing court charges and who are prohibited from leaving the country. However, various sources indicate that the ECL is sometimes used to harass human rights activists or political dissidents. In addition, the Karachi-based lawyer stated the following: The Government places the name of anyone who it does not wish to leave Pakistan [on the ECL]. There could be many reasons, both justifiable and unjustifiable, for placing the name of someone on this list. Most of the names [on the list] are of those whom the Government of the day do not like but ... some ... may be [subject to] serious investigation or criminal proceedings in progress or likely to be commenced. [The] majority of the names, however, are of the politicians in opposition to the Government of the day. [12l]

34.15

In an RIR dated 23 November 2005, the IRB noted that Although the Ministry of the Interior maintains the ECL the National Accountability Bureau may recommend names to be added to the list; judicial action is not required to add a name to the ECL, though permission from the courts is required to remove a name from the ECL. There is no limit to the amount of time a person's name remains on the list. [12g] Continuing the subject of exit control in Pakistan, the IRB further noted in its RIR dated 19 November 2007 that A First Information Report (FIR) is the police report prepared when an offence is committed. The Karachi-based lawyer explained that Pakistani citizens who have an FIR registered against them can still leave Pakistan, and he added

34.16

246

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

that the lodging of [a] FIR by itself does not automatically stop a person from leaving Pakistan. Many FIRs are baseless, bogus and lodged to harass ... opponents but ultimately found frivolous and dismissed. [12l] See also Section Arrest and detention Legal rights
Return to contents Go to sources

TREATMENT OF FAILED ASYLUM SEEKERS


34.17 On 2 December 2008, the Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB) noted, in a Response to Information Request (RIR), that: United Press International (UPI) reported that in August 2002, Nasir Ali Mubarak, a Pakistani man detained on immigration charges in the United States, who was married to an American woman and who was deported to Pakistan, was detained for many days at an unknown location. In April 2004, UPI reported that... detainees have been arrested upon arrival by Pakistani immigration officials. However, according to 24 May 2005 correspondence from the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP), [f]ailed Pakistani refugee claimants are not usually detained. [12h] 34.18 In another RIR, dated 26 June 2003, following correspondence with a London-based barrister and advocate of the Supreme Court and High Courts of Pakistan, the IRB reported that: According to the barrister, FIA [Federal Investigative Agency] does not interview all nationals returning to Pakistan. It detains and interviews those persons who are alleged to have violated any law in respect of travel/visit to a foreign country, e.g. traveled on fake travel documents or entered a country without [a] valid visa, etc. The UNHCR office in Islamabad provided the following similar information in correspondence to the Research Directorate: FIA only interviews those nationals who are wanted by the government or involved in any criminal, unlawful or anti-state activities... The HRCP indicated that the FIA are given a list of deported persons and may interview those they believe [to] have any involvement in criminal activity in the country. The HRCP went on to state that Pakistanis entering another country illegally may be detained on their return, but are generally released within a few days." [12i] 34.19 The same source noted that: In correspondence with the Research Directorate, a Pakistan-based political and defense consultant with a doctorate degree in international relations and political science who has written two books on Pakistan and, until 2001, was a Professor of Political Science at Punjab University in Lahore, Pakistan, provided the following information about the FIA: Pakistanis returning from abroad are not interviewed by the FIA. You pass through passport control and customs and then leave. However, if a person is deported by a foreign country for any reason (overstay, passport and visa fraud, involvement in a crime in the host country) and formally handed over to Pakistani authorities, the FIA/relevant authorities would undertake an inquiry. If found to have forged [a]
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 247

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

passport/visa or [committed] any other illegal activity, he/she can be charged and presented to a court of law. All deportations are inquired into. If a person returns to Pakistan quietly after having failed to get a refugee status elsewhere, he/she faces no problem in returning to Pakistan. However, if a failed applicant for refugee status is handed over by the country concerned to Pakistani authorities, Pakistani FIA/relevant authorities would question such a person.. when a Pakistani national is deported by a foreign government and handed over to Pakistani authorities, the first thing the Pakistani authorities check is if he/she travelled on [a] forged passport and fake visa. If that is the case, they do two things. First, they would like to know where and how did that person get the forged passport or visa. They would like to know about the travel agent or any other person who facilitated his/her departure. Second, the authorities can file a criminal case in a lower court for having forged travel documents. Sometimes newspaper[s] publish news that a person has been sentenced to imprisonment for a couple of months for travel document fraud. If a person is deported by a foreign government but not formally handed over to Pakistani authorities, they would hardly know about the case and the person can quietly return to Pakistan. [12i] 34.20 The IRB further stated that There is no standard interview procedure employed by the FIA when interviewing returning nationals, including those who are failed refugee claimants... According to the barrister, No punitive measure is taken against failed refugee claimant[s] unless FIA official[s] [are] able to find some lapse or default on the part of [the] returning national['s] ... documentation... [12i] The same source also reported that: Information provided by the UNHCR office in Islamabad on the possibility of punitive measures against returning Pakistani nationals is as follows ...Generally, there is no punitive action for failed refugee claimants... If a person returns to Pakistan quietly after being denied refugee status, nothing is expected to happen. If such a person is deported and handed over to Pakistani authorities, the person will face preliminary inquiry to determine if he has violated Pakistani laws. If a person's refugee status case gets a lot of media publicity, the government will inquire into it. However, there is no law that can be invoked against a person for applying for refugee status elsewhere. A Pakistani denied refugee status can get into trouble on return if there are criminal cases registered against him/her in Pakistan. The FIA/Police can arrest such a person on arrival at the port of entry (if they get prior information of his return) or later on as they come to know of his/her return. [12i]
Return to contents Go to sources

34.21

35.
35.01

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS
The US Department of State Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010 (USSD Report 2010), published 8 April 2011, stated: On May 1, the government announced that the minimum monthly wage for unskilled workers would be increased to 7,000 rupees ($82) per month from the previous wage of 6,000 ($71) per month. (There are 54 categories of workers with various minimum wage

248

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

levels.) The national minimum wage for unskilled workers did not provide a decent standard of living for a worker and family and fell short of the Pakistan Workers' Federation demand for a minimum wage of 12,000 rupees ($141) per month. Significant sectors of the workforce, such as those in the informal sector, domestic servants, and agricultural workers, were not covered. Federal law provides for a maximum workweek of 48 hours (54 hours for seasonal factories) with rest periods during the workday and paid annual holidays. Additional benefits required under the federal labor code include official government holidays, overtime pay, annual and sick leave, health care, education for workers' children, social security, old age benefits, and a workers' welfare fund. These regulations did not apply to agricultural workers, workers in factories with fewer than 10 employees, domestic workers, and contractors. In addition, such workers did not have the right to access worker courts to seek redress of grievances and were otherwise extremely vulnerable to exploitation. The inapplicability of many labor laws and the lack of enforcement by the government gave employers in many sectors relative impunity with regard to working conditions, treatment, work hours, and pay. For example, in November a lower-caste Hindu agricultural laborer died of burns suffered after he was tortured and set on fire, allegedly to elicit a confession for stealing cotton. The accused perpetrator, a well-connected local landlord, had not been arrested by year's end. Even prior to adoption of the 18th amendment, provincial governments had primary responsibility for enforcing national labor regulations. Enforcement was ineffective due to limited resources, corruption, and inadequate regulatory structures. According to the ITUC, labor inspectors exempted certain employers from inspection in Sindh and Punjab. Many workers remained unaware of their rights, especially in the informal sectors. Health and safety standards were poor in all sectors. There was a serious lack of adherence to mine safety and health protocols. For example, many mines had only one opening for entry, egress, and ventilation. Workers could not remove themselves from dangerous working conditions without risking loss of employment. [3g] (Section 7e) 35.02 The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan report, the State of Human Rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, stated: The National Assembly (NA) repealed the Removal from Services Ordinance 2000 in 2010. The ordinance provided for dismissal, removal, compulsory retirement from service and reduction to lower post or pay scale of certain persons from government service and corporation service. The lawmaker who had moved the bill for the repeal in the assembly, said that the repeal would ensure job security for labourers and government employees. She added that the law would restore labour rights and employers would no longer be able to sack employees arbitrarily. The Service Tribunal (amendment) Bill 2010 was unanimously adopted by the National Assembly in February 2010. The law amended the Service Tribunals Act 1973 and ensured that employees would have the right to have their dispute heard by the National Industrial Relations Commission, labour courts and high courts. Previously these matters were heard by the Service Tribunals and an appeal would lie to the Supreme Court, making the process slow and expensive. [27e] (p242)
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 249

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011
Return to contents Go to sources

250

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Annex A
CHRONOLOGY OF MAJOR EVENTS
As reported in the BBCs Timeline Pakistan A chronology of key events, updated 14 May 2011 [35b] and the BBCs Country Profile Pakistan (Timeline), updated 4 April 2011 [35c] unless otherwise stated. 1947 Muslim state of East and West Pakistan created out of partition of India at the end of British rule. Hundreds of thousands die in widespread communal violence and millions are made homeless. Muhammed Ali Jinnah, the first governor general of Pakistan, dies. First war with India over disputed territory of Kashmir. 1951 1956 1958 1960 1965 1969 1970 Jinnahs successor Liaquat Ali Khan is assassinated. Constitution proclaims Pakistan an Islamic republic. Martial law declared and General Ayyub Khan takes over. General Ayyub Khan becomes president. Second war with India over Kashmir. General Ayyub Khan resigns and General Yahya Khan takes over. Victory in general elections in East Pakistan for breakaway Awami League, leading to rising tension with West Pakistan. East Pakistan attempts to secede, leading to civil war. India intervenes in support of East Pakistan which eventually breaks away to become Bangladesh. Simla peace agreement with India sets new frontline in Kashmir. Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto becomes prime minister. Riots erupt over allegations of vote-rigging by Zulfiqar Ali Bhuttos Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP). General Zia ul-Haq stages military coup. General Zia becomes president. Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto hanged. US pledges military assistance to Pakistan following Soviet intervention in Afghanistan. Martial law and political parties ban lifted.

1948

1971

1972 1973 1977

1978 1979 1980

1985

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

251

PAKISTAN 1986

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 Zulfiqar Ali Bhuttos daughter Benazir returns from exile to lead PPP in campaign for fresh elections.

1988 August General Zia, the US ambassador and top Pakistan army officials die in mysterious air crash. Benazir Bhuttos PPP wins general election. Benazir Bhutto dismissed as prime minister on charges of incompetence and corruption. Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif begins economic liberalisation programme. Islamic Shariah law formally incorporated into legal code. Government launches campaign to stamp out violence by Urdu-speaking supporters of the Mohajir Quami Movement. President Khan and Prime Minister Sharif both resign under pressure from military. General election brings Benazir Bhutto back to power. President Leghari dismisses Bhutto government amid corruption allegations. Nawaz Sharif returns as prime minister after his Pakistan Muslim League party wins elections. Pakistan conducts its own nuclear tests after India explodes several devices.

November 1990

1991

1992

1993

1996 1997

1998 1999 April

Benazir Bhutto and her husband convicted of corruption and given jail sentences. Benazir stays out of the country. Kargil conflict: Pakistan-backed forces clash with the Indian military in the icy heights around Kargil in Indian-held Kashmir. More than 1,000 people are killed on both sides. Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif overthrown in military coup led by General Pervez Musharraf. Coup is widely condemned, Pakistan is suspended from Commonwealth.

May

October

2000 April Nawaz Sharif sentenced to life imprisonment on hijacking and terrorism charges. Nawaz Sharif goes into exile in Saudi Arabia after being pardoned by military authorities.
Return to contents Go to sources 252 The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

December

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 2001 20 June

PAKISTAN

Gen Pervez Musharraf names himself President while remaining head of the army. He replaced the figurehead president, Rafiq Tarar, who vacated his position earlier in the day after the parliament that elected him was dissolved. Musharraf meets Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee in the first summit between the two neighbours in more than two years. The meeting ends without a breakthrough or even a joint statement because of differences over Kashmir. Musharraf swings in behind the US in its fight against terrorism and supports attacks on Afghanistan. US lifts some sanctions imposed after Pakistans nuclear tests in 1998, but retains others put in place after Musharrafs coup. India fires on Pakistani military posts in the heaviest firing along the dividing line of control in Kashmir for almost a year. India imposes sanctions against Pakistan, to force it to take action against two Kashmir militant groups blamed for a suicide attack on parliament in New Delhi. Pakistan retaliates with similar sanctions. India, Pakistan mass troops along common border amid mounting fears of a looming war.

July

September

October

December

2002 January Musharraf announces that elections will be held in October 2002 to end three years of military rule. Musharraf wins another five years in office in a referendum criticised as unconstitutional and fraught with irregularities. 14 people, including 11 French technicians, are killed in a suicide attack on a bus in Karachi. The following month 12 people are killed in a suicide attack outside the US consulate in the city. Pakistan test fires three medium-range surface-to-surface Ghauri missiles, which are capable of carrying nuclear warheads. Musharraf tells nation that Pakistan does not want war but is ready to respond with full force if attacked. June Britain and USA maintain diplomatic offensive to avert war, urge their citizens to leave India and Pakistan. President Musharraf grants himself sweeping new powers, including the right to dismiss an elected parliament. Opposition forces accuse Musharraf of perpetuating dictatorship. First general election since the 1999 military coup results in a hung parliament. Parties haggle over the make-up of a coalition. Religious parties fare better than expected.

April

May

August

October

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

253

PAKISTAN November

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 Mir Zafarullah Jamali selected as prime minister by the National Assembly. He is the first civilian premier since the 1999 military coup and a member of a party close to General Musharraf.

2003 February Senate elections: Ruling party wins most seats in voting to the upper house. Elections said to be final stage of what Musharraf calls transition to democracy. North-West Frontier Province votes to introduce Sharia law. Pakistan declares a Kashmir ceasefire, which is swiftly matched by India. Pakistan and India agree to resume direct air links and to allow overflights of each others planes from beginning of 2004 after two-year ban.

June November December 2004 February

Leading nuclear scientist Dr Abdul Qadeer Khan admits to having leaked nuclear weapons secrets. Technology is said to have been transferred to Libya, North Korea and Iran. Parliament approves creation of military-led National Security Council. Move institutionalises role of armed forces in civilian affairs. Pakistan readmitted to Commonwealth. Factional violence in Karachi: Senior Sunni cleric shot dead; bomb attack on Shia mosque kills 16, injures 40.

April

May

June

Military offensive near Afghan border against suspected al-Qaeda [al-Qaida] militants and their supporters after attacks on checkpoints. Earlier offensive, in March, left more than 120 dead. Shaukat Aziz is sworn in as prime minister. In July he escaped unhurt from an apparent assassination attempt. President Musharraf says he will stay on as head of the army having previously promised to relinquish the role.

August

December 2005 January

Tribal militants in Baluchistan attack facilities at Pakistans largest natural gas field, forcing closure of main plant. Bus services, the first in 60 years, operate between Muzaffarabad in Pakistaniadministered Kashmir and Srinagar in Indian-controlled Kashmir. Pakistan tests its first, nuclear-capable cruise missile.

7 April

August

254

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 8 October

PAKISTAN

An earthquake, with its epicentre in Pakistani-administered Kashmir, kills tens of thousands of people. The city of Muzaffarabad is among the worst-hit areas.
Return to contents Go to sources

2006 January Up to 18 people are killed in a US missile strike, apparently targeting senior alQaeda figures, on a border village in the North. More than 30 people are killed in a suspected suicide bomb attack and ensuing violence at a Shia Muslim procession in the north-west. A suspected double suicide bombing kills at least 57 people at a Sunni Muslim ceremony in Karachi. Security forces kill prominent Balochistan tribal leader, Nawab Akbar Bugti. Protests over his death turn violent. Raid on an Islamic seminary in the tribal area of Bajaur bordering Afghanistan kills up to 80 people, sparking anti-government protests. The army says the madrassa was a training camp for militants. Pakistan says it has successfully test-fired a short-range missile capable of carrying a nuclear warhead.

February

April

August

October

December 2007 January

Islamabad rejects an assertion by the head of US National Intelligence that alQaeda leaders are hiding out in Pakistan. Bombings in different parts of the country, including at Islamabads Marriott Hotel and the international airport, kill a number of people. 68 passengers, most of them Pakistanis, are killed by bomb blasts and a blaze on a train travelling between the Indian capital New Delhi and the Pakistani city of Lahore. Pakistan and India sign an agreement aimed at reducing the risk of accidental nuclear war.

February

March

President Musharraf suspends the Chief Justice Iftikhar Mohammed Chaudhry, triggering a wave of anger across the country. Officials say around 250 people have been killed in fighting between South Waziristan tribesmen and foreign militants said to be linked to al-Qaeda. Several killed in Karachi during rival demonstrations over dismissal of Chief Justice Chaudhry. Subsequent strikes paralyse much of the country. A bomb blast in a hotel in Peshawar kills 24.

March-April

May

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

255

PAKISTAN June

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 President Musharraf extends media controls to include the internet and mobile phones amid a growing challenge to his rule. Security forces storm the Red Mosque complex in Islamabad following a weeklong siege. Supreme Court reinstates Chief Justice Chaudhry. Ms Bhutto and President Musharraf hold a secret meeting in Abu Dhabi on a possible power-sharing deal.

July

August September October

Supreme Court rules Nawaz Sharif can return from exile. Mr Sharif returns but is sent back to exile within hours. Musharraf wins most votes in presidential election. The Supreme Court says no winner can be formally announced until it rules if the general was eligible to stand for election while still army chief. Nearly 200 people die in fighting with Islamic militants in North Waziristan, stronghold of pro-Taleban and al-Qaida groups. Ex-prime minister Benazir Bhutto returns from exile. Dozens of people die in a suicide bomb targeting her homecoming parade in Karachi.

November

Gen Musharraf declares emergency rule while still awaiting Supreme Court ruling on whether he was eligible to run for re-election. Chief Justice Chaudhry is dismissed. Ms Bhutto is briefly placed under house arrest. Caretaker government sworn in. New Supreme Court - now staffed with compliant judges - dismisses challenges to Musharraf's re-election. Pakistan's Chief Election Commissioner announces that general elections to be held on 8 January 2008. Nawaz Sharif returns from exile again. Musharraf resigns from army post and is sworn in for second term as president.

15 December 27 December 2008 January

State of emergency lifted. Benazir Bhutto assassinated at election campaign rally in Rawalpindi.

Elections postponed to 18 February.

256

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Suicide bomber kills more than 20 policemen gathered outside the High Court in Lahore ahead of an anti-government rally. Up to 90 fighters killed in clashes in the tribal region of South Waziristan, near the Afghan border, where militants have been openly challenging the army. February Parliamentary elections. The two main opposition parties gain a clear majority. They later agree to form a coalition government. Peoples Party nominee Yusuf Raza Gillani becomes prime minister. The disgraced Pakistani nuclear scientist, Dr Abdul Qadeer Khan, says allegations he passed on nuclear secrets are false and that he was made a scapegoat. The two main governing parties agree to launch impeachment proceedings against President Musharraf. Mr Musharraf resigns. Senate Speaker Muhammad Sumroo becomes acting president. PPP leader Asif Ali Zardari - Benazir Bhutto's widower - says he will be the party's candidate in the presidential election set for 6 September. Former PM Nawaz Sharif pulls his PML-N out of the coalition government, accusing the PPP of breaking its promise to approve the reinstatement of all judges sacked by former President Pervez Musharraf. September Asif Ali Zardari elected by legislators as Pakistan's new president. Marriott Hotel in Islamabad devastated in a suicide truck bombing which leaves at least 50 dead. An Islamist militant group claims responsibility. October November Earthquake in south-western province of Balochistan leaves hundreds dead. President Zardari warns the US military that missile strikes on Pakistani territory are counter-productive. The government borrows billions of dollars from the International Monetary Fund to overcome its spiralling debt crisis. December India says militants who carried out the Mumbai terrorist attacks in November had Pakistani links, and it urges Pakistani action. Islamabad denies any involvement in the attacks, but promises to co-operate with the Indian investigation.

March May

August

2009 February Government agrees to implement Sharia law in north-western Swat valley in effort to persuade Islamist militants there to agree to permanent ceasefire.

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

257

PAKISTAN March

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 Gunmen in Lahore attack a bus carrying the Sri Lankan cricket team. Five policemen are killed and seven players injured. After days of public protests, the government gives in to opposition demands and announces the reinstatement of sacked former chief justice, Iftikhar Chaudhry, and other judges dismissed by former President Pervez Musharraf. The main opposition leader, Nawaz Sharif, calls off a mass protest march. At least 40 people are killed when gunmen storm a police academy in Lahore.

April

Swat agreement breaks down after Taleban-linked militants seek to extend their power-base. Government attempts to re-impose its writ over north-western districts controlled by militants. The Pakistani and Indian prime ministers pledge to work together to fight terrorism at a meeting in Egypt irrespective of progress on improving broader relations. The Supreme Court acquits opposition leader Nawaz Sharif of hijacking charges, removing the final ban on his running for public office.

July

August

Pakistan issues a global alert for 13 suspects over November's attacks in the Indian city of Mumbai. Interpol said the alert asks member countries for help in locating the fugitives and to report any leads to Pakistan. President Zardari orders the suspension of judges appointed under emergency rule in 2007, after the Supreme Court ruled the emergency declared by former President Musharraf to have been unconstitutional. The leader of Pakistan's Taliban, Baitullah Mehsud, reported dead in US drone attack. Ali Sher Hyderi, head of Pakistan's largest extremist organization Sipah-eSahaba, killed by militants.

October

New Taliban leader Hakimullah Mehsud meets journalists from his clan in South Waziristan to counter reports of his death. He pledges revenge for the drone attack that killed Baitullah Mehsud. Suicide bombing in northwestern city of Peshawar kills 120 people.

November

President Asif Ali Zardari hands control of Pakistan's nuclear arsenal to PM Yousuf Raza Gilani, in apparent attempt to ease political pressure. Supreme Court rules that amnesty decree protecting President Zardari and several of his allies against corruption charges was illegal.
Return to contents Go to sources

December

258

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 2010 January April

PAKISTAN

Suicide attack on a volleyball match in north-west kills more than 100 people. Parliament approves package of wide-ranging constitutional reforms. Measures include transferring key powers from office of president to prime minister. Worst floods in 80 years kill at least 1,600 people and affect more than 20 million. Government response widely criticised. Pakistan temporarily suspends NATO supply route into Afghanistan after series of US drone strikes in northwest. Ex-military ruler Musharraf apologises for "negative actions" while in power, launches political party from exile in UK. Rise in targeted political killings, bombings in commercial hub of Karachi.

August

September

October

December

50 killed in a double suicide attack in Mohmand, near the Afghan border, during a gathering of tribal elders.

2011 January Punjab Governor Salman Taseer is killed by his bodyguard, Mumtaz Qadri, who said he was angered by Mr Taseer's support for amendment of the blasphemy law. The draconian law allows prosecution for a wide range of perceived slights to Islam. Mr Taseer's funeral saw large-scale protests against and in favour of his killing. Pakistan People's Party MP Sherry Rehman drops her attempt to amend the blasphemy laws, accusing her party of appeasing extremists by ruling out any changes to the law. Minorities Minister Shahbaz Bhatti is assassinated. The only Christian in the cabinet, he had received death threats for urging reform to the blasphemy laws. The prime ministers of India and Pakistan meet to watch a cricket match, an occasion seen as an chance for the two nations to repair relations. May The founder of Al-Qaeda, Osama bin Laden, is killed by American special forces in garrison city of Abbottabad, 50 km northwest of capital Islamabad. Double suicide bombing on border guard training centre in north-western Pakistan kills 80 people. Pakistani Taliban say they carried out the attack to avenge Bin Laden's death. Parliament passes resolution describing US operation in Abbottabad as violation of Pakistan's sovereignty, and calls for review of relationship with United States.

February

March

Annex B
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 259

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

POLITICAL ORGANISATIONS
Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP) A mainstream party advocating Islamic socialism and democracy. (Europa World Online, accessed 26 July 2011) [6] (Political organisations) Co-chaired by Pakistan Head of State, President Asif Ali Zardari (widower of Benazir Bhutto), and their son, Bilawal Bhutto Zardari. PPP member Yusuf Raza Gilani was nominated as Prime Minister following the 2008 elections. The only party to have candidates in the National Assembly and in all four Provinicial Assemblies; has formed governments at the centre and in Sindh and Balochistan provinces. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) Pakistan Muslim League Nawaz (PML-N) Founded in 1993 and led by Nawaz Sharif. Twice in power: from 1990 to 1993 and again from 1997 to 1999 before being overthrown in a bloodless coup by the then army chief, Pervez Musharraf. Briefly in coalition with the PPP after the 2008 elections; currently in government in Punjab province. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) Pakistan Muslim League Quaid-e-Azam (PML-Q) Formed in 2001 with the support and intervention of the then military regime. Led by Chaudhry Shujaat Hussain, the party became simply the Pakistan Muslim League following a split with coalition partners in 2004, but is still popularly known as the PML-Q. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) Led by Altaf Hussain and originally called the Mohajir Quami Movement, founded in 1984 and renamed in 1997. Representing the interests of Muslim-Urdu speaking migrants (from India, following partition), the MQM is the forth largest party in the National Assembly with 25 seats, and part of a coalition government in Sindh with the PPP. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a]
(Internal affairs)

See also Ethnic groups: Formation of MQM Awami National Party (ANP) Formed in 1986 and essentially a left-wing Pashtun nationalist party. Led by Asfandyar Wali Khan, the ANP emerged triumphant in the 2008 elections as the largest party in the NWFP (Khyber Pakhtunkhwa) Assembly, won seats in Sindh and Balochistan as well as the National Assembly. The ANP has attempted to maintain dialogue with the militants although this has become less successful following the increase in militant activity since May 2008. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) Muttahida Majlis-e-Amal (MMA) (United Action Front) A coalition of disparate Islamic parties including Jamaat-e-Islami (JI) - Qazi Hussain Ahmad (Deobandi), Jamiat-e-Ulema Pakistan (JUP) (Barelvi), Jamiat-e-Ulema Islam - Fazal-ur-Rehman (JUI-F) (Deobandi), Jamiat-e-Ulema Islam - Samiul Haq (JUI-S) (Deobandi), Islami Tehreek (or Tehrik) Pakistan (Shia) and Jamiat Ehla-e-Hadith (Ahl-e-Hadith). However, this coalition disintegrated in the run-up to the 2008 elections as the JI boycotted them, and the JUI-F contested them albeit under the MMA banner, winning seven seats in the National Assembly and 14 in the NWFP. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) Jamaat-e-Islami (JI)

260

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

A religious-based political party founded in 1941, which decrees Islam as ... a complete system of politics, economics and culture. Opposed to the West, the JI believes sharia (Islamic law) regulations should govern all aspects of life and advocates jihad to achieve an Islamic state. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) Jamiat-e-Ulema Islam (JUI) The JUI is split into two factions, led by Maulana Fazal ur-Rehman (JUI-F) and Maulana Samiul Haq (JUI-S). (Europa World Online, accessed 26 July 2011) [6] (Political organisations) An extensive network of madrassas that train most of the leadership and much of the rank and file of the Taliban continues to be run by the JUI. Despite extremist rhetoric, Rehman, remains an important link between the MMA and government, currently a member of the broad ruling coalition holding three cabinet posts. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) Jamiat-e-Ulema Pakistan (JUP) Founded in 1948/49 advocating Sufi-influenced, Sunni Islamic principles with largely Mohajir support. The JUP boycotted the 2008 elections and has little popular support or organisational ability. (Europa World Online, accessed 26 July 2011) [6] (Political organisations) (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) All Pakistan Muslim League (APML) The new party of former President Pervez Musharraf, established on 1 October 2010 in London and expected to contest the 2013 parliamentary elections. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a]
(Internal affairs) Return to contents Go to sources

OTHER POLITICAL PARTIES


All Jammu and Kashmir Muslim Conference Awami Muslim League (AML) Awami Qiyadat Party (Peoples Leadership Party) Balochistan National PartyAwami (BNPA) Balochistan National PartyMaingal (BNPM) Jamhoori Watan Party (Bugti) Balochistan Millat Party National Party National Peoples Party (NPP) Pakhtoonkhwa Milli Awami Party Pakistan Awami Tehreek (PAT) Pakistan Democratic Party (PDP) Pakistan Muslim LeagueFunctional (PMLF) Pakistan Peoples Party (Shaheed Bhutto Group) Punjabi Pakhtoon Ittehad (PPI) Sindh National Front (SNF) Sindh Taraqi Passand Party (STPP) Tehreek-e-Insaf (Movement for Justice) (Europa World Online, accessed 26 July 2011) [6] (Political organisations)
Return to contents Go to sources

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

261

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

OUTLAWED PARTIES AND ORGANISATIONS


Millat-e-Islamia Pakistan (MIP) Formerly known as Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan (SSP) and founded in 1984, the MIP is overtly anti-Shia with aims to make Pakistan a Sunni state. Its leader, Azam Tariq, was assassinated in October 2003 by unknown gunmen, and replaced by Mullah Muhammad Ahmed Ludhanvi. The party was banned in November 2003. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs) Tehrik-e-Nefaz-e-Shariat-e-Mohammadi (TNSM) The TNSM (Movement for the Enforcement of Islamic Law) is a militant tribal organisation led by Maulana Sufi Mohammad. A breakaway faction, led by Sufi Mohammads son-in-law, Maulana Fazlullah, and under the umbrella of the Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), poses a significantly greater security threat than the original group. (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal
affairs)

See also Section: Security: Pakistani Taliban and Annex C

OTHER BANNED GROUPS


Khuddam-i-Islam (Jesh-i-Mohammadi) Islami Tehrik-i-Pakistan (Tehrik-i-Jafria Pakistan) Jamiat-ul Ansar (Harakat-ul-Ansar) Hizb ut-Tahrir Jamaat-ul Farqan (a sister organisation of the Jesh-i-Mohammadi) (Janes, updated 24 March 2011) [1a] (Internal affairs)
Return to contents Go to sources

262

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Annex C
TERRORIST AND EXTREMIST GROUPS
KASHMIRI GROUPS
Hizb-ul-Mujahideen (HM) Founded in 1989 and led by Syed Salahuddin, alias Maulvi Yousuf Shah, HM is the militant wing of the Jamaat-e-Islami political party in Pakistan and one of the most active militant groups in Indian-administered Kashmir (IAK). Salahuddin is based in Muzaffarbad in Pakistan administered Kashmir. (Janes, updated 26 April 2011) [1a] (Non-state armed groups) Harakat-ul-Mujahideen (HuM) (Movement of Holy Warriors) A militant Islamist group founded in 1985 and formerly known as Harakat-ul-Ansar (HuA), the HuM, until 1999, was one of the largest and most dangerous Pakistan-based jihadist groups fighting in the IAK. Since then it has lost manpower and is much less active. Unconfirmed reports suggest the HuM may be regrouping. The US Department of State identifies Maulana Sadaatullah Khan as HuMs leader. (Janes, updated 26 April 2011) [1a] (Non-state armed groups) Jesh-e-Mohammadi/Jaish-e-Mohammed (JeM) (Army of the Prophet Mohammad) Founded in December 1999 by Maulana Masood Azhar, JeM is an active militant Islamist group posing a major terrorist threat to India and Pakistan, and to Western targets within those countries. Sometimes referred to as Jaish-e-Mohammed-e-Tanzeem, JeM also goes under the aliases Khuddam-ul-Islam, Khudamul Islam and Kuddam e Islami. (Janes, updated 26 April 2011) [1a] (Non-state armed groups) (South Asia Terrorism Portal, Pakistan Terrorist and Extremist Groups, accessed 27 June 2011) [61e] Lashkar-e-Tayyiba/Toiba (LeT) (Army of the Pure) Founded in 1989, the LeT (banned in Pakistan in 2002) is one of the most active and best known Kashmiri militant groups. The Jamaat-ud-Dawa (JuD), classified as a terrorist organisation by the UN Security Council, is considered to be a front for the LeT. (Janes, updated 26 April 2011) [1a] (Non-state armed groups)

SECTARIAN GROUPS
Soldiers of the Companions of the Prophet (Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan: SSP) Founded in the early 1980s and banned by Pakistan in 2002, the SSP was renamed Millat-eIslamia Pakistan (MIP) in April 2003, and Ahle Sunnat wa Aljamaat Pakistan (The Sunni Party: ASWJP) in June 2008. A radical Sunni group, the SSP is no longer a significant force in Pakistan but is associated with the LeJ, and individuals and small groups still pose a threat to Shias and Christians. The current SSP leader is Mullah Muhammad Ahmed Ludhianvi. (Janes, updated 26 April 2011) [1a] (Non-state armed groups) See also Punjabi Taliban below Soldiers of Mohammed (Sipah-e-Mohammed: SMP) A radical Shia group in opposition to the SSP. Formed in 1993 and banned by Pakistan in 2001. Individuals from the SMP remain active and dangerous although as a group the organised threat has been reduced due to financial difficulties and the arrest of key leaders. SMP leaders Ghulam Raza Naqvi and Munawar Abbas Alvi are in prison. (Janes, updated 26 April 2011) [1a]
(Non-state armed groups) The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011. 263

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

SECCESSIONIST GROUPS Balochi insurgents:


Baloch Liberation Army (BLA), Balochistan Republican Army (BRA), Baloch People's Liberation Front (BPLF), Baloch Students' Organisation-Awami (BSO-A) and Popular Front for Armed Resistance (PFAR). Active political groups fighting for Balochistan independence but posing no direct threat to the Pakistan government. However, attacks on public transport, fuel facilities and security forces make travel through Balochistan and Sindh provinces extremely dangerous for foreigners. A long-standing feud between the Bugti and Marri tribes, led by fierce nationalists Nawab Sardar Brahamdagh Khan Bugti and Khair Bux Marri, respectively, is a major cause of disruption in the Balochistan province. (Janes, updated 26 April 2011) [1a] (Non-state armed groups)
Return to contents Go to sources

Other domestic groups: Lashkar-eJhangvi (LeJ) Lashkar-e-Jhangvi (LeJ), a Sunni-Deobandi terrorist outfit was formed in 1996 by a break away group of radical sectarian extremists of the Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan (SSP), a Sunni extremist outfit, which accused the parent organisation of deviating from the ideals of its slain co- founder, Maulana Haq Nawaz Jhangvi. It is from Maulana Jhangvi that the LeJ derives its name. It was formed under the leadership of Akram Lahori and Riaz Basra. The LeJ is one of the two sectarian terrorist outfits proscribed on August 14, 2001, by President Pervez Musharraf. (South Asia Terrorism Portal SATP, undated, date accessed 27 June 2011) [61e] The Human Rights Commission of Pakistan stated in its report, the State of human rights in 2010 (HRCP Report 2010), published 14 April 2011, that Media reports cited a report by Punjab Crime Investigation Department that the outlawed Lashkar-e-Jhangvi (LJ) now had two splinters: Jhangvi Fidayi Forces and Sunni Fidayi Forces. The reports said that the intelligence agencies had alerted the government to the activities of the LJ in some seminaries located in the southern districts of Punjab, especially Jhang. [27e] (p173) See also Punjabi Taliban below Lashkar-e-Omar (LeO) Tehreek-e-Jaferia Pakistan (TJP) Jamaat-ul-Fuqra Nadeem Commando Popular Front for Armed Resistance Muslim United Army Harkat-ul-Mujahideen Al-alami(HuMA) (South Asia Terrorism Portal, Pakistan Terrorist and Extremist Groups, accessed 27 June 2011)
[61e]

PAKISTANI TALIBAN GROUPS


Punjabi Taliban

264

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Harvard Universitys Belfar Center for Science and International Affairs noted in an article dated April 2009 that: The Punjabi Taliban network is a loose conglomeration of members of banned militant groups of Punjabi origin sectarian as well as those focused on the conflict in Kashmir that have developed strong connections with Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), Afghan Taliban and other militant groups based in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) and North-West Frontier Province (NWFP) [Now Khyber Pakhtunkhwa KP]. They shuttle between FATA and the rest of Pakistan, providing logistical support to FATA- and Afghan-based militants to conduct terrorist operations deep inside Pakistan. Between March 2005 and March 2007 alone, for example, about 2,000 militants from southern and northern Punjab Province reportedly moved to South Waziristan and started different businesses in an effort to create logistical support networks. Given their knowledge about Punjabi cities and security structure, they have proved to be valuable partners for the TTP as it targets cities in Punjab, such as Lahore, Rawalpindi and Islamabad... The most recent use of the name began in 2007, when Maulvi Nazir, a militant leader who with some official Pakistani support challenged Uzbek foreign fighters residing in South Waziristan, was hailed by some as a leader of the Punjabi Taliban. This allegation arose because Maulvi Nazir attracted many Punjabi recruits from banned organizations to fight Uzbek foreign fighters.
[116a]

The HRCP Report 2010 stated Interior Minister Rehman Malik was quoted as saying that the LJ [Lashkar-e-Jhangvi] and the SSP [Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan] were united under the banner of the Punjabi Taliban, with the southern districts of Punjab as their hub. The interior minister said 726 workers of the banned outfits were present in southern Punjab. One hundred most wanted militants belonged to this region and out of a total of 13,500 registered madrassas (seminaries) in Punjab, 7,281 were located there. [27e] (p173) Tehrik-E-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) Formed in December 2007 as an umbrella group to enable the numerous pro-Taliban groups operating in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (formerly the NWFP) to coordinate and consolidate their activities. Following the death of TTP leader, Bailtullah Mehsud, killed on 5 August 2009 by a missile from a US-operated unmanned aircraft, the TTP is now under the command of Hakimullah Mehsud. (Janes, 26 April 2011) [1a] (Non-state
armed groups)

The Intergrated Regional Information Network (IRIN), dated 13 October 2010, provided a guide to the main militant groups, splinter groups from the TTP, operating in Pakistans Northern provinces. [41f] See also Annex B: Political organisations: Outlawed parties and organisations
Return to contents Go to sources

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

265

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Annex D
PROMINENT PEOPLE
President Prime Minister Asif Ali Zardari Yusuf Raza Gilani (BBC Country Profile, 4 April 2011) [35c]

The Pakistan government website, accessed 13 September 2011, provided a list of Ministries and Divisions, which included the relevant Federal Ministers. [29]

PROMINENT PEOPLE OUTSIDE OF THE GOVERNMENT


Bhutto, Benazir Prime Minister of Pakistan from 1988 to 1990, and from 1993 to 1996. Killed in a bomb attack on 27 December 2007 as she was leaving an election rally in Rawalpindi. (BBC News, 27 December 2007) [35d] Bhutto, Bilawal Zardari Son of Benazir Bhutto and Asif Ali Zardari, he was appointed chairman of the Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP) after his mothers death in late December 2007. However he was to continue his education in England (Mr Bhutto was at that time 19 years old), while his father and cochairman of the PPP, Asif Ali Zardari, effectively ran the party. (Daily Times, 31 December 2007) [55e] Hussain, Altaf Leader of the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) and currently living in exile in London where he fled to in 1992. He is now a UK citizen but continues to run the MQM. (Elections.com, date accessed 15 June 2011) [39b] See also Ethnic groups: Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) Musharraf, Pervez (Former president and army chief Gen) (r). Now living in self-imposed exile in London. On 1 October 2010 he announced another faction of PML, called the All Pakistan Muslim League. He said the party would take part in the 2013 general elections. Musharraf said he feared Pakistan could break up without a change in leadership and apologised for the mistakes made during his regime. (HRCP Report 2010, 14 April 2011) [27e] (p192) Sharif, Mohammad Nawaz Prime Minister of Pakistan from November 1, 1990 to July 18, 1993, and from February 17, 1997 to October 12, 1999. His government was overthrown by the General Pervez Musharrafled military coup in 1999. (Elections.com) [39a] Mr Sharif returned from exile in November 2007. (BBC Timeline: Pakistan, 14 May 2011) [35b]
Return to contents Go to sources

266

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Annex E
GLOSSARY OF LOCAL TERMS FOR TRIBAL CUSTOMS
As quoted from the Aurat Foundation Annual Report 2010
[57b]

Kala-kali Balochi and Seraiki term literally meaning disreputable man-disreputable woman (who have brought disgrace to the family or clan), a crime that allows culturally condoned killing in the name of honor of a man or woman charged with an illicit relationship. Karo-kari Sindhi term literally meaning disreputable man-disreputable woman (who have brought disgrace to the family or clan), a crime that allows culturally condoned killing in the name of honor of a man or woman charged with an illicit relationship. Ghairat Loosely translated as honor but is considered a chivalrous adherence to tradition and culture in the context of social relations. Jirga An assembly of male elders, usually tribal, who make decisions regarding social issues; an informal body for resolving disputes. The term is Pushto but the practice exists across Pakistan. Jirgas were banned by the Sindh High Court but they continue to function. They are dominated by influential members of the community who are usually conservative and patriarchal. Decisions taken by them are known to be anti-women. Swara A Pashto word denoting a child marriage custom in tribal areas of Pakistan and Afghanistan. This custom is tied to blood feuds between different tribes and clans where young girls are forcibly married to members of the enemy clan in order to compensate for a crime committed against a member of that clan (always by a male) and to end a feud. Vanni A child marriage custom in tribal areas of Pakistan, also widely prevalent in Punjab. This custom is tied to blood feuds among the different tribes and clans where young girls are forcibly married to members of opposing clans in order to resolve feuds or compensate for a crime. Vanni can be avoided if the girls clan agrees to pay blood money, called Diyat ( .) Otherwise the young bride may be forced to spend her life paying for a crime committed by her male relatives. Watta Satta A tribal custom in Pakistan of exchanging brides between two families. Both families must have a daughter and a son, and be willing to betroth them to the daughter and son of the other family. That is to say, in order for a family to marry off a son to a daughter of another family, it must have a daughter to marry off in return to the same family.
Return to contents Go to sources

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

267

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Annex F
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
AI CEDAW CPJ FCO FH GDP HIV/AIDS HRW IAG ICG ICRC IDP IFRC IMF IOM MSF NATO NGO OCHA ODPR OHCHR RSF STD STC TB TI UN UNAIDS UNESCO UNHCHR UNHCR UNICEF UNODC USAID USSD WFP WHO Amnesty International Committee on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women Committee to Protect Journalists Foreign and Commonwealth Office (UK) Freedom House Gross Domestic Product Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome Human Rights Watch Illegal Armed Group International Crisis Group International Committee for Red Cross Internally Displaced Person International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies International Monetary Fund International Organization for Migration Mdecins sans Frontires North Atlantic Treaty Organisation Non Governmental Organisation Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs Office for Displaced Persons and Refugees Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights Reporters sans Frontires Sexually Transmitted Disease Save The Children Tuberculosis Transparency International United Nations Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees United Nations Childrens Fund United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime United States Agency for International Development United States State Department World Food Programme World Health Organization
Return to contents Go to sources

268

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN

Annex G
REFERENCES TO SOURCE MATERIAL
The Home Office is not responsible for the content of external websites. IHS Janes Information Group (subscription only) http://www.janes.com/products/janes/index.aspx Sentinel Security Assessment: Pakistan Date accessed 5 July 2011 Economist Intelligence Unit (subscription only) http://www.eiu.com/index.asp Pakistan Country Report, 11 June 2010 Date accessed 21 June 2010 Pakistan Country Report, 3 June 2011 Date accessed 29 June 2011 Pakistan Country Report, 4 July 2011 Date accessed 13 July 2011 Pakistan Country Report, November 2010 Date accessed 16 November 2010 Pakistan Country Report, 13 August 2009 Date accessed 14 September 2009 Pakistan Country Report, 7 October 2009 Date accessed 30 November 2009 Pakistan Country Report, 2 September 2011 Date accessed 13 Septemberr 2011 US Department of State http://www.state.gov/ Background Note: Pakistan, 6 October 2010 http://www.state.gov/r/pa/ei/bgn/3453.htm Date accessed 15 June 2011 Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2009, 11 March 2010 http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/hrrpt/2009/sca/136092.htm Date accessed 24 June 2010 International Religious Freedom Report 2009, 26 October 2009 http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2009/127370.htm Date accessed 24 June 2010 Country Reports on Terrorism 2010, 18 August 2011 Chapter 2. Country Reports: South and Central Asia Overview http://www.state.gov/s/ct/rls/crt/2010/170258.htm Date accessed 22 August 2011 Trafficking in Persons Report 2011, Pakistan, 27 June 2011 http://www.state.gov/g/tip/rls/tiprpt/2011/164233.htm Date accessed 28 June 2011 International Religious Freedom Report 2006, Pakistan, 15 September 2006 http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2006/71443.htm Date accessed 17 November 2010 Country Report on Human Rights Practices 2010, 8 April 2011 http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/hrrpt/2010/sca/154485.htm Date accessed 13 April 2011
269

1 a

2 a b c d e f g

3 a

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN h

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

International Religious Freedom Report 2004, Pakistan, 15 September 2004 http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2004/35519.htm Date accessed 17 November 2010 International Parental Child Abduction: Pakistan, undated http://travel.state.gov/abduction/country/country_513.html Date accessed 10 August 2011 Consular Information Sheet on Pakistan updated 24 March 2011 http://travel.state.gov/travel/cis_pa_tw/cis/cis_992.html Date accessed 10 August 2011 Embassy of the United States, Islamabad, Medical Information, undated http://islamabad.usembassy.gov/medical_information.html Date accessed 10 August 2011 July-December 2010 International Religious Freedom Report, 13 September 2011 http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2010_5/168251.htm Date accessed 19 September 2011 International Religious Freedom Report 2008, Pakistan, 19 September 2008 http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2008/108505.htm Date accessed 17 November 2010 CIA The World Factbook https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/ South Asia: Pakistan, 5 July 2011 https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/geos/pk.html Date accessed 21 July 2011 Freedom House http://www.freedomhouse.org/ Freedom in the World 2011 Pakistan, 26 July 2011 http://www.freedomhouse.org/template.cfm?page=22&year=2011&country=8108 Date accessed 27 July 2011 Freedom in the World 2011 Kashmir (Pakistan), 18 August 2011 http://www.freedomhouse.org/template.cfm?page=22&year=2011&country=8182 Date accessed 23 August 2011 Freedom in the World 2010 Kashmir (India), 24 June 2010 http://www.freedomhouse.org/template.cfm?page=363&year=2010&country=7960 Date accessed 22 September 2010 Freedom of the Press 2010, Table of Global Press Freedom Rankings, 30 September 2010 http://www.freedomhouse.org/template.cfm?page=560&year=2010 Date accessed 1 November 2010 Map of Press Freedom Pakistan 2010, 1 October 2010 http://www.freedomhouse.org/template.cfm?page=251&year=2010 Date accessed 2 November 2010 Special Report: Policing Belief: The Impact of Blasphemy Laws on Human Rights, October 2010 http://www.freedomhouse.org/images/File/policing_belief/Policing_Belief_Full.pdf Date accessed 5 November 2010 Freedom on the Net, 18 April 2011 http://www.freedomhouse.org/images/File/FotN/Pakistan2011.pdf Date accessed 10 June 2011 Europa World Online http://www.europaworld.com/ (subscription only) Date accessed 26 July 2011

4 a

5 a

270

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 7 a

PAKISTAN

Human Rights Watch http://www.hrw.org/ We Can Torture, Kill, or Keep You for Years: Enforced Disappearances by Pakistan Security Forces in Balochistan, 25 July 2011 http://www.hrw.org/reports/2011/07/25/wecan-torture-kill-or-keep-you-years Date accessed 25 July 2011 Destroying Legality: Pakistans Crackdown on Lawyers and Judges, 19 December 2007 http://hrw.org/reports/2007/pakistan1207/index.htm Date accessed 5 November 2010 Universal Periodic Review of Pakistan, Human Rights Watch Submission to the Human Rights Council, 5 May 2008 http://hrw.org/english/docs/2008/04/11/global18516.htm Date accessed 18 November 2010 Enforcing the International Prohibition on the Juvenile Death Penalty, 30 May 2008 http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2008/05/30/enforcing-international-prohibition-juveniledeath-penalty Date accessed 18 November 2010 Pakistan: Avoid civilian casualties, 11 May 2009 http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2009/05/11/pakistan-avoid-civilian-casualties Date accessed 18 November 2010 Pakistan: Swat deal grave threat to rights, 15 April 2009 http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2009/04/15/pakistan-swat-deal-grave-threat-rights Date accessed 18 November 2010 Pakistan: Extrajudicial executions by army in Swat, 16 July 2010 http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2010/07/16/pakistan-extrajudicial-executions-army-swat Date accessed 26 May 2011 Pakistan: Army must minimize harm to civilians, 18 May 2009 http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2009/05/18/pakistan-taliban-army-must-minimize-harmcivilians Date accessed 18 November 2010 World Report 2011, 24 January 2011 http://www.hrw.org/en/world-report-2011/pakistan Date accessed 15 June 2011 Pakistan: Repeal Blasphemy Law, Legal Discrimination Emboldens Extremists, 23 November 2010 http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2010/11/22/pakistan-repeal-blasphemy-law Date accessed 2 March 2011 Pakistan: Upsurge in Killings in Balochistan, 13 July 2011 http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2011/07/13/pakistan-upsurge-killings-balochistan Date accessed 20 July 2011 Their Future is at Stake: Attacks on Teachers and Schools in Pakistans Balochistan Province, 13 December 2010 http://www.hrw.org/en/reports/2010/12/13/their-future-stake Date accessed 20 July 2011 Gender Interactive Alliance Pakistan http://genderinteractivealliance.wordpress.com/ About, undated http://genderinteractivealliance.wordpress.com/ Date accessed 21 July 2011 Awareness programme, undated http://genderinteractivealliance.wordpress.com/awareness-program/ Date accessed 21 July 2011
Return to contents Go to sources

8 a b

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

271

PAKISTAN 9 a

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty http://www.rferl.org/ Pakistans 'Third Gender' Demand Rights Protection, 8 June 2010 http://www.rferl.org/content/Pakistans_Third_Gender_Demand_Rights_Protection/2065 679.html Date accessed 9 September 2010 Reuters www.reuters.com www.alertnet.org/ Pakistan police raid man and transvestite's wedding, 25 May 2010 http://in.reuters.com/article/idINIndia-48780920100525 Date accessed 9 September 2010 Background briefings: Pakistan violence, last updated 7 September 2010 http://www.alertnet.org/db/crisisprofiles/PK_VIO.htm Date accessed 10 August 2011 Crisis briefings: Pakistan floods 2010, 16 September 2010 http://www.alertnet.org/db/crisisprofiles/PK_FLO.htm Date accessed 21 September 2010 Pakistans ISI, a hidden, frustating power for U.S., 8 October 2010 http://www.reuters.com/article/idUSTRE69721Z20101008 Date accessed 2 December 2010 Pakistan's Army accused of extra-judicial killings, 5 April 2010 http://www.reuters.com/article/2010/04/05/us-pakistan-usa-rightsidUSTRE6340HN20100405 Date accessed 26 May 2011 Governor's murder deepens fears of Pakistani Christians, 10 January 2011 http://www.reuters.com/article/idUSTRE70921I20110110 Date accessed 2 March 2011 Foreign and Commonwealth Office http://www.fco.gov.uk/ Travel Advice, Pakistan, updated 15 July 2011 http://www.fco.gov.uk/en/travelling-andliving-overseas/travel-advice-by-country/asia-oceania/pakistan Date accessed 21 July 2011 Country Profiles Pakistan, 1 April 2011 http://www.fco.gov.uk/en/travel-and-living-abroad/travel-advice-by-country/countryprofile/asia-oceania/pakistan Date accessed 28 June 2011 FCO email to UK Border Agency dated 29 January 2009, Exit/entry passport stamps. Available on request FCO email to UK Border Agency dated 9 January 2009, Apostacy. Available on request Human Rights Annual Report 2008, published 26 March 2009 http://www.fco.gov.uk/resources/en/pdf/pdf15/human-rights-2008 Date accessed 19 June 2009 FCO letter to UK Border Agency dated 6 February 2008, Transgender and transexualism in Pakistan. Available on request FCO letter to UK Border Agency dated 12 February 2008, Pakistan legal query Double Jeopardy Law. Available on request FCO email to UK Border Agency dated 24 June 2008, Inter-faith marriage. Available on request FCO email to UK Border Agency, forwarding a reply from National Committee for Justice and Peace, 2 October 2008, Blasphemy law complaints procedure. Available on request

10 a

11 a

c d e

f g h i

272

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 j k

PAKISTAN

l m n o p q r

FCO email to UK Border Agency dated 9 January 2009, Sectarian violence. Available on request 'Pakistan faces a mortal threat from domestic terrorism', 13 March 2009 http://www.fco.gov.uk/en/newsroom/latest-news/?view=News&id=14813228 Date accessed 13 March 2009 FCO letter to UK Border Agency dated 12 November 2009, Hijras. Available on request FCO letter to UK Border Agency dated 29 November 2010. Available on request FCO email to UK Border Agency dated 10 November 2010, Proxy marriages. Available on request FCO email to UK Border Agency dated 9 November 2010, Proxy marriages. Available on request FCO letter to UK Border Agency dated 20 January 2011, Recording Ahmadi faith on passports. Available on request FCO letter to UK Border Agency dated 2 March 2011, Christian converts. Available on request Human Rights and Democracy report 2010, 31 March 2011 http://s3-eu-west1.amazonaws.com/htcdn/Human-Rights-and-Democracy-The-2010-ForeignCommonwealth-Report.pdf Date accessed 27 July 2011 Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada (IRB), Research Directorate http://www.irb-cisr.gc.ca/Eng/Pages/index.aspx PAK42535.E, 18 June 2004, via http://www.unhcr.org/cgibin/texis/vtx/refworld/rwmain?page=country&docid=41501c4223&skip=0&am p;category=COI&publisher=IRBC&coi=PAK&querysi=2004&searchi n=title&display=10&sort=date Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK102657.E, 28 November 2007, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,IRBC,,PAK,,4784deefc,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK102660.E, 29 November 2007, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,IRBC,,PAK,,4784def1c,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK102741.E, 11 January 2008, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,COI,,QUERYRESPONSE,PAK,4562d8cf2,47d65 472c,0.htm Dated accessed 30 November 2010 PAK101175.E, 24 January 2007, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,IRBC,,PAK,,46fa538b1e,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK 102659.E, 3 December 2007, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,IRBC,,PAK,,4784def9c,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK100773.E, 23 November 2005, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/publisher,IRBC,,PAK,45f148032,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK102974.E, 2 December 2008, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,IRBC,,PAK,,49913b60c,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK41611.E, 26 June 2003, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/topic,4565c22541,4565c25f4df,3f7d4df17,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010
273

12 a

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN j

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAK102656.E, 4 December 2007, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,IRBC,,PAK,,4784deeec,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK102658.E, 20 November 2007, http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,COI,IRBC,,PAK,,4784def0a,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK102655.E, 19 November 2007 http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,COI,IRBC,,PAK,,4784def3c,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK103292.E, 19 November 2009 http://www.irbcisr.gc.ca:8080/RIR_RDI/RIR_RDI.aspx?l=e&id=452644 Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK103284.E, 26 November 2009, accessed via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,COI,IRBC,,PAK,,4b7cee8528,0.html Date accessed 25 November 2010 PAK103293.E, 23 November 2009, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,COI,IRBC,,PAK,,4b20f049c,0.html Date accessed 30 November 2010 PAK103606.FE, 24 November 2010, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,COI,IRBC,,PAK,,4dd101fe2,0.html Date accessed 6 July 2011 PAK103605.E, 4 November 2010, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,COI,IRBC,,PAK,,4dd100012,0.html Date accessed 7 June 2011 PAK103608.E, 17 November 2010, via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,COI,IRBC,,PAK,,4dd1015f17,0.html Date accessed 27 July 2011 Amnesty International http://web.amnesty.org/library/engindex Annual Report 2008, Pakistan, published 28 May 2008 http://www.amnesty.org/en/region/pakistan/report-2008 Date accessed 18 November 2010 Pakistan: The tribal justice system, 30 July 2002 http://www.amnesty.org/en/library/info/ASA33/024/2002/en Date accessed 18 November 2010 Death Penalty: Abolitionist and Retentionist Countries, undated http://www.amnesty.org/en/death-penalty/abolitionist-and-retentionist-countries Date accessed 18 November 2010 Annual Report 2010, Pakstan, published 28 May 2010 http://thereport.amnesty.org/sites/default/files/AIR2010_AZ_EN.pdf#page=197 Date accessed 18 November 2010 As If Hell Fell On Me: The Human Rights Crisis in Northwest Pakistan, 10 June 2010 http://www.amnesty.org/en/library/info/ASA33/004/2010/en Date accessed 29 September 2010 Extrajudicial executions highlight insecurity in Pakistan's Swat Valley, 18 September 2009 http://www.amnesty.org/en/news-and-updates/news/extrajudicial-executionshighlight-insecurity-pakistan-swat-valley-20090918 Date accessed 18 November 2010 Pakistan must provide accountability for rising atrocities in Balochistan, 23 February 2011 http://www.amnesty.org/en/news-and-updates/pakistan-must-provideaccountability-rising-atrocities-balochistan-2011-02-23
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

13 a

274

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 h

PAKISTAN

Date accessed 27 May 2011 Annual Report 2011, 13 May 2011 http://www.amnesty.org/en/region/pakistan/report-2011#page Date accessed 15 June 2011 The Bitterest of Agonies End Enforced Disappearances in Pakistan, 31 August 2011 http://www.amnesty.org/en/library/info/ASA33/010/2011/en Date accessed 31 August 2011 World Health Organisation (WHO) http://www.who.int/en/ Country Profiles Pakistan, last updated August 2010 http://www.emro.who.int/emrinfo/index.aspx?Ctry=pak Date accessed 10 August 2011 Mental Health Atlas 2005 http://www.who.int/mental_health/evidence/atlas/profiles_countries_n_r1.pdf Date accessed 18 November 2010 Ethnologue http://www.ethnologue.com/ 2009 Ethnologue: Languages of the World, Sixteenth edition http://www.ethnologue.com/show_country.asp?name=PK Date accessed 18 November 2010 Inter Press Service http://ipsnews.net/ Pakistan: Deserted Womens Help Centres Speak of Apathy, 8 March 2007 http://ipsnews.net/news.asp?idnews=36850 Date accessed 18 November 2010 Al Islam, The Official Website of the Ahmadiyya Muslim Community http://www.alislam.org/ Ahmadiyya Muslim Community An Overview, undated http://www.alislam.org/introduction/index.html Date accessed 10 August 2011 The Lahore Ahmadiyya Movement in Islam http://aaiil.org/ Lahore Ahmadiyya Movement in Islam vs. Qadiani / Rabwah Jamaat:, undated http://aaiil.org/text/books/others/misc/lahoreahmadiyyamovementislamvsqadianirabwahj amaat.shtml Date accessed 10 August 2011 Edhi Foundation http://www.edhifoundation.com/default.asp Edhi Foundation Services, undated http://www.edhifoundation.com/edhi-foundationservices.asp Date accessed 10 August 2011 Contact Edhi Foundation, undated http://www.edhifoundation.com/contact.asp Date accessed 10 August 2011 International Crisis Group (ICG) http://www.crisisgroup.org/home/index.cfm Pakistan: The Worsening IDP Crisis, 16 September 2010 http://www.crisisgroup.org/en/regions/asia/south-asia/pakistan/B111-pakistan-theworsening-idp-crisis.aspx Date accessed 21 September 2010
275

14 a

15

16

17 a

18 a

19 a

20 a

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN b

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Reforming Pakistans Police, 14 July 2008 http://www.crisisgroup.org/en/regions/asia/south-asia/pakistan/157-reforming-pakistanspolice.aspx Date accessed 18 November 2010 Reforming Pakistans Electoral System, 30 March 2011 http://www.crisisgroup.org/en/regions/asia/south-asia/pakistan/203-reforming-pakistanselectoral-system.aspx Date accessed 21 July 2011 A New Dawn for Pakistan's Tribal Areas?, 12 August 2011 http://www.crisisgroup.org/en/regions/asia/south-asia/pakistan/a-new-dawn-forpakistans-tribal-areas.aspx Date accessed 18 August 2011 Pakistani.org: the Web for Pakistanis http://www.pakistani.org Pakistan Penal Code (Act XLV 1860) http://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/legislation/1860/actXLVof1860.html Date accessed 22 November 2010 The Offence of Zina (Enforcement of Hudood) Ordinance, 1979 http://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/legislation/zia_po_1979/ord7_1979.html Date accessed 22 November 2010 Medics Travel http://www.medicstravel.co.uk/ Pakistan, copyright 2006 http://www.medicstravel.co.uk/CountryHospitals/Asia/pakistan.htm Date accessed 10 August 2011 Reporters Without Borders (Reporters sans Frontires) www.rsf.org Press Freedom Index 2010, Close-up on Asia http://en.rsf.org/press-freedom-index2010,1034.html Date accessed 1 November 2010 Asia Pakistan http://en.rsf.org/pakistan.html Date accessed 10 August 2011 Pakistan Annual Report 2009, issued 1 May 2009, accessed via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,RSF,,PAK,,49fea98d2,0.html Date accessed 7 December 2010 International Federation for Human Rights (FiDH) http://www.fidh.org/-englishAsma Jahangir elected president of Pakistan's Supreme Court Bar Association in a hard-fought election, 3 November 2010 http://www.fidh.org/Asma-Jahangir-electedpresident-of-Pakistan-s Date accessed 10 November 2010 Spartacus International Gay Guide 2009, 38th Edition (available in hard copy only) The National Accountability Bureau http://www.nab.gov.pk/index.asp About us, undated http://www.nab.gov.pk/home/introduction.asp Date accessed 10 August 2011 Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (HRCP) http://www.hrcp-web.org/ State of Human Rights in 2008, 1 April 2009 http://www.hrcp-web.org/pdf/ar2008.pdf Date accessed 7 December 2010
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

21 a

22

23 a

b c

24 a

25 26

27 a

276

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 b

PAKISTAN

d e

National Commission on the Status of Womens Report on Hudood Ordinances 1979, 3 July 2009, http://www.hrcp-web.org/showdocument.asp?id=12 Date accessed 7 December 2010 State of Human Rights in 2009, February 2010 http://www.hrcpweb.org/pdf/Annual%20Report%202009.pdf [Large file] Date accessed 6 October 2010 Police book whole town on religious grounds, 9 July 2008 http://hrcpblog.wordpress.com/2008/07/09/ Date accessed 7 December 2010 State of Human Rights in 2010, 14 April 2011 http://www.hrcp-web.org/Publications/AR2010.pdf Date accessed 4 May 2011 Police Organisations in Pakistan, May 2010 http://www.hrcpweb.org/pdf/Police_Organisations_in_Pakistan[1].pdf Date accessed 5 May 2011 An Uncertain Peace Gojra One Year On (Report of an HRCP Fact-Finding Mission) July 2010 http://www.hrcp-web.org/showfact.asp?id=14 Date accessed 2 March 2011 Balochistan: Blinkered Slide into Chaos, June 2011 http://www.hrcp-web.org/pdf/balochistan_report_2011.pdf Date accessed 21 July 2011 HRCP slams barring of Sikhs from temple, 19 July 2011 http://www.hrcpweb.org/showprel.asp?id=223 Date accessed 1 August 2011 SOS Childrens Villages International http://www.soschildrensvillages.org/Pages/default.aspx SOS Childrens Villages Pakistan, SOS Network, undated http://www.sos.org.pk/sos_network/network_map.php Date accessed 10 August 2011 Pakistan Overview, undated http://www.sos-childrensvillages.org/Where-wehelp/Asia/Pakistan/Pages/default.aspx Date accessed 10 August 2011 Government of Pakistan http://www.pakistan.gov.pk/ Ordinary Passport, undated http://www.dgip.gov.pk/Files/Ordinary%20Passport.html Date accessed 10 August 2011 Ministry of Interior, Information and services: Pakistan Citizenship, undated http://www.interior.gov.pk/ Date accessed 4 August 2011 Judiciary http://www.infopak.gov.pk/judiciary.aspx Date accessed 8 September 2011 Federal Investigation Agency (FIA), Personal Identification Secure Comparison and Evaluation System (PISCES), undated http://www.fia.gov.pk/prj_int_pisces.htm Date accessed 10 August 2011 Ministry of Finance, Pakistan Economic Survey 2010-11, undated, Chapter 10: Education http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapter_11/10-Education.pdf Date accessed 26 July 2011 National Database and Registration Authority (NADRA), Automated Border Control, undated http://www.nadra.gov.pk/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=47:automate d-border-control&catid=4:solutions&Itemid=17 Date accessed 10 August 2011
277

28 a

29 a b

c d

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN g

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

l m

n o

NADRA, CNIC (Computerized National Identity Card), undated http://www.nadra.gov.pk/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=6&Itemid=9 Date accessed 10 August 2011 President: Islamic Republic of Pakistan: Press release: President Zardari Calls For Inquiry Into Reports Of Discrimination Against Minorities In Relief Operation, 1 September 2010 http://www.president.gov.pk/Pages/PressRoomInformationDetail.aspx?ID=937 Date accessed 2 March 2011 Law & Justice Commission of Pakistan, Amendment in the Pakistan Penal Code 1860 to Provide Punishment for Absconding from Trial, Report No.53, undated http://www.ljcp.gov.pk/Menu%20Items/Publications/Reports%20of%20the%20LJCP/rep orts/rep%2053.doc Date accessed 7 June 2011 Ministry of Law, Justice, Human Rights and Parliamentary Affairs, Legal Framework Order 2002, 21 August 2002 http://www.nrb.gov.pk/publications/lfo_2002.pdf Date accessed 7 December 2010 Ministry of Health, FAQs, undated, http://202.83.164.26/wps/portal/Moh/!ut/p/c1/04_SB8K8xLLM9MSSzPy8xBz9CP0os_h QN68AZ3dnIwN3Az8LAyOfIEevwABnAwN3E_1wkA6zeAMcwNEAIg83wcI82NTAyNXT z9jE0NfQwNBE388jPzdVvyA7O83RUVERABZfuoc!/dl2/d1/L2dJQSEvUUt3QS9ZQnB3 LzZfVUZKUENHQzIwRzBOODAyTFJBSlFQQzAwRzQ!/ Date accessed 3 December 2010 Childrens Complaint Office, undated http://www.mohtasib.gov.pk/cco/index.html Date accessed 13 September 2011 Ministry of Health, National Essential Drug List, Third Edition, 2003, accessed via http://www.who.int/selection_medicines/country_lists/pak_2003.pdf Date accessed 27 September 2011 The Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, http://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/constitution/ Date accessed 21 September 2011 Ministry of Interior, Exit Control List, undated http://202.83.164.26/wps/portal/Moi/!ut/p/c0/04_SB8K8xLLM9MSSzPy8xBz9CP0os_hQ N68AZ3dnIwN312BTAyNTE1MvR0tXAx8TQ_2CbEdFAFlwafs!/?WCM_GLOBAL_CON TEXT=/wps/wcm/connect/IntDivCL/division/information+and+services/exit+control+list Date accessed 30 November 2010 Revival Of The Constitution Of 1973 Order, 1985 http://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/constitution/orders/po14_1985.html Date accessed 24 August 2011 Ministry of Minorities, 11th August as Minorities Day, undated http://202.83.164.27/wps/portal/Mom/!ut/p/c0/04_SB8K8xLLM9MSSzPy8xBz9CP0os_h QN68AZ3dnIwML82BTAyNXTz9jE0NfQwNfA_2CbEdFAA2MC_Y!/?WCM_GLOBAL_C ONTEXT=/wps/wcm/connect/MomCL/ministry/highlights/minorities+day Date accessed 18 May 2011 Statistics Division Population Census Organisation; Statistics: Population by Religion 1998 http://www.census.gov.pk/Religion.htm Date accessed 2 March 2011
Return to contents Go to sources

30

Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961 http://www.vakilno1.com/saarclaw/pakistan/muslim_family_laws_ordinance.htm Date accessed 24 August 2011
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

278

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 31

PAKISTAN

The Dissolution of Muslim Marriages Act, 1939 http://www.vakilno1.com/saarclaw/pakistan/dissolution_of_muslim_marriages_act.htm Date accessed 24 August 2011 Minorities at Risk http://www.cidcm.umd.edu/mar/ Assessment for Mohajirs in Pakistan, 31 December 2006 http://www.cidcm.umd.edu/mar/assessment.asp?groupId=77007 Date accessed 24 August 2011 Child Soliders International (formerly The Coalition to Stop the Use of Child Soldiers) http://www.child-soldiers.org/home Global Report 2008: Pakistan, published 20 May 2008 http://www.childsoldiersglobalreport.org/content/pakistan Date accessed 24 August 2011 International Institute for Strategic Studies http://www.iiss.org/ Armed Conflict Database (Subscription only) Pakistan (FATA &K-P/NWFP) Date accessed 13 July 2011 BBC News Online http://news.bbc.co.uk/ Pakistan: Six Karachi Rangers charged with murder, 29 June 2011 http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-13959443 Date accessed 20 July 2011 Timeline: Pakistan, A chronology of key events, last updated 14 May 2011 http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/country_profiles/1156716.stm Date accessed 7 July 2011 Country Profile: Pakistan, updated between 4 April and 4 May 2011 http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/country_profiles/1157960.stm Date accessed 7 July 2011 Obituary: Benazir Bhutto, 27 December 2007 http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/2228796.stm Date accessed 7 December 2010 Religions Sunni and Shia, last updated 19 August 2009 http://www.bbc.co.uk/religion/religions/islam/subdivisions/sunnishia_1.shtml Date accessed 7 December 2010 Top Balochistan minister alleges extrajudicial killings, 24 November 2010 http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-11832034 Date accessed 26 May 2011 Pakistan's evolving sectarian schism, 25 January 2011 http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-12278919 Date accessed 13 June 2011 Pakistan city tense after 'blaspheming' Christians shot, 20 July 2010 http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-10696762 Date accessed 2 March 2011 Karachi: 'Shoot on sight' orders as violence soars, 8 July 2011 http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-14078251 Date accessed 8 July 2011 Pakistani shooting film paramilitary sentenced to death, 12 August 2011 http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-14503708
279

32 a

33

34 a

35 a

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN Date accessed 12 August 2011 36 a

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

UN Secretary-Generals database on violence against women http://webapps01.un.org/vawdatabase/home.action Pakistan: Women police stations and complaint centers, updated 28 September 2009 http://webapps01.un.org/vawdatabase/searchDetail.action?measureId=30330&baseHR EF=country&baseHREFId=997 Date accessed 24 August 2011 Shaheed Benazir Bhutto Centers for Women, updated 28 September 2009 http://webapps01.un.org/vawdatabase/searchDetail.action?measureId=30323&baseHR EF=country&baseHREFId=997 Date accessed 24 August 2011 Third Party Evalution of Nine Womens Centres, 12 June 12 July 2007 http://webapps01.un.org/vawdatabase/uploads/Pakistan%20%20evaluation%20of%20shelters%20(GTZ+MoWD).pdf Date accessed 24 August 2011 Long War Journal http://www.longwarjournal.org/ Charting the data for US airstrikes in Pakistan, 2004 2011, updated 12 July 2011 http://www.longwarjournal.org/pakistan-strikes.php Date accessed 13 July 2011 Senior al Qaeda and Taliban leaders killed in US airstrikes in Pakistan, 2004 2011, updated 7 September 2011 http://www.longwarjournal.org/pakistan-strikes-hvts.php Date accessed 8 September 2011 The Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 http://www.mpil.de/shared/data/pdf/pakistan_code_of_criminal_procedure.pdf Date accessed 9 September 2011 Elections.com http://www.elections.com.pk/ Nawaz Sharif, undated http://www.elections.com.pk/candidatedetails.php?id=6880 Date accessed 8 December 2010 Altaf Hussain, undated http://elections.com.pk/candidatedetails.php?id=6881 Date accessed 15 June 2011 United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees www.UNHCR.org Email to UK Border Agency re availability of medical treatment to foreign nationals in Pakistan, 13 October 2008. Available on request Committee for Elimination of Discrimination against Women, 38th Session, Concluding comments of the Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women: Pakistan, dated 11 June 2007 http://www.unhcr.org/cgibin/texis/vtx/refworld/rwmain/opendocpdf.pdf?docid=468b60722 Date accessed 29 November 2010 Integrated Regional Information Networks (IRIN) www.Irinnews.org Pakistan: Domestic violence endemic, but awareness slowly rising, 11 March 2008 http://www.irinnews.org/Report.aspx?ReportId=77226 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Pakistan: Millions lack access to mental healthcare, 8 November 2007 http://www.irinnews.org/Report.aspx?ReportId=75204 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Pakistan: Rising shelter needs as more flee Kurram, 18 July 2011 http://www.irinnews.org/report.aspx?reportid=93255
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

37 a

38

39 a b

40 a b

41 a b c

280

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 d

PAKISTAN

e f

Date accessed 22 July 2011 Afghanistan: Increased number of returnees from Pakistan, 4 November 2010 http://www.irinnews.org/Report.aspx?ReportID=90976 Date accessed 10 November 2010 Pakistan: NGOs should leave Swat Insurgent leader, 22 March 2009 http://www.irinnews.org/Report.aspx?ReportId=83557 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Pakistan: A guide to main militant groups, 13 October 2010 http://www.irinnews.org/Report.aspx?ReportID=90760 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Dawn http://www.dawn.com Atrocities will end soon, PM assures Balochistan, 8 June 2010 http://www.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/pakistan/03discrimination-against-baloch-to-be-eliminated-pm-ss-04 Date accessed 27 September 2010 Harassment of women now a crime, according to bill, 10 March 2010 http://news.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/pakistan/22pakistan-outlaws-workplace-harassment-of-women-aj-02 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Govt devises safety code for transvestites, 13 July 2011 http://www.dawn.com/2011/07/13/govt-devises-safety-code-for-transvestites.html Date accessed 20 July 2011 International Christian Concern (ICC) http://www.persecution.org/ Pakistan Christian Fired After Company Receives Death Threats From Islamic Radicals, 6 June 2008 http://www.persecution.org/suffering/newsdetail.php?newscode=7894 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Pakistan: Christian Girls Forced to Convert to Islam; Rapes, Coersion, Abuse, 14 April 2011 http://www.persecution.org/2011/04/14/pakistan-christian-girls-forced-to-convertto-islam-rapes-coersion-abuse/ Date accessed 10 June 2011 The Pakistan Times http://pakistantimes.net/ 4,000 persons on watch list of FIA, 20 February 2008 http://pakistantimes.net/2008/02/20/national4.htm Date accessed 7 December 2010 Pakistan Citizenship Act, 1951 via http://www.unhcr.org/cgi-bin/texis/vtx/refworld/rwmain?docid=3ae6b4ffa Date accessed 22 November 2010 Centre for Legal Aid, Assistance and Settlement http://www.claasfamily.org/index.htm Laws Open to Abuse Interfaith Marriages, undated, via http://web.archive.org/web/20050208062015/http://www.claasfamily.org/lota.htm#4 Date accessed 7 December 2010 The Aga Khan Development Network http://www.akdn.org/

42 a

43 a

44 a

45

46

47

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

281

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Press Release: Aga Khan Inaugurates State-of-Art Cancer Treatment Centre at AKU, 2 December 2005 http://www.akdn.org/Content/198/Aga-Khan-Inaugurates-StateofArtCancer-Treatment--Centre-at-AKU Date accessed 7 December 2010 48 The Noor Foundation UK http://www.noorfoundation.org/ Our Kidney Dialysis Centres, undated http://www.noorfoundation.org/our-dialysiscentres/4531183579 Date accessed 4 August 2011 International Gay and Lesbian Human Rights Commission (IGLHRC) http://www.iglhrc.org/ Human Rights and Transgender People in Pakistan Submission to the UN Universal Periodic Review, published February 2008 http://www.iglhrc.org/binary-data/ATTACHMENT/file/000/000/73-1.pdf Date accessed 3 December 2010 Sodomy Laws www.sodomylaws.org Pakistan, last edited 24 November 2007 http://www.sodomylaws.org/world/pakistan/pakistan.htm Date accessed 3 December 2010 Parliamentary Human Rights Group (PHRG) Rabwah: A Place for Martyrs?, January 2007, accessed via http://www.thepersecution.org/archive/phrg/index.html Date accessed 4 November 2010 Report of the PHRG Fact Finding Mission to Pakistan to Examine the Human Rights Situation of the Ahmadiyya Community, 13 22 February 2010, published 24 September 2010, accessed via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,,,PAK,,4cc7ea9c2,0.html Date accessed 4 November 2010 Asian Human Rights Commission (AHRC) http://www.humanrights.asia/ The State of Human Rights in Pakistan 2009, July 2010 http://www.ahrchk.net/pub/pdf/TheStateofHRin10AsianNations2009.pdf Date accessed 13 October 2010 The State of Human Rights in Pakistan 2008, 11 December 2008 http://material.ahrchk.net/hrreport/2008/AHRC-SPR-014-2008-Pakistan_AHRR2008.pdf Date accessed 7 December 2010 Pakistan: The saga of the prisoners waiting in death row, 15 March 2011 http://www.humanrights.asia/news/ahrc-news/AHRC-ART-020-2011/?searchterm= Date accessed 26 May 2011 Pakistan: Five women buried alive, allegedly by the brother of a minister, 11 August 2008 http://www.humanrights.asia/news/urgent-appeals/AHRC-UAC-182-2008 Date accessed 27 May 2011 The State of Human Rights in Pakistan 2010, February 2011 http://www.humanrights.asia/resources/hrreport/2010/7%20Pakistan_2010.pdf Date accessed 22 June 2011 Pakistan: Government purposely avoids making law against the torture in country, 24 June 2011 http://www.humanrights.asia/news/ahrc-news/AHRC-STM-088-2011 Date accessed 20 July 2011
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

49

50

51 a

52 a

282

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

PAKISTAN
Return to contents Go to sources

53 a

United States Commission on International Religious Freedom http://uscirf.gov/index.php Annual Report 2010, published May 2010 http://www.uscirf.gov/images/annual%20report%202010.pdf Date accessed 3 November 2010 Annual Report 2011, published May 2011 http://uscirf.gov/images/book%20with%20cover%20for%20web.pdf Date accessed 22 June 2011 Asia News http://www.asianews.it/index.php?l=en&size=A New apostasy bill to impose death on anyone who leaves Islam, 9 May 2007 http://www.asianews.it/index.php?l=en&art=9218&size=A Date accessed 4 November 2010 Christian students in Pakistan are victims of violence and discrimination, 10 July 2010 http://www.asianews.it/news-en/Christian-students-in-Pakistan-are-victims-of-violenceand-discrimination-18900.html Date accessed 13 June 2011 Daily Times www.dailytimes.com.pk Hazara tribesmen under attack in Quetta, 6 February 2009 http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009%5C02%5C06%5Cstory_6-22009_pg7_15 Date accessed 5 October 2010 Govt committed to preserving minorities rights, 11 August 2010 http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2010%5C08%5C11%5Cstory_11-82010_pg7_16 Date accessed 2 March 2011 9,866 madrassas registered between 2005-09, NA told, 7 August 2009 http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009%5C08%5C07%5Cstory_7-82009_pg7_18 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Hospice and palliative care, 30 July 2007 http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2007%5C07%5C30%5Cstory_30-72007_pg6_21 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Bilawal appointed PPP chairman, Zardari co-chairman: PPP wants polls on Jan 8: Zardari, 31 December 2007 http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?date=12%2F31%2F2007 Date accessed 7 December 2010 NRO was a valid law, govt tells SC, 8 June 2010 http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2010%5C06%5C08%5Cstory_8-62010_pg1_1 Date accessed 7 June 2011 Pakistan Christian Post http://www.pakistanchristianpost.com/index.php Pakistani Christian welcome appointment of Paul Bhatti as PM Advisor on Minority Affair, 29 March 2011 http://www.pakistanchristianpost.com/headlinenewsd.php?hnewsid=2713 Date accessed 28 July 2011
283

54 a

55 a

56 a

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN 57 a

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Aurat Foundation http://www.af.org.pk/mainpage.htm Violence Against Women in Pakistan: A qualitative review of statistics for 2009, June 2010 http://www.af.org.pk/PDF/VAW%20Reports%20AND%20PR/VAW%20Report%202009. pdf Date accessed 25 November 2010 Annual Report January-December 2010, Violence Against Women in Pakistan: A qualitative review of statistics 2010, June 2011 http://www.af.org.pk/PDF/VAW%20Reports%20AND%20PR/Annual%20Report%20201 0%20-%20VAW.pdf Date accessed 22 July 2011 Population Census Organisation, Pakistan http://www.statpak.gov.pk/depts/pco/index.html Demographic Indicators 1998 Census, http://www.statpak.gov.pk/depts/pco/statistics/demographic_indicators98/demographic_i ndicators.html Date accessed 7 December 2010 Population by religion http://www.statpak.gov.pk/depts/pco/statistics/other_tables/pop_by_religion.pdf Date accessed 7 December 2010 Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission http://www.paec.gov.pk/index.htm Cancer Treatment, last modified 13 September 2011 http://www.paec.gov.pk/paec-ct.htm Date accessed 14 September 2011 Persecution of the Ahmadiyya Muslim Community www.thepersecution.org Persecution of Ahmadis in Pakistan during the year 2010 A Summary, 31 December 2010 http://www.thepersecution.org/dl/2010/annual_report2010.pdf Date accessed 24 June 2011 South Asia Terrorism Portal, www.satp.org Sectarian Violence in Pakistan:1989-2011 http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/database/sect-killing.htm Date accessed 27 June 2011 Pakistan Assessment 2011, covering 2010 events http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/index.htm Date accessed 27 June 2011 Pakistan Timelines, dated up to 2011 http://satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/timeline/index.html Date accessed 27 June 2011 Balochistan Timeline 2011 http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/Balochistan/timeline/index.html Date accessed 27 June 2011 Terrorist and Extremist Groups of Pakistan, undated http://satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/terroristoutfits/group_list.htm Date accessed 27 June 2011 South Asia Intelligence Review http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/sair/index.htm Date accessed 29 June 2011 Balochistan Assessment 2011, covering 2010 events http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/Balochistan/index.html Date accessed 27 June 2011
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

58 a

59

60 a

61 a

f g

284

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 h

PAKISTAN

FATA Assessment 2011, covering 2010 events http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/Waziristan/index.html Date accessed 27 June 2011 Balochistan Assessment 2010, covering 2009 events http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/Balochistan/2010.html Date accessed 27 June 2011 Pakistan Anti-Terrorism Amendment Ordinance, 1999 http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/document/actsandordinences/anti_terr orism.htm Date accessed 19 May 2011 Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Timeline 2011 http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/nwfp/timeline/index.html Date accessed 13 July 2011 Women living under Muslim laws http://www.wluml.org/ Update: Pakistan: Shamial and Shahzina released and together, dated 14 August 2007 http://www.wluml.org/node/147 Date accessed 7 December 2010 Global Security.org http://www.globalsecurity.org/index.html Military: Muttahida Quami Movement (MQM), undated http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/world/para/mqm.htm Date accessed 3 December 2010 Child Protection and Welfare Bureau, Government of Punjab Home http://www.cpwb.gov.pk/index.htm Date accessed 7 December 2010 Child Protection Unit http://www.cpwb.gov.pk/whtwedo/CPU/CPU.htm Date accessed 7 December 2010 Child Help Line 1121 http://www.cpwb.gov.pk/whtwedo/Alliedoffices/CHL.htm Date accessed 7 December 2010 Open Reception Centers http://www.cpwb.gov.pk/whtwedo/Alliedoffices/ORC.htm Date accessed 7 December 2010 Mobile Reception Centers http://www.cpwb.gov.pk/whtwedo/Alliedoffices/MRC.htm Date accessed 7 December 2010 Child Protection Institutions http://www.cpwb.gov.pk/whtwedo/Alliedoffices/CPI.htm Date accessed 6 December 2010 Sahil http://www.sahil.org Cruel Numbers 2010, undated http://www.sahil.org/images/cruel%20numbers%202010.pdf Date accessed 27 June 2011 Encyclopaedia Britannica http://www.britannica.com/ Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, undated http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/419493/Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa Date accessed 13 July 2011 Asian Centre for Human Rights (ACHR) http://www.achrweb.org/ Pakistan: The Land of Religious Apartheid and Jackboot Justice, A Report to the UN Committee Against Racial Discrimination, published August 2007 http://www.achrweb.org/reports/Pakistan/Pakistan-CERD2007.pdf
285

62

63 a

64 a b c d e f

65 a

66 a

67 a

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN b Date accessed 7 December 2010 South Asia Human Rights Index 2008, published 1 August 2008, http://www.achrweb.org/reports/SAARC-2008.pdf Date accessed 7 December 2010

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

68

Madadgaar http://www.madadgaar.org/Index.html.html Madadgaar services, undated http://www.madadgaar.org/Services.html Date accessed 27 July 2011 Agence France-Presse (AFP) Pakistan publishes beneficiaries of graft amnesty, 21 November 2009, via http://www.google.com/hostednews/afp/article/ALeqM5hcDn9fZsxOgwg2Y2RO_ZR69A 7DMg Date accessed 1 December 2010 The Kidney Centre http://www.thekidneycentre.com/ Date accessed 10 August 2011 Society for the Protection of the Rights of the Child http://www.sparcpk.org The State of Pakistans Children 2010, March 2011 http://www.sparcpk.org/publications/The_State_of_Pakistan's_Children_2010.php Date accessed 27 June 2011 The State of Pakistans Children 2009, April 2010 http://www.sparcpk.org/publications/The_State_of_Pakistan's_Children_2009.php Date accessed 6 December 2010 The State of Pakistans Children 2008, May 2009 http://www.sparcpk.org/main_pages/publications.php Date accessed 1 June 2009 United Nations Childrens Fund (UNICEF) Pakistan http://www.unicef.org/pakistan/ Overview, undated http://www.unicef.org/pakistan/overview.html Date accessed 24 August 2011 Pakistan Annual Report 2009, undated http://www.unicef.org/pakistan/AnnualReport2009.pdf Date accessed 24 August 2011 Pakistan Annual Report 2010, undated http://www.unicef.org/pakistan/UNICEF_Pakistan_2010_COAR.pdf Date accessed 24 August 2011 International Network for Cancer Treatment and Research http://www.inctr.org/ Newsletter Winter 2003/4, Cancer in a Developing Country: Opportunities and Formidable Challenges http://www.inctr.org/fileadmin/user_upload/inctradmin/Network%20Magazine/Vol%204%20No%203%20Winter%2020032004%20LLR.pdf Date accessed 7 December 2010 Committee to Protect Journalists www.cpj.org Attacks on the Press 2010: Pakistan, 15 February 2011 http://www.cpj.org/2011/02/attacks-on-the-press-2010-pakistan.php Date accessed 28 June 2011 39 Journalists Killed in Pakistan since 1992/Motive Confirmed http://www.cpj.org/killed/asia/pakistan/
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

69 a

70

71 a

72 a b

73

74 a

286

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 c

PAKISTAN

Date accessed 28 June 2011 Prominent journalist dies in targeted killing in Pakistan, 31 May 2011 http://www.cpj.org/2011/05/prominent-journalist-dies-in-targeted-killing-in-p.php Date accessed 28 June 2011 Cable News Network (CNN) http://edition.cnn.com/ Key Party quits Pakistan government, 27 June 2011 http://edition.cnn.com/2011/WORLD/asiapcf/06/27/pakistan.government/ Date accessed 6 July 2011 Transparency International http://www.transparency.org/ 2010 Corruption Perceptions Index, published 26 October 2010 http://www.transparency.org/content/download/55725/890310 Date accessed 9 November 2010 Pakistan Observer http://pakobserver.net/ Children rights complaint centre at Wafaqi Mohtasib office, 21 September 2010 http://pakobserver.net/201009/21/detailnews.asp?id=53196 Date accessed 6 December 2010 Open democracy http://www.opendemocracy.net/ Pakistans Multi-Faceted Crisis, 12 November 2007 http://www.opendemocracy.net/article/conflicts/pakistan_crisis Date accessed 7 December 2010 Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) http://www.ohchr.org/EN/Pages/WelcomePage.aspx Pakistan, Committee on the Rights of the Child, Written Replies By The Government Of Pakistan To The List Of Issues Prepared By The Committee On The Rights Of The Child In Connection With The Consideration Of The Third And Fourth Periodic Reports Of Pakistan, published 1 September 2009 http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/crc/docs/AdvanceVersions/CRC.C.PAK.Q.34.Add.1.doc Date accessed 7 December 2010 Consideration Of Reports Submitted By States Parties Under Article 44 Of The Convention, Third and fourth periodic reports of States parties due in 2007: Pakistan, 4 January 2008, published 19 March 2009 http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/crc/docs/AdvanceVersions/CRC.C.PAK.3-4.pdf Date accessed 6 December 2010 Consideration of reports submitted by States parties under article 44 of the Convention Concluding observations: Pakistan, 19 October 2009 http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/crc/docs/co/CRC-C-PAK-CO4.doc Date accessed 4 October 2010 Pakistan homepage Status of ratifications http://www.ohchr.org/EN/countries/AsiaRegion/Pages/PKIndex.aspx Date accessed 7 September 2011 The US Committee for Refugees and Immigrants (USCRI) http://www.refugees.org/ World Refugee Survey 2009 http://www.refugees.org/resources/refugeewarehousing/archived-world-refugee-surveys/2009-world-refugee-survey.html Date accessed 27 July 2011
287

75 a

76

77 a

78

79 a

80

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN

29 SEPTEMBER 2011
Return to contents Go to sources

81 a

Child Aid Association (CAA) http://www.childaidassociation.org/ Get to know us, undated http://www.childaidassociation.org/get_to_know.html Date accessed 7 December 2010 United Nations Cartographic Section http://www.un.org/Depts/Cartographic/english/htmain.htm Map of Pakistan, January 2004 http://www.un.org/Depts/Cartographic/map/profile/pakistan.pdf Date accessed 27 July 2011 Line of Control, September 2009 http://www.un.org/Depts/Cartographic/map/dpko/unmogip.pdf Date accessed 27 July 2011 Relief Web http://www.reliefweb.int/rw/dbc.nsf/doc100?OpenForm Pakistan flood update: "I have rarely seen such poverty anywhere in the world" (Trocaire), 1 December 2010 http://www.reliefweb.int/rw/rwb.nsf/db900SID/SRID8BQM7E?OpenDocument Date accessed 7 December 2010 Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre (IDMC) http://www.internaldisplacement.org/ Pakistan: Returns continue in some areas but comprehensive IDP policy needed, 31 May 2011 http://www.internaldisplacement.org/8025708F004BE3B1/(httpInfoFiles)/688A668D7EF0915AC12578A10 047C22C/$file/Pakistan_Overview_May2011.pdf Date accessed 27 July 2011 At a Glance, 31 December 2010 http://www.internaldisplacement.org/publications/global-overview-2010-asia-pakistan.pdf Date accessed 18 May 2011 International Organization for Migration (IOM) http://www.iom.int Enhanced and Integrated Approach regarding Information on Return and Reintegration in the Countries of Origin IRRICO II, http://www.iom.int/irrico Returning to Pakistan, Country Information, updated 4 January 2010 http://irrico.belgium.iom.int/images/stories/documents/pakistan%20en%20edited.pdf Date accessed 27 July 2011 Chatham House http://www.chathamhouse.org.uk/ Kashmir: Paths to Peace, May 2010 http://www.chathamhouse.org.uk/research/asia/papers/view/-/id/881/ Date accessed 22 September 2010 Unrepresented Nations and Peoples Organization (UNPO) http://www.unpo.org/ Balochistan: The key to regional security, 8 June 2009 http://www.unpo.org/content/view/9687/89/ Date accessed 7 December 2010 Minority Rights Group International http://www.minorityrights.org/3/home/mrgdirectory-homepage.html
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

82 a

83 a

84 a

85

86

87

88
288

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 a

PAKISTAN

Pakistan: Minorities at Risk in the North-West, 11 August 2009 http://www.minorityrights.org/8045/briefing-papers/pakistan-minorities-at-risk-in-thenorthwest.html Date accessed 7 December 2010 Pakistan overview, updated June 2009 http://www.minorityrights.org/5615/pakistan/pakistan-overview.html Date accessed 7 December 2010 State of the World's Minorities and Indigenous Peoples 2010 Asia and Oceania, 1 July 2010 http://www.minorityrights.org/10068/state-of-the-worlds-minorities/state-of-theworlds-minorities-and-indigenous-peoples-2010.html Date accessed 2 March 2011 State of the World's Minorities and Indigenous Peoples 2011 Asia and Oceania, 6 July 2011 http://www.minorityrights.org/10848/state-of-the-worlds-minorities/state-of-theworlds-minorities-and-indigenous-peoples-2011.html Date accessed 4 August 2011 United Nations Military Observer Group in India and Pakistan (UNMOGIP) http://www.un.org/en/peacekeeping/missions/unmogip/index.shtml UNMOGIP Background, undated http://www.un.org/en/peacekeeping/missions/unmogip/background.shtml Date accessed 22 September 2010 Council on Foreign Relations http://www.cfr.org/ 18th Amendment Bill, Pakistan, 19 April 2010 http://www.cfr.org/publication/21953/18th_amendment_bill_pakistan.html Date accessed 2 December 2010 US Department of Labor http://www.dol.gov/ Findings on the Worst Forms of Child Labor 2008, released 10 September 2009 http://www.dol.gov/ilab/programs/ocft/PDF/2008OCFTreport.pdf Date accessed 7 December 2010 The Express Tribune http://tribune.com.pk/ Aghaz-e-Haqooq-e-Balochistan: Reform package stopped in its tracks, 7 March 2011 http://tribune.com.pk/story/128835/aghaz-e-haqooq-e-balochistan-reform-packagestopped-in-its-tracks/ Date accessed 26 May 2011 HRCP report indicates rise in killings this year, 6 July 2011 http://tribune.com.pk/story/203309/hrcp-report-indicates-rise-in-killings-this-year/ Date accessed 8 July 2011 Pakistan launches military operation in Kurram Agency, 4 July 2011 http://tribune.com.pk/story/202336/pakistan-launches-military-operation-in-kurramagency/ Date accessed 20 July 2011 Ministry of Women Development: Devolution an opportunity, not the end, 18 June 2011 http://tribune.com.pk/story/191257/ministry-of-women-development-devolution-anopportunity-not-the-end/ Date accessed 10 August 2011 New Statesman http://www.newstatesman.com// Pakistans forgotten patients, 22 October 2008 http://www.newstatesman.com/humanrights/2008/10/mental-health-pakistan-rights
289

89

90

91

92 a

93 a

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN Date accessed 18 November 2010

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Return to contents Go to sources

94 a

Everyculture.com http://www.everyculture.com/index.html Countries and their cultures, Pakistan, undated http://www.everyculture.com/NoSa/Pakistan.html Date accessed 4 August 2011 The World Bank http://www.worldbank.org/ Pakistan Economic Update, June 2011 http://siteresources.worldbank.org/PAKISTANEXTN/Resources/2930511298387688762/PakistanBriefJune2011.pdf Date accessed 4 August 2011 Oanda http://www.oanda.com/ Currency Converter http://www.oanda.com/currency/classic-converter Date accessed 10 August 2011 PakMediNet Pakistans Largest Medical Information Gateway http://www.pakmedinet.com/ Date accessed 13 September 2011 Hazara.net http://www.hazara.net/index.html Hazara victims of terrorism in Pakistan, 23 May 2011 http://www.hazara.net/downloads/Hazaras_Killed_In_Pakistan.xls Date accessed 9 September 2011 National Reconciliation Ordinance http://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/legislation/2007/NationalReconciliationOrdinance.html Date accessed 11 May 2011 Pakistan Institute for Peace Studies http://san-pips.com/index.php Pakistan Security Report 2010, January 2011 http://san-pips.com/download.php?f=74.pdf Date accessed 26 May 2011 Weekly report, 27 June to 3 July 2011, published 18 July 2011 http://san-pips.com/index.php?action=reports&id=207 Date accessed 20 July 2011 Critical Threats http://www.criticalthreats.org/ North Waziristan Terror Links, 10 March 2011 http://www.criticalthreats.org/pakistan/north-waziristan-terror-links Date accessed 26 May 2011 Sify News http://www.sify.com/ Pakistani police involved in rape, rights violations, 18 November 2010 http://www.sify.com/news/pakistani-police-involved-in-rape-rights-violations-newsinternational-klsnElbcbba.html Date accessed 26 May 2011
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

95 a

96 a

97

98 a

99

100 a

101 a

102 a

290

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 103 a

PAKISTAN

The Nation http://nation.com.pk/ NACTA is virtually dead, 16 July 2010 http://www.nation.com.pk/pakistan-newsnewspaper-daily-english-online/Politics/26-Jul-2010/NACTA-is-virtually-dead Date accessed 27 May 2011 Aamir Khan rejoins MQM, 26 May 2011 http://www.nation.com.pk/pakistan-news-newspaper-daily-english-online/Politics/26May-2011/Aamir-Khan-rejoins-MQM Date accessed 8 June 2011 The Telegraph http://www.telegraph.co.uk/ Pakistani women buried alive 'for choosing husbands', 1 September 2008 http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/pakistan/2660881/Pakistani-womenburied-alive-for-choosing-husbands.html Date accessed 27 May 2011 Pakistan relief organisations 'discriminating against Christian flood victims', 27 August 2010 http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/pakistan/7968046/Pakistan-relieforganisations-discriminating-against-Christian-flood-victims.html Date accessed 2 March 2011 Pakistan appoints 34-year-old woman as its new foreign minister, 20 July 2011 http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/pakistan/8650160/Pakistan-appoints34-year-old-woman-as-its-new-foreign-minister.html Date accessed 21 July 2011 Foreign Prisoner Support Service http://www.phaseloop.com/foreignprisoners/index.html Prisons and Prisoners in Pakistan Prison, undated http://www.phaseloop.com/foreignprisoners/pris-pakistan.html Date accessed 27 May 2011 Internet Service Providers Association of Pakistan (ISPAK) Internet Facts, updated 11 February 2011 http://www.ispak.pk/ Date accessed 10 June 2011 Initiative for Peacebuilding http://www.initiativeforpeacebuilding.eu/ Media and Governance in Pakistan: A controversial yet essential relationship, October 2010 http://www.initiativeforpeacebuilding.eu/pdf/pakistanOct.pdf Date accessed 10 June 2011 Writenet Pakistan: The Situation of Religious Minorities, May 2009 accessed via http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/pdfid/4b01856e2.pdf Date accessed 10 June 2011 Khatme Nubuwwat http://www.khatm-e-nubuwwat.org/ Date accessed 10 June 2011 Jinnah Institute www.jinnah-institute.org/

104 a

105

106 a

107 a

108 a

109 a

110

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

291

PAKISTAN a

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

A Question of Faith: A Report on the Status of Religious Minorities in Pakistan, 7 June 2011, accessed via Asian Human Rights Commission at: http://www.humanrights.asia/opinions/columns/pdf/AHRC-ETC-022-2011-01.pdf Date accessed 10 June 2011
Return to contents Go to sources

111 a

Compass News Direct http://www.compassdirect.org/ Muslim Teachers in Pakistan Allegedly Abuse Christian Students, 19 May 2010 http://www.compassdirect.org/english/country/pakistan/19845 Date accessed 13 June 2011 Foreign Policy Journal http://www.foreignpolicyjournal.com/ Balochistan The other side of the story, 18 April 2010 http://www.foreignpolicyjournal.com/2010/04/18/balochistan-the-other-side-of-the-story/ Date accessed 13 June 2011 The Guardian http://www.guardian.co.uk/ Pakistan court frees five alleged attackers in gang rape, 21 April 2011 http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2011/apr/21/pakistan-gang-rape-mukhtaran-mai Date accessed 13 June 2011 Pakistan schools campaign hopes to avert 'education emergency', 8 March 2011 http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2011/mar/08/pakistan-faces-education-emergency Date accessed 13 June 2011 Pakistan MP Sherry Rehman drops effort to reform blasphemy laws, 3 February 2011 http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2011/feb/03/pakistan-blasphemy-laws-sherry-rehman Date accessed 14 February 2011 UCA News http://www.ucanews.com/ Caritas highlights child camel jockey misery, 29 November 2010 http://www.ucanews.com/2010/11/29/caritas-highlights-child-jockey-menace-inpakistan/ Date accessed 13 June 2011 World Food Programme http://www.wfp.org/ Pakistan: Flood-affected areas, 10 August 2010 http://epmaps.wfp.org/maps/04160_20100811_PAK_A4_ODEP_PAKISTAN,_FLOOD_ AFFECTED_AREAS,_10_AUGUST_2010_-_HIGH_RESOLUTION.jpg Date accessed 13 June 2011 Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs http://belfercenter.ksg.harvard.edu/index.html "Defining the Punjabi Taliban Network", April 2009 http://belfercenter.ksg.harvard.edu/publication/18978/defining_the_punjabi_taliban_net work.html Date accessed 15 June 2011 Rozan http://rozan.org/ About Rozan, updated 31 January 2008 http://rozan.org/content/view/14/27/ Date accessed 27 June 2011
The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

112 a

113 a

114 a

115 a

116 a

117 a

292

29 SEPTEMBER 2011 118 a

PAKISTAN

University of London http://www.lon.ac.uk/ Recent developments 2009 2660028 Introduction to Islamic law, undated http://www.londoninternational.ac.uk/current_students/programme_resources/laws/llb_d iplaw/recent_dev/introduction_islamic_law.pdf Date accessed 23 May 2011 Christian Today http://www.christiantoday.com/ Pakistan's Christians protest against blasphemy laws and inequality, 12 August 2010 http://www.christiantoday.com/article/pakistans.christians.protest.against.blasphemy.law s.and.inequality/26483.htm Date accessed 2 March 2011 Pew Research Center http://pewglobal.org/ Pew Global Attitudes Project, Concern About Extremist Threat Slips in Pakistan, 29 July 2010 http://pewglobal.org/2010/07/29/concern-about-extremist-threat-slips-inpakistan/5/#chapter-4-religion-law-and-society Date accessed 2 March 2011 Pakistani Public Opinion: Growing Concerns About Extremism, Continuing Discontent With U.S., dated 13 August 2009 http://pewglobal.org/files/pdf/265.pdf Date accessed 2 March 2011 Citizens Police Liaison Committee http://www.cplc.org.pk/index.php What is FIR?, undated http://www.cplc.org.pk/content.php?page=40 Date accessed 14 March 2011 One Pakistan News http://www.onepakistan.com/ Conviction in absentia law declared void, 21 January 2010 http://www.onepakistan.com/news/national/30468-Conviction-absentia-law-declaredvoid.html Date accessed 7 June 2011 Associated Press of Pakistan http://ftpapp.app.com.pk/en_/index.php PPP secures majority in AJK elections, 26 June 2011 http://ftpapp.app.com.pk/en_/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=143402 Date accessed 11 August 2011 President Zardari assures minorities of equal rights, 11 August 2011 http://ftpapp.app.com.pk/en_/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=147625&It emid=1 Date accessed 12 August 2011 The Bureau of Investigative Journalism http://www.thebureauinvestigates.com/ Covert Drone War, 11 August 2011 http://www.thebureauinvestigates.com/category/projects/drones/ Date accessed 12 August 2011 United Nations for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) http://www.unocha.org/ Pakistan Monsoon 2011, Situation Report No.1, 9 September 2011, accessed via http://reliefweb.int/sites/reliefweb.int/files/resources/Full_report_235.pdf Date accessed 15 September 2011
293

119 a

120 a

121 a

122 a

123 a

124 a

125 a

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

PAKISTAN 126

29 SEPTEMBER 2011

Independent Chief Inspector of the UK Border Agency, Independent Advisory Group on Country Information http://icinspector.independent.gov.uk/countryinformation-reviews/ Evaluation of the January 2011 Pakistan COI Report by Professor Shaun Gregory, 26 April 2011, published May 2011 http://icinspector.independent.gov.uk/wpcontent/uploads/2011/02/Evaluation-of-the-Country-of-Origin-Information-Report-onPakistan.pdf Date accessed 21 September 2011

Return to contents Go to sources

294

The main text of this COI Report contains the most up to date publicly available information as at 20 September 2011. Further brief information on recent events and reports has been provided in the Latest News section to 28 September 2011.

Вам также может понравиться